Home | Popular Science https://www.popsci.com/category/home/ Awe-inspiring science reporting, technology news, and DIY projects. Skunks to space robots, primates to climates. That's Popular Science, 145 years strong. Fri, 12 Jan 2024 21:00:00 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=6.2.2 https://www.popsci.com/uploads/2021/04/28/cropped-PSC3.png?auto=webp&width=32&height=32 Home | Popular Science https://www.popsci.com/category/home/ 32 32 The best small dehumidifiers for 2024 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-small-dehumidifiers/ Fri, 12 Jan 2024 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=598055
Four of the best small humidifiers side by side on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Even a small dehumidifier can help solve big problems if you need to reduce excess moisture to promote wellness and protect property.

The post The best small dehumidifiers for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four of the best small humidifiers side by side on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A Breezome 60Oz. Dehumidifier on a white background. Breezome 60Oz. Dehumidifier
SEE IT

This is a surprisingly powerful and convenient dehumidifier for the price.

Best splurge The Tenergi Sorbi on a plain white background Tenergi Sorbi
SEE IT

This small dehumidifier completes the package and offers built-in air filtration as well.

Best Budget Tabyik's 42oz. Dehumidifier on a plain white background Tabyik 42oz. Dehumidifier
SEE IT

You won’t find a cheaper reliably operational dehumidifier.

While larger dehumidifiers bring the power, intensity, and awe to get a large room under control, for small jobs in cramped spaces, you’ll do much better using small dehumidifiers. These machines can help take the damp edge off a room, generally don’t require piping or tubes to use effectively, and are much quieter than their bigger cousins. And with the benefits of dehumidifiers being so plentiful as to reduce allergens, help with asthma, and even reduce snoring, you deserve to have one in your room even if you don’t have a ton of space. With all that in mind, these are the best small dehumidifiers for any situation.

How we chose the best small dehumidifiers

Our investigation of the best dehumidifiers for basements focused on the power and intensity of the dehumidifier. In other words, our selections were highly skewed toward dehumidifiers that could suck the most moisture out of the air in the quickest, most convenient, most comprehensive manner.

The best small dehumidifiers will also, naturally, have the capacity to suck a decent amount of moisture out of the air. That’s why we want dehumidifiers in the first place. But they’ll also be able to be lived around. This means quiet dehumidifiers that aren’t space hogs will rule the day. Bonus features promoting healthy air, like air filters for allergens, are also highly sought after, so long as an undue price increase doesn’t come alongside them.

The best small dehumidifiers: Reviews & Recommendations

The following dehumidifiers are small dehumidifiers—emphasis on the small. If you want a slightly larger one, check out our more expansive guide to the best dehumidifiers. Likewise, for the biggest, most powerful dehumidifiers, check out the aforementioned guide to dehumidifiers for the basement. But if you’re looking for a dehumidifier for crawl spaces or one that isn’t so large you have to crawl over it, we’ve got you.

Best overall: Breezome 60Oz. Dehumidifier

Breezome

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 6.26 x 8.62 x 11.34 inches
  • Water removal capacity: 750ml per day
  • Drainage: 1800ml reservoir
  • Loudness control: 35dB Sleep Mode

Pros

  • Giant reservoir
  • Has timer and Sleep Mode
  • Includes water nightlight
  • Dual semiconductor technology

Cons

  • Pricier than most small dehumidifiers

Breezome’s dehumidifier has more power and capabilities than nearly any other dehumidifier of its price and size. Plus, it runs consistently well, utilizing dual semiconductor tech to pull more water out of the air despite the unit’s small size. Customers rave about the consistency of the product in small bedrooms.

A perfect sleep companion, the Breezome has a rectangular, boxy shape for stable placement on a bedside table. Its large, 1,800ml reservoir can even be lit up on demand for a liquidy bedside lamp or nightlight. When you’re ready to sleep, you can set the Breezome to Night Mode at the touch of a single button, reducing the fan speed. This will grant you a comfortable 35dB operating volume, enough to sleep by.

You’ll also find that the Breezome has features outside of its size bracket. While you’ll see the near-ubiquitous auto shut-off feature, there is also an automatic defrost mode as well. Very rare for even the absolute best small dehumidifiers, the Breezome includes a timer, allowing you to set the device to operate for 12, 24, 36, or 48 hours before shutting off. This can save you energy in the long run if you know when you’d prefer to use a dehumidifier but aren’t always around to operate it.

Best splurge: Tenergi Sorbi

Tenergi

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 8 x 8 x 12 inches
  • Water removal capacity: 750ml per day
  • Drainage: 1,000 ml reservoir
  • Loudness control: 35-42dB

Pros

  • Great water removal ability with decent reservoir size
  • Comes with HEPA filter for increased air quality
  • ETL plus CARB certified
  • Aesthetically pleasing

Cons

  • Replacement filters don’t come cheap

Air quality and health benefits. To so many people, these are the reasons it makes sense to get a dehumidifier, small or otherwise. The Tenergi Sorbi has a quality combination of providing drier and cleaner air through its system, so while it may be more expensive than the average small dehumidifier, it also does more work.

Depending on your fan speed setting, low or high, the machine will run between 35 and 42 dB and deliver 22 or 38 cubic feet of clean air per hour. In addition to being drier, this air is rated as clean due to the HEPA filter you can install inside. It sorts out 99.7% of particulate matter in the air that passes through it. The California Air Resources Board (CARB) has certified this machine’s capabilities.

Best design: Posdry 27 Oz. Dehumidifier

Posdry

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 5.7″D x 6.3″W x 9″H
  • Water removal capacity: Up to 350ml/day
  • Drainage: 800ml storage tank or 3.28ft drain tube
  • Loudness control: 30 – 40dB

Pros

  • Great for any room
  • Bright light reminds you when tank is full (if not auto-dumped)
  • Cost-effective

Cons

  • Might be too lightweight

If you want to drain the excess humidity from your bathroom, kitchen, or RV effectively, check out this model from Posdry. It provides the standard features of a small dehumidifier but also has a quality drainage tube for effortless reservoir clearing. This means you can place it on a shelf and weave the 3.28-foot (1 meter) tube to the side of your sink or into your toilet’s reservoir tank.

Note that we don’t recommend placing this next to your tub for safety reasons. You may also find that the machine’s body is a bit too light, weighing in at just under three pounds. This means that you might pull it off the shelf accidentally when adjusting the tube, or a pesky cat might easily tip it off the shelf. If you plan to use this technique for effort-free dumping, secure your dehumidifier in place.

Most eco-friendly: ProBreeze Mini

ProBreeze

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 6.2 x 8.6 x 11.8 inches
  • Water removal capacity: 18 oz. per day (~540 ml)
  • Drainage: 52 oz. tank
  • Loudness control: “Whisper quiet”

Pros

  • Operating cost of just 12 cents a day
  • Pulls good moisture from air for its size
  • Wide, flat bottom
  • Includes handle

Cons

  • No sound guarantees

For a powerful small dehumidifier for consistent, around-the-clock use, consider the ProBreeze Mini. Rated to cost less than $4 a month during usage, you can feel comfortable using it for your 250 sq. foot room or crawl space that is getting too much humidity. Its wide, flat bottom will sit well on shelves and tables and isn’t prone to knocking over even when the surface it is on gets knocked.

The only detractor for this small dehumidifier is that the company offers no set decibel guarantee as to its volume, but merely states that it is “whisper quiet.” While this might indicate some variability in volume across units, there are few to any customer complaints about this issue. This is likely due to its use of Peltier dehumidification technology and 40-watt operation.

Best budget: Tabyik 42oz. Dehumidifier

Tabyik

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 5.6 x 6.37 x 11 inches
  • Water removal capacity: Unspecified (suitable for 320 sq. foot room)
  • Drainage: 42oz. (1200ml) reservoir
  • Loudness control: Runs at ~30dB

Pros

  • Great low price
  • Surprisingly fully-featured
  • Large reservoir
  • 5-foot power cord

Cons

  • Signifies it is full in an annoying way

It is hard to get a dehumidifier under $45, barring sales. Oftentimes, you’ll think you’ve found one, only to realize you’ve only found a storage container for silica packets. Tabyik, however, provides a quality dehumidifier (including all the features you want, like auto shut-off and even defrosting) that we feel comfortable calling your best value pick.

You might be concerned that the Tabyik does not specify the maximum water removal per day and only gives a recommended room size. However, do note that water removal ratings are only for “ideal” room humidity and temperature conditions, and most dehumidifiers will not always reach them. In practice, we find that this dehumidifier works to fill up its large 1,200ml reservoir within just a few days. That’s more than enough to get the edge off of a room, which is the traditional usage for small dehumidifiers.

What we do find somewhat annoying about this dehumidifier is how it lets you know its reservoir is full and ready to dump. Where most small dehumidifiers will have a small LED light that will brighten to let you know they are full, the Tabyik makes its entire reservoir a bright red. This amount of light could potentially disturb your sleep if it happens to go full in the middle of the night.

What to consider before buying small dehumidifiers

It goes without saying that you should pay a lot of attention to a dehumidifier’s (small or otherwise) ability to remove water from the air. When choosing a small dehumidifier, especially for usage in a bedroom or bathroom, other particulars become more critical and can quickly be overlooked in the search for more power.

Water drainage ease

While larger dehumidifiers are usually both manually and automatically (via a tube system) dumpable, small dehumidifiers are more likely to be hand-dumped only. This means that when the reservoir gets full, you must manually dump it down the drain or on your plants.

This may seem minor, but you can expect to do it relatively often. Spilled water is worth no tears, but it can be rather annoying. Look for handles, wave-breakers, and automatic shut-off features that turn the dehumidifier off before it gets to the brim to make your manual dumping easier.

Since even the best small dehumidifiers tend to be cheap, you’ll want to be especially careful of any drainage system (whereby the dehumidifier will dump directly into a sink or other drainage port) carefully. Ensure the water out fittings are solid and take any customer reports of leaks seriously.

Loudness

Many of our small dehumidifiers live in our bedrooms with us, especially if we seek to use a small dehumidifier for health benefits. As such, be wary of loud dehumidifiers for bedroom use.

Many manufacturers will list a maximum loudness in decibels (dB) that the dehumidifier is intended to go at, and we will report that to you. Others, however, are variable or utilize other sound-dampening mechanisms.

For example, some dehumidifiers will engage in ‘night mode.’ While the specifics differ from product to product, this sort of mode usually means that the dehumidifier will trade water-removal power for a reduction in operation volume for set periods of time. Other times, however, it means that the dehumidifier will turn off completely during the night, reducing benefits.

Additional features

In general, even the best small dehumidifiers are going to be feature-light. Small dehumidifiers are purchased for their small size and added convenience, not to be multifaceted smart machines.

However, you will see an air purifier on the most premium of small dehumidifiers, such as a HEPA filter. This makes logical sense due to the fact that dehumidifiers are processing and filtering air, in a sense, by default. It’s just normal for them to be filtering the water out of the air. Particulate matter filtration is just one added step along the way.

Don’t, however, come to think that small dehumidifiers are meant to be completely featureless. Important features like automatic shut-off (turning off automatically when the reservoir gets full) are so ubiquitous that it would only be noteworthy if a dehumidifier (of any size) didn’t have such a feature. Auto defrost is also quite common.

What you’re unlikely to see on small dehumidifiers that is quite common on medium and large dehumidifiers is smart-home support or companion apps. And, frankly, you’re unlikely to want or use them. The best small dehumidifiers are used as needed, quietly in the corner.

FAQs

Q: How much does a small dehumidifier cost?

A small dehumidifier can cost anywhere from $40 to $90, with most costing around $60. Since the units are tiny, they will need a lot of extra features (such as air purification) to justify a price too much over the $60 mark.

Q: What is a cheaper alternative to a dehumidifier?

While getting a dehumidifier is your long-run cheapest solution, there are some clever ways to reuse silica gel and silica packets that can soak up some moisture. Depending on your situation, your home may suffer from high humidity due to too much or too little ventilation. Experimenting with opening and closing windows and ensuring your doors are properly sealed could help.

Q: What is the best mini dehumidifier for a small bathroom?

The best mini dehumidifier for a small bathroom is the Posdry 27 Oz. as it has a quality drainage tube. This means that you can use the dehumidifier on a shelf above your sink or toilet in your bathroom and have the condensed humidity automatically fall into the sink or toilet basin.

Final thoughts on the best small dehumidifiers

The preceding small dehumidifiers represent your best options for getting a dehumidifier at an affordable price for your small room. They all emphasize affordability, tolerability, and everyday function over intensity and power. Remember, the best small dehumidifiers—if placed in typical locations for them—are objects to be lived around and should have the same feeling to be around as fans and other moving objects that are in our rooms but don’t affect our other activities greatly.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best small dehumidifiers for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Epson printers for 2024 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-epson-printers/ Thu, 11 Jan 2024 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=597940
Peripherals photo
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

No matter what your printing or office needs, Epson likely has a device to meet them.

The post The best Epson printers for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Peripherals photo
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Epson EcoTank Pro ET-5850 Epson EcoTank Pro ET-5850
SEE IT

An all-in-one workhorse for small businesses and busy homes.

Best for photos Epson SureColor P900 Epson SureColor P900
SEE IT

A powerful device for professional quality photographs. 

Best budget Epson Expression Home XP-5200 Epson Expression Home XP-5200
SEE IT

A simple yet capable all-in-one with a budget-friendly price.

Epson printers cover the full spectrum of needs, from workhorse office all-in-ones to high-end photo printers and budget-friendly home printers. Chances are, if you need a printer, Epson makes something that will fit your needs. Plus, the company has been in the game for a long time, making high-quality and trustworthy products. No matter what you are looking for, the best Epson printers will offer quality results, wide connectivity options, and plenty of productivity features.

How we chose the best Epson printers

Epson’s lineup of printers is expansive, with devices suitable for just about every need. As such, we aimed to choose printers for various users, including businesses, photographers, and families. Although Epson is known for quality devices, its printers are not all created equal. We prioritized those that produce high-quality prints and, when applicable, scans. We also evaluated build quality, connectivity options, and any additional features. We based our selections on hands-on experience, user feedback, and editorial reviews.

It’s important to note that while buying a printer typically requires choosing between a laser or inkjet printer, Epson recently announced it was phasing out laser printers for environmental reasons. While you may be able to find the odd Epson laser printer for sale, they are becoming less common. As a result, we have only selected inkjet printers in this guide. 

The best Epson printers: Reviews & Recommendations

While most of our lives exist in the digital realm at this point, there are still plenty of situations that call for physical copies of documents or materials. It is much more convenient to print in your own home or office, in the comfort of your office chair, at your own computer, instead of hunting down a printer elsewhere. Whether you are looking for a printer for a busy family home, a bustling small business, or for producing art prints for clients, one of the devices below is likely to fit your needs. 

Best overall: Epson EcoTank Pro ET-5850

Epson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Functionality: Print, scan, copy, fax
  • Print speed: 25 ppm
  • Maximum print size: Up to 8.5 x 14 inches
  • Weight: 39.2 pounds
  • Dimensions: 16.73 x 19.7 x 13.8 inches

Pros

  • Superb print quality
  • Large ink tanks save money on ink
  • Fast print speeds
  • Full all-in-one capabilities

Cons

  • Pricey
  • Bulky

Epson’s EcoTank Pro ET-5850 is a seriously impressive printer for businesses and busy homes. This all-in-one printer is feature-rich, offering printing, scanning, copying, and even faxing abilities. Plus, it automatically prints, scans, copies, and faxes two-sided documents, saving you loads of time. It can print up to 25 ppm for both color and black and white and can print borderless up to 8.5 by 14 inches. 

The ET-5850 offers a 500-sheet capacity to keep you from running out of paper mid-document. An auto document feeder (ADF) allows you to feed in large documents all at once. A large 4.3-inch color touchscreen makes using the printer extremely easy. Or you can print from your smartphone, tablet, or laptop. It offers WiFi. WiFi Direct, Bluetooth, Ethernet, and USB connectivity. It even offers voice-activated printing. In short, there’s no shortage of ways to print with this Epson printer. 

Perhaps most importantly, the ET-5850 produces extremely high-quality prints. Text and graphics come out sharp and clear. The photos won’t be museum quality, but are good enough for most homes and businesses. Unfortunately, the upfront cost of this device is rather high. But it uses Epson’s large ink tanks, which Epson claims will save you up to 80 percent on ink. The ink bottles also use significantly less plastic (since you’ll be buying them less frequently), which is great for those working to reduce plastic use.  

Best for photos: Epson SureColor P900

Epson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Functionality: Print
  • Print speed: 1 ppm
  • Maximum print size: Up to 17 inches wide
  • Weight: 35.3 pounds
  • Dimensions: 14.7 x 18.6 x 29.3 inches

Pros

  • Very accurate color reproduction
  • Excellent levels of detail
  • Accommodates rolls and sheets of paper
  • Switches between photo and matte black automatically

Cons

  • Roll adapter is a separate purchase

Professional photographers and artists require different specs and features compared to office use. Most notably, they need highly accurate colors and excellent resolution for producing detailed prints. The Epson SureColor P900 is one of the best photo printers across any brand, making it a top choice for professionals. 

The SureColor P900 uses Epson’s UltraChrome PRO10 pigment ink, which should result in prints that last up to 200 years in color and 400 years in black and white. The printer uses ten colors—cyan, light cyan, vivid magenta, vivid light magenta, yellow, gray, light gray, violet, photo black, and matte black—which results in far more accurate colors than a four-color printer (as long as you use proper ICC profiles and a color-calibrated monitor). It also switches automatically between photo and matte black, so you don’t need to swap out ink cartridges.

This Epson photo printer prints up to 17 inches wide on media up to 1.5mm thick. It is compatible with both sheets and rolls, though you’ll need to purchase the roll adapter separately. But, with a roll of paper installed, you can print up to 129 inches long, resulting in epic panoramic photos or banners. The 4.3-inch color touchscreen makes the printer easy to set up and use. It connects via Ethernet, WiFi, or USB and supports mobile device printing. It’s not a cheap device, but this Epson printer is the way to go for pros needing the best. 

Best all-in-one for photos: Epson EcoTank ET-8550

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Functionality: Print, scan, copy
  • Print speed: 16 ppm monochrome, 12 ppm color
  • Maximum print size: 13 x 19 inches
  • Weight: 24.5 pounds
  • Dimensions: 16.9 x 20.6 x 29.8 inches

Pros

  • High-quality prints, even photos
  • Ink tanks save on ink costs
  • Easy to setup and use
  • All-in-one functionality

Cons

  • No ADF

The Epson EcoTank ET-8550 balances between a high-quality photo printer and a general-purpose device. As an all-in-one, it can print, scan, and copy. While the lack of a document feeder doesn’t make it suitable for office use, it certainly can tackle general printing needs. It’s a wide-format printer, meaning that it can print up to 13 inches wide. That’s ideal for artists who don’t want to be stuck with small sizes. 

Despite the wide-format abilities, the printer is relatively compact, occupying minimal space on your desk. I think it also looks pretty nice, thanks to the sleek, minimal design. When not in use, everything folds up, hiding the USB port and SD card reader on the front. A 4.3-inch touchscreen is easy to navigate, providing quick access to settings and options. Multiple paper trays are intended for different media types, including one at the back of the printer for A3-sized paper and thicker media.  

In terms of office use, the ET-8550 can automatically print double-sided on one pass, which is very convenient. Printed text and graphics look sharp and clear. The scanning bed is able to scan up to A4 size (8.27 by 11.69 inches) and at resolutions up to 1200 x 4800 dpi. The scans are excellent, with lots of detail. You could absolutely use it for digitizing artwork. 

The ET-8550 is very good for photo printing. It doesn’t quite match the quality of the P900 mentioned above, but for an all-purpose device, it is impressive. It uses Black, Photo Black, Gray, Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow ink (all but Black are dye-based) to produce vibrant colors. Overall, I found the colors to be mostly accurate when you dial in all the various factors that impact that. As an EcoTank printer, it uses bottled ink, which is much more economical than traditional printers, so you can save on ink costs as you print your work. For most creatives, this Epson printer offers an ideal balance of printing costs, quality, and features. 

Best monochrome: Epson EcoTank ET-M1170 

Epson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Functionality: Print
  • Print speed: 20 ppm
  • Maximum print size: 8.5 x 14 inches
  • Weight: 9.5 pounds
  • Dimensions: 14.8 x 13.7 x 5.9 inches

Pros

  • Ink tanks result in low printing costs
  • Compact size
  • Excellent print quality
  • Two-year warranty

Cons

  • Not as fast as laser printers

Epson no longer makes laser printers, but the EcoTank ET-M1170 is essentially a black-and-white laser printer alternative. It is solely a printer, so it doesn’t offer any scanning or copying abilities. But because of the single-function design, it is quite compact. It won’t take up much desk space at all. 

As an EcoTank printer, it uses large ink tanks and bottled ink instead of traditional cartridges. This results in extremely low printing costs, coming in at only a third of a cent per page. The printer comes with ink, so you won’t need to buy any for a while. And when you do need to fill up, since it only uses black in, you won’t be spending much. 

This monochrome Epson printer offers a 250-sheet paper tray and auto duplexing. It offers plenty of connectivity options, including wired and wireless printing, as well as voice activation. The 20 ppm isn’t as fast as laser printers, but it is speedy enough for most. But perhaps most importantly, it produces high-quality prints, so your documents will come out clean and clear. 

Best portable: Epson WorkForce WF-110

Epson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Functionality: Print
  • Print speed: 6.7 ppm monochrome, 3.8 ppm color
  • Maximum print size: 8.5 x 14 inches
  • Weight: 4.6 pounds
  • Dimensions: 9.1 x 12.2 x 8.5 inches

Pros

  • Battery powered
  • Compact and lightweight
  • Excellent print quality
  • WiFi and WiFi Direct connectivity

Cons

  • Slow print speeds
  • No auto duplexing

The Epson WorkForce WF-110 is a compact, portable printer. It’s an ideal choice for those with printing needs while traveling or working in locations without a power source. Measuring only 9.1 by 12.2 by 8.5 inches and weighing just 4.6 pounds, it won’t weigh down your bag much when on the go. It can run off the built-in lithium-ion battery, allowing you to print without an outlet nearby. When you need to power up, it charges via USB or AC adapter. 

Despite the diminutive size, the WF-110 offers excellent print quality. It is capable of a 5,760 x 1,440 resolution, resulting in extremely sharp text and graphics. It is even capable of highly detailed photographs, albeit with some color inaccuracy. This portable printer can print up to legal size, allowing plenty of flexibility. 

You’ll have access to wireless printing via WiFi or WiFi Direct, as well as the ability to use a micro USB. Unfortunately, there is no USB or SD card slot. But with the Epson iPrint companion app, you can print with voice activation, which may be handy for some. It features a 1.4-inch color LCD with a control panel, giving you easy access to settings. The print speeds are quite slow; we wouldn’t recommend this as a replacement for a home or office printer as a result. But it is quite an impressive portable device. 

Best budget: Epson Expression Home XP-5200

Epson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Functionality: Print, scan, copy
  • Print speed: 14 ppm monochrome, 7.5 ppm color
  • Maximum print size: 8.5 x 14 inches
  • Weight: 11.9 pounds
  • Dimensions: 19.8 x 14.8 x 7.4 inches

Pros

  • Quite compact
  • Automatic duplex printing
  • Reasonably fast print speeds
  • Affordable

Cons

  • High cost per print

A budget printer will be plenty if you only have casual printing needs. The Epson Expression Home XP-5200 is one of Epson’s most affordable devices, yet it still has plenty to offer. It is an all-in-one with printing, scanning, and copying capabilities. It is very compact, freeing up space in your home.

Setting up the XP-5200 is simple, as is using it. A 2.4-inch color display allows for easy navigation. It offers USB, WiFi, and WiFi Direct connectivity and supports mobile device printing with voice activation. You can even scan documents directly to various cloud services, so you don’t need to have a computer connected to scan. There is no ADF, so you’ll need to scan and copy documents one page at a time. But the 150-sheet paper tray means you won’t need to remember to add paper constantly.

Despite the budget price, the XP-5200 produces high-quality prints with sharp text. It even produces good photos, ideal for printing family snapshots to hang on the fridge. It can print quite speedily for the price as well, which is nice to see in a best value buy. Unfortunately, like most budget printers, the running costs are quite high. It uses standard cartridges instead of the more economical bottles of ink. But if you rarely print, that won’t be as much of an issue anyway. 

What to consider when shopping for the best Epson printers

Epson makes such a wide range of printers that it can be confusing to figure out which is best. The first step to choosing your Epson printer is putting thought into what and how often you will be printing. A printer designed for busy office use will be overkill for a home. Likewise, A photographer wanting to produce pro-grade prints won’t be served very well by a text-focused office printer. Putting some time up front to figure out your printing needs will save you from buying a device that doesn’t live up to your expectations or spending money unnecessarily. 

Epson printer line

Epson offers multiple lines of printers, with the most popular being the WorkForce, Expression, SureColor, and InkTank lineups. The company tailored each line to specific needs, though there is a lot of overlap. 

The WorkForce line, as the name suggests, is designed for business use. As a result, most offer fast print speeds and are able to handle a high workload. The Expression lineup, intended for home use, offers all-in-one functionality in relatively compact packages. 

SureColor printers are built for professional creatives, with subcategories for different creative needs. The SureColor P-line is built for photographers. Finally, the InkTank line features large ink tanks to save on ink costs and cut down on plastic waste. Like the SureColor lineup, InkTank printers come in a variety of formats for different needs, including office, photography, and general home use. 

Functionality

Beyond printing needs, you may also need the ability to scan, copy, or fax. Luckily, most Epson printers are all-in-ones, which, at minimum, offer printing, scanning, and copying capabilities. Faxing abilities are less common, so you’ll want to pay close attention if that is an important feature for you. 

If you would prefer a single-function printer, your options are a bit more limited but not nonexistent. Most of Epson’s single-function printers fall in the WorkForce lineup, though the pro-grade photo printers are also single-function.  

Productivity features

Across all printers, including Epson’s, you will find a range of productivity-focused features. These can cut down on hands-on work on your part, which may be crucial if you use the printer frequently.

  • Automatic document feeder: An ADF automatically feeds a stack of documents through the device for either copying or scanning. If you frequently work with many-page documents, this will be a huge time saver. 
  • Paper capacity: Each printer will offer a different paper tray capacity. If you don’t like frequently adding paper, look for a printer with a large capacity. However, keep in mind this will result in a bulkier printer. 
  • Auto duplexing: Duplexing refers to double-sided printing. Some printers can do this automatically to keep you from feeding the page back through the device in the correct orientation. Likewise, some offer automatic duplex scanning, allowing you to scan both sides of the document without needing to complete two separate scans.
  • Duty cycle: The duty cycle is the maximum number of prints the device can handle over the course of a month. This may not be very important for casual home use, but if you have large printing needs, you will want to pay close attention to the duty cycle. 

Size

For most, the size of the Epson printer will be important. If you have limited space in your home or office, look carefully at the dimensions of the printer. Epson’s Expression printers are some of the most compact, so you may want to focus your search on that series. 

The other thing to consider related to printer size is how large you need to print. Most of Epson’s printers will do the job for basic 8.5 by 11-inch paper, or even up to legal size. It does make some compact photo printers that only print up to five by seven inches, though. If you need the ability to print larger sizes, look for a wide-format printer. 

FAQs

Q: Are Epson printers good quality?

Overall, yes, Epson printers are good quality. Of course, like any brand, Epson also makes cheap, budget-friendly printers that are of lower quality. As with most things, you get what you pay for. 

Q: Which is better, ink tank or laser printers?

Ink tank printers (a form of inkjet) and laser printers use different technology to create prints. Each has pros and cons, so which is best depends on your individual needs. Inkjet printers use liquid ink, which is sprayed onto paper with nozzles. This process results in smooth gradients and vibrant colors, making them the best choice for photos and graphics. They are typically cheaper to buy, though ink costs tend to be steep. Inkjet printers also use ink to keep the nozzles from drying out and clogging, which is liable to happen if you don’t use the printer regularly.

Laser printers use static electricity, powdered ink, and heat to produce prints. This results in high-quality text, though color reproduction is not as good. They are more expensive in terms of upfront cost, but toner cartridges are cheaper to purchase, which is why they are a popular choice for offices. Because they use powdered toner, laser printers don’t dry out, meaning they can sit unused for long periods with no issues.  

Q: What is the life expectancy of an Epson printer?

Epson printers can last roughly three to five years. As with any electronic device, printers require regular maintenance and care to last. Epson recommends thoroughly cleaning your printer several times a year to keep it in good working order. Also, inkjet printers require regular use (or at least powering on) to prevent the print heads from clogging up. 

Q: Does Epson EcoTank ink dry out?

Epson EcoTank printers differ from traditional inkjet printers that use cartridges, instead relying on reservoirs that are filled with ink from bottles. The bottles themselves are very well sealed and will not dry out. 

When you put ink into the tanks, it is exposed to air, so it could, in theory, dry out. That would require all the ink to evaporate, though, which is unlikely. However, just like traditional inkjets, the nozzles on the print heads are liable to dry out and clog. The printer will use ink to clean those clogs, which will cause you to go through ink faster. As with any inkjet printer, EcoTank or not, it is best to power it up at least weekly to keep things functioning properly. 

Final thoughts on the best Epson printers

Epson makes an incredibly wide range of printers. Whether you are a business owner looking for an office printer, a family in need of a device for school projects, or an artist producing professional-quality reproductions, there is bound to be an option that fits your needs. No matter what, it’s important to consider what you will be using the printer for before choosing the best Epson printer for your needs. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best Epson printers for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Our favorite air purifier for mold is 32% off at Amazon—snag it today https://www.popsci.com/gear/puroair-hepa-air-purifier-amazon-deal/ Thu, 11 Jan 2024 19:35:53 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=598324
A black PuroAir air purifier in a brick pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

You, your lungs, and your wallet can rest easy with this PuroAir air purifier deal at Amazon.

The post Our favorite air purifier for mold is 32% off at Amazon—snag it today appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A black PuroAir air purifier in a brick pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

So you’ve cleaned up your house after all that rain, only to find that the musty smell continues to linger. An air purifier for mold can help. Thankfully, our favorite one is on sale at Amazon an less than $200.

PuroAir HEPA 14 Air Purifier $154.99 (Was $229)

PuroAir

SEE IT

If you’re looking for an air purifier that covers a massive area and picks through particles with a fine-toothed comb, look no further than the PuroAir HEPA 14 Air Purifier. It covers 1,115 square feet and comes with a HEPA 14 filter that’s 10 times more powerful than HEPA 13. It’s third-party lab tested and certified, and was developed by scientists and virologists at Harvard, MIT, Johns Hopkins, and Oxford universities. This is pretty much a hospital-grade air purifier that’s a fraction of the cost.

Here are more air purifier deals to help you breathe easily:

The post Our favorite air purifier for mold is 32% off at Amazon—snag it today appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Upgrade your garage with this 45% discount on a DeWalt Cordless Drill https://www.popsci.com/gear/dewalt-drill-driver-kit-amazon-deal-2024/ Thu, 11 Jan 2024 16:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=598212
DeWalt Drill Kit on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Take on your your 2024 DIY projects with a powerful battery-powered drill for an excellent price

The post Upgrade your garage with this 45% discount on a DeWalt Cordless Drill appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
DeWalt Drill Kit on a plain white background.
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

If those 2023 home improvement projects are still hanging around, it’s time to get to work. The right tools will help and this $80 discount on DeWalt’s 20V Max Cordless Drill Driver Kit at Amazon is a great place to start. The kit includes DeWalt’s drill, one battery, a battery charger, and a carrying case. This kit doesn’t come with any bits, so you’ll want to pick on a 45-piece set for just under $18.

DeWalt 20V Max Cordless Drill Driver Kit, $99 (Was $179)

DeWalt

SEE IT

A big part of this drill’s appeal is its raw power. Its 300 watt motor allows the drill to spin at up to 1,500rpm. That’s more than enough power to drive a screw through thick pieces of wood or some metal. An LED light automatically turns on when you use the drill, which makes it easier to see what you’re doing in dim spaces like basements, closets, or attics. Even the drill’s handle has been engineered to fit comfortably in the hand for as long as possible.

More delightful DeWalt deals

The post Upgrade your garage with this 45% discount on a DeWalt Cordless Drill appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Bring the fire to your home with 40% off a Solo Stove Mesa XL https://www.popsci.com/gear/solo-stove-mesa-xl-amazon-deal/ Tue, 09 Jan 2024 21:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=597969
A Solo Stove Mesa XL in a brick pattern on a white background
Amanda Reed

If you can't set up a fire pit, this pint-sized one from Solo Stove is a great pick. Snag it for 40% off at Amazon.

The post Bring the fire to your home with 40% off a Solo Stove Mesa XL appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Solo Stove Mesa XL in a brick pattern on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

There’s nothing like gathering around a fire when it’s cold outside. However, not everyone has the space or means to indulge in a full-blown firepit. Solo Stove’s Mesa XL is a perfect pick for bringing some heat to your porch or patio. Even better, it’s currently 40% off at Amazon.

Solo Stove Mesa XL Tabletop Fire Pit with Stand $89.99 (Was $149)

Solo Stove

SEE IT

We loved Solo Stove’s Bonfire 2.0 smokeless fire pit and the company’s Pi Prime Pizza Oven, so we feel comfortable recommending the company’s mid-sized tabletop fire pit. The Mesa XL is slightly larger than the itty-bitty Mesa, giving you a longer burn time with the same portability. A Dual Fuel grate lets you choose between wood or pellets, and its 360-degree airflow gives you hot flames no matter what kind of fuel you choose. To light, simply place your fuel, light your firestarter, and wait. If you have a small balcony or backyard area, this pint-sized pit fits wonderfully on a small table.

Here are more deals that will make you feel warm:

Space heaters

Heated clothing

Heated blankets

The post Bring the fire to your home with 40% off a Solo Stove Mesa XL appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best small printers for 2024 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-small-printers/ Tue, 09 Jan 2024 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=597598
The Best Small Printers In 2024
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Don’t let the compact size fool you; small printers still have a lot to offer in terms of quality and features.

The post The best small printers for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The Best Small Printers In 2024
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall HP OfficeJet Pro 8025e HP OfficeJet Pro 8025e
SEE IT

With full all-in-one functionality, quality prints, and fast print speeds, this small printer punches above its weight.

Best compact HP OfficeJet 250 HP OfficeJet 250
SEE IT

This portable printer will give you all-in-one features when on the go.

Best mini Fujifilm Instax Link Wide HP DeskJet 2755e
SEE IT

This tiny printer transforms your digital photos into instant film prints. 

For those with limited space, small printers can be hugely beneficial. These compact devices can even be assets for those with printing needs while traveling. Despite the compact size, these printers can often offer all-in-one capabilities, wireless connectivity, and excellent print quality. They come in all varieties, from laser and inkjet to miniature Zero Ink devices. The best small printers will meet your printing needs while taking up significantly less space in your home or office. 

How we chose the best small printers

When selecting the best small printers, we, of course, prioritized size. However, we focused on more than just portable devices and included options geared toward stationary use as well. Beyond device footprint, we also evaluated print quality, features, connectivity, and print speed. We made our selections based on a mix of hands-on experience, user feedback, and editorial reviews. 

The best small printers: Reviews & Recommendations

Don’t let the diminutive size fool you; small printers can still output plenty of quality with top-notch features, even for demanding folks. Plus, they typically come at lower price points than larger printers, which is an added benefit. 

Best overall: HP OfficeJet Pro 8025e

Specs

  • Printing technology: Color inkjet
  • Functions: Print, copy, scan, fax
  • Maximum print speed: 20 ppm black, 10 ppm color
  • Maximum print size: 8.5 x 14 inches
  • Weight: 18.4 pounds
  • Dimensions: 13.43 x 18.11 x 9.21 inches

Pros

  • Comes with six free months of Instant Ink
  • All-in-one functionality
  • Good print quality
  • Relatively fast print speeds

Cons

  • Photo quality is lacking
  • Doesn’t support duplex scanning

Our top pick isn’t portable, but it is compact enough to take up minimal space on your desk or counter. The HP OfficeJet Pro 8025e is a full-function all-in-one, meaning it can scan, copy, print, and fax. It’s a great choice for busy homes or small offices. It comes with six months of HP Instant Ink, the company’s automatic ink delivery service. It includes cartridge recycling, which we appreciate. 

Though this printer isn’t breaking any speed records, it is able to print up to 20 ppm in black and white and 10 ppm in color. It offers USB, WiFi, Ethernet connectivity, as well as Apple AirPrint and Mopria Print Service. You’ll even be able to take advantage of self-healing WiFi, keeping you from fussing with settings as frequently. 

The OfficeJet Pro 8025e is capable of auto duplexing (automatic two-sided printing), though it cannot duplex scan. The automatic document feeder is ideal for scanning or copying multi-page documents. It prints high-quality documents with sharp and clear text. It does lack in photo quality, though that’s to be expected in an office-oriented all-in-one. Overall, this HP printer is one of your best choices if you need a well-rounded printer with a small footprint. 

Best portable: HP OfficeJet 250

Specs

  • Printing technology: Color inkjet
  • Functions: Print, scan, copy
  • Maximum print speed: 10 ppm black, 7 ppm color
  • Maximum print size: 8.5 × 14 inches
  • Weight: 6.5 pounds
  • Dimensions: 14.96 x 7.8 x 3.6 inches

Pros

  • Very compact and lightweight
  • Battery is rechargeable
  • Plenty of connectivity options 
  • Includes a 50-sheet paper tray

Cons

  • Pricey
  • Doesn’t come with a USB cable

The HP OfficeJet 250 takes small to the next level while maintaining full functionality with plenty of features. This portable printer weighs 6.5 pounds but is small enough to fit into a backpack or larger briefcase. It can run off of an internal rechargeable battery, which provides a life of roughly 225 prints. The battery power is a big plus for those needing to print receipts or documents at events.

Despite the compact size, the OfficeJet 250 is an all-in-one with everything but fax functionality. It features an auto-document feeder and a sheetfed scanner. There’s also a 50-sheet paper tray, so you don’t need to add paper one by one like some portable printers. The color touchscreen makes it easy to adjust settings without needing to pull out your phone or computer. And you can connect via USB (though you’ll need to buy a cable), WiFi, or USB flash drive. 

The portable form factor doesn’t result in lower quality, either. It produces high-quality scans, sharp text, and color prints that easily meet professional business standards. Just be aware that you will be waiting for those prints. The print speeds are on the slow side, with only 7 ppm for color prints when plugged into a power source. That slows down slightly when running on the battery. It’s also not a cheap printer. But if you need access to printing, scanning, or copying on the go, the OfficeJet 250 is the best available. 

Specs

  • Printing technology: Instant film
  • Functions: Print 
  • Maximum print speed: 12 seconds per print
  • Maximum print size: 2.4 x 3.9 inches
  • Weight: 0.75 pounds
  • Dimensions: 6.1 x 2.8 x 7.6 inches

Pros

  • Very portable
  • Comes with a stand
  • Photos are vibrant and sharp
  • Doesn’t use ink

Cons

  • Only for photos
  • Film can get expensive

Fujifilm is perhaps best known for its party-friendly Instax cameras. But the company also makes mini printers that print instant photos as well. The Instax Link Wide prints the largest version of Instax film, which results in a 2.4 by 3.9-inch print. Should you want an even smaller miniature printer, the Instax Mini Link 2 produces even smaller two-by-three-inch prints.  

Once you download the Instax Link WIDE app, pairing the printer to your phone via Bluetooth is easy. Printing is simple and relatively quick, though you’ll need to wait for it to develop since it is an instant film photo. The app provides lots of tools, including the ability to crop, adjust brightness, contrast, and saturation, or add filters. You can even add text and stickers, create collages, or add a QR code. The app also tells you the battery life and how many shots you have left. 

The printer itself is very small, weighing less than a pound, and easily fitting in a backpack. It comes with a handy stand, which allows it to sit upright. It charges via micro USB, and Fujifilm promises 100 prints per charge. Considering each film pack only contains 10 shots, that’s plenty, even for most vacations. Because this printer uses instant film, you won’t need to worry about purchasing ink. The film will run you roughly a dollar per shot at the time of writing. 

The prints from the Instax Link Wide are excellent, with sharp details and vibrant, true-to-life color. I’ve been very impressed by the print quality. It is significantly better than other zero-ink printers, so it made our list. Of course, this mini printer is only designed for photos, so those wanting to print documents must look elsewhere. But it is fun to turn your digital photos into a physical, retro-looking print. Plus, you can print multiple at a time, making it a great choice for parties or gifting prints to friends and family. 

Best laser: Brother HL-L2350DW

Brother

SEE IT

Specs

  • Printing technology: Monochrome laser
  • Functions: Print
  • Maximum print speed: 32 ppm
  • Maximum print size: 8.5 x 14 inches
  • Weight: 15.9 pounds
  • Dimensions: 14 x 14.2 x 7.2 inches

Pros

  • Excellent text quality
  • Very fast print speeds
  • Auto duplexing
  • Low cost-per-print

Cons

  • Print only
  • Monochrome isn’t for everyone

For those needing a simple printer to handle occasional text documents, a monochrome laser printer can be a great way to save money. This Brother laser printer is reasonably priced with a compact footprint to take up minimal space in your home office. The toner cartridges are high-yield, meaning you won’t need to buy new toner very often. When you do buy toner, they are relatively affordable, so you’ll save money in the long run compared to a color inkjet printer. 

The Brother HL-L2350DW is a single-function printer, so you won’t be able to scan or copy. It’s also a monochrome printer, so you can only print in black and white. But what it does, it does extremely well. It produces very clear and sharp text. Graphs also look excellent from this printer. It offers auto duplexing, meaning it can print two-sided documents without you needing to flip the page just the right way. 

The HL-L2350DW offers plenty of connectivity options, including USB, WiFi, and NFC. A 250-sheet paper tray keeps you from constantly reloading paper. Or there is a manual feed slot that works with a variety of paper types and sizes. Though this printer may lack the functionality that some desire, it’s a fantastic choice for a basic workhorse office printer. 

Best budget: HP DeskJet 2755e

Specs

  • Printing technology: Color inkjet
  • Functions: Print, scan, copy
  • Maximum print speed: 7.5 ppm black, and 5.5 ppm color
  • Maximum print size: 8.5 × 14 inches
  • Weight: 7.5 pounds
  • Dimensions: 11.97 x 16.7 x 6.06 inches

Pros

  • Very affordable
  • Compact
  • All-in-one functionality
  • Useful mobile app

Cons

  • Operating costs are high

You don’t have to spend a lot to get a quality small printer. The HP DeskJust 2755e comes in under $100, with frequent sales that bring the price even lower. It has a tiny footprint, taking up minimal space on your desk or counter. And despite that, it is an all-in-one with the ability to print, scan, and copy. You can even fax (send only) using the HP Smart app. That makes it an ideal choice for busy families and home use. 

This color inkjet produces sharp text and good photos. They won’t be professional lab-quality photos, but that’s not surprising for such a budget-friendly printer. It is easy to set up, and the mobile app offers a lot of functionality. You can connect via WiFi, which is self-healing, as well as USB. Mobile printing is also available. 

The primary downside to this printer is ink costs. The cost-per-page is quite high compared to other printers. You can save some money with HP’s Instant Ink subscription service, but this is something to keep in mind if you print a lot. 

What to consider when shopping for the best small printers

Choosing a small printer is the same as selecting any printer, though with a focus on compact devices. Of course, you’ll first need to decide how small is necessary. Are you wanting to travel with your printer? If so, a portable, battery-powered device may be best. Do you want to print small photos when out with friends? A mini photo printer will be the way to go. Or do you just want a compact option to sit on your desk in your home office? Then, a traditional all-in-one with a small footprint may be your best bet. 

Beyond that, there are a handful of other things that are important to consider when choosing the best small printer for your needs. 

Inkjet vs. laser

When choosing a printer for your home or business, you must first decide between inkjet and laser printers. These two types of devices produce prints in different ways, each with pros and cons. 

Inkjet printers use small nozzles to spray liquid ink or dye onto paper. The liquid ink results in more vibrant photos or graphics with smoother gradients, which is why inkjet printers are the technology of choice for artists. But that ink can smudge if not handled properly immediately after printing. Also, the ink can dry in the nozzles and clog them up if you don’t use the printer frequently. But they are more affordable to buy, which is why they are typically the preferred option for home use. 

Laser printers use toner cartridges that contain powder. The printer then uses static electricity to attract the powder and heat to imprint the toner onto the paper. Because of this printing method, laser printers can sit inactive for much longer periods than inkjet printers. They are also better at producing sharp, detailed text and handling high volumes, so they are the most common choice for offices. Although toner is more affordable than inkjet cartridges, laser printers are more expensive to buy.

Functionality

Printers typically offer anywhere from one (only printing) to four (print, scan, copy, and fax) functions. Even small printers come with all-in-one functionality, though those won’t be the smallest options. If you only need to print, you can skip the all-in-ones to save on space and cost. However, if you also want to scan or copy, focus on an all-in-one.

Connectivity

All printers offer wireless connectivity at this point, but those wireless options may vary across printers. Also, some may offer features like USB or SD card printing. If you want lots of options for how you print, be sure to look closely at connectivity options. 

Print speed

Sprint speed isn’t important to everyone. But if you don’t want to wait around for prints, you should prioritize printers with fast print speeds. For the impatient folks out there (or those who do a lot of printing), printers with a print speed faster than 20 pages per minute (ppm)—and ideally over 30 ppm—are your best bet. 

Print size

Finally, you’ll want to consider how large you plan on printing. For basic home or office use, 8.5 by 11 inches is standard and will suit you just fine. You won’t find a small printer that prints larger than 8.5 by 14 inches, however. For that, you’ll need a wide-format printer. But, if you want a printer strictly for casual photos, a smaller device that tops out at 5 by 7 inches may be the smart move. 

FAQs

Q: Is laser or inkjet better?

Laser and inkjet printers each have advantages and disadvantages, so which is best depends on how you use the printer and your individual needs. Laser printers are better at handling lots of volume but can also sit unused for long periods without issues and are more expensive in terms of upfront cost. Inkjet printers are cheaper to buy and better at producing vibrant graphics and photos with smooth gradients. But they use expensive ink that can dry up and clog printers if it isn’t used regularly. 

Q: Do laser printers need ink?

Laser printers use powdered toner instead of dye or pigment-based ink. They do not need ink, but they do require toner.

Q: Do mini printers need ink?

Most mini printers do not need ink. The lack of ink cartridges is part of what allows the printers to be so small and portable. Instead, they rely on ZINK (Zero Ink) technology (or some variation of that), which embeds the ink directly into the paper. 

Q: Can I print from my phone?

Yes, most printers support mobile printing, which allows you to print directly from your phone. How you do so depends on which mobile device and printer you use, but printer companies have simplified the process. Typically, you just need a printer connected to WiFi, though some offer Bluetooth connectivity as well.  

Q: Do home printers come with ink cartridges?

Yes, most home printers come with ink cartridges. Companies like Epson, Brother, and Canon all ship their printers with a set of ink cartridges (or bottles) so that you have everything you need in one box. 

Final thoughts on the best small printers

There are lots of reasons to purchase a small printer. Whether you simply don’t have much space, need a portable device, or only want to make small prints, these compact devices offer a lot despite their minimal footprints. The best small printer for your needs will depend on what you need a printer for, so be sure to plan ahead before purchasing. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best small printers for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
GE Profile Smart Indoor Smoker review: Low and slow cooking on the kitchen counter https://www.popsci.com/gear/ge-profile-smart-indoor-smoker-review/ Wed, 03 Jan 2024 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=597211
GE Profile Smoker Open Door
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Crave wood-smoked meat year-round but live in a colder climate (or an apartment)? GE's new indoor smoker will have your taste buds, but not smoke alarms, going off.

The post GE Profile Smart Indoor Smoker review: Low and slow cooking on the kitchen counter appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
GE Profile Smoker Open Door
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Typical smokers live outside. They’re huge, extremely hot, and often emit tons of fumes that would, at best, smell up your house and, at worst, kill you with their emissions. The GE Profile Smart Indoor Smoker with Active Smoke Filtration allows cooks to impart genuine smoke flavor into meats, vegetables, desserts, drink accouterments, etc., right there in the kitchen. This isn’t simply adding a box of pellets to an oven; it’s a truly self-contained flavor-imparting smoker. This review-in-progress charts my initial experience and testing and will be expanded as I continue cooking.

Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

SEE IT

Overview

There are three main barriers to entry for anyone who wants to get into making smoked food: space, a steep learning curve, and money. GE addressed the first two with its $999 Profile Smart Indoor Smoker with Active Smoke Filtration. However, while this tabletop smoker isn’t necessarily more expensive than its full-sized outdoor competition, it does require a sizeable upfront investment, especially if you’re just starting your journey into smoking food. And quickly, I found it worth it. I’d never smoked meat before getting to test the Profile Smart Indoor Smoker and was surprised at how simple it ended up being, thanks to some shrewd moves on GE’s part.

Pros

  • Surprisingly little smell
  • Deep smokey flavor
  • Easy cleanup

Cons

  • Cost

The Verdict: GE’s Profile Smart Indoor Smoker with Active Smoke Filtration makes an intimidating cooking technique possible to master without setting a foot outside.

The GE Profile Smart Indoor Smoker’s setup

Setting up the smoker took all of 15 minutes and no tools. Its three racks and side rails were neatly tucked away inside its main chamber, and additional accessories—like its magnetic meat probe, water chamber, and counter guard —were packaged separately. GE’s instruction manual was well-written, and the step-by-step instructions were easy to follow. I was especially pleased that this smoker’s meat probe can be placed anywhere on the side of the smoker rather than being relegated to a fixed spot—and its readings can be monitored in the GE Profile Connect+ app on your phone (which can also be used for adjustments after you set the appliance up on your WiFi network). Once the smoker was fully assembled, I peeled a protective sticker plastered on top of its control panel and plugged it in.

While the smoker relies on wood pellets to impart smokey flavor, their heating element requires electricity. I worried that its energy draw might have been too great for an outlet inside a pre-war New York City apartment, but thankfully, it wasn’t. I noticed no ill effects during a three-hour-long cook. Be mindful that you’ll need a grounded outlet to use this appliance. Upon plugging the smoker in and flipping its power switch, I was greeted by a refreshingly easy-to-use interface. A dial allowed us to choose between different cooking presets for commonly smoked foods like brisket, pork, and chicken wings, which significantly lowered the learning curve for getting the right cook.

First cook with the GE Profile Smart Indoor Smoker

Getting three settings right is paramount if you want to get a great cook, but sometimes you don’t have years to become a great cook. GE simplified the situation by including a cookbook written by pitmaster and restaurateur Dallas McGarity. The cookbook includes a handful of recipes, but critically, it has a cheat sheet that illustrates the proper temperature, cooking time, and smoke level for every common cut of meat. I followed Chef McGarity’s directions, and they didn’t steer me wrong, as shown in the photo below.

Appliances photo
A perfect cook for a first-time meat smoker.

Preparing the smoker for a cook was a two-step process—aside from following the meat as instructed—that included loading two cups of wood pellets into its hopper and filling the water tank up to the prescribed line. From there, pressing the smoker’s dial in allowed me to choose the time, temperature, and smoke level. Once the smoker reached the correct temperature, I set wings on its racks and played the waiting game. Thanks to its tight gaskets and seals, there was barely a mild scent of smoke throughout the entire three-hour cook, which comes down to GE’s engineering. While wood pellets burn, the smoke circulates inside the smoker’s chamber. Spent pellets are dropped into the water tank to prevent them from creating more smoke. Hot air blows out through vents, but the smell was milder than what you’d expect from a roasting chicken inside an oven. My smoke level was set to three, so it’s possible a 10-hour cook at the highest smoke level (five) would have been more pungent. Sounds like a challenge for later.

GE says you can fit up to 40 wings on this smoker’s three racks, and that’s entirely possible if you buy them pre-cut into drumettes and flats. I cooked full chicken wings with no prep—wingtip and all—and fit a little over 20 snugly tucked together. GE also says the smoker can fit a whole brisket cut in half, a 14-pound pork butt, a full chicken, or three racks of ribs cut in half, depending on how many racks you use and their placement. If you’re worried this indoor smoker won’t be able to satisfy a crowd of four to six people, don’t be.

Indoor smoking experience

The most remarkable part about testing the Profile Smart Indoor Smoker with Active Smoke Filtration is how hands-off the process was. This is par for the course in the food smoking world, where the edict is to cook low and slow for up to a full day, but I was surprised at just how unfussy this smoker was. Once the timer ran out, the smoker automatically entered an “auto warm” state, which GE says can keep food safe for up to 24 hours. I couldn’t wait long enough to test that and dug in. These were hands-down the best chicken wings I’ve made at home, even when compared to frying, air frying, and baking. The smokey flavor permeated the entire wing, which had reached a fall-off-the-bone consistency. Each wing was cooked completely through, and the taste was identical regardless of which rack or side of the smoker it was in. This was easier to accomplish because I was cooking food that was a uniform size. Cooking brisket or a whole chicken would necessitate using the meat probe to ensure each area was cooked properly.

Cleanup

Once the cook was over, it was time to clean the smoker, which was an easier process than you’d imagine. The smoker’s racks, drip tray, and water tank are dishwasher safe. I wiped down the inside of the smoker, kept the door open for a few minutes to let any lingering mildly smoky smells dissipate (not necessary, but a personal preference), and reinstalled all of the newly cleaned pieces. While I couldn’t myself using this smoker every day—how much smoked food can one eat?—it’s entirely possible to get this smoker ready for sanitary, near-continuous use.

So, who should buy the GE Profile Smart Indoor Smoker?

It’s ultimately difficult to find any real fault with the GE Profile Smart Indoor Smoker with Active Smoke Filtration, and I can easily recommend it to aspiring or well-seasoned pitmasters alike. This mini-fridge-sized appliance allows you to get the results you’d expect from a real barbeque restaurant in your house, though you’ll have to wait several hours rather than a few minutes for the meal to be served. Those patient enough to wait will be rewarded, though, and I look forward to continuing to put this countertop convenience through its paces with different wood-smoked cooks. If anything, this appliance allows food smokers to enjoy their hobby year-round or enables those living in cities to have a taste of a cookout.

The post GE Profile Smart Indoor Smoker review: Low and slow cooking on the kitchen counter appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Perk up with a perk: 47% off a Keurig K-Classic coffee maker at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/keurig-k-cup-coffee-maker-amazon-deal/ Wed, 03 Jan 2024 16:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=597180
A Keurig K-Classic coffee maker on a plain background arranged in a brick pattern
Amanda Reed

If you're got a resolution to consume less caffeine, cut down on carafes and cost with big savings on a Keurig single-serve coffee maker.

The post Perk up with a perk: 47% off a Keurig K-Classic coffee maker at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Keurig K-Classic coffee maker on a plain background arranged in a brick pattern
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

I prefer the word “intention” over “resolution” for goal-setting at the beginning of the year. For me, it conjures more mindfulness and less emotional self-flagellation. My New Year intentions include reducing my caffeine intake and upping my yoga output. Instead of making an entire pot of coffee—which tempts pouring another cup—try a single-serve coffee maker, like this Keurig that’s 47% off at Amazon.

Keurig K-Classic Coffee Maker $79.99 (Was $149.99)

Keurig

SEE IT

Choose from a 6-, 8-, 10-ounce pour to get the perfect strength for your mornings or afternoons. Its large 48-ounce water reservoir lets you brew more than 6 cups, and an auto-off feature shuts down your machine after two hours. All you need to do to get a perfect cup is select a pod and your brew size.

Here are more coffee deals to fuel your good intentions:

The post Perk up with a perk: 47% off a Keurig K-Classic coffee maker at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Prepare for any storm ahead with 37% off this Jackery solar generator https://www.popsci.com/gear/jackery-solar-generator-winter-storm-2024-amazon-deal/ Tue, 02 Jan 2024 20:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=597063
A Jackery solar generator on a plain background arranged in a brick pattern
Amanda Reed

Keep the lights on when electric lines go down with this powered-up Jackery solar generator that's on sale at Amazon.

The post Prepare for any storm ahead with 37% off this Jackery solar generator appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Jackery solar generator on a plain background arranged in a brick pattern
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

While not everyone enjoyed a white Christmas, no flakes by December doesn’t always mean no winter wonderland. Many years, there’s a good chance the first major snow will happen sometime in the New Year. And that time for the East Coast might be a big winter storm this weekend. It’s this unpredictability that makes a generator a purchase for all seasons. Luckily, Jackery—who makes some of our favorite solar generators—is offering its fantastic Explorer 2000 PRO portable power station for a whopping 37% off.

Jackery Explorer 2000 PRO Portable Power Station $1,199 (Was $1,899)

Nick Hilden

SEE IT

According to our review, this generator is a great backup power source for people who live in blackout-prone areas or on an off-grid worksite. It’s also light for road trippers and van-lifers. It’s extremely user-friendly, and output ports ensure you can plug in a wide range of devices and electrical equipment. Its functions are highly intuitive, and the digital display is easy to understand. Like other Jackery generators, the Explorer 2000 PRO is incredibly durable, too.

Here are more inclement weather must-haves that are on sale:

Generators

Power tools

Snow blowers

Snow shovels

The post Prepare for any storm ahead with 37% off this Jackery solar generator appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best electric screwdrivers for 2024 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-electric-screwdrivers/ Fri, 29 Dec 2023 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=593484
The best electric screwdrivers
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Electric screwdrivers aren't as powerful as drills or impact drivers, but that's a feature, not a bug for PC builders and other DIYers.

The post The best electric screwdrivers for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best electric screwdrivers
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall DEWALT 8V MAX Cordless Screwdriver DeWalt 8V MAX Cordless Screwdriver
SEE IT

Powerful, portable, durable, and available for under $100.

Best for PC building iFu Mini Electric Screwdriver iFu Mini Electric Screwdriver
SEE IT

An essential kit for anyone who’s part of the right to repair movement.

Best budget BLACK+DECKER Cordless Screwdriver BLACK+DECKER Cordless Screwdriver
SEE IT

A no-frills tool that’ll save you time during common tasks for under $20.

An electric screwdriver—which is different than a drill or impact driver in that it’s smaller, less powerful, and less expensive—can be a helpful time-saving tool to have on your belt. This belt-friendly tool can help you insert or remove screws when assembling furniture, a new computer, or taking on any number of DIY projects. If you’d like to make a better effort to take on home improvement tasks rather than paying for them, getting one of the best electric screwdrivers will equip you, literally, with a tool that you’ll reach for continuously.

How we chose the best electric screwdrivers

Our recommendations for the best electric screwdrivers came from deep research into this tool category, a favorite in our storage shed. We assessed many models’ power levels, size, and price before deciding which ones to feature. We also made sure to include options that are particularly well suited to specific tasks like PC building and general-purpose models that can be used in multiple applications.

The best electric screwdrivers: Reviews & Recommendations

Ready to add another handheld power tool to your tool box? Don’t worry; an electric screwdriver will come in handy more often than you think, and we wouldn’t be surprised if it becomes your go-to over a drill or impact driver in many cases.

Best overall: DEWALT 8V MAX Cordless Screwdriver

DEWALT

SEE IT

Specs

  • Cordless: Yes
  • Size: 9.5 x 2.06 x 7.88 Inches
  • Price: $81.38

Pros

  • Speeds up to 430 RPM
  • Built-in light
  • One hour charging

Cons

  • Price
  • No bits included

DeWalt makes many of the best tools we’ve seen and tested (including power drills), and its electric screwdriver is no different. In addition to featuring the company’s telltale yellow and black look, the screwdriver is also a lot more powerful than most tools in its category. The screwdriver can spin at a maximum of 430 rotations per minute, which is enough speed to drive a screw through most materials with ease. A light above the bit will engage whenever the tool is in use, so you’ll have ample illumination in dark areas.

One of our favorite features is this tool’s battery indicator, which is comprised of three LEDs on top of the screwdriver. You can check the electric screwdriver’s battery health immediately and know whether you need to pop its battery on a charger or not. DeWalt says it takes an hour to recharge this electric screwdriver’s battery fully. Our only complaint with this tool is that it’s significantly more expensive than our other recommendations, which is exacerbated by the fact that you need to pick up a bit separately. DeWalt offers a bundle that includes this electric screwdriver and a 45-bit set, which is more expensive but may be the way to go if you want a single-purchase solution.

Still, if you want the power of a drill in a much smaller form factor, the only way to go is DeWalt’s electric screwdriver.

Best for PC building: iFu Mini Electric Screwdriver

iFu

SEE IT

Specs

  • Cordless: Yes
  • Size: 9.68 x 5.39 x 1.65 Inches
  • Price: $71.99

Pros

  • Slim profile
  • Includes harder-to-find bits
  • Magnetized bits

Cons

  • Designed for specific tasks

If you’re a tinkerer who likes to repair technology for yourself or others, iFu’s Mini Electric Screwdriver is going to be a game changer. The screwdriver itself is impossibly thin—it resembles a thick marker rather than a tool—and comes in a set with 90 pieces. Many of those pieces are bits, which range from common (Phillips and flathead) to the obscure Pentalobe screws used by tech companies to keep hobbyists out. This repair kit also includes picks, tweezers, a suction cup, and other tools required to get inside gadgets.

iFu’s electric screwdriver has a three-LED light to provide light when working in dark areas, rechargeable battery that can be refilled in one hour, and motor mechanism that has been optimized to provide the perfect amount of power. The screwdriver will have enough strength to get screws in and out of gadgets without the risk of damaging fragile parts in your expensive gaming PC—or the tool itself. It’s frustrating to lose a screw you just removed inside of a smartphone or game console’s case, which is why we’re happy this screwdriver’s bits are magnetized. It can catch those bits before they fall.

It doesn’t have the raw power of DeWalt’s electric screwdriver, designed for heavy-duty tasks. But, if all you need is a solid repair kit for your tech, iFu’s Mini Electric Screwdriver is well worth the investment.

Best small: STREBITO Mini Electric Screwdriver

STREBITO

SEE IT

Specs

  • Cordless: Yes
  • Size: 8.15 x 2.88 x 1.46 Inches
  • Price: $35.99

Pros

  • Built-in lights
  • Magnetized bits
  • Comes with a set of tools

Cons

  • Weaker than other recommendations

STREBITO’s Mini Electric Screwdriver has most of the features we loved about iFu’s Mini Electric Screwdriver, but in an even more compact design. This tool comes with 30 bits, a spudger, SIM card opener, and neat carrying case. A trio of LEDs engage when the screwdriver is in use to provide light, while a USB-C port at the bottom can be used for charging. While this electric screwdriver is less than half as powerful as DeWalt’s electric screwdriver—this model tops out at 200RPM—that restraint is actually positive when working with fragile gadgets like laptops. SREBITO says this battery can be fully charged in under one hour, and insert or exhume 500 screws before needing to be plugged back in.

The key to this electric screwdriver’s usefulness is its size. At just over 8 inches long and under 1.5 inches deep you could easily fit this tool into a pocket. If you’re working with smaller devices—a game controller, smartphone, or toy, for example—larger screwdrivers, drills, or other tools won’t go over the level of maneuverability necessary to get inside tight spots. STREBITO’s Mini Electric Screwdriver was designed specifically for that purpose so you can get the job done quickly.

Best corded: VISLONE Handheld Corded Electric Screwdriver

VISLONE

SEE IT

Specs

  • Cordless: No
  • Size: ‎10.98 x 4.53 x 2.28 Inches
  • Price: $30.99

Pros

  • Never runs out of battery
  • On-tool torque adjustment
  • Incredibly powerful

Cons

  • Requires an outlet

If you don’t want to worry about your electric screwdriver running out of battery at an inopportune time or plan to exclusively use it at a workbench, VISLONE’s Handheld Corded Electric Screwdriver is the right choice. It’s relatively small, light, and comes with physical switches and knobs, which can be used to adjust its direction, torque (twisting force), and whether it’s on or off. The screwdriver is relatively short but thicker than many other recommendations. This girth and its textured grip make the tool easier to hold but also increase its weight.

The downside to using a corded electric screwdriver is having to work near an outlet, but the tool’s incredible power completely outweighs that issue. It has a maximum speed of 900RPM, which makes it the most powerful electric screwdriver we’re recommending by a longshot. This results from the tool receiving a steady flow of electricity and not having to make any sacrifices for the sake of battery optimization. At its top speed, this tool can replace an electric drill in most instances, but you’ll need to ratchet it way down for working on delicate projects.

Best budget: BLACK+DECKER Cordless Screwdriver

BLACK+DECKER

SEE IT

Specs

  • Cordless: Yes
  • Size: ‎9 x 3 x 2 Inches
  • Price: $19.32

Pros

  • Has a manual mode
  • No charging time required
  • Price

Cons

  • No frills

BLACK+DECKER took a literal approach to designing its incredibly budget-friendly electric screwdriver, and it’s an incredible value at its sub $20 price point. This is a cordless electric screwdriver, but it runs on AA batteries instead of a rechargeable one. That means you can pop in a fresh batch when the screwdriver dies instead of having to plug it into a wall to charge. We recommend using rechargeable batteries to stay eco-friendly. If you don’t have any batteries on hand, you can use this electric screwdriver manually, which you could do during common lightweight tasks to extend the tool’s battery life.

This electric screwdriver doesn’t have LEDs to guide you during repairs and isn’t accompanied by a large bit set (though BLACK+DECKER does have a bundle that includes one), but the basics will serve you well during around-the-house repairs like screwing in new outlet receptacles. That’s perfectly fine given its price point, and you should view this tool as a convenient time saver above all else.

What to consider when buying the best electric screwdriver

There are many factors to consider when choosing the best electric screwdriver for you. Below you’ll find the ones we weighted most lightly when compiling our recommendations.

Power source

Most of the electric screwdrivers we’re recommending are cordless, meaning they run on a battery. However, this means you’ll need to remember to charge them on a regular basis. Corded electric screwdrivers are less common, and you’ll have to tether yourself to an outlet to use them, but they’ll always be ready to work when plugged in.

Size

All of our electric screwdriver recommendations are roughly the same length, but they can vary in width. Thinner electric screwdrivers are easier to hold but are less powerful and have smaller batteries. Thicker electric screwdrivers are bulkier but can be used in more applications.

Cost

All of the electric screwdrivers above cost under $100, but they still vary in price quite a lot. We included models that span a wide range so serious DIY hobbyists and novices alike can find one that works well for them.

FAQs

Q: How long do electric screwdrivers last?

A well-maintained electric screwdriver can last a decade or more. Like any mechanical device, however, letting it sit without running it occasionally can be just as harmful as overuse.

Q: How to prolong the lifetime of electric screwdrivers?

You can prolong the lifetime of your electric screwdriver by keeping it charged (if it has a battery), cleaning off its bit between every project, and storing it in a safe place. It’s also important to recognize when a job requires the power of a drill so you don’t overwork the electric screwdriver.

Q: How much does an electric screwdriver cost?

This depends on their power level and size. Our recommendations cost between $19 and $82.

Final thoughts on the best electric screwdrivers

Electric screwdrivers have been overlooked due to the ubiquity and popularity of drills, but they’re a smaller and much more cost-effective tool for common DIY tasks. If you’re tired of using a manual screwdriver, even a ratcheting one, but don’t need a lot of horsepower to complete the job, an electric screwdriver is the perfect middle ground. If you take care of it, the screwdriver will likely last a lifetime.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best electric screwdrivers for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The 6 best mosquito traps for 2024 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-mosquito-traps/ Fri, 29 Dec 2023 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=596369
A lineup of four of the best mosquito traps
Amanda Reed

These traps will eliminate mosquitos in a flash.

The post The 6 best mosquito traps for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of four of the best mosquito traps
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A DynaTrap mosquito trap on a plain background DynaTrap DT1050 Mosquito & Flying Insect Trap
SEE IT

Three-way protection keep your patio protected from pesky pests.

Best portable A stafi mosquito trap on a plain background stafi Bug Zapper
SEE IT

Take it to games, on camping trips, or just keep it in your car for when you need it.

Best budget Green PIC mosquito repelling coils on a plain background PIC Mosquito Repelling Coils
SEE IT

Stop mosquitos from entering your yard in the first place with these svelte, stylish coils that burn like incense.

Mosquitos aren’t just pesky pests. They can carry malaria, West Nile Virus, Zika, and more. It can be discouraging to spend time outdoors if you know you’ll be covered in itchy, red bites by the end of the night. Plus, entertaining isn’t easy when you’re thinking about what uninvited six-legged guests could bring to your party. You don’t need to douse yourself in smelly, sticky bug spray or rely on citronella torches or candles. A mosquito trap is a great non-toxic way to capture these nasty buggers. All you have to do is place it and proceed with what you are doing. Some traps even blend seamlessly with your outdoor decor, while others stylishly and covertly cover the indoors. The best mosquito traps allow you to be comfortable in all your home spaces.

How we chose the best mosquito traps

I am a huge baby when it comes to getting bit by mosquitos. “Being itchy” is my least favorite state to be in. Over the years, I’ve learned a lot about how to stop the bites in the first place. Mosquito traps remain one of the easiest ways to accomplish that. To find the best mosquito traps, we looked at important features like portability, ease of use, coverage area, type, and if it could work indoors and outdoors. We also looked at reviews and recommendations and performed heavy research to whittle down our choices.

The best mosquito traps: Reviews & Recommendations

No one likes a party-crasher, especially if they suck your blood and carry disease. One of our choices should help you keep the guest list to a manageable number and stop mosquitos from wrecking the vibe. There’s only so much a portable party speaker can do.

Best overall: DynaTrap DT1050 Mosquito & Flying Insect Trap

DynaTrap

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: UV light, TiO2 coated, fan
  • Indoor or outdoor: Both
  • Coverage area: 1/2 acre

Pros

  • Quiet
  • No propane required
  • Doubles as a lamp

Cons

  • Reviews note bulb life isn’t as long as advertised

The DynaTrap uses not one but three-way protection against mosquitos and other flying insects. The UV light provides warmth and a glow irresistible to bugs, and its durable titanium dioxide coating creates a carbon dioxide trail. A quiet fan then sucks the mosquitos in at the end of the rainbow and contains them. We also love its stylish design—at first glance, it looks just like a regular outdoor sconce, but a closer look reveals it’s a trap. Each trap covers 1/2 acre, and you can use it indoors. Plus, it’s easy-to-use: simply twist to turn it on and off. Make sure to place it 20-40 feet away from where you’re sitting so you don’t get caught up in armageddon. It won’t attract honeybees and other insects important to the ecosystem (#savethebees).

The company advertises that the bulb lasts up to four months, but multiple reviews state that it must be replaced once a month. If that’s no problem for you, you’ll enjoy the peace the DynaTrap brings.

Best for outdoors: DynaTrap Large Mosquito & Flying Insect Trap

DynaTrap

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: UV light, TiO2 coated, fan
  • Indoor or outdoor: Both
  • Coverage area: One acre

Pros

  • Quiet
  • All-weather construction
  • Large coverage area

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Bulb difficult to change

Forgive us for putting two traps from the same brand back-to-back, but trust us that this is the best choice for an outdoor mosquito trap. It’s beefy and covers an acre of land—perfect if you live on a large property and have a lot of bugs to catch. And it comes in multiple colors to match your outdoor vibe. It has the same foundations as the mid-sized DynaTrap—three-way protection, quiet vacuum, no propane—and is durable for use in all weather conditions. The bulb shape is different and lasts longer compared to the mid-sized Dynatrap. However, reviews note that it’s difficult to change this particular bulb.

Best indoor: Katchy Indoor Insect Trap

Katchy

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: UV light, vacuum, glue trap
  • Indoor or outdoor: Indoor
  • Coverage area: 200 square feet

Pros

  • Easy to replace sticky pads
  • Long cord
  • Keeps other outlets open

Cons

  • Sticky pads could be stickier

Keep your outlets open with this stylish indoor trap on your countertop. The 40-inch cord also lets you customize the placement versus “nightlight”-style traps glued to your outlet. It uses three methods to attract and trap mosquitos: A UV light lures them in, the vacuum fan captures them, and the sticky pad prevents them from escaping. They also capture fruit flies, gnats, and other small bugs. It’s incredibly easy to use: Simply turn it on and let it work its magic. You can adjust the settings between standard and low to save energy when you’re not home. The reviews note that the included sticky pads could be stickier, but they are easy to change when it’s time to switch them out.

Best wall-mounted: BLACK+DECKER Fly Traps for Indoors

Black+Decker

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: UV light, glue trap
  • Indoor or outdoor: Indoor
  • Coverage area: 1,500 square feet

Pros

  • Easy to install
  • Pre-installed glue traps
  • Doubles as a nightlight

Cons

  • Not aesthetic
  • No off switch

If you’re not into zappers, chemicals, or vacuums, this sconce-like trap uses light and a sticky trap to lure and capture mosquitos. This trap covers up to 1,500 square feet and can be used in covered outdoor spaces. It comes with three sticky board replacements, so you don’t have to wait around for a new set to come in. All you have to do is set it up and watch as the bugs meet their end. The trap also doesn’t come with an off-switch, and it’s not portable. It’s also a little (for lack of a better term) ugly, but if design isn’t top of mind and you just want something that works well, you won’t have a problem with this wall-mounted trap.

Best portable: stafi Bug Zapper

stafi

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Zapper
  • Indoor or outdoor: Indoor and outdoor
  • Coverage area: 20 feet

Pros

  • Day and night sensor
  • Rechargeable
  • Waterproof

Cons

  • Difficult to clean

Not everyone has the desire to hang up a mosquito trap. There are also moments in life, like youth baseball, football, and camping, where no mosquito traps are set up in the first place. BYOT (bring your own trap) with this stafi bug zapper, which can be placed on a table or hung on a nearby hook. It’s IP66 waterproofed, making it perfect to take along on a camping trip. You can place this zapper on a table, and it’s also rechargeable. It’s a little difficult to clean, however. You get 16 hours of power on one charge, and it doubles as a regular lamp, which makes the elbow grease worth it. Plus, it’s a budget-friendly pick. It’s also 10 inches tall, making it truly portable. No more missing the game to put on bug spray.

Best budget: PIC Mosquito Repelling Coils

PIC

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: N/A
  • Indoor or outdoor: Outdoor
  • Coverage area: 10 feet

Pros

  • Easy to use
  • Stylish
  • Long-lasting

Cons

  • Fragile
  • Only repels

It was difficult to find a budget-friendly pick that was high-quality. When we found out about these repelling coils, we knew they had to be included in the list. Compared to giant citronella candles (which might not even work), these coils are svelte and stylish, and you get a pack of 40 for $20. That comes out to around $2 per coil. They remind us of incense, have 10 feet of coverage per coil, and last for 5-7 hours. You need to pay attention to wind direction and not breathe in the smoke it emits, but it’s a great first-step option or addition to a mosquito trap.

What to consider when buying the best mosquito traps

Most traps use UV rays to attract mosquitos. The light is paired with an interior sticky trap, voltage grid, or vacuum to bring them to their end. Some also use carbon dioxide (which we breathe out) and heat to mimic humans and animals. If you don’t love the ethics of killing mosquitos, consider planting lemongrass, citronella grass, lavender, or basil. These herbs and plants are all-natural insect repellents. If you don’t have any qualms about this, here is what to consider when shopping for a mosquito trap:

Type

  • Electric: These traps use electricity to zap bugs if they get too close. It’s just like that one scene in A Bug’s Life.
  • Heat: Mosquitos are attracted to our body temperature. These traps use propane as a heat source and carbon dioxide to mimic exhalation. They’re best for large populations of mosquitos. 
  • UV light: Mosquitos are attracted to light. This is used as an attractant over repellent or exterminant. UV light, in tandem with a propane and carbon dioxide trap, is incredibly effective.
  • Sticky traps: Some traps include a sticky section that ensures the mosquitos don’t change their mind and escape. They’re non-toxic and easy to throw out.
  • Water: Water is a breeding ground for mosquitos, but you can poison their well with Mosquito Bits. It’s also non-toxic to other animals, meaning you don’t have to worry about accidentally dumping chemicals into the ecosystem.

Efficacy and range

Not all traps last equally or have the same area of coverage. Sticky traps, for example, need to be replaced once a month. Others can last for months of continuous use. Some need to be charged, and some need to be plugged into an outlet to work. Check your surroundings and ensure you have outlets, hooks, or stands to make your trap of choice work.

Ease of use

Setting up some traps is as easy as plugging and going. Others require more maintenance, like replacing sticky panels or cleaning the vents and openings. Some traps require that you change an entire propane tank. Mosquitos are already a pain; choose an option that’s painless for you and your needs.

Portability

You can wall mount a mosquito trap so it guards the area for the entire summer season. You can also buy a tabletop trap to take with you on camping trips and to friend’s houses. If you’re looking for an indoor trap, you run into outlet and space problems. Double-check if your trap is meant to be stationary or moveable before clicking “add to cart.”

FAQs

Q: Are mosquito traps safe for pets and humans?

Yes. Since they don’t use chemicals or an open flame, they’re safer for pets, kids, and adults.

Q: Do mosquito traps attract more mosquitos?

No. They’re not designed to bring more mosquitos into the area. In fact, they attract the mosquitos that are already in the area. It takes six weeks to decrease the overall mosquito population.

Q: Where is the best place to set a mosquito trap?

Anywhere mosquitos tend to congregate, like patios, porches, near standing water, or light fixtures. Read the manufacturer’s instructions before setting them up in bedrooms, since some companies recommend keeping them at least 20 feet away from people.

Final thoughts on the best mosquito traps

Outdoor parties are fun—especially when no bugs are buzzing around. Mosquitos aren’t just annoying—they can also carry diseases affecting you, your animals, and your loved ones. Keep mosquito randos out with a trap that works. Whether with light, glue, or a vacuum, you can rest assured that the best mosquito traps will vanquish these pesky pests to their demise.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The 6 best mosquito traps for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best air purifiers for pets in 2024, tested and reviewed https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-air-purifiers-for-pets/ Thu, 28 Dec 2023 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=596561
Levoit P350 Air Purifier next to a black dog on the floor.
Abby Ferguson

Whether you have a single furry companion or a whole pack of pets, these air purifiers will keep you breathing more easily.

The post The best air purifiers for pets in 2024, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Levoit P350 Air Purifier next to a black dog on the floor.
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Levoit P350 Air Purifier next to a black dog on the floor. Levoit Core P350
SEE IT

This is a great overall choice for anyone who owns pets and a pair of lungs.

Best for large rooms GermGuardian air purifier from above on a wood floor. GermGuardian Air Purifier
SEE IT

This burly model cleans the air in a space up to 1,760 square feet.

Best splurge Molekule air pro air purifier for pets next to a cat tower Molekule Air Pro
SEE IT

This high-end model covers a large area with more features for a price.

Without an air purifier for pets, our furry friends’ dander can get the better of us. As much as we love our animals, they are ripe with allergens, which can cause serious issues for those with sensitivities. But living with a cat or dog doesn’t have to result in misery for those with allergies. The best air purifiers for pets offer multiple levels of filtration to capture everything from dander and other pet allergens to clumps of loose fur and even odors, getting rid of that wet dog smell. 

How we chose the best air purifiers for pets

My household comprises a dog whose favorite thing is rolling in the grass, a cat, and a husband who is allergic to all three things. As a result, air purifiers are a must in our household to combat the constant barrage of allergens. When selecting the best air purifiers for pets, we prioritized devices with high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters, as these offer the best results for reducing allergens. We then looked at other filtration methods (some offer multiple varieties in a single air purifier), room size coverage, and odor-reducing features. Finally, we factored in device size, noise levels, and any additional features, such as timers and connectivity options. We based our selections on hands-on experience, customer feedback, and editorial reviews. 

The best air purifiers for pets: Reviews & Recommendations

Having pets in your home doesn’t mean you must be miserable and simply deal with allergies, thanks to air purifiers. Purifiers for pets can provide significant relief from the effects of dander and other allergens, like what gets tracked in the house after a long walk, and even get rid of those less-than-pleasant pet odors and floating fluff. 

Best overall: Levoit Core P350

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Filter type(s): Fabric pre-filter, True HEPA filter, and activated carbon filter
  • Maximum coverage area: Up to 218 square feet
  • Dimensions: 8.7 x 8.7 x 14.2 inches
  • Weight: 7.5 pounds

Pros

  • Quiet
  • Compact
  • Plenty of settings and controls
  • Pet Lock keeps settings from changing if it gets bumped

Cons

  • No app connectivity

The Levoit Core P350 earns our top slot thanks to its balance of features, design, quality, and price. Levoit purpose-built this air purifier for pets, as is evidenced by the Pet-Lock function to keep your furry friend from accidentally changing settings on the touchscreen display. It’s also a bonus in households with kids. 

The Core P350 features a three-in-one filtration system. The Non-Woven Fabric Pre-Filter traps pet fur to reduce the amount of hair on your floors. The Efficient Activated Carbon Filter neutralizes pet odors to keep your home smelling fresh. It effectively removed the dog smell from my office, where the dog crate lives. And finally, the True HEPA filter cleans the air to remove allergens. 

All three filter types are packed in a relatively compact package with a sleek, attractive design that will fit well in just about any space. It’s powerful enough to purify a 219-square-foot room in only 12 minutes, yet can produce as little as 24 decibels. Three fan modes allow you to fine-tune noise levels and cleaning effectiveness, and a night mode turns off lights so you can sleep without distractions. 

The primary downside to the Core P350 is that it doesn’t pair with an app and doesn’t offer an air quality sensor. But at $130, it’s hard to beat all that this air purifier for pets has to offer. 

Best splurge: Molekule Air Pro

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Filter type(s): PECO, True- HEPA, and carbon filters
  • Maximum coverage area: Up to 1000 square feet
  • Dimensions: 23.1 x 10.9 inches
  • Weight: 22.9 pounds

Pros

  • Very quiet
  • Automatic mode detects changes in air quality
  • Six manual speeds offer lots of control
  • Attractive design
  • Tackles odors, smoke particles, dust, and more

Cons

  • Expensive

If thorough air-cleaning abilities, smart design, and broad coverage are of utmost importance, the Molekule Air Pro is your best bet. This larger air purifier for pets covers up to 1,000 square feet in rooms with ceilings up to eight feet. The modern design will look smart in your home, and the vegan leather handle makes it easier to move when cleaning a different room.

The Air Pro features a True HEPA filter to capture 99.7 percent of small particles. A carbon filter removes odors and gases. But what makes it unique is the light-activated PECO technology, which destroys organic pollutants instead of simply trapping them. In 2023, scientists at the Florida International University published a preclinical study in Nature examining how PECO filters reduce allergic reactions to cat dander. The team found that the PECO filter was more effective at destroying cat dander, thus reducing allergy responses. The air in the room where I have my Air Pro definitely smells fresher since getting this purifier up and running. 

On top of effective air purifying abilities, Molekule’s Air Pro is also extremely smart. Thanks to the built-in air quality sensor, it offers two automatic modes. One automatically adjusts the fan speed when it detects increased particles and chemical levels. When I burned some food while cooking, the fan spun up to clear out the smoke faster. The other automatic mode does the same, but silently. There are also six manual fan speeds, so you can take full control when you want. It operates at noise levels between 30-65 decibels, with the lowest level barely noticeable over normal white noise in your home. 

The Molekule app is easy to navigate and provides daily and weekly air quality assessments. With the Air Pro, you can even break these down into specific pollutants, such as carbon dioxide, VOCs, and various particle sizes. It will remind you when to change filters, and you can subscribe to receive new filters automatically. The Air Pro is expensive, to be sure. But it is ripe with features, scientifically backed, and attractively designed. The steep price tag is the only reason this didn’t earn our best overall designation.

Best for large rooms: GermGuardian Air Purifier

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Filter type(s): True HEPA, UV-C light, carbon pre-filter
  • Maximum coverage area: Up to 1760 square feet
  • Dimensions: 9.65 x 15.95 x 20.87 inches
  • Weight: 13 pounds

Pros

  • Cleans up to 1,760 square feet
  • Three fan speed settings
  • UV-C light reduces germs, viruses, and bacteria
  • Removes odors

Cons

  • Two fan speeds are quite loud
  • A bit bulky

Large spaces require more robust air purifiers for pets. The GermGuardian can purify rooms up to 1,760 square feet, fitting the bill. In rooms that size, it can circulate the air one time per hour. Or, for faster cleaning, it can cycle the air 4.8 times per hour in 365-square-foot spaces. It features three levels of cleaning, including a True HEPA filter, a carbon pre-filter to remove odors and trap pet hair, and a UV-C light to reduce airborne germs. 

The GermGuardian is roughly the size of a dehumidifier, though slightly more narrow. It will require some space, but since it’s made for large rooms, that shouldn’t be too much of an issue for most. It’s relatively affordable for the large coverage as well, which is nice to see. A night mode turns off the device’s lights. And an eight-hour auto-off timer keeps it from running unnecessarily. 

Our main complaint with the GermGuardian is the fan speed settings. There is not much difference in noise between two levels, and both are quite loud. The third setting is barely noticeable, so we primarily keep it at this setting. Having more even differences between the three levels for more control would be nice. There are no sensor or automatic controls, so you must manually change fan speeds. But, overall, it seemed to cut back on our allergies when running and effectively removed odors as well, which is appreciated. 

Best for small rooms: Molekule Air Mini+

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Filter type(s): PECO, True- HEPA, and carbon filters
  • Maximum coverage area: Up to 250 square feet
  • Dimensions: 8.26 x 8.26 x 12 inches
  • Weight: 7.3 pounds

Pros

  • Extremely quiet
  • Pairs with the Molekule app 
  • FDA-cleared as a medical device
  • Compact and portable

Cons

  • Pricey for the size

The Molekule Air Mini+ is essentially a smaller version of the Air Pro mentioned above. It features the same proprietary PECO-HEPA Tri-Power to purify air from various allergens and pollutants effectively. Like the Air Pro, the Air Mini+ is DA-cleared as a 510(k) Class II medical device to destroy viruses, bacteria, and mold. 

The Air Mini features a particle sensor to detect and track PM2.5 levels over time, which you can view in the app. The automatic mode spins up the fan as needed, adapting to the current conditions in your room. Or you can manually adjust with five different speed settings, resulting in noise levels from 39 to 62 decibels. 

This compact air purifier for pets can purify up to 250 square feet. We’ve had ours in our bedroom and have noticed much-improved allergies while trying to sleep. The vegan leather handle makes it easy to move if you need to bring it from room to room with you. Although the PECO filter is light-activated, it is very dim and doesn’t cause much of a glow in a dark room at night. There are controls on the top of the device that are easy to use, or you can change settings via the Molekule app as well. Overall, it’s a sleek, effective little air purifier.

Best budget: Winix A231 Tower H13

Winix

SEE IT

Specs

  • Filter type(s): Washable fine mesh pre-filter, activated carbon filter, True HEPA filter
  • Maximum coverage area: Up to 230 square feet
  • Dimensions: 9.5 x 9.5 x 14.6 inches
  • Weight:

Pros

  • Washable pre-filter saves money
  • Carbon filter reduces odors
  • Automatic mode with built-in sensor and air quality indicator
  • Offers a dedicated sleep mode

Cons

  • Fairly loud, even on lower settings

The Winix A231 offers quality air purification even for those on a tight budget. And despite the friendly price, it still has plenty of features, making it our best value pick. Most notable for an air purifier for pets at this price is the built-in sensor and automatic mode. Plus, the air quality indicator will alert you to changes in air quality with different light colors on the top of the device.  

This Winix air filter features three levels of purification. The True HEPA filter captures 99.97 percent of airborne particles as small as 0.3 microns in size. The carbon filter reduces odor-causing VOCs to keep your room smelling fresh. A washable fine mesh pre-filter traps larger airborne particles, including pet hair. We love to see a washable design since it saves you money and reduces the environmental impact. 

Unique to this air purifier is the Winnix PlasmaWave Air Cleaning Technology, which can be turned on or off. Winix says this acts as a permanent filter to break down odor, allergens, chemical vapors, and other pollutants. Unfortunately, users have reported that it is loud even on the lowest fan speed, though the sleep mode does provide quiet operation. But for the price, you’ll be hard-pressed to find as many features or quality in other options.

Things to consider when shopping for the best air purifiers for pets

Air purifiers for pets can vary from extremely simple devices with just a few settings to tech-heavy options with all sorts of fancy features. No matter what variety you are looking for, there are some key things to look out for to ensure you get a quality purifier that will actually clean your air. 

Filter types

The most important aspect of any air purifier is the thing doing the purifying—the filters. High-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters are the best available, so prioritize air purifiers with this type of filter for best results. That’s because HEPA filters can remove 99.97 percent of dust, pollen, mold, bacteria, or any other airborne particles as small as 0.3 microns, according to the EPA

However, you’ll want to pay close attention to HEPA filter mentions on air purifier listings. There are True HEPA filters, which are highly effective. But there are also HEPA-like filters, which are not certified to meet the standards mentioned by the EPA. 

Many air purifiers rely on multiple types of filters, so there are other filter types to pay attention to—some feature activated carbon filters, which work to reduce odors. For households with pets, this may be an extremely important feature. If you have extra furry friends that make it impossible to keep up with vacuuming, look for devices with a pre-filter, which will catch loose hair to prevent it from blocking up the HEPA filter. Some air filters also feature a UV light to kill airborne bacteria. 

Room size

As with any air filter, manufacturers build pet air purifiers for specific room sizes. This will be listed in square footage. A small purifier meant for a 350-square-foot room won’t work well in a vast, open space. On the other hand, a large air purifier meant for over 1,000 square feet will be overkill for a tiny bedroom. Be sure to consider where you will put the filter and roughly how many square feet it is before selecting.

Clean Air Delivery Rate (CADR)

Clean Air Delivery Rate (CADR) refers to the volume of filtered air an air purifier delivers. The CADR is broken into separate scores for tobacco smoke, pollen, and dust. The CADR of your air purifier should be equivalent to at least two-thirds of the room’s area, according to the Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers (AHAM). For example, for a 120-square-foot room, it “would be best to have an air cleaner with a smoke CADR of at least 80.” 

Using an air purifier with a CADR number larger than two-thirds of the room’s square footage simply means that it will clean the air more often and faster, which isn’t bad. Unfortunately, not all manufacturers will list CADR numbers. But it is worth checking to see if they are provided.  

Replacement filter cost

To keep your filter working, you’ll need to replace filters occasionally. Some are reusable, though they will still require proper cleaning. If you are on a budget, be sure to factor in the cost of replacement filters on top of the initial cost of the air purifier for pets. Some companies, such as Molekule, offer subscription services to send you new filters when it’s time automatically. If you tend to forget such things, you may want to opt for a device with a subscription service to keep your air clean. 

Noise levels

Air filters use a fan to pull air through a filter, inevitably producing noise. Some are louder than others, though. Manufacturers will occasionally list decibel levels; if noise is a concern for your household, check to see if the decibel level is provided on the models you are considering. 

Luckily, many devices provide multiple fan levels. That means you can turn it up when you want a boost of cleaning and then lower the fan noise when you are trying to watch TV. You can even find models with specific sleep modes to keep the volume down when it’s time for bed.

Additional features

Beyond the necessities, you may find additional features on air purifiers for pets that could be of interest. Some offer timers so that you aren’t constantly running the unit. Others feature air quality sensors to keep you aware of the air quality in a given room. Others provide app connectivity with reminders to change filters, remote control features, and more. 

FAQs

Q: Do air purifiers really work for pets?

Yes, air purifiers are effective at removing pet-related allergens. A 2022 study found that “air filtration was effective in removing mites, cat and dog allergens and also particulate matter from ambient indoor air, offering a fast and simple solution to mitigate allergen exposome.

Q: Do air purifiers remove pet smells?

Certain air purifiers remove pet smells, but not all. Pet odors are the result of volatile organic compounds (VOCs). The molecules in VOCs are too small for HEPA filters, so an air purifier with only that variety of filtration will not remove the odors. However, an air purifier with a carbon filter will trap odors to remove them from the air. If pet odors are a significant concern, a purifier with a carbon filter will be crucial. Keep in mind, though, that carbon filters need to be changed fairly frequently to maintain effectiveness. That cost can add up quickly.

For an alternative to carbon filters, you may want to consider Molekule’s proprietary PECO technology. Intertek, a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL), independently tested the PECO technology and found it to be effective against airborne chemicals.

Q: Where do you put an air purifier for pets?

There are a few things to consider when choosing a location for your air purifier. First, placing the purifier close to the pollutant source will make it more effective. For example, putting the air filter by a litter box, dog crate, or wherever your pet spends time will clean up the air before it has time to travel around your house.

Second, you may want to place your air purifier where you spend most of your time so that you actually benefit from the clean air. If you suffer from bad allergies at night, a small air purifier for your nightstand may offer the most impact. Finally, air purifiers need airflow to do their job. Placing it against a wall can limit that and may even damage the device. Be sure to provide a little breathing room for the air purifier to function properly.

Q: How do you maintain an air purifier?

Each air filter will have different maintenance requirements. Some rely on reusable filters that need to be vacuumed or washed out. Others use disposable filters that need to be replaced every few months. The best air purifiers for pets will offer a light or app notification that alerts you when it’s time to change the filter, but consult your product manual to keep the device working as it should.

Final thoughts on the best air purifiers for pets

As much as we love the animals in our lives, they put out an awful lot of allergens. Even those without serious allergies may suffer from minor reactions to all that dander and associated pollutants. The best air purifier for pets will keep the air clean even with a small zoo in your house, making it more comfortable and safer for everyone involved. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best air purifiers for pets in 2024, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best screwdriver sets for 2024 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-screwdriver-sets/ Wed, 27 Dec 2023 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=593447
The best screwdriver sets
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

The right screwdriver set will allow you to get home projects done more quickly and efficiently.

The post The best screwdriver sets for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best screwdriver sets
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall CRAFTSMAN Screwdriver Set CRAFTSMAN Screwdriver Set
SEE IT

Durability, comfort, value, and the widest assortment of screwdrivers make this the ultimate set.

Best for computers iFixit Manta iFixit Manta
SEE IT

Equip yourself with all the tools you’ll need to open up a smartphone, tablet, or laptop.

Best budget Amartisan 10-Piece Magnetic Screwdrivers Set Amartisan 10-Piece Magnetic Screwdrivers Set
SEE IT

A 10-screwdriver set for roughly $10.

Screwdriver sets perfectly embody the adage “the right tool for the job.” These sets contain multiple Phillips and flathead screwdrivers of varying lengths and widths. Having one will ensure you’ll be prepared for the DIY project you’re working on, regardless of its scope. Fixing a video game controller and assembling furniture both require a screwdriver, but you’d be hard-pressed to find one best suited for both tasks (unless it’s a multi-bit one with exchangeable heads, which is an option). Picking up one of the best screwdriver sets will make these endeavors—and many more—much more straightforward.

How we chose the best screwdriver sets

While screwdriver sets are incredibly simple—the tools are completely analog and share almost identical physical attributes and practical applications—we found a couple of metrics to judge our recommendations. It came down to how many screwdrivers were included in the set, which impacted its overall size and occasionally cost. In every case, we recommend keeping these screwdrivers in a toolbox for safekeeping and easy access.

The best screwdriver sets: Reviews & Recommendations

Ready to add another tool set to your garage, storage shed, etc., and finally tackle that minor home renovation you’ve been putting off for lack of infrastructure? One of the screwdriver sets here will be the key to unlocking an entirely new world of home improvement or refurbishment.

Best overall: CRAFTSMAN Screwdriver Set

CRAFTSMAN

SEE IT

Specs

  • Number of screwdrivers: 13
  • Magnetization: No
  • Price: $27.99

Pros

  • Largest number of screwdrivers
  • Made from alloy steel
  • Price

Cons

  • Not magnetized

If you want the most comprehensive screwdriver set available at a reasonable price, you can’t go wrong with this one from Craftsman. The screwdrivers in this 13-piece set range in size from 2.5 to 9 inches long and include a mix of Phillips and flathead models. The smallest screwdrivers in this set have slightly thicker handles, so you can still get a good grip on them. The handles for each screwdriver are slightly rigid, which also helps to reduce the chances of slippage while you twist.

Craftsman tools are known for their durability, and these screwdrivers are no different. They’re made from highly durable alloy steel that won’t chip, scratch, or bend even after repeated use. If longevity is your chief concern when deciding which screwdriver set to get, the materials Craftsman used make a big difference—especially given this set’s sub-$30 price. The tips of these screwdrivers aren’t magnetized, which isn’t a dealbreaker but would have been nice to have. If magnetization isn’t a must-have feature for you, we can’t recommend Craftsman’s screwdriver set highly enough.

Best splurge: Klein Tools Screwdriver Set with Magnetizer / Demagnetizer

Klein Tools

SEE IT

Specs

  • Number of screwdrivers: 8
  • Magnetization: No
  • Price: $68.98

Pros

  • Wide range of sizes
  • Includes magnetizer and demagnetizer
  • Cushion grip

Cons

  • Price

If money is no object, the best screwdriver set for you is this 8-piece option from Klein Tools. Its assortment of Phillips and flathead screwdrivers aren’t magnetized by default, but this set has a magnetization tool. This orange piece uses rare earth metals to magnetize a screwdriver’s shaft to attract screws. This ensures the magnetic field around the screwdriver is strong and doesn’t wear down over time. If you’re working on electronics or another object that can be disturbed or damaged by a magnetic field, you can use the same tool to demagnetize your screwdrivers. This is about as high-tech as you can get in the screwdriver set world.

For comfort, each screwdriver’s base is fitted with a cushioned grip, which makes them easier to use without gloves. Each base has some raised and lowered sections to provide a little extra tension when turning. These design touches and the magnetizer tool that’ll last a lifetime make this screwdriver set from Klein Tools worth its higher-than-average price.

Best for computers: iFixit Manta

iFixit

SEE IT

Specs

  • Number of screwdrivers: 2
  • Magnetization: Yes
  • Price: $69.99

Pros

  • Bit set includes obscure pieces
  • Magnetized
  • Includes a case

Cons

  • Price

This screwdriver set from iFixit only comes with a couple of screwdrivers, but its 112 driver bits allow you to tackle any technology repair. This screwdriver set works similarly to a ratcheting screwdriver in that you swap just the heads rather than different tools. What sets the iFixit Manta apart is that it includes tiny specialized bits that are required to open up gadgets made by popular technology companies like Apple and Google, which use more obscure screws that keep tinkerers out.

Of course, some bits allow you to use the two screwdrivers in this set to work with Phillips and flathead screws of any size. Each bit in this set is magnetized, which is particularly important because it can be difficult to find a screw that’s fallen inside a computer’s case. All of the pieces in this set are neatly stored inside a two-piece hard plastic case that stays closed using magnets. Each bit slot is labeled so that you can pick the right one out efficiently. All of the bits are made from steel.

If you’ve become an ardent advocate of the right-to-repair movement, this is the screwdriver set you should keep handy for tech repairs.

Best compact: R-Deer 8 in 1 Multifunction Folding Screwdriver Set

R-Deer

SEE IT

Specs

  • Number of screwdrivers: 8
  • Magnetization: No
  • Price: $11.99

Pros

  • Portability
  • Covers a wide range of screwdriver tip sizes
  • Easy to store

Cons

  • No magnetization

What if an entire screwdriver set fit inside a pants pocket? R-Deer answered that question with this screwdriver set, designed like a multi-tool. Each of its eight screwdriver shafts can be pulled out when necessary and then folded back into a base that’s just 4.65 inches long and 1.65 inches wide. The screwdrivers are made from chrome vanadium steel, with a nickel plating that improves rust resistance.

This ultra-portable screwdriver set has four Phillips and four flathead screwdrivers of varying sizes. They can be used at a 180-degree angle when fully extended or a 90-degree angle when partially extended. This flexibility will allow you to use them in different applications where space may be tight. These screwdrivers aren’t magnetized, but that isn’t a standard feature, given this set’s very low price. If you want a screwdriver set that you can keep with you anywhere—or even keep in the car in case of an emergency—you won’t find a better choice.

Best budget: Amartisan 10-Piece Magnetic Screwdrivers Set

Amartisan

SEE IT

Specs

  • Number of screwdrivers: 10
  • Magnetization: Yes
  • Price: $10.99

Pros

  • Comes in a case
  • Magnetized
  • Price

Cons

  • Pear-shaped base may be uncomfortable to hold

Ironically, the least expensive set we’re recommending has the second-highest number of screwdrivers, which is one of the biggest reasons it’s the best bang for the buck. Amartisan’s set has almost all the features found in our higher-rated, more expensive sets. Each of the 10 screwdrivers is made from steel and has a magnetized tip. The set included a Phillips and flathead portable key screwdriver, which you can keep on your keyring and use in case of an emergency.

One of the biggest surprises is that Amartisan includes a clear, tube-shaped case to store the screwdrivers in when you’re not using them. Our only complaint is that these screwdrivers have an oddly shaped base, which may make them a little more difficult to hold depending on the size of your hands and the strength of your grip. If you find these screwdrivers comfortable to hold, there’s little need to spring for a more expensive screwdriver set unless you have specific needs.

What to consider when shopping for the best electric screwdrivers

You have to make many decisions before determining the best screwdriver set for your needs. Below are the factors we considered most important when researching this story:

Number of screwdrivers

When shopping for the best screwdriver set, the first factor is how many screwdrivers you realistically need. Having a bunch of screwdrivers may seem like the right move—more is more, right?—but it means you’ll have to keep track of (and store) more tools. Screwdriver sets with fewer screwdrivers will cover the most common household and DIY tasks just fine.

Magnetization

Some of the screwdriver sets we’re recommending come with screwdrivers outfitted with magnetized tips, which make it easier to keep screws on them while you’re doing your work. Screws that you’re unscrewing will also stay attached to the magnetic tip instead of getting lost.

Cost

As always, our guide was devised to suit the widest budget range. All but one of our recommendations cost under $50, and most are available for under $20.

FAQs

Q: Are longer screwdrivers better?

Not necessarily. Longer screwdrivers allow you to work from farther away but may make the screwdriver harder to hold steadily. The result is the tip of the screwdriver dislodging from the screw frequently.

Q: What is a 6-sided screw called?

A six-sided screw is called a Torx screw. It has a star-shaped pattern.

Q: How many screwdrivers should I have?

This depends on your needs. Our screwdriver set recommendations come with as few as two to as many as 13 screwdrivers. Consider the jobs you’re taking on when determining which one to get.

Q: How much do screwdriver sets cost?

This depends on how many screwdrivers are included with the set and other factors like whether they were designed for a specific purpose. Our recommendations range in price between $11 and $70.

Final thoughts on the best screwdriver sets

A screwdriver set is an inexpensive upgrade to your tool supply, and it should sit nicely beside your drills, impact drivers, and saws. Picking up one of these sets will allow you to refurbish rather than replace, and even allow you to keep screwdrivers in a couple of different parts of your house, so the right tool is always in exactly the right place. A single screwdriver (or a two-pack with one Phillips head and one flathead) was not designed to work perfectly for every job. It’s better to be over-prepared with various sizes and shapes in case of an unexpected circumstance rather than having to hop in the car to a hardware store each time you hit a roadblock.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best screwdriver sets for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best smart refrigerators for 2024 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-smart-refrigerators/ Tue, 26 Dec 2023 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=593439
The best smart refrigerators
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Embrace the smart home revolution by getting a modern network-friendly fridge that's connected and collected and cool in more ways than one.

The post The best smart refrigerators for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best smart refrigerators
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall LG LMXS28596S LG LMXS28596S
SEE IT

Simple smart features and a helpful design snagged this fridge the top spot.

Best Mini Fridge Rocco Super Smart Fridge Rocco Super Smart Fridge
SEE IT

Get all the smart features you would need in a compact size.

Best budget Samsung RS22T5561SR Samsung RS22T5561SR
SEE IT

A hyper-modern fridge for well under $2,000.

A smart refrigerator isn’t an essential appliance, but it can substantially modernize your kitchen by introducing cool features like being able to look at what’s inside the fridge without opening its door. Most of these smart features boil down to connecting your refrigerator to your home’s WiFi network and monitoring statistics—like how cool it is inside, for example—from your phone. Some have very advanced features, like touchscreens powered by its own mobile operating system so that you can stream music or videos from its front door. The best smart refrigerators won’t introduce too much technical complexity to your life while offering features that enhance it.

How we chose the best smart refrigerators

Our smart refrigerators recommendations are based on research, with specific emphasis being placed on their size, breadth of smart features, and the presence of a built-in water dispenser. The result is a collection of smart fridges that’ll fit in any-sized kitchen, and run the gamut from WiFi-enabled to full-on futuristic. Be mindful of the fact that the smarter the fridge, the more complex it’ll be to use for less tech-savvy members of your home. The most advanced models will allow you to stream videos and send messages from your fridge door, which certainly wasn’t possible a few years ago.

The best smart refrigerators: Reviews & Recommendations

A smart fridge will become the network-connected hub of your kitchen, and if you’re ready to take the leap and add one to your smart home, there’s no turning back.

Best overall: LG LMXS28596S

Specs

  • Size: 42 X 74 X 40 Inches
  • Capacity: 28 Cubic Feet
  • Screen: No
  • Water dispenser: Yes

Pros

  • Window in door for easy access to beverages
  • Ice and water dispenser
  • Double freezer

Cons

  • Price

A mix of practical and smart features has earned LG’s LMXS28596S the top slot in this story. From a design perspective this smart fridge is unique because of its see-through window—not to be confused with a screen—which allows you to see what’s inside the shelves behind it. You have the option to open the right door partially, so you can grab drinks on the outside shelves without opening the door completely. This is handy as you won’t let as much cold air escape from your fridge when you need a quick drink.

A pair of freezers beneath the fridge doors allow you to separate your frozen foods by type—dairy and pre-prepared meals, for example—while a water dispenser and ice maker built into the left door will satisfy some needs without opening a single door. By connecting the LMXS28596S to your home WiFi network, you’ll be able to get alerts when the fridge’s water filter needs to be changed or a door is left open. You’ll also be able to see and change the fridge’s current temperature from wherever you are.

While these smart features are on the modest side, they’re all practical, and don’t impact the physical appearance of the fridge. It’s this subtlety, combined with the LMXS28596S’ physical features that make this smart fridge stand out.

Best with screen: Samsung RF29A9771SR

Samsung

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 33.9 X 35.9 X 71.9 Inches
  • Capacity: 29 Cubic Feet
  • Screen: Yes
  • Water dispenser: Yes

Pros

  • Touch screen
  • Double freezer
  • Two water dispensers

Cons

  • Price

Samsung’s RF29A9771SR is the quinnisental smart appliance, offering features that would have been impossible only a handful of years ago. As a fridge, the RF29A9771SR is a dream for the organizationally minded. It has four doors, so you can separate your perishable and frozen foods into several segments to make them easier to find. The freezer on the lower right-hand side of the refrigerator can be adjust to temperatures above freezing and act like extra fridge space instead. A water dispenser is built into an inside compartment of the left fridge door, so it doesn’t marr the fridge’s aesthetics. This is a nice design touch for a totally stainless steel appliance.

This fridge’s big smart feature is the tall touchscreen, which Samsung calls the Family Hub, built into its right door. This display allows those with a Samsung account to control smart-home accessories, watch live video feeds from a Ring doorbell, stream audio and video from services like Spotify and YouTube, and browse social media feeds on Instagram, Facebook, Pinterest, and more. The Family Hub is essentially a giant tablet built into the front of your fridge, which is convenient as it’s a large area in a central part of your home.

There’s even an app that allows you to search for recipes based on the contents of your fridge, which can help make dinner decisions a little easier. These futuristic features certainly set the RF29A9771SR apart, but they may make it a little more difficult to operate if most of the folks in your home aren’t as tech savvy. It also inflates the price of an already expensive appliance. Still, this is it if you want the smartest of the smart fridges.

Best large: Samsung BESPOKE RF30BB69006M

Samsung

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 25.7 X 34.25 X 70 Inches
  • Capacity: 29.8 Cubic Feet
  • Screen: Yes
  • Water dispenser: Yes

Pros

  • Touchscreen
  • In-door water dispenser and beverage storage
  • Large, segmented icebox.

Cons

  • Price

Samsung’s RF30BB69006M is essentially a pared-down version of the ultra-luxe RF29A9771SR we mentioned earlier. It retains the “Family Hub,” which means it has the same smart features, but the display is smaller, which means you won’t be able to see as much information on it at once. This is a three-door fridge with a single larger freezer below. The freezer has several compartments, including two for storing different-sized ice cubes: full-sized and pebble. Samsung even includes a scoop. A water dispenser is built into the inside of the left refrigerator door alongside several shelves for storing shorter bottles and cans. While the RF30BB69006M is technically impressive, it comes with the same core issue as its larger sibling: smart features, especially a touchscreen, add a lot of complexity and cost to this appliance.

Best small: Rocco Super Smart Fridge

Rocco

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 16 X 24 X 34 Inches
  • Capacity: N/A
  • Screen: No
  • Water dispenser: No

Pros

  • Convenient size
  • Designed to accommodate all bottles and cans
  • Multi-year warranty

Cons

  • Limited to beverage storage.

This smart fridge may be a lot smaller than our other recommendations, but it’s also the most innovative mini fridge we’ve ever seen. Rocco’s Super Smart Fridge is equipped with five pull-out shelves, each of which can be adjusted to accommodate differently-sized bottles and cans. Each shelf can be separated into its own “temperature zone” by pushing buttons on a control panel inside the fridge. This means your white wine and seltzers can be chilled to their ideal temperature individually.

The capacity of Rocco’s mini fridge isn’t measured in cubic feet. Instead, the company has outlined how many bottles and cans it can hold. In one example, the fridge held five bottles of wine and 22 sodas (a mixture of bottles and cans), but your experience will vary based on which beverages you’d like to keep chilled. You can keep an inventory of what you’ve got inside the mini fridge broken down by rack.

Having a smart mini frdige has its advantages, but it’s limited to being used with bottles and cans, not produce and frozen goods.

Best budget: Samsung RS22T5561SR

Samsung

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 70 1/16 X 35 7/8 X 68 5/8 Inches
  • Capacity: 21.5 Cubic Feet
  • Screen: Yes
  • Water dispenser: Yes

Pros

  • Touch screen
  • Water dispenser
  • Price

Cons

  • Lacks some design features when compared to higher-end models

Samsung’s RS22T5561SR is another smart fridge built around the company’s “Family Hub,” but it’s a lot more pared down when compared to its much more luxe siblings. The biggest difference is that this is a smaller, two-door fridge with a standard-looking beverage dispenser built into the left door. It’s definitely the most traditional-looking smart fridge we’re recommending. That’s great as it’ll be more familiar to use for less tech-savvy members of your house who don’t want to learn how much to pull on the door just to reach the beverage dispenser. This streamlined design also comes at a significant cost savings when compared to Samsung’s cutting-edge models. This is true despite the RS22T5561SR having the same smart features. If you’re curious about making your kitchen smarter, but have a somewhat constricted budget, this is the one to get.

What to consider when buying the best smart refrigerators

There are many decisions to make when deciding which smart refrigerator is right for you. Below are the factors we deemed most important when doing research for this guide.

Size

A smart refrigerators fancy features aren’t going to matter much if it’s too big for the space in your kitchen. We’ve done our best to include options that’ll fit in apartment and home kitchens, and included a mini fridge that would be at home in a living room or den. We’ve also listed each smart refrigerator’s capacity (the amount of usable space inside) for your convenience.

Screen

One of the hallmarks of a smart refrigerator is a screen, which can display details like its internal temperature, the time, and any number of informational widgets. However, this isn’t a necessary feature, as some smart fridges will simply deliver that information to you via an iOS or Android app. Screens add to a smart refrigerator’s price, so think long and hard about whether it’s essential for you.

Water dispenser

A decision you’ll have to make with any type of refrigerator is whether you’d like one with a water dispenser built inside. This will necessitate having a water line that can be fed into the smart fridge, which may not be feasible if you’re not willing to renovate your kitchen or at least the plumbing.

FAQs

Q: What are the weaknesses of smart refrigerators?

A smart refrigerator will be more complicated for folks less familiar with touchscreen technology or internet-connected gadgets.

Q: How long do smart fridges last?

A smart fridge should last a decade or more if properly maintained. The amount of time their built-in software is supported is entirely up to the manufacturer.

Q: Are smart fridges wireless?

Yes and no. Their connectivity is wireless, but their power still requires a cord. A smart fridge needs to be connected to an outlet for power but will connect to the Internet via WiFi.

Q: What is the difference between a smart fridge and a regular fridge?

A smart fridge can be connected to the Internet to feed your smartphone a steady stream of information, or display information on a digital screen built into the door.

Q: How much does a smart refrigerator cost?

This depends on their size, whether they have a screen, and the extent of their smart features. Our recommendations cost between $1,300 and $2,885.

Final thoughts on the best smart refrigerators

A smart refrigerator is the latest in a line of connected kitchen appliances, such as smart ovens, that harken back to the ideals of mid-20th century electronics design, wherein futuristic convenience features were constantly touted. The idea that you could see a delivery driver delivering a package in real-time on the door of your fridge proves how far we’ve come from a simple box that keeps produce and dairy cold. While these smart refrigerators are more expensive than their basic brethren, they prove there’ve been great leaps forward in appliance technology lately.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best smart refrigerators for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best wine glasses for 2024 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-wine-glasses/ Fri, 23 Apr 2021 14:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=283901
A lineup of the best wine glasses on a plain backgorund
Amanda Reed

Enhance the experience of your favorite reds, whites, and rosés with a wine glass made for every varietal.

The post The best wine glasses for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best wine glasses on a plain backgorund
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Crystal red wine glass Schott Zwiesel Vervino All-Purpose Wine Glasses
SEE IT

Red, white, and every varietal in-between, this glass makes every wine shine.

Best stemless Set of 8 stemless wine glasses Mikasa Cheers Stemless Wine Glass
SEE IT

No stem? No problem, with these stylish glasses.

Best budget Wine glass for casual dinning Libbey Signature Kentfield Estate All-Purpose Wine Glasses
SEE IT

A cheap—and dishwasher friendly—choice.

Quality wine glasses will upgrade the taste, aesthetics, and enjoyment of your wine experience. There are wine glasses tailored to specific wine varieties, such as Pinot Noir or Chardonnay, as well as more versatile all-purpose wine glasses. Traditionally, most wine glasses are stemmed, but stemless glasses have become very popular in recent years as they offer a more casual, modern approach (and, practically speaking, can be less likely to be knocked over). Both crystal and glass options are available at varied price points (crystal being more expensive) and, when accompanying a commemorative bottle, they can make an excellent wedding or anniversary gift. Of course, you don’t have to reserve all of life’s little luxuries for a special occasion; the best wine glasses help you have an expertly crafted experience at any time.

How we chose the best wine glasses

I’ve covered non-alcoholic beverages before because putting something into a fancy glass is for everyone. Even if you don’t drink wine, it’s fun—and even incredibly popular right now—to drink something that’s not wine out of a wine glass. But for the wine drinkers, we considered glass shapes for specific varietals, different stem options, and prices in our considerations. We also looked at user reviews and peer recommendations and performed heavy research to narrow down our picks.

The best wine glasses: Reviews & Recommendations

No matter if it’s boxed, bottled, bottom-shelf, or topflight, these wine glasses make each sip taste like heaven.

Best overall: Schott Zwiesel Vervine All-Purpose Wine Glasses

Schott Zwiesel

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 4.1 x 9.1 inches
  • Number in set: Six
  • Dishwasher safe?: Yes

Pros

  • Crystal
  • Thin lip
  • A great number of glasses for the price

Cons

  • Still need to be careful if washing in the dishwasher

Crafted in Germany, this set of six Schott Zwiesel glasses features a thin-walled bowl, fine stem, and wide foot made from lead-free Tritan crystal—a technology using titanium and zirconium for brilliance with added strength. Although delicate, these 9.1-inch, 23.2-ounce wine Schott Zwiesel glasses have reinforced breakage-prone zones and they hold up to the dishwasher and are chip, scratch, and stain-resistant. They’re perfect for reds, whites, and sparkling wines.

Best for white: Zalto Denk’Art White Wine Glasses

Zalto

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 3.2 x 9.1 inches tall
  • Number in set: Two
  • Dishwasher safe?: Yes

Pros

  • No lead
  • Thin lip
  • Also great for sparkling wines

Cons

  • Expensive

This set of two crystal glasses is hand-blown and feather-light, made without lead. Each glass is 9.1 inches tall, 3.2 inches wide, and holds 400ml. The shape is designed with all white wine varietals (including sparkling) in mind, and a thin lip assures each sip arrives undeterred. They’re delicate stemware for delicate wines, and therefore, care should be taken with handling, but the glasses are, in fact, dishwasher safe.

Best for red: Riedel Heart to Heart Cabernet Sauvignon Glasses

Riedel

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 4.09 x 9.72 inches
  • Number in set: 2-8
  • Dishwasher safe?: Yes

Pros

  • Dishwasher safe
  • Good value for money
  • Large volume

Cons

  • Reviews note they can come in broken

Available in sets of two, four, or eight, these Riedel picks come from a manufacturer that helped pioneer the development of glasses tailored to varietals, such as this Heart to Heart series. These diamond-shaped Cabernet Sauvignon (Bordeaux) glasses are machine-blown fine crystal 9 ¾ inches tall with a capacity of 28 ¼ ounces. This well-known, well-respected, dishwasher-safe product has great customer reviews for a reason.

Best for champagne: Kate Spade New York Rosy Glow 2-Piece Champagne Saucer Set

Kate Spade

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 6.5 inch
  • Number in set: Two
  • Dishwasher safe?: No

Pros

  • Rose gold and zinc alloy stem give bubbles a fun pink-metallic tint
  • Adds a dose of glam to your glasses/gathering

Cons

  • Wide, so take up more cabinet/bar space
  • Delicate (but isn’t all glass)
  • Expensive for a set of two

A nigh-perfect wedding gift, these elegant champagne coupes by Lenox—complete with sturdy metallic stems, topped with a pinkish strip—have flair without being ostentatious. That said, they are a different experience than drinking from champagne flutes. A flute will hold the wine’s carbonation and chill longer, making it a more visual and tactile experience. A coupe, meanwhile, lets off more aroma as the CO2 dissipates and your hand warms the bowl, giving you insight into the base wine, not just the bubbles. For these reasons, coupes are more typically used for sparkling wine-based cocktails and when you really warm to savor the taste, not just the texture of the champagne. However, if you’re looking to make and/or celebrate special memories, these are perfect for any host and toast that calls for a little sparkle.

Best stemless: Mikasa Cheers Stemless Wine Glass

Mikasa

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 2.5 x 5 inches
  • Number in set: Eight
  • Dishwasher safe?: Yes

Pros

  • Dishwasher-safe
  • High-quality etching
  • Great for other kinds of drinks

Cons

  • Fragile

These stemless glasses are a great choice to bring festive flair to parties. The glass is mostly clear, but the walls offer a variety of whimsical etched patterns making it slightly easy to find your glass when in social settings. Each all-purpose glass holds 17 ounces and is produced from traditional glass, making them great for cocktails, soft drinks, juices, etc., but it’s best to handwash them. A set of eight is less than $65.

Best budget: Libbey Signature Kentfield Estate All-Purpose Wine Glasses

Libbey

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 3.37 x 9 inches
  • Number in set: Four
  • Dishwasher safe?: Yes

Pros

  • Great price
  • Dishwasher-safe
  • Good clarity

Cons

  • A little delicate

These all-purpose wine glasses hold 16 ounces or 26 ounces, depending on what you buy, allowing plenty of room for swirling and sipping your favorite wines. They have a traditional 9-inch height (perfect for dishwashers) and are constructed with a ClearFire formula for enhanced clarity and strength. BPA-free, lead-free, and reasonably priced, these glasses are available four for under $45 and bring class to casual gatherings.

What to consider when buying the best wine glasses

Wine glasses have come a long way. Wine drinking dates back to ancient civilizations, with glasses used in Ancient Egypt as early as 1500 BC. An integral part of religious practices and secular indulgence all over the world, the art of glassware has been perfected for hundreds of years. 

The Roman invention of glassblowing allowed for major advances. Europe has a long history of expertise in glassmaking, with Venice/Murano being the center of production. By the late 1600s/early 1700s, much of the fine European glassware was made using a mixture of minerals, including lead oxide, which led to it eventually being known as lead crystal. Adding lead oxide helped prevent cracking and created a more reflective surface. Of course, modern times have resulted in some changes. While a drinking glass made with lead is unlikely to cause any harm to the body, it is still not recommended to drink from, and lead crystal could cause damage to the body if it were used for something like a decanter, where the liquid would sit longer, and lead would have the potential to seep in. With concerns over lead safety, these are lead-free crystal and offer the same delicate elegance, brilliance, and durability that antique lead crystal offers, but without any potential issues. 

Look for high-quality glass or lead-free crystal glass, which now uses barium oxide, zinc oxide, or potassium oxide in place of lead oxide. Much of the glassware still made in Europe is light in weight while remaining high in clarity and brilliance. Many crystal glasses are even durable enough to be dishwasher safe. Shapes and sizes have changed in popularity over the years, so ornate, carved crystal is not in fashion. The world’s finest restaurants and sommeliers instead recommend an elegant glass large enough to swirl and enjoy your wine’s clarity, bouquet, and flavor.

White wine glasses

White wines are delicate and aromatic and also served chilled. Due to these factors, you’ll find that white wine glasses have a longer stem than reds to reduce warming the wine with your hand. Most white glasses will also be smaller with shorter bowls, as a narrow bowl will concentrate its qualities, allowing the drinker to enjoy the perfume better. 

If you are trying to buy a white wine glass with a specific grape varietal in mind, keep in mind subtle differences. Rosé, Sauvignon Blanc, and Dry Rieslings are considered higher in acid and prefer a smaller bowl than less acidic, more full-bodied wines like Chardonnay.

Great options are available in both stemmed and stemless designs. White wine stemless styles will typically be smaller than reds, as the wines do not need to breathe like reds to show their characteristics. Some people argue that stemless glasses might unwittingly warm the white wine, but for most average wine enthusiasts, it shouldn’t be a problem. If you want to get fancy with it, consider a beverage cooler to keep your bottles at the perfect temperature.

Red wine glasses

There’s research that says a daily glass of red may be good for lowering cholesterol and heightening heart health, so if you’re going to add a nightly ritual to your life, you might as well make it as pleasing as possible. Red wines can be full-bodied, medium-bodied, and light-bodied, but all benefit from taking in oxygen to the glass, known as “breathing.” Red wine will display more aroma and flavor when it is given space, which is why the best red wine glasses have larger bowls than white wine glasses. Also, the rims of red glasses are wider to allow this oxygen to reach the wine (and any aggressively earthy, oaky aromas to blow off). 

To tailor your glass to your favorite varietal, consider the body of the reds you like the best. The taller, more narrow red glasses are designed specifically for tightly wound and unctuous reds that need their acidity wrangled, directing Cabernet Sauvignon- and Zinfandel-based wines to the center of the tongue. While the more rounded glasses are often for medium and light reds with more delicate scents that need to linger, the wide mouths coat the tongue. These differences may sound subtle, but they can play a major role in fully enjoying your favorite red wines.

All-purpose wine glasses

It’s important to note that if you are the type of wine enthusiast who enjoys it all, there is no reason to have grape-specific glassware. The best all-purpose glasses will work with any type of wine. By taking the middle ground in terms of size and shape, they become a versatile glass that won’t ruin the experience of either white, red, or rosé. The truth is the subtle nuances between varietal-focused glasses are just that—subtle—and most casual wine drinkers wouldn’t notice the difference that much. 

As with any good wine glass, the best all-purpose options, also known as universal wine glasses, will be made with care, with quality glass or lead-free crystal that offers brilliant clarity. The uniformity of universal glasses will also offer space savings in your cabinet.

Stemless glasses

Stemless wine glasses are attractive, well-balanced, and comfortable to hold in your hand. Stemless glasses can come in the same varietal-specific (or universal) bowl shapes as traditional stemware, but losing that stem gives these an air of modernity and helps make the occasion more casual. Stemless glasses can be a smart option for parties as they are less likely to tip over when carried around and placed on various surfaces. 

Some enthusiasts complain that stemless glasses are subpar because holding the glass with your hand will adversely change the temperature of the wine and, therefore, adversely affect the taste of the wine. For most people, this is so slight that it is a non-issue (and, besides, wines first served at proper cellar temperature evolve pleasingly in the glass as they warm). Stemless wine glasses are familiar to hold and come in a variety of styles and designs. They can bring sophistication without feeling fussy or fancy.

Shape and budget

When shopping for budget glasses, opting for an all-purpose design to handle any type of beverage makes sense. Typically, an all-purpose style is a Bordeaux shape, an elegant glass with a long stem that also features a slightly tapered rim (it’s a style that can also be found in stemless glasses, depending on your preference). Not only will this shape work to enhance the flavor (from Cabernet Sauvignon, Merlot, and Shiraz to Chardonnay, Riesling, Sauvignon Blanc, and rosé), it is a timeless look that will work for many years to come and coordinate with any style of dinnerware.

On a budget, you can expect to find factory-made glass options as opposed to handblown crystal. Look, however, for glass made with thinner walls for enhanced clarity, as well as laser-cut rims for chip-resistant edges. The best budget glasses will be dishwasher-safe, lead-free, and BPA-free for your health and safety.

FAQs

Q: What is the difference between glass and crystal wine glasses?

There are a few differences between glass and crystal glasses. The two might look similar from a distance, but crystal has a high proportion of minerals that allow it to be stronger while thinner and to have more clarity and brilliance. Crystal refracts light, causing a special sparkle that makes it appealing for enjoying wines. Due to the increased strength, crystal wine glasses can be lightweight yet less susceptible to breakage. While glass glasses can vary in cost and quality, typically, crystal is associated more with special occasions due to design, styling, and cost. 

Q: How do you hold a wine glass?

Holding a wine glass by the stem minimizes temperature changes to the wine from your hand. To properly hold a wine glass, grasp it with your thumb and index finger and let your other fingers rest on the base.

Q: How do you clean and care for a wine glass?

If you have a cheaper glass marked as dishwasher-safe, you can put it upside down on the top shelf. However, most agree the best way to care for a glass is by washing it with dish soap and hot water. Ensure no other plates and bowls are in the way to prevent accidental breaks.

Final thoughts on the best wine glasses

The perfect wine glasses will suit your lifestyle and enhance the experience of enjoying your specific preferences (or just enjoying the entertaining experience). Whether you are looking for a receptacle designed to enhance the flavor of your favorite bottle or a simpler all-purpose style wine glass, there are plenty of beautiful wine glasses on the market to choose from, as we’ve shown. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best wine glasses for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best knife sharpeners for 2024 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-knife-sharpener/ Thu, 25 Feb 2021 17:59:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-knife-sharpener/
A lineup of the best knife sharpeners on a plain background
Amanda Reed

A dull knife is a dangerous one. A knife sharpener—from electric to whetstones—will help you chop, slice, and saw safely.

The post The best knife sharpeners for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best knife sharpeners on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best electric Professional-grade electric sharpening tool Chef’sChoice Trizor XV
SEE IT

This versatile sharpener will turn your household knives into quality tools with the press of a button.

Best manual A PriorityChef Knife Sharpener for Straight and Serrated Knives on a plain background PriorityChef Knife Sharpener for Straight and Serrated Knives
SEE IT

This two-stage sharpener brings your blades back to life.

Best budget KnifePlanet Dual-Grit Whetstone Whetstone Knife Sharpening Stone Set
SEE IT

This quality-made sharpening stone achieves sharp blades at an affordable cost.

If you have a kitchen knife, you need a knife sharpener to maintain it. It might sound crazy, but a dull knife is a dangerous knife. When a knife is dull, it’s more likely to slip off whatever you’re attempting to cut, and when it slips, it can hit a finger. On the other hand, a super-sharp knife will stay where you want it to—away from your hands—and make your life far easier in the kitchen. But there are so many different kinds of home sharpeners. There are electric sharpeners, two-stage hand sharpeners, and whetstones. It can be difficult to know which one is right for you, but a lot depends on what kind of knife you have and how much you care about keeping it around. Remember that when you’re sharpening a knife, you’re removing metal. The more you remove, the shorter your knife’s lifespan will be. The goal is to remove the bare minimum of metal, which can be tricky at first. Used correctly, however, the best knife sharpeners will maximize your knife’s lifespan and effectiveness.

How we chose the best knife sharpeners

We prioritized knife sharpeners that kept the knife’s edge in the proper position. We only have one manual sharpener on the list because you’re better off with a whetstone or honing steel. However, these are perfect for sharpening cheap paring knives or scissors. We also looked at reviews and recommendations and conducted heavy research to narrow down our picks.

The best knife sharpeners: Reviews & Recommendations

From a chef’s knife to the cheapest of blades, one of our choices should keep every knife in your arsenal sharper than the day you got it.

Best overall: Chef’sChoice Trizor XV

Chef’s Choice

SEE IT

Specs

  • Number of stages: Three
  • Dimensions: 10 x 4.25 x 4.25 inches
  • Grits: N/A

Pros

  • Keeps your knife in the right sharpening position
  • Faster than manual options
  • Longlasting

Cons

  • Not the best for expensive knives

Electric knife sharpeners aren’t cheap, but if you’re unsure of your skill with a trickier whetstone sharpener, the Chef’sChoice Trizor XV is an excellent option. It’ll keep your knife in exactly the right position, so you don’t have to worry about creating a weird angle on the knife edge. It’s also far faster than manual options, delivering a perfectly sharp knife in just a few minutes. If you want to invest in a great knife sharpener but don’t want anything too difficult, this is the product for you.

Best whetstone: KnifePlanet Premium Whetstone Set

Knife Planet

SEE IT

Specs

  • Number of stages: Four
  • Dimensions: 7.09 x 2.35 x 1.18 inches
  • Grits: 400/1000; 3000/8000

Pros

  • Lots of included goodies
  • Can use with just water
  • Great for beginners

Cons

  • Some reviews note some chips in stones upon arrival

Whetstones are an older style of sharpener; they’re slower but also much less expensive, gentler on blades, and easy to use after a bit of practice. Whetstones are essentially blocks of sandpaper in different textures. You hold your blade at the desired angle, drip some water on the stone, and rub the blade back and forth to wear it into a sharp, honed edge. This particular knife sharpening stone set includes everything you need: different grits of whetstone sharpener, a rubber non-slip base, and a bamboo holder. The Sharp Pebble Extra Large Sharpening Stone Set with a non-slip bamboo base is a slightly more expensive runner-up.

Best honing steel: Utopia Kitchen Honing Steel

Utopia

SEE IT

Specs

  • Number of stages: N/A
  • Dimensions: 10 inches
  • Grits: N/A

Pros

  • Lifetime warranty
  • Ergonomic handle
  • Resistant to heat and cold

Cons

  • Need to make sure you use it correctly

A honing steel is a pretty simple tool, and you should never need to spend too much on one (especially because you’ll have to replace it every year because the grooves will wear out). This particular tool is inexpensive, available in two sizes, and has a nice ergonomic handle. If you want to invest a little more cash in a sharpening tool, we recommend the thoughtfully designed Saveur Selects Carbon Sharpening Steel. It uses industrial-grade diamonds for the sharpening surface and carries a lifetime warranty against defects.

Best manual: PriorityChef Knife Sharpener for Straight and Serrated Knives

Priority Chef

SEE IT

Specs

  • Number of stages: Two
  • Dimensions: 7.5 x 2.5 x 2.5 inches
  • Grits: N/A

Pros

  • Easy to use
  • Non-slip base
  • Can also sharpen scissors and serrated knives

Cons

  • Design hard to keep blade at a proper 90 degrees

Pull-through sharpeners aren’t ideal for expensive knives and should never be used for Japanese knives of any sort. But they are great for a quick re-sharpening of little blades and scissors. This Priority knife sharpener has a two-stage process, which minimizes the amount of metal you’re removing in each stage. You can also use it to sharpen scissors and serrated knives.

Best budget: KnifePlanet Dual-Grit Whetstone

Knife Planet

SEE IT

Specs

  • Number of stages: Two
  • Dimensions: 7.25 x 2.25 x 1.2 inches
  • Grits: 1000/6000

Pros

  • Angle guide included
  • No oil needed
  • Easy to clean

Cons

  • Can leave noticeable large abrasion marks

You might notice some figures on a whetstone, like 1000/6000. Those refer to the “grit” or little particles that make the surface rough. The higher the number, the more grit in the same amount of space (meaning, the higher the number, the smoother the stone). This knife sharpening stone’s clever design allows you to flip the whetstone sharpener over to go from rough to fine.

What to consider when buying the best knife sharpeners

The best knife sharpeners come in various configurations and with many different features. The options with bells and whistles aren’t necessarily what the professionals would recommend, but they can be the easiest to use. Here’s your guide to finding the best knife sharpener.

Are knife sharpeners bad for my knives?

Potentially, but only if you use the wrong sharpener—or the right sharpener in the wrong way. When you sharpen a knife, you’re shaving down the metal of your blade to create a new edge. This is a very precise process. When using a knife sharpener, it’s all too easy to create nicks and divots in a blade, or to create an edge that’s dull or uneven.

Before using a knife sharpener, read the instruction manual cover to cover. Don’t assume you know how the sharpener works, and don’t just jump in: That’s the quickest way to ruin the most important tool in your kitchen. Follow the instructions as carefully as possible. And never, ever apply too much pressure: The weight of the knife should do the work here, and it’s much better to go too easy than too heavy.

What about honing steels?

Honing steels are an essential part of keeping your blades sharp—but they aren’t in themselves sharpeners. A sharpener erodes part of the metal on your blade to create a new edge; a honing steel does something different. Think of a blade as a toothbrush, with each individual bristle being a little bit of the edge. A blade may look like one piece, but each of those individual bristles can get out of alignment, creating a duller feel, even if the actual blade doesn’t need sharpening. A honing steel is a length of metal that aligns all of those bristles when you run it back and forth on the blade. You should be honing your knife before each use—it only takes a few seconds and will make a huge difference.

What kind of knife sharpeners should I avoid?

In general, you’ll want to avoid the pull-through-style manual knife sharpener. This type has multiple V-shaped openings through which you stick your blade and pull it through. Most professionals do not recommend them, because they eat away a lot of the blade and can create uneven, almost serrated edges. That said, they’re very quick and inexpensive, so it wouldn’t be crazy to have one around for stuff you don’t care so much about: pairs of scissors, little paring knives, that kind of thing.

I’m on a budget. Do I have to live with dull knives?

Definitely not! Your best option here is a whetstone sharpener. Even the best whetstones aren’t very expensive, but you can opt for a double-sided one for under $25. The trade-off is the same as with any other whetstone: It just takes a little practice to perfect the motion you need to use them. But the rewards are also the same. You can create a perfect, professional knife edge on a Western-style or Japanese-style knife, a pair of scissors, or any other blade in your home.

FAQs

Q: What is the best knife sharpener for beginners?

The best knife sharpener for beginners depends on one major question: Do you want to put in the time and effort to learn to use a whetstone? If not, go for an electric sharpener; it’s the easiest, most foolproof way to sharpen your blades.

Q: What is the best knife sharpener for a chef’s knife?

The best sharpener for a chef’s knife is either an electric knife sharpener or a whetstone for a chef’s knife. A chef’s knife is a Western-style knife; it’s sharpened on both sides of the blade’s edge and is more curved than, say, a Japanese-style santoku. When using a whetstone, you’ll have to flip the blade over to sharpen both sides, but it’ll work perfectly well.

Q: How long should a knife sharpener last?

In general, knife sharpeners last a long time. Electric ones often have diamond-tipped metal pieces, which won’t wear out. Whetstones also won’t wear out, but they do require a little bit of upkeep. Refer to your whetstone’s instruction manual, but it’ll probably involve soaking in water now and then.

Final thoughts on the best knife sharpeners

Sharpening your knives at home can be a soothing, meditative experience with a whetstone or an ultra-efficient job with an electric sharpener. What’s most important is keeping your knives sharp—both for ease of use and for your safety.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best knife sharpeners for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best grow lights for 2024 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-grow-lights/ Thu, 14 Oct 2021 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=402866
A lineup of the best grow lights on a plain background
Amanda Reed

Choose the right kind of illumination to meet your gardening needs.

The post The best grow lights for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best grow lights on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Serene Life is our pick for the best grow lights. SereneLife Smart Starter Kit-Hydroponic Herb Garden
SEE IT

An all-in-one hydroponic solution.

Best fluorescent Hydrofarm is our pick for the best grow lights. Hydrofarm FLT44 System 4' Fluorescent Grow Light
SEE IT

Pro-grade illumination for serious growers.

Best for seedlings Jump Start is our pick for best grow lights. Jump Start JSV2T JumpStart T5 Light Timer System
SEE IT

A great way to start seeds indoors.

Adding grow lights to your gardening setup can extend your growing season or open up opportunities for new plants that don’t necessarily grow in your climate. Many plants are wonderfully resilient, while others wilt at the first sign of hardship. However, they all share a need for light, but figuring out exactly what kind can be tricky. No matter what you’re trying to grow, the sun could always use a little helping hand. The best grow lights won’t have you ready to open your own professional operation, but they can treat your plants right and fit nicely into your needs to get you and your plant pals exactly the right amount of light to thrive.

How we chose the best grow lights

There are some certified plant parents on the PopSci editing and writing crew. I’m an avid gardener and have been for nearly two decades. I regularly start my seedlings inside before moving them outside into the New York state climate. 

To create this list, we surveyed dozens of different models online and drew from real-world experience. This list represents a wide swath of options that could cover a variety of very different situations. Some are more appropriate for serious growers, while others are fine for those with a casual interest or are just getting started. We try to lay out the different technologies and options here in a clear way to help along the way.

The best grow lights: Reviews & Recommendations

One of our choices should help keep your beloved plants happy when the weather becomes too cold for them to live outside.

Best overall: SereneLife Smart Starter Kit-Hydroponic Herb Garden

SereneLife

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you don’t want to buy an individual light and build a grow room, you can simply buy this indoor herb garden that automatically tends to your plants. 

Specs

  • Light type: LED
  • Dimensions: 7.7 x 5.2 x 19.2 inches
  • Adjustable?: Yes

Pros

  • All-in-one hydroponic solution
  • Adjustable light and timer
  • Compact enough to sit on a counter

Cons

  • Requires peat pellets
  • Limited to 8 plants at a time

As the best grow lights for micro greens, this miniature hydroponic setup includes its own 18-watt LED grow light that stays on for 16 hours per day and turns off for the other eight. That simulates the natural cycle of the sun, which makes plants happy. 

The base of the light is a full-on hydroponic setup. Insert seeds in the compact peat pellets and water will circulate through it automatically to give the ideal hydration. Everything happens automatically, so you don’t have to tend to it. 

This approach works wonderfully for microgreens, which grow quickly and easily under these conditions. Once the plants start getting too tall, you can raise the light to make more room for the plants. It’s a solid alternative to buying individual pieces for a small grow room if you’re just starting.

Best fluorescent: Hydrofarm FLT44 System 4′ Fluorescent Grow Light

Hydrofarm

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Many pros opt for fluorescent light. This one offers a huge output that covers lots of area in case you’re going big.

Specs

  • Light type: Fluorescent
  • Dimensions: 46 x 13.5 x 3 inches
  • Adjustable?: Yes

Pros

  • Very bright
  • Covers lots of area
  • Full-spectrum
  • Bulbs last a long time

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Big
  • Heavy power use

If you want a pro-grade grow room, this Hydrofarm fluorescent light bank measures nearly four feet long and can put out almost 19,000 lumens when fully outfitted with high-output T5 bulbs. That’s a lot of light. Specular aluminum reflectors sit behind the bulbs to direct the light rays where they need to go. 

The bank ships with four 6400K light tubes that mimic the color of the sun, which means they won’t throw wild tints around your grow room, just clean, white light. The powder-coated steel housing is huge but also burly, so it can survive bumps and bruises if you need to move things around. 

This isn’t as power-efficient as LED, but you get a much higher overall power level out of this bank than a typical LED. As the best fluorescent grow lights, these fluorescent banks can also daisy chain together to run multiples off a single outlet, which is handy if you’re low on sockets.

Best for seedlings: Jump Start JSV2T JumpStart T5 Light Timer System

Jump Start

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you want to start your plants indoors before taking them out for the season, this is a great solution.

Specs

  • Light type: Fluorescent
  • Dimensions: 4.02 x 2.95 x 29.69 inches
  • Adjustable?: Yes

Pros

  • One requires one bulb
  • High output
  • Low heat
  • Automatic timer

Cons

  • Can’t accommodate taller plants

If you get your seeds going before the growing season officially starts in your area, you can effectively extend the season and get more out of your veggie plants. Jump Start, the best grow light for seedlings, features a lighting system that suspends a single fluorescent tube above the growing area. You can raise and lower it with the electronic ballast. You typically want to keep the full-spectrum light roughly three to six inches away from your fresh little growers, but adjusting is simple. 

The built-in timer lets you automate the on/off process by splitting the day in half or breaking it up into 18 hours on and six hours off. Fluorescent lights are high output but don’t produce much heat, so they’re also good for plants like orchids, which can be very finicky.

Best for home: Gardener’s Supply Company Bamboo LED Grow Light Garden

Gardener’s Supply Company

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This shelving system is basically a vertical indoor garden that helps nurture plants from their start.

Specs

  • Light type: LED
  • Dimensions: 46 x 26 x 8 inches
  • Adjustable?: No

Pros

  • Galvanized plant tray won’t degrade with watering
  • Attractive bamboo construction
  • Built-in lights

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Requires lots of space

The shelves on this bamboo setup are lined with LEDs that pump out full-spectrum light to the plants sitting below. The bottom shelf can hold up to 50 pounds of plants, while the upper shelves can hold up to 30 pounds each. 

The bottoms of the shelves are lined with galvanized steel so water won’t destroy the surfaces if you spill during watering. The furniture-grade bamboo frame is built to last for decades without much upkeep. You can stack the segments in any order, but all three rows of grow lights draw all the power they need from a single power outlet. Buying the best grow lights for home is a great way to start and show off a whole bunch of house plants without spreading them out all over your house.

Best budget: Relassy LED Grow Light

Relassy

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: When outdoor plants need to come inside for the winter, they don’t necessarily need an onslaught of light. These adjustable lights have what they crave.

Specs

  • Light type: LED
  • Dimensions: 29 x 2.5 x 2.5 inches
  • Adjustable?: Yes

Pros

  • Adjustable lights
  • Full spectrum illumination
  • 4 dimmable levels
  • Built-in timer

Cons

  • Not super powerful

Some plants can thrive outside in the summer but need to come into the warmth for the winter. In that case, they almost certainly need some help in the photosynthesis department from supplemental light. This adjustable light uses high-intensity LEDs in order to pump out the equivalent of 75 watts of light while consuming 25 watts of power. 

These best grow lights for outdoor plants have a built-in timer that’s highly customizable in three-, six-, and nine-hour chunks. The flexible gooseneck design allows you to pinpoint where you want the light, so it’s easy to move it closer or farther away for more control. 

The full-spectrum light mimics the sun and doesn’t cast weird shades in your home when it’s on, which is good for both the plants and the vibe in your house.

What to consider when buying the best grow lights

Here is what you should know when getting your own grow light for your home:

Type of light

The two types of light on this list are LEDs and fluorescents. The latter has been a very popular choice with growers for decades. High-output T5 tubes can produce an impressive amount of light that will nurture plants at any level. Fluorescents are high output but low heat, which is good if you don’t want to burn your fledgling plants. 

LEDs are extremely efficient and use less power. They’re also often much more flexible in their physical size and shape because they don’t require long tubes in order to generate illumination.

Power consumption

If you’re keeping grow lights on up to 18 hours per day, they’re going to consume considerable power, even if you’re using efficient LEDs. You want something with a built-in timer because then you won’t forget to turn it on and off, which is bad for your electric bill and the plants. 

Remember, watts indicate relative power with incandescent bulbs, but it doesn’t quite work that way with LEDs. You can directly compare lights if they say how many lumens they produce, but watts are no longer an effective way to directly compare output when you’re talking about LEDs.

Adjustability

Some plants can be picky about how close or far away a light can be for it to get the desired benefits. Adjustable lights help ensure that the illumination source stays the desired distance from the plants themselves so they don’t starve or burn.

FAQs

Q: How far should grow lights be from plants?

Lower-wattage LEDs should sit between 12-20 inches away from the top of the plant. Higher wattage LEDs should sit between 36-46 inches away from the top of the plant.

Q: How many lumens and watts do I need for a grow light?

Generally, they should be between 300-800 lumens per square foot. That comes out to around 20-40 watts per square foot.

Q: How long should grow lights be on?

They should be on for 8-10 hours a day, around the same time the sun shines.

Final thoughts on the best grow lights

The sun does a wonderful job nurturing plants with its light, but it can’t always get to plants inside your home. That’s where the best grow lights come in. Just be sure to choose the right kind for your plants, your home, and your budget.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best grow lights for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best budget telescopes for 2024 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-budget-telescopes/ Thu, 21 Dec 2023 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=596383
The best budget telescopes arranged in a row on a white background
Stan Horaczek

You don't need to have money like NASA to get a good look at the night sky. These affordable telescopes can help.

The post The best budget telescopes for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best budget telescopes arranged in a row on a white background
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Celestron StarSense Explorer DX 130AZ budget telescope with accessories on a plain background Celestron StarSense Explorer DX 130AZ
SEE IT

This feature-laden model offers a great mix of performance and price.

Best for astrophotography Celestron Inspire 100AZ budget telescope on a plain background Celestron Inspire 100AZ
SEE IT

Easily attach any smartphone to the eyepiece to capture impressive shots of the night sky.

Best for deep space Sky-Watcher Classic 200 budget telescope on a plain background Sky-Watcher Classic 200
SEE IT

This model’s chunky design peers further into space than the competition.

Budget telescopes are a great way to dip your toes into cosmic exploration without needing a fortune of galactic proportions. While you may miss out on advanced tech and smart features found in more expensive options, budget-friendly telescopes still allow you to view stars, planets, nebulas, and more. Choosing an affordable telescope can be challenging, though. Read on to discover our favorite picks and what you should look for in the best budget telescopes. 

How we chose the best budget telescopes

While budget telescopes will result in limited selection compared to higher-price items, there are still plenty of options for those on tight budgets. When selecting the telescopes for this guide, we prioritized those from well-established brands to ensure quality, durability, and reliability. You’ll notice that Celestron is well-represented, and for good reason. Celestron is truly the heavy in the consumer telescope world, and it tends to dominate on the more accessible end of the spectrum. We then considered the optical design, mount type, aperture, and focal length, choosing a variety of options suitable for different stargazing needs. Finally, we assessed build quality, optical quality, and included accessories. 

The best budget telescopes: Reviews & Recommendations

Manufacturers of budget telescopes inherently need to make sacrifices to keep prices down, but that doesn’t mean all budget-friendly devices are cheaply made or of poor quality. The options below will offer a balance of quality, features, and price so you can get the most for your money at a lower price point. 

Best overall: Celestron StarSense Explorer DX 130AZ

Celestron

SEE IT

Specs

  • Optical design: Newtonian reflector
  • Mount type: Alt-azimuth
  • Aperture: 130mm (5.11 inches)
  • Focal length: 650mm (25.59 inches)
  • Magnification: 26x and 65x
  • Weight: 18 pounds
  • Dimensions: 38.98 x 16.93 x 8.98 inches

Pros

  • Easy to set up and align
  • Sharp, quality optics
  • Bright aperture
  • Excellent value for the price

Cons

  • Manual control only
  • Included eyepieces offer limited magnification

Our top pick offers an impressive amount of quality for its sub-$500 price. This Newtonian reflector telescope features a 5-inch primary mirror with highly reflective coatings to produce sharp, clear images. The 130mm aperture gatherers lots of light, so it’s plenty bright in many conditions. Those light-gathering skills also come in handy when taking photos if you want to practice astrophotography. 

This budget telescope comes with an alt-azimuth mount and a sturdy, full-height tripod. Despite its robust base, it’s still relatively lightweight, so bringing it to a spot with less light pollution won’t be too challenging. It also includes 10mm and 25mm eyepieces, offering 26x and 65x magnification, respectively. That makes seeing star clusters, nebulae, planets, and more possible. 

We especially like that the 130AZ comes with a phone deck. With your phone mounted to the telescope, you can use the StarSense app to identify which objects you want to look at. It will then guide you to where you need to be, which is fun for beginners and more experienced stargazers alike. If you want to use it without your phone, it also has a red dot finderscope to help guide you. 

Best portable: Celestron Astromaster 70AZ

Celestron

SEE IT

Specs

  • Optical design: Newtonian reflector
  • Mount type: Alt-azimuth
  • Aperture: 70mm (2.76 inches)
  • Focal length: 900mm (35 inches)
  • Magnification: 45x and 90x
  • Weight: 18 pounds
  • Dimensions: 14.96 x 5.12 x 3.94 inches

Pros

  • Includes everything you need to get started
  • Comes with 10mm and 20mm eyepieces
  • Very simple to set up
  • Lightweight and portable

Cons

  • Manual control only (no motor)
  • Limited magnification

The Celestron Astromaster 70AZ Newtonian reflector is an extremely popular budget telescope thanks to its ideal balance of features, size, and price. It comes with an alt-azimuth mount and two eyepieces—10mm and 20mm—so you won’t need to purchase any extras to get started viewing the stars. It’s also easy to assemble, so you’ll be stargazing just a few minutes after opening the box. 

We like the Astromaster 70AZ partly because it is relatively compact and lightweight at roughly 18 pounds. It’s easier to bring with you on trips to find skies free of light pollution. The lightweight design also makes it a good choice for kids. The two eyepieces allow for 45x and 90x magnification, allowing you to view planets easily. 

Of course, as a budget telescope, there are some downsides. The 70mm aperture won’t allow you to see deep-space objects very well. And the panning handle doesn’t allow for very precise adjustments. It’s best for beginners, as a result. But, it provides quality optics at a very affordable price, making it an attractive option for those on a tight budget.

Best for smartphone astrophotography: Celestron Inspire 100AZ

Celestron

SEE IT

  • Optical design: Refractor
  • Mount type: Alt-azimuth
  • Aperture: 100mm (3.94 inches)
  • Focal length: 660mm (25.98 inches)
  • Magnification: 33x and 66x 
  • Weight: 6.6 pounds
  • Dimensions: 38 x 33 x 52 inches

Pros

  • Quality optics
  • Lightweight and portable
  • Very easy to set up
  • Lens cap serves as a smartphone mount

Cons

  • Some fringing

The Celestron Inspire 100AZ is a great choice for those wanting to explore the possibilities of astrophotography with just a phone. That’s in part thanks to the clever dual-purpose lens cap. When you’re ready to take photos, simply attach the lens cap to the eyepiece, then strap your phone into place, and you’re all set. 

The Inspire 100AZ is an achromatic refractor scope. It offers a 100mm aperture for plenty of light gathering and a 660mm focal length. You’ll be able to view the moon and planets easily and some brighter star clusters. It won’t quite cut it for deep space, however. That’s typical of this type of telescope.

This budget telescope features an alt-azimuth mount and comes with a sturdy tripod. It’s quick and easy to set up and break down. You’ll also get the StarPointer Pro red dot finder to help you find celestial objects and 10mm and 20mm Kellner eyepieces. And it offers a built-in red light to help you find your accessories in the dark without blasting your eyes with light. Unfortunately, there is some fringing, which is unsurprising for a budget refractor model. But for those just getting started, we think it’s still an excellent option.

Best for kids: Orion Observer II

Orion

SEE IT

  • Optical design: Refractor
  • Mount type: Alt-azimuth 
  • Aperture: 60mm (2.4 inches)
  • Focal length: 700mm (27.5 inches)
  • Magnification range: 28x, 70x
  • Weight: 4.3 pounds
  • Dimensions: 29.3 x 10.9 x 7.5 inches

Pros

  • Lightweight and portable
  • Comes with fun and useful books and maps
  • Includes two eyepieces
  • Easy to set up

Cons

  • Not for viewing deep space

If a star projector piqued your child’s interest in the cosmos, a to-scale telescope is a logical next step to keep their interest growing. The Orion Observer II is a great starter kit for kids. It will allow them to check out craters on the moon or even the rings on Saturn, expanding their minds as they view our vast universe.

The anti-reflection-coated 60mm achromatic objective lens gathers enough light for budding astronomers and produces clear views while keeping the cost down. The 700mm focal length paired with the included 10mm and 25mm Kellner eyepieces result in 28x and 70x magnification, respectively. It features an alt-azimuth mount for easy tracking and comes with a tripod that’s easy to set up, even for kids. 

Part of what makes the Orion Observer II stand out for kids is the books and guides that come with it. The Orion MoonMap 260 shares 260 interest features to look for on the moon. The Star Target planisphere helps you figure out what you can see in the night sky for every night of the year. And the Exploring the Cosmos book introduces space and the stars for your budding astronomer. 

Best for deep space: Sky-Watcher Classic 200

Orion

SEE IT

  • Optical design: Dobsonian
  • Mount type: Alt-azimuth
  • Aperture: 8 inches
  • Focal length: 1200mm
  • Magnification range: 48x, 120x
  • Weight: 45 pounds
  • Dimensions: 49 x 27 x 18 inches

Pros

  • 8-inch mirror captures lots of light
  • Sharp, clear optics
  • Comes with 25mm and 10mm eyepieces
  • Sturdy and well-made

Cons

  • Bulky and heavy

For viewing deep into the depths of space, you’ll need a telescope with lots of light-gathering abilities. That means a Dobsonian telescope, a type of telescopes commonly called “light buckets.” The Sky-Watcher Classic 200 is an excellent budget-friendly Dobsonian, offering a lot of quality for the price. 

The large eight-inch aperture will allow you to view even faint nebulas, galaxies, and star clusters. The 1200mm focal length provides lots of reach, resulting in 48x and 120x magnification when using the included 10mm and 25mm Plössl eyepieces. It also comes with a two-inch Crayford focuser, a 1.25-inch eyepiece adapter, and a 9×50 straight-through finder scope. There is a built-in eyepiece tray to keep it all organized as well, which we appreciate.

Sky-Watcher designed this scope with Teflon bearings for smooth azimuth movement and patented tension control handles for accurate adjustments. It is very well made and will last a lifetime. The main downside to this budget telescope is its size. It weighs 45 pounds when fully assembled. It also doesn’t come with a stand, so it must be placed on a sturdy, level surface. This telescope is not one that you will want to travel with or move around much as a result. Instead, it’s best suited for homes where you can set it up and leave it be. 

Things to consider when shopping for the best budget telescopes

There’s lots of technical jargon associated with telescopes, so figuring out what it all means can be overwhelming. We spoke with Dr. Jason Aufdenberg, Associate Professor of Astronomy and Astrophysics at Embry-Riddle Aeronautical University, to get his advice on telescope shopping. He explained that it may be tempting to opt for the largest magnification you can afford and ignore all the other features, but that’s not necessarily the right call. Below are some key things to pay attention to when choosing a budget telescope, or any telescope, for that matter. 

Optical design

There are three primary types of optical designs in telescopes: Refractor, reflector, and catadioptric or compound. 

Reflector telescopes use glass lenses to focus light into an eyepiece. Light needs to travel in a straight path to the eyepiece in reflectors, which results in devices that are longer than they are wide. Reflector telescopes tend to result in chromatic aberration, otherwise known as fringing. To avoid this, Dr. Aufdenberg explained that manufacturers rely on complicated multi-element lens systems, which makes them expensive. But they are sturdy and relatively maintenance-free, making them one of the most common types available. 

Reflector telescopes—which include Dobsonian and Newtonian—use mirrors to reflect the light into focus. These bounce light back and forth in the optical tube, which allows for a shorter design. They also cost less to make, so most cheap telescopes are reflectors. Dr. Aufdenburd suggests a Dobsonian for beginners because it offers the most light collection per dollar. However, this type of telescope will require what’s called collimation, which is an alignment of the mirrors. It usually only takes a few minutes, but it is an additional step. 

Finally, catadioptric telescopes use both lenses and mirrors, resulting in a compact form factor. If you’re looking for a portable option, a catadioptric is your best bet. Schmidt-Cassegrains and Maksutov-Cassegrains are two common varieties of this type of telescope. 

Mount type

Dr. Aufdenberg stressed that the telescope mount is just as important as the other features. That’s because the mount controls how and where the telescope can move, which impacts what you can do with it. There are three primary types of mounts to consider: Alt-azimuth, Dobsonian, and equatorial. 

Alt-azimuth mounts are the simplest and, thus, most affordable mounts available. These allow for altitude (vertical) and azimuth (horizontal) adjustments. Quality alt-az mounts allow for smooth tracking across the sky, which makes them an ideal choice for shorter astrophotography captures. Some are even computerized for automatic tracking.

Dobsonian mounts sit on lazy susan-like platforms that must be placed on sturdy surfaces like tables or mounted to platforms. They are intended to support massive Newtonian telescopes, but many compact telescopes also use this mount type as well. They provide more stability than the other mount types, as long as you have a stable surface to mount it to. 

Equatorial mounts essentially counteract the Earth’s rotation, making them perfect for long observations and serious astrophotography. With an equatorial mount, you can focus on a specific celestial object and guide it across the sky to keep it centered. You can either do this manually or with an electric motor for automatic tracking. 

Lens

Once you decide on your optical design and mount type, you’ll need to select the diameter of the primary lens, also known as aperture. The aperture is measured in millimeters or inches and indicates how much light the telescope lets in. A larger aperture will allow for shorter exposure times for astrophotography and allow you to see dimmer objects—such as nebulae—faster. You should choose the largest lens that you can afford and that is as portable as you need it to be.  

Magnification

Lastly, you’ll want to think about the type of objects you want to view and what magnification is required to view those objects. To see details such as Jupiter’s moons or Saturn’s rings, you’ll want at least 30-40x magnification. 

Magnification is, in part, determined by the focal length of your eyepiece. Many telescopes will come with multiple eyepieces, providing more versatility. To determine the magnification with a specific eyepiece, divide the focal length of the optical tube by the eyepiece. 

FAQs

Q: Are cheap telescopes worth it?

Yes, depending on how cheap you are looking for, cheap telescopes are worth it. But if you go too cheap, it may not be. We’d recommend at least sticking above $100 for a telescope. Any cheaper, you’ll be dealing with poor-quality optics that make it difficult to see details and missing features that prevent you from easily finding and tracking celestial objects. 

Q: Can a cheap telescope see planets?

Yes, you can use a cheap telescope to see planets. Cheap telescopes may not offer smart technology features such as finding and tracking planets automatically. But plenty of budget-friendly telescopes have enough reach and light-gathering abilities to check out planets.  

Q: Which telescope brand is best?

Which telescope brand is best depends on what you are looking for and your budget, but Celestron, Orion, Sky-Watcher, Meade Instruments, Explore Scientific, and Vixen all make excellent, trustworthy telescopes. If you are looking for a smart telescope, Vaonis and Unistellar are two of the top options. 

Q: Are used telescopes worth buying?

Used telescopes are very much worth buying. If in good condition, a used telescope will function just as well as a new one and will save you money. 

Final thoughts on the best budget telescopes

You don’t have to spend a fortune to get a quality, fun-to-use telescope. By prioritizing the features and technology that you will actually use, you’ll be able to save money while getting a device that will last you for years to come. Whether you are a novice to stargazing or someone with more experience, the budget telescopes above will get you searching the cosmos for less. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best budget telescopes for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best cordless snow blowers in 2024 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-cordless-snow-blowers/ Wed, 20 Dec 2023 21:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=593459
The best cordless snow blowers
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Step away from your shovel and make a move toward a more convenient, powerful tool by investing in a cordless snow blower.

The post The best cordless snow blowers in 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best cordless snow blowers
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Greenworks 80V Brushless Cordless Snow Blower Greenworks 80V Brushless Cordless Snow Blower
SEE IT

This electric cordless snow blower offers the ideal mix of performance and cost.

Best gas-powered PowerSmart Gas Powered Snow Blower PowerSmart Gas-Powered Snow Blower
SEE IT

Get raw power without having to worry about charging a battery.

Best budget Snow Joe SJ627E Electric Walk-Behind Snow Blower Snow Joe SJ627E Electric Walk-Behind Snow Blower
SEE IT

An efficient, well-designed electric model for under $200.

Cordless snow blowers are worthwhile investments that let you finally retire your trusty shovel without hesitation. They don’t need to be tethered to an outlet to run, which gives you complete flexibility in where you work. If you’re clearing snow from a front and backyard, you don’t have to worry about keeping a door or window propped open to run a power cord through. Despite their portability, cordless snow blowers are nearly as powerful as ones that must be plugged in constantly thanks to advances in lithium-ion batteries. You’ll need to monitor its power source (either a battery or gas tank) to ensure you have enough juice, but that’s the only tradeoff. The best cordless snow blowers will allow you to clear the snow outside your home to make it safe for you, your family and friends, and pedestrians alike.

How we chose the best cordless snow blowers

We based our cordless snow blower recommendations on their size, weight, power (as determined by throw distance), and price. Design features that impacted how this tool works were also considered highly. Some cordless snow blowers come with an additional accessory, like a second battery, which also factored into how we made our recommendations.

The best cordless snow blowers: Reviews & Recommendations

Ready to ditch your snow shovel once and for all? Tired of dragging extension cords? Our cordless snow blower choices all operate roughly the same, able to dig effectively into snow 6- to 10-inches deep on average, but vary in a few key ways. The best option to clear your pavement will be easy to move, the correct size for your space, and long-lasting. So read up on snow removal safety then read these picks. You’ll find what you need below, whether you want a big, gas-powered cordless snow blower or a petite-but-still-powerful battery-powered model.

Best overall: Greenworks 80V Brushless Cordless Snow Blower

Greenworks

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power source: Battery
  • Size: 31 x 21.6 x 37 Inches
  • Weight: 33 pounds
  • Throwing distance: 25 feet

Pros

  • Mid-sized
  • Not too heavy
  • Good balance of power and cost

Cons

  • Midrange throw distance

Greenworks’ 80V Brushless Cordless Snow Blower is the Goldilocks in its category, offering a solid mix of power, design, and maneuverability at a solid price. It can throw snow up to 25 feet away, which means it’s not quite as powerful as some other models we’re recommending, but fine for most driveways and stoops. You can rotate its chute up to 180 degrees to ensure all the snow ends up in a neater pile rather than all over the place. At 20 inches wide and 33 pounds, this cordless snow blower is in the middle of the pack size-wise. You’ll still have to put effort in to push and maneuver it, but it’ll be more manageable than larger models, which can weigh over 80 pounds.

Makers of our favorite cordless chainsaw because of its thoughtful touches, Greenworks put the same eye for detail into play here. The company built a pair of lights into the front of its cordless snow blower, which makes it easier to use in the dark. But be mindful that these lights will drain the snow blower’s battery more quickly. Engaging this snow blower requires you to push a button and pull down on a thin bar below its handlebar. This design prevents you from accidentally turning the snow blower on and having it run ahead of you. The snow blower will automatically stop when you loosen your grip on the small bar. If you have a mid-sized driveway, Greenworks’ 80V Brushless Cordless Snow Blower will suit your needs perfectly.

Best splurge: EGO Power+ SNT2102 Cordless Snow Blower

EGO Power+

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power source: Battery
  • Size: 35 x 22 x 45 Inches
  • Weight: 50.71 pounds
  • Throwing distance: 35 feet

Pros

  • Longer throw distance
  • Comes with multiple batteries
  • Can clear snow drifts up to eight inches tall

Cons

  • Heavy
  • Expensive

EGO Power+’s cordless snow blower is so powerful it requires two batteries (which are included) to run. It can throw snow at distances up to 35 feet, and its feeder is tall enough to suck up and throw snow piles up to eight inches tall. This cordless snow blower also has many features we highlighted in our best overall pick, including a two-step starting mechanism, headlights, and a flexible chute. All of this power is necessary when cleaning up after a big blizzard, but it comes with a couple of notable downsides.

First, this cordless snow blower weighs over 50 pounds, so you’ll have to exert a lot more energy to move it around. It also adds to the snow blower’s price, which is fair given when you’re getting for your money, but makes it a no-go for those with more modest budgets or needs. If you require an uber-powerful snow blower to clean up the front and back of your house or clean multiple properties for neighbors, it’s well worth the price.

Best compact: Greenworks 40V Cordless Snow Blower

Greenworks

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power source: Battery
  • Size: 38.58 x 17.52 x 44.29 Inches
  • Weight: 17.52 Pounds
  • Throwing distance: 20 feet

Pros

  • Narrow size size
  • Very low weight
  • Easy to maneuver

Cons

  • Weak throw distance

If you’re still (literally) holding onto your shovel because of snow blower space concerns, Greenworks’ 40V Cordless Snow Blower will prove you wrong. At just 17.5 inches wide, this snowblower can fit more easily into a corner of your garage or basement. Furthermore, its main handle can be folded over the front of the cordless snowblower to take up less vertical space. Finally, because it’s battery-powered, you won’t have to worry about gas or oil being stored indoors. Despite its size, this small snow blower has built-in lights, a two-step activation mechanism, and flexible chute.

You do miss out on power—this cordless snowblower has the shortest throw distance, for example—but it’s also lighter than our other recommendations, which makes it easier to move (making it the best snow thrower for elderly people). You’ll have to make additional passes to clean up a larger area when compared to a full-sized snowblower, but the difference in size and weight is an appropriate tradeoff. Regardless of size, this cordless snowblower will still be faster and more efficient than a shovel.

Best gas-powered: PowerSmart Gas-Powered Snow Blower

PowerSmart

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power source: Gas
  • Size: 50 x 21 x 36 Inches
  • Weight: 80 Pounds
  • Throwing distance: 35 Feet

Pros

  • Long throw distance
  • Doesn’t need to charge
  • Fast engine

Cons

  • Heavy

If all you want is raw power, PowerSmart’s Gas-Powered Snow Blower is the best cordless option for you. It has a throw distance of 35 feet, and PowerSmart says it can clear up to 1,680 pounds of snow per minute. If you have a large driveway, this power will come in handy (and power is one of the reasons the company also makes one of our favorite snow blowers for gravel driveways). This is the only gas snow blower we’re recommending, and its fuel source is a big part of why it’s so powerful. PowerSmart didn’t need to limit the strength of its motor for the sake of battery efficiency. You can continuously fuel up this snow blower and have it run at full strength for as long as the job takes.

One of the downsides to having a big, powerful motor is increased weight. This snow blower weighs over four times more than our lightest recommendation and over twice as much as our top pick. You’ll have to exert yourself to get the cordless snowblower moving, but you shouldn’t have to go over any areas multiple times to clean them up. As you’d expect, this cordless snowblower has standard features like a built-in light and movable chute. Better still, its handle can be folded over the snow blower for convenient storage.

Best budget: Snow Joe SJ627E Electric Walk-Behind Snow Blower

Snow Joe

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power source: Battery
  • Size: 23.4 x 22 x 26 Inches
  • Weight: 34.8 Pounds
  • Throwing distance: 25 Feet

Pros

  • Wide clearing path
  • 15-amp motor
  • Price

Cons

  • A little heavy

Snow Joe’s budget-priced cordless snowblower has all the features you’ll find in more expensive models—albeit with less power—at a far lower price. Every major design feature, from a rotating chute and two-stage ignition process to headlights and foldability for storage, is present. It’s a little heavier than most of our recommendations and only has a throwing distance of 25 feet, which may not work depending on the size of the space you’re clearing.

It does have a powerful motor and wide clearing path, so you shouldn’t have to go over the same parts of your driveway or porch multiple times to get it cleared. Snow Joe says the rubber-tipped steel blades on its cordless snow blower can move 25 tons of snow per hour. If you need a cordless snow blower to clear a narrower space, or you don’t have more than $150 to spend on this winter cleaning tool, this is your best option by far.

What to consider when shopping for cordless snow blowers

There are many decisions to make when choosing the best cordless snow blower for your needs. Below are the most important factors when determining which to feature in this story:

Power source

Cordless snow blowers can run on a battery or gas, and the one you choose largely depends on preference. Both gas- and battery-powered electric snow blowers can clear an identical amount of space in roughly the same amount of time. The biggest benefit to a gas-powered snow blower is that you can immediately refuel it if necessary. If your battery-powered snow blower conks out, you’ll need to charge it up, which could take hours. The solution is buying an additional battery, which adds to the expense. On the other hand, if you plan on keeping this tool indoors year-round, a battery-powered model may be the way to go because you won’t have a tank full of gas sitting around.

Size

A cordless snow blower’s size will impact how long it’ll take to clean up an area. Wider cordless snow blowers will do the job more quickly but can be more difficult to maneuver. Measure how narrow your driveway, walkway, or porch is before making a decision.

Weight

Using a cordless snow blower is not as taxing on your body as shoveling, but you will still need to push it for an extended period. This can be particularly difficult if you’re clearing a large space. A lighter snow blower will be easier to move around but won’t be as powerful, so make that tradeoff wisely.

Throw distance

This cordless snow blower tech spec shows how far a snow blower can throw snow out through its chute. Throwing snow further means you will likely avoid going over the same area more than once. Our recommendations can throw snow between 20 and 35 feet.

Remember, snow removal is serious business

Snow removal is a normal part of life for homeowners in large swaths of North America, so it’s easy to dismiss the fact that it’s a very taxing activity that can become quite dangerous for people with health issues. The combination of cold temperatures and intense physical exertion while shoveling a driveway can lead to an increased risk for a heart attack, according to the American Heart Association, particularly if you have high blood pressure or cholesterol. Your risk of a catastrophic health event is also higher for people with conditions like diabetes, smokers, and those of us who don’t get to the gym enough.

Adults, especially older ones diagnosed with heart or physical health issues, should avoid snow removal entirely. If you can, hire someone to shovel your driveway and walkway. According to Dr. Claire Ankuda, clearing snow is always a risky move for older people with physical limitations. If that’s not an option, use a compact snow thrower to remove as much snow from your walkways and/or driveway as possible. It minimizes the risk of muscle and back strain (or worse) and can clear a large area more efficiently while limiting your exposure to the elements. Best of all, it doesn’t require as much physical exertion as a shovel. Even then, Ankuda still advised caution:

“It’s important to physically warm up with stretching, to wear appropriate boots to reduce the chance of slips, and to take frequent breaks,” She said. “The majority of injuries that are related to snow blowers have been due to hand or finger injuries, from people reaching in to clear blockages in the discharge chute. This can be avoided by using a tool or a stick to unclog the machine.”

FAQs

Q: Is it worth buying an electric snow blower?

Yes. An electric snow blower that runs on battery power can last long enough to clear a mid-sized driveway before recharging.

Q: Do battery snow blowers work?

Yes. Battery-powered snow blowers do work well enough to clean snow from large areas without getting stuck or hitching. The only trouble you may run into is having a battery run out of power in the middle of a job depending on the size of the space you’re clearing.

Q: Are battery snow blowers as good as gas?

Yes. A battery-powered snow blower can be as powerful as a gas-powered model.

Q: How much does a cordless snow blower cost?

This depends on its size and power source. Our recommendations range in price between $239 and $679.

Final thoughts on the best cordless snow blowers

A cordless snow blower will be your most-used winter tool if you live in a cold, wet climate. Shoveling a large area can be dangerous to your health, including increasing your risk of having a heart attack. Using a cordless snow blower will still strain your body, especially if you’re subjecting yourself to walking outdoors in sub-zero temperatures, but not nearly as much as shoveling will. If you’re done with analog snow removal, a cordless snow blower is your best investment.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best cordless snow blowers in 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best LED grow lights for 2024 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-led-grow-lights/ Thu, 14 Oct 2021 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=402107
The Best LED Grow Lights
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Bring a little bit of sunshine to your indoor plants with these flexible lighting solutions.

The post The best LED grow lights for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The Best LED Grow Lights
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Soltech Solutions Grove LED light on a light wood table. Soltech Solutions Grove LED Grow Light
SEE IT

Mount this stylish light almost anywhere.

Best commercial Spider Farmer SF7000 Spider Farmer SF7000
SEE IT

Bigger and brighter for more powerful coverage.

Best budget A Sun YOBA LED grow lamp on a plain background Sun YOBA LED Plant Grow Light
SEE IT

Easy to install and very low power consumption.

Until scientists invent convenient mini Suns that we can contain inside our homes, our plants must rely on artificial daylight like that emitted by LED grow lights. Fortunately, those illumination sources have come a long way in terms of efficiency and efficacy. LED technology has improved everything from TVs to your smartphone, but it can also help your plants. Whether you’re trying to baby your indoor plants, nurture some seedlings that will eventually go out into the garden, or just please an outdoor plant that needs to spend some time inside, these LED arrays can pump out the photons plants crave. But you can’t just go shining an LED flashlight at your precious plants. You must pick the right power, color, and size to make your indoor garden thrive. That can be tricky, but these picks can provide the perfect illumination no matter what your flora looks like. The best LED grow lights will allow you to become an indoor botanist without much effort.

How we chose the best LED grow lights

The PopSci writers and editors truly love plants, but we don’t all live where our favorite flora friends thrive. That means serious indoor growing sessions. I personally keep an extensive outdoor garden in New York’s native climate but annually start vegetable seedlings inside to maximize the growing season.

The best LED grow lights: Reviews & Recommendations

For this guide, we considered a wide swath of different lights that can apply to almost any grower in nearly any space. We considered important variables, including power usage, size, and spectrum. These lights can consume a ton of energy, even with LEDs, so we centered our search around efficient models that cover a lot of uses.

Best overall: Soltech Solutions Grove LED Grow Light

Soltech Solutions

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This light can handle most plant needs and places thanks to its flexibility.

Specs

  • Input power: 11 watts
  • LEDs: N/A
  • Color: 3,000 Kelvin

Pros

  • Stylish
  • Dimmable
  • Touch power

Cons 

  • Slightly expensive

You may not need a huge light array now, but you might want to grow your indoor garden down the road. If that’s the case, you want a system that’s easy to expand while giving you the same color, quality, and amount of light. This is the most beautiful, well-designed grow light you’ll find.

The Soltech Solutions Grove LED grow light clocks in at 11 watts of consumption. It provides an ideal mix of warm and sun-colored light to foster indoor growth across a wide variety of plants. 

This tube-shaped illuminator lasts for 50,000 hours, so it will keep pumping out photons for many seasons. Because the LEDs are high quality, they’ll last longer, but they’re also more efficient, which leads to less overall electricity usage down the road, even if you’re trying to get those tomatoes just right.

Best commercial: Spider Farmer SF7000 LED Grow Light

Spider Farmer

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: More than 1,700 lamps pump out ample light for large growing areas, and its fine-grain control makes it friendly to new commercial growers.

Specs

  • Input power: 650 watts
  • LEDs: 1,700
  • Color: Full-spectrum

Pros 

  • Powerful
  • Lots of coverage
  • Daisy-chainable

Cons

  • Consumes lots of power

If you have a big growing area or particularly light-hungry plants, you need a light panel covering a wide area. This one from Spider Farmer provides sun-like light over an area of five by five feet. Moreover, you can daisy-chain up to 60 additional lamps together for full greenhouse coverage.

It has over 1,700 individual LEDs onboard, split between sun-simulating white and infrared. You can control all of the SF7000’s lamps simultaneously, so you can dial in the exact power level you need rather than adjusting certain lights individually. The heat doesn’t negatively impact the light panel because of a six-inch inline fan, which will make some—but not too much—noise. If you use this light panel outside, this won’t be an issue at all.

This ease of use, combined with the SF7000’s power, makes the grow light ideal for those who want to dip their toe into commercial growing while still being suitable for seasoned pros.

Best for vegetables: Monios-L LED Grow Lights

Monios-L

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This adjustable fixture can accommodate a variety of plants and vary its output to meet specific needs.

Specs

  • Input power: 48 watts
  • LEDs: N/A
  • Color: 5,000 Kelvin

Pros

  • No humming
  • Long cords
  • Can connect multiple lights

Cons

  • Isn’t water resistant

Every indoor gardening space looks different. Maybe you have tons of room for serious fixtures and long tables. Or, maybe you’re trying to make your plants work in a closet. Our pick for the best LED grow lights for vegetables from Monios-L, can help make it happen. 

The 5,000 Kelvin lights should last roughly 30,000 hours of operation and can sit anywhere from one to five feet away from your plants. Because vegetables, like tomatoes, require different levels and types of light, the flexibility really makes the difference here, even though it will add some cash to the price. 

Best for succulents: Small White Aspect Luxury LED Grow Light

Aspect

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: You don’t want a massive array just to take care of a single plant, so check out one of the best grow lights for succulents. This attractive option is effective without sticking out like a sore thumb. 

Specs 

  • Input power: 40 watts
  • LEDs: N/A
  • Lumens: 3,000 Kelvin

Pros 

  • 90,000-hour life
  • Attractive
  • 15-foot cord
  • Affordable

Cons 

  • Small coverage area

If you’re only keeping a small succulent on your desk, it really doesn’t need much in the way of extra light. That goes for other similarly small but pleasant-to-have-around plants. This LED from Aspect sits at the end of an attractive 15-foot, fabric-wrapped cord. It puts out enough light coverage to nurture one or maybe a few small plants or seedlings without spilling photons everywhere. 

It has a built-in timer, so it can turn on and off even when you’re not paying attention to it. So, if you’re away from the office for a while, your plants can still get a little time in the sun. The aluminum enclosure looks like something out of a design magazine. 

The bulb isn’t very powerful, but it has a suggested lifespan of around 90,000 hours, which means it can last well over a decade with regular use before replacing it. 

Best value: Sun YOBA LED Grow Lights

Sun YOBA

SEE IT

Why we picked it: This cheap lamp is flexible and super-easy to install for gardeners who need just a little bit of light.

Specs

  • Input power: 40 watts
  • LEDs: 40
  • Color: 2,000 Kelvin

Pros

  • Easy to install anywhere
  • Low power consumption
  • Full-spectrum

Cons

  • Low power output
  • Small coverage area

You don’t always need a full-on sun replacement inside your home to help your plants grow. These simple strips from HitLights have 40 LEDs and are easy to install pretty much anywhere. The assembly process requires a table or post to clip it to.

Because of their small size, the lamp consumes an extremely small amount of electricity while still putting out enough shine to sustain small and even medium indoor plants. The dimming function offers nine brightness levels, and the built-in timer can turn the lights on and off on three-, nine-, or 12-hour cycles. That way, you don’t have to remember to turn the lights on and off yourself and risk giving your plants too much or too little illumination. 

Because the lights are compact, they’re not good for covering large areas or sustaining light-hungry plants requiring heavy sun sessions. But, they draw power from USB, so it’s a simple budget solution to keep on a counter for herb gardens and nurture a seedling that might otherwise suffer under the drab fluorescents of an office.

What to consider when buying the best LED grow lights

While just about every plant loves light, they don’t all have the same taste. Here are some things to consider when buying an LED grow light: 

Power consumption

Even though LEDs are much more efficient than their older counterparts, they still require constant energy to run. And leaving them on all the time—especially if you’re running a lot of them—can really start to ramp up the ecological impact and your electric bill. 

Older bulbs used to measure power in watts, but LEDs don’t quite work like that. Input power on an LED suggests how much power it’ll use but not necessarily how bright it will be. High-efficiency LEDs can put out a lot of light with a few lamps, while other arrays use a higher number of smaller lamps. 

Your needs are specific to your plants, but don’t go buying an LED light array just because it has a high wattage rating. Look for an equivalent wattage number or other methods of measurement. 

Spectrum coverage

Full-spectrum lights can mean different things depending on the model. True full-spectrum lights include infrared modules that emit waves you can’t technically see. Different light wavelengths often serve different parts of the growing process, so you’ll want to match up the spectrum performance with the plants you’re trying to grow. If your plants aren’t picky, most “full spectrum” lights should do a fine job. But it’s worth researching your specific plants to make sure the light you’re buying offers what they need. 

Dimmability

Not all grow lights are dimmable. Some have either an on or off setting, and not much else. Other LED grow lights can offer 10 or even more different levels of illumination, so you’re not always blasting them on full power. 

Self-timers

Plants don’t need light 24 hours per day, so you’ll want to turn lights on and off as needed. Some lights have built-in timers that allow you to program in a custom schedule. That absolves you from having to remember to hit the switch, which can have a profound effect on plants, especially if you’re trying to start outdoor plants inside.

FAQs

Q: Can plants get too much artificial light?

Picture plants in nature. They’re not always in the sun. The same goes for artificial lights. Leave lights on too long and it can affect how your plants bloom due to the light’s effect on metabolism. Lights also emit heat (yes, even LEDs), which can dry the plants out or even burn them. 

Q: How much light do I need for a 10×10 grow room?

It can vary depending on what kind of lights you buy and what kinds of plants you’re growing, but the general rule of thumb is that you want 25-50 watts (equivalent) of light per square foot. Again, that’s only a starting point, so you’ll want to get more specific with your research about your plants if you’re trying to get serious about a grow room that big. 

Q: Which is better LED or HPS?

While this article addresses LED solutions, you’ll also find many growers still rely on HPS, or high-pressure sodium, lights. LED is more power-efficient and typically offers better spectral coverage. HPS, however, can be cheaper to get started with and the fixtures are often easier to repair and replace parts in. 

Q: How much does a grow light cost?

This depends on their size and power level. You can spend less than $20 or well over $300 based on your needs. Commerical-friendly models will cost more than those meant for home use.

Final thoughts on the best LED grow lights

If your plants need a little top-up when it comes to sunshine, the best LED grow lights can provide just that in an affordable, efficient way. If you’re getting serious about growing, you’ll want to ensure you get the right kind of light for your plants, but there’s almost certainly an LED option out there that can give you exactly what you need. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best LED grow lights for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
This Nespresso machine is a perfect last-minute gift. Get it 34% off at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/nespresso-last-minute-amazon-deal/ Tue, 19 Dec 2023 17:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=596120
A Nespresso machine on a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

This Nespresso machine is under $100 and arrives just in time for the holidays—what more could you want?

The post This Nespresso machine is a perfect last-minute gift. Get it 34% off at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Nespresso machine on a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Not to generalize coffee people, but the Venn diagram of “people who drink a lot of coffee” and “people who tend to procrastinate” is almost a circle. If you still haven’t finished shopping, this Nespresso machine is under $100 and will arrive in time for Christmas.

Nespresso Vertuo Pop+ Deluxe Coffee and Espresso Machine by De’Longhi

Nespresso

SEE IT

You can brew 5-, 8-, or 12-ounce coffee—on top of single- and double-shots of espresso—with this tiny machine. If your house is split on #teamicedcoffee or #teamhotcoffee, you can brew hot or over ice. All you have to do is pop in a VertuoLine capsule, press the button, and wait for the smooth, liquid gold to finish dispensing. Nespresso capsules are also completely recyclable through its site.

Here are more Nespresso machines on sale:

The post This Nespresso machine is a perfect last-minute gift. Get it 34% off at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best carbon monoxide detectors for 2024 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-carbon-monoxide-detectors/ Wed, 29 Jun 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=452886
The best carbon monoxide detectors composited
Stan Horaczek

Don’t fall victim to a silent killer. Get a CO detector.

The post The best carbon monoxide detectors for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best carbon monoxide detectors composited
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Kidde Nighthawk Carbon Monoxide Detector is the best overall. Kidde Nighthawk Carbon Monoxide Detector
SEE IT

The Kidde Nighthawk checks for multiple kinds of gas and allows for flexible placement.

Best smoke and carbon monoxide detector Kidde Smoke & Carbon Monoxide Detector is the best smoke and carbon monoxide detector. Kidde Smoke & Carbon Monoxide Detector
SEE IT

Kidde’s smoke and carbon monoxide detector provides double the protection.

Best plug-in detector First Alert CO615 is the best plug-in detector. First Alert CO615
SEE IT

The First Alert CO615’s excellent CO detection will warn you before it’s too late.

A carbon monoxide detector, or CO alarm, is an essential safety device for renters and homeowners. Without one, you risk exposing yourself and your loved ones to accidental CO poisoning, which kills more than 400 Americans yearly, according to the Centers for Disease Control (CDC). There’s a chance you already have a carbon monoxide detector at home, as they’re sometimes (but not always) built into smoke detectors. If you don’t have one, they’re affordable and very easy to install. Whether you’re replacing a faulty CO alarm or upgrading an older home to meet local health codes, these are the best carbon monoxide detectors.

How we chose the best carbon monoxide detectors

I’ve been covering technology since 2011 for publications like Popular Science, CNN Underscored, and TechnoBuffalo. To make these recommendations, I considered research into carbon monoxide and safety protocols for preventing CO poisoning, from reports and government-issued guides from sources like CDC.gov, MayoClinic.org, and HopkinsMedicine.org. I also checked out the testing of carbon monoxide detectors from professional reviewers.

The best carbon monoxide detectors: Reviews & Recommendations

We have enough things to worry about in our everyday lives, without the creeping fear of colorless, odorless gas leaks in the back of your mind. If you don’t use a carbon monoxide detector, it’s time to start. If you’re buying your first CO alarm or need to replace an older model, our recommendations offer reliable CO detection and a few extra features.

Best overall: Kidde Nighthawk Carbon Monoxide Detector

Kidde

SEE IT

Buy used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Kidde Nighthawk features a digital display, battery backup, and corded adapter for extra mounting flexibility.

Specs

  • Type: Plug-in
  • Battery backup: Yes (9 volt)
  • Dimensions: 6.1 x 3.8 x 1.8 HWD

Pros

  • Digital display
  • Battery backup
  • Corded adapter offers more mounting flexibility

Cons

  • No interconnection or smart features

The Kidde Nighthawk is more than just a cool name. This plug-in dual carbon monoxide and explosive gas detector comes equipped with a digital display that tells you the current CO concentration, which updates every 15 seconds to indicate any sudden changes. If unhealthy CO levels are detected, the Nighthawk will emit four quick audible beeps every five seconds until levels decrease or the reset button is pressed.

For a plug-in model, the Nighthawk is very flexible. You can plug it directly into the wall or use its 6-foot AC power adapter to mount it higher on your wall. Crucially, the Nighthawk also supports a 9V battery backup, so it will continue running if your power goes out. The Nighthawk is easy to install and use. It has some extras, but nothing over-complicated that might make it excessively expensive or complicated. That’s exactly what you want from a device that you only want to interface with in an emergency.

Best for smoke and carbon monoxide: Kidde Smoke & Carbon Monoxide Detector

Kidde

SEE IT

Buy used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: Kidde’s smoke and carbon monoxide detector consolidates two essential safety devices into one, giving you double the protection.

Specs

  • Type: Battery-powered
  • Battery backup: Yes (AA x 2)
  • Dimensions: 5.6-inch diameter x 1.8-inch depth

Pros

  • Easy to install
  • Provides smoke alerts
  • Voice alarm

Cons

  • No digital display

Kidde’s combination smoke and carbon monoxide detector is a simple upgrade for your old smoke detector. It’s battery-powered, features voice alerts, and offers a 10-year lifetime warranty for long-term protection. It’s simply designed, with a prominent button in the middle for testing and hushing the alarm. If a dangerous level of CO is detected, the Kidde will sound with four beeps and say, “Warning, carbon monoxide.” It also provides a vocal “fire” warning and lets you know when its battery is low. Though it is not a “smart” device, per se, you can sync up to 24 Kidde safety devices, including up to 12 smoke alarms, for a more thorough, multi-alarm system.

Best plug-in detector: First Alert CO615

FIRST ALERT

SEE IT

Buy used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The First Alert CO615 features a digital display, so you’ll always know the CO levels in your space.

Specs

  • Type: Plug-in
  • Battery backup: Yes (AA x 2)
  • Dimensions: 5 x 3.4 x 1.7 inches HWD

Pros

  • Digital display
  • Battery backup
  • Corded plug-in

Cons

  • Trickier mounting hardware

Similar to our top pick, the First Alert CO615 is a plug-in CO alarm with a digital display and backup battery in case there’s a power failure. The digital display makes it easy to check CO levels at a glance at any time. The peak level button shows the highest level of carbon monoxide measured, which can help you tell if your current levels are abnormally high. It also features an 85-decibel alarm, a hush button, and an end-of-life signal chirp, so you’ll know when it’s time to replace the unit. These features are easy to use and understand, making the First Alert CO615 an excellent plug-in option.

Best smart: Google Nest Protect Smoke and Carbon Monoxide

Google

SEE IT

Buy used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Nest Protect from Google provides double the protection and a powerful mobile app that lets you hush alarms and receive notifications when you’re away.

Specs

  • Type: Battery-powered or wired
  • Battery backup: Yes; battery-powered (AA x 6), Yes; wired (AA x 3)
  • Dimensions: 5.3 x 5.3 x 1.5 inches HWD

Pros

  • Mobile alerts
  • Easy to silence from your phone
  • Powerful interconnectivity features

Cons

  • Expensive

The Google Nest Protect features smoke and carbon monoxide detection and can send mobile alerts to users when they’re away. The Protect also makes it easy to silence an alarm through the Nest app (or by pressing the mute button) and provides voice alerts when there’s an issue. 

Of course, Nest Protect’s real selling point is an array of smart features, including the ability to control basic functionality through the Nest app and detect the source of CO buildup. The Nest Protect is a great way to integrate smoke and CO protection into your smart home setup if you already use other Google Nest appliances, such as a smart thermostat or smart doorbell. It’s more of a splurge than the other options but offers much more control.

Best budget: Kidde Carbon Monoxide Detector

Kidde

SEE IT

Buy used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: Kidde’s Carbon Monoxide Detector is easy to use and understand and offers battery backup in case of a power outage.

Specs

  • Type: Plug-in
  • Battery backup: Yes (AA x 2)
  • Dimensions: 4.5 x 2.75 x 1.5 inches HWD

Pros

  • Battery backup
  • Straightforward operation
  • Will alert you if it comes unplugged

Cons

  • No digital display
  • No corded plug

A solid carbon monoxide detector doesn’t need to be complicated or expensive. The Kidde Carbon makes it very easy to tell if the CO level in your home is too high at a great value. If the light is green, you’re good. If it’s red, get outside. The CO alarm also features a battery backup, an end-of-unit alarm, and a convenient test/reset button on the front. It doesn’t provide as much information as our other picks, but the Kidde Carbon gets the job done and costs less.

What to consider when buying the best carbon monoxide detectors

A good carbon monoxide detector should be easy to install, require little maintenance, and effectively alert you during an emergency. We considered dozens of options and whittled down the field until we found the best carbon monoxide detectors available. Here are the most important things to check before purchasing one.

What is carbon monoxide?

Carbon monoxide is an odorless, tasteless, poisonous gas that builds up when you burn fuel like gas, wood, or coal. If inhaled, carbon monoxide blocks your ability to absorb oxygen into your blood and, by extension, vital organs, including your heart and brain. In a gas-filled room, inhaling carbon monoxide can render you unconscious and kill you within a few minutes, according to reports from the CDC and OSHA. And though symptoms of CO poisoning include headaches, dizziness, chest pain, and vomiting, victims are unaware that they’re being poisoned until it’s too late. 

Using a battery-operated carbon monoxide detector is considered one of the most effective ways to protect yourself from CO poisoning. For ways to prevent carbon monoxide poisoning, particularly in winter when it’s most common, we have some tips on how to protect yourself.

How does a carbon monoxide detector work?

Carbon monoxide detectors aren’t as complicated as they seem. While some models feature different components, they generally feature a silicon microchip that sends an electronic charge to other parts of the detector. If a dangerous level of CO is detected, an audible alarm, usually 85 decibels, will sound.

Carbon monoxide is measured in parts per million (PPM). According to this chart, it may take between 6 – 8 hours for physical symptoms to manifest when exposed to 50 PPM of CO. Triple that to 150 PPM of CO, and you may experience symptoms in as little as 2 – 3 hours. And 800 PPM of CO can be fatal within an hour. If your CO alarm goes off, immediately go outside and only re-enter when emergency responders say it’s safe.

UL listing

A good carbon monoxide detector should have received certification from Underwriters Laboratories, a safety science organization that sets technical standards for CO alarms and other safety gear. The company’s most recent standards, UL 2034, require CO alarms used in living spaces to detect and report carbon monoxide levels below those that cause a loss of ability to react to dangerous exposure. Any device that meets UL’s standards should mention that it’s “UL Listed” somewhere on the packaging.

Power on

Carbon monoxide detectors come in a few form factors, based on how they receive power:

  • Battery-powered: A battery-powered (typically 9-volt or AA) CO alarm is the most flexible because you can easily install it in virtually any room in your home. This is an excellent option for places without electricity, like a detached garage or shed where you might be working on an old car.
  • Plug-in: Outlet-based detectors don’t need battery replacements, but you’ll need to place them where you have an outlet, and they will not work when your power goes out. A good model will also feature a battery backup if your home loses power.
  • Hardwired: You can also install a permanent CO detector in your home. Like plug-in models, a good model will include a backup battery for when your power goes out. We recommend hiring an electrician or contractor to handle any installation that requires interfacing with your home’s power.

Homeowners, particularly those planning a renovation, should probably consider installing a hardwired model. Renters and people with older homes may want to use a plug-in or battery-powered option. If there are detectors in your current space and you’re unsure when they were replaced, you should probably buy new ones. Removing them from their mounts lets you see if yours are hardwired or battery-powered.

Lastly, if you pick a plug-in or hardwired model, ensure it features an easily replaceable backup battery. The CDC recommends replacing the battery in your CO alarm every six months.

Smart features

A smart carbon monoxide detector connected to your home WiFi can send an alert to your phone when you aren’t home. New CO detectors also tend to have much more intuitive controls for basic functions like muting the alarm and battery tests. Some also offer voice alerts when an issue arises and can even tell you which room is the source of the gas buildup.

FAQs

Q: How often should you replace a carbon monoxide detector?

The National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) recommends testing your CO alarm at least once a month and replacing it according to the manufacturer’s instructions. CO detectors typically last seven to 10 years, depending on the model. Replacing your CO alarm in that timeframe will also ensure your detectors meet updated standards.

Q: Where is the best place to put a carbon monoxide detector?

We recommend following the manufacturer’s instructions to determine where to place your specific carbon monoxide detector. That said, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) recommends placing a carbon monoxide detector about five feet above the floor or ceiling. Carbon monoxide is slightly lighter than air and mixes with warm, rising air, so you want a CO alarm off the ground. You should also avoid placing it somewhere you may expect higher CO levels, like next to a fireplace.

Q: How many carbon monoxide detectors should you have in your house?

The United States Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC) recommends installing a CO alarm on each level of your home (including your basement), outside sleeping areas, and inside each bedroom. Experts recommend you place several CO alarms throughout your home, as there may be areas where they do not work as intended, such as in the bathroom, next to heating appliances, or near a fireplace.

Q: Is a battery-powered, plug-in, or hardwired carbon monoxide detector better?

Each type has pros and cons, so it will ultimately come down to what works best for your space. Hardwired models require professional installation but don’t require a power outlet. Plug-in models are arguably the most convenient to move or replace, but they take up an outlet and often wind up in outlets near the floor, which makes for poor placement. 

Battery-powered CO detectors can be installed anywhere and won’t fail when the power goes out. One could argue they require more maintenance, as you’ll need to replace their batteries. Then again, you’ll need to do the same thing with the backup batteries for plug-in and hardwired CO detectors, so it isn’t really much more of a burden.

Final thoughts on the best carbon monoxide detectors

A carbon monoxide detector should be in every apartment and home worldwide. They protect you from CO poisoning and are affordable and easy to install, giving you no excuse not to take action. If you don’t have one, you should purchase one as soon as possible because it can mean the difference between life and death.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best carbon monoxide detectors for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best cannabis accessories to celebrate the holiblaze https://www.popsci.com/gear/cannabis-accessories-guide/ Wed, 07 Dec 2022 22:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=496017
The best cannabis gifts on a plain background
Amanda Reed

Not everyone wants a bottle of whiskey to help them unwind over the holidays, so we've smoked out the best gifts for the canna-bliss connoisseur in your life.

The post The best cannabis accessories to celebrate the holiblaze appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best cannabis gifts on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best papers A pink package of Blazy Susan papers on a blue and white background Blazy Susan High Roller Kit
SEE IT

This 8-meter roll lets you customize the size of your rolling papers.

Best splurge A storz & Bickel Volcano Hybrid on a blue and white background Storz & Bickel Volcano Hybrid
SEE IT

Gift the Rolls-Royce of cannabis accessories this year.

Best water pipe A Marley Natural waterpipe on a blue and white background Marley Natural Water Pipe
SEE IT

Borosilicate glass and black walnut wood combine for a classic and durable piece.

Not everyone who enjoys taking the edge off holiday hysteria likes—or wants—booze as a present. More than 55 million adults consume cannabis—so this guide is for when that person you’re gifting for happens to be one of them. Not only will giving something from this selection of the best cannabis accessories make others green with envy, but they might also invite you on the cousins walk to test it out. 

Best papers: Blazy Susan High Roller Kit

Blazy Susan

SEE IT

This isn’t your usual pack of papers and filter tips. This convenient package from Blazy Susan lets you choose the size of your papers every time you roll: simply pull your preferred length from the 8-meter roll to make a personal joint or one meant to be shared among friends. The kit also comes with a full set of perforated filter tips since no one wants to hit a slobbery, damp joint. Blazy Susan also makes our favorite cones that hardly canoe. The shorty size is perfect for a solo sesh, and the 98-millimeter size is great for groups.

Best infused drink: Flyers THC Pack

Flyers

SEE IT

Get the sophistication of a craft cocktail minus the next-day hangover with this trio pack that includes three sophisticated sippers: Sparkling Ol’ Fashioned, equal parts smokey and sweet; Sparkling Margarita, a fresh citrus drink with a little kick; and Sparkling Spritz, bitter in the best way with a lovely touch of mandarin orange. Each can contains 5 milligrams of hemp-derived THC, which is just enough to make you giggle without wanting to fall asleep.

Best grinder: Santa Cruz Shredder 3-Piece Herb Grinder

Santa Cruz Shredder

SEE IT

Switching to another grinder is hard once you’ve used the Santa Cruz Shredder. It’s made of aircraft-grade aluminum with an anodized, scratch-resistant finish for a longtime grind. Its 45 sharp teeth give you an even, fluffy grind. There’s even an included scraper. Although we love this basic 3-piece design, it also comes in a biodegradable hemp material and a two-piece design. This Leune credit card grinder is another great portable option, under $10, and stylish.

Best vaporizer: Pax Plus

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Vaporizing cannabis can be less harsh on your lungs—and less smelly—than inhaling smoke from a joint or water pipe. The Pax Plus uses conduction heating to give a hearty hit in a small, discreet package. The Pax Plus has a .5-gram capacity and an included concentrate insert, expanding your options when it comes to strain sampling. If you’re gifting to someone who mostly consumes flower, the Pax Mini might be a better option. It has the same battery life and heat time with a slightly smaller capacity and price tag. 

Best rolling tray: Blazy Susan Hemp Plastic Rolling Tray

Blazy Susan

SEE IT

This 100% biodegradable rolling tray has spots for a grinder, lighter, and a pack of papers. A valley in the tray keeps all your material in a central spot, and a funnel-like open corner helps make clean-up less messy (we’ve all struggled to get extra herb back into the grinder after rolling). It’s a major step up from basic metal rolling trays. But if you go with a metal tray, you should still stick to Blazy

Best splurge: Storz & Bickel Volcano Hybrid

Storz & Bickel

SEE IT

The Storz & Bickel Volcano is the Rolls-Royce of tabletop vaporizers. At $699, this may be out of the price range to work as a White Elephant gift, unlike many of our choices, but it is perfect for the high-end cannabis consumer in your life. You can inhale through the classic valve balloon or through the new hookah-like tube kit. It heats up in two minutes, and the controls are easy to use and see. It’s even Bluetooth-equipped to control it via the S&B App for Android (sorry iOS users). If you know someone collecting the best-of-the-best cannabis accessories, this can be their centerpiece.  

Best handheld for controlled dosing: Omura Series X Complete Bundle

Omura

SEE IT

For the eco-conscious, paper straws are figuratively hot. For the toke-conscious, paper straws are also literally hot, thanks to the Omura Series X vaporizer. It’s a discreet, combustion-free handheld that heats “Flowersticks” you pack with dry herb (fill system included in the bundle) for a personal smoke(less) session. Each Flowerstick is FSC-certified rainforest-friendly paper and 100 percent compostable—stats that can make you feel good while all the cannabinoids and terpenes freed during a three-minute roast make you feel good. Not only are the Flowersticks better for the environment and your mood, but they also allow you to control your intake; if one ain’t enough fun, two could do. And, because your mouth never touches the vaporizer itself, it’s perfect for the lonely stoner who seems to free his mind at night and a more hygienic system to share with friends (and/or family).

Best preroll holder: Sackville & Co. Keychain Holder

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Stop joints from getting crushed on the go with this aluminum joint holder from Sackville & Co., which is discreet, stylish, and minimalist. Simply slip your preroll into the case, close the cap, and attach it to your keys. It has room for one regular-sized joint and two minis. No one will be able to sniff out the green on you.

Best for on-the-go: The Clinger

The Clinger

SEE IT

Is your gift receiver always asking for a lighter or rooting around their bag, pockets, or glove compartment for one? This smell-proof, crush-proof holder can hold one joint and hugs your lighter so it will never feel alone or lost.

Best air purifier: LEVOIT Core 300 Air Purifier

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Smoking indoors can leave a lingering smell on your couch cushions and make your apartment a hazy, musty mess. Stop smells before they even happen by running this air purifier before, during, and after sesh time. Its touchscreen is responsive, and we love the quiet night feature, so you don’t even hear it purifying the air. If you really want to play it safe, spray some odor-eliminator spray when you’re done.

Best set: RAW Rolling Tray Combo

RAW

SEE IT

This set comes with a rolling tray, two packs of 1 1/4-inch rolling papers, two packs of RAW Original tips, a RAW rolling machine, and a joint travel tube. You also have a choice of small or large tray to gift adequately. This is a great gift for cannabis consumers of all levels, because no one ever complained about having too many papers.  

Best pipe: Sackville & Co. Crystal Ball Pipe

Sackville & Co.

SEE IT

Move past the bowl pipes with this spherical stunner from Sackville & Co. It’s made of colorful borosilicate glass, making it beautiful and functional. It’s meant to be displayed proudly on a coffee table or bookshelf, thanks to its matching glass cradle.

Best water pipe: Marley Natural Water Pipe

Marley Natural

SEE IT

For those with a water pipe on their wishlist, gift them a stylish one from Marley Natural. Borosilicate glass gives it strength, and sustainably sourced black walnut gives it beauty. It has removable sections for easy cleaning, and an ice catcher lets you pull cooler vapor. Regardless, your hits will be smooth thanks to its 5-hole downstem. 

Best lighter: BIC Classic Lighter 10-Pack

BIC

SEE IT

Make it up to your friend for all the lighters you’ve pilfered off them with this colorful 10-pack from BIC. If you’re really trying to call it even, snag them this classy silver Clipper refillable and reflintable lighter.

The post The best cannabis accessories to celebrate the holiblaze appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best automatic cat feeders for 2024 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-automatic-cat-feeders/ Thu, 14 Dec 2023 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=595045
A lineup of the best automatic cat feeders on a plain background
Amanda Reed

An automatic cat feeder won't stop your pet from screaming at you at 6 a.m. for food, but it can help with portion sizing and feeding times.

The post The best automatic cat feeders for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best automatic cat feeders on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Cats photo Whisker Feeder Robot
SEE IT

App control lets you view food level and monitor feeding habits.

Best for wet food A white Cat Mate automatic cat feeder on a plain background. Cat Mate C300 Automatic Digital Pet Feeder
SEE IT

Keep wet food cold with an internal cold pack.

Best budget A PETLIBRO Air automatic cat feeder on a plain background PETLIBRO Air Automatic Cat Feeder
SEE IT

This value pick keeps it simple.

If your cat can’t get enough of its crunchies, an automatic cat feeder can help. They make it easy to maintain moderation—you’re giving your feline friend an exact amount of food—and they keep your pet on a consistent feeding schedule. They also stop other pets in the house from eating their food. If you own more than one cat, consider an automatic car feeder with two bowls to create healthy habits for the entire household. Some have apps that let you control it from far away, and others let you record a sweet message for your cat while you’re out. Although most pet feeders are designed to dispense dry food, it’s possible to feed your cat wet food without being in the kitchen for feeding time. And, others only open when a pet’s microchip or RFID tag is in close range. The best automatic cat feeders can help keep your cat full, happy, and healthy.

How we chose the best automatic cat feeders

We looked at bowls with smart features, that accommodated multiple kinds of cat food, and that held at least a week’s worth of food in the hopper. We also ensured the bowls were stainless steel or looked to see if you could swap out a plastic bowl for a stainless steel one. Cats can develop feline acne from the bacteria that can linger in a plastic bowl. Although we can pop any zits we get, cats can’t. Feline acne is itchy, which makes a cat scratch their chin even more, exacerbating the problem. Most cases of cat acne are mild, but as a fellow cat parent with a cat that has both mild feline acne and mild feline asthma, I know that any new bump or crust leads to frantic web searching that convinces you your cat has an autoimmune issue and/or cancer. One bowl change is worth the time saved not Googling “cat bump on chin help.”

The best automatic cat feeders: Reviews & Recommendations

Cats require a lot of work, playtime, and pets to be their best. Food and treats are major pieces in the puzzle of keeping your pet healthy and happy. One of our picks should help your cat get the nutrients they need at the right time, sans overindulging.

Best overall: Whisker Feeder Robot

Whisker

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 32 cups
  • App connectivity: Yes
  • Number of pets it feeds: One
  • Serving size dispensed: 1/2 cup of pet food in 1/8-cup increments

Pros

  • App connectivity
  • Lots of customization
  • Back-up battery

Cons

  • Non-stainless steel bowl

Give your cat the right amount of time, every time, with this automatic cat feeder that comes from the makers of the Litter-Robot. You can feed your pet from anywhere by using the Whisker app (for iOS and Android), and you can track your pet’s eating habits with its history feature. Anti-jam tech and food backup detection prevent missed meals, and a model with a battery backup keeps your pet’s eating times on schedule even when the power is out. A chew-resistant power cord and removable parts make it especially pet-friendly.

Although the bowl is BPA-free, feline acne is a risk. You can remove the bowl and replace it with a stainless steel one, but it’s an added cost for an already expensive automatic cat feeder.

Best high-capacity: faroro 7L Automatic Cat Feeder

faroro

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 30 cups
  • App connectivity: No
  • Number of pets it feeds: One
  • Serving size dispensed: 5-10 grams

Pros

  • High capacity
  • Voice recording
  • Can feed an adult cat for 35 days

Cons

  • Non-stainless steel bowl

Lugging around a large bag of cat food is less than desirable. Thankfully, you only need to fill this automatic pet feeder every 35 days. You can set it up so you feed your pet 1-5 meals per day with 1-39 portions per meal. Each portion is 5-10 grams, so you might have to do some math to ensure your cat is getting the right amount of food daily. A dual power supply means your pet’s feeding schedule won’t get thrown out of whack if the power goes out. The food hopper and bowl can be removed for cleaning. Our favorite feature is the included voice recording, which records a 10-second message to your pet. The bowl is, unfortunately, plastic, meaning you risk feline acne.

Best for multiple cats: PETLIBRO Automatic Cat Food Dispenser for Two Cats

PETLIBRO

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 5 liters
  • App connectivity: No
  • Number of pets it feeds: Two
  • Serving size dispensed: 2 teaspoons

Pros

  • Adjustable meal splitter
  • Stainless steel bowls included
  • Reliable

Cons

  • Portion sizes take time to figure out

A cat feeder for two cats ensures each cat gets the correct portion simultaneously. This is perfect for a household where your felines fight over who gets fed when, and how much. The LCD display is set at a 45-degree angle, so it’s easy to view, and an option to record a 10-second message makes your cat feel like you’re home. The adjustable meal splitter has a three percent dispensing tolerance, making mealtime equal. Crunchies stay crunchy thanks to four layers of sealing, which also ensures other pets don’t steal from the hopper. An infrared sensor checks the food outlet and stops dispensing if it’s blocked. The feeder can accommodate dry, freeze-dried, mixed, and air-dried food up to 15 millimeters in size.

You might have to do some math to figure out portion sizing. The PETLIBRO can feed 1-6 meals daily and up to 50 portions each meal (each portion is two teaspoons). The company recommends feeding your pet 3-4 meals a day. For example, if your cat needs 1/2 cup of food a day, that equals six portions spread out over three meals.

Best for wet food: Cat Mate C300 Automatic Digital Pet Feeder

Cat Mate

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 34.5 ounces total
  • App connectivity: No
  • Number of pets it feeds: One
  • Serving size dispensed: 11.5 ounces

Pros

  • Bowl is dishwasher-safe
  • Comes with built-in icepack
  • Easy to set-up

Cons

  • Only holds three servings
  • Stainless steel bowls sold separately

Wet food helps your cat ingest more water and makes it easy for toothless cats to get their daily nutrients. How do you pre-portion and serve what is essentially chunky goop out of an automatic cat feeder? The answer is a circular feeder with a built-in ice pack that reveals the food instead of dispensing it. The cover and bowl are easy to clean and dishwasher-safe. A battery status indicator lets you know when it’s time to change the batteries, and a small digital screen shows you the current time and scheduled feeding times. It comes with a plastic bowl (boo), but stainless steel bowls are sold separately (yay).

Best for keeping dogs out: Sure Petcare-SureFlap-SureFeed Microchip Pet Feeder

Sure Petcare

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 13.5 fl. oz.
  • App connectivity: No
  • Number of pets it feeds: One
  • Serving size dispensed: N/A

Pros

  • Doesn’t automatically refill
  • Collar tag included
  • Included training mode

Cons

  • Expensive

If the dog or other cat is a food thief and nothing seems to keep them out/away from the feeders, a microchip feeder can put a stop to stolen noms. This feeder only opens with a registered pet’s microchip or with an RFID collar tag. Each slice of the feeder holds 13.5 fl. oz. of wet or dry food, and a neoprene seal on the lip keeps food fresh. It works with 9-, 10-, and 15-digit microchip numbers, or you can attach the included RFID tag to their collar. Although it doesn’t refill the food for you, it is the best way to keep food away from the wrong pets. Finally, some peace in your multi-pet home.

Best budget: PETLIBRO Air Automatic Cat Feeder

PETLIBRO

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 2 liters
  • App connectivity: Yes, available in a separate model
  • Number of pets it feeds: One
  • Serving size dispensed: 1 1/2 cup

Pros

  • Holds a week’s worth of food
  • Included stainless steel bowl
  • Refill light

Cons

  • Portion sizes take time to figure out
  • Small capacity

You don’t need to spend much to get a great automatic cat feeder, especially if your cat is a smarty-pants who can open doors. The press-to-lock button keeps your cat out of the food tank, and a control panel cover prevents accidental button presses. It runs on D-cell batteries or wall power, with a 180-day battery life for consistent power. A low-food indicator lets you know when it’s time to refill, and it also flashes for food jamming and when the battery is low. A WiFi option lets you control the feeder via the PETLIBRO app (for iOS and Android). Like our multiple cat pick, you have to do some math to get your portion sizes right with this value pick. It’s good to flex your brain muscles, right?

What to consider when buying the best automatic cat feeders

Overfeeding your cat is currently a major problem. Sixty percent of cats in the U.S. are considered overweight, and some repercussions come with that. The more your cat eats, the more they poop, but the less nutrients they absorb. It can also change their gut microbiome, affect their longevity, and lead to diabetes and chronic inflammation. An automatic cat feeder prevents your cat from overeating (which they will do when allowed) by portioning and serving the correct amount of food. Here’s what you should consider when choosing the best option for your pet.

Bowl material

Plastic bowls can harbor bacteria that can give your cat feline acne. Even ceramic isn’t the best material for cat bowls. Look for something made of stainless steel, which is non-porous, dishwasher safe, and easy to clean. Plus, they don’t break or chip like plastic and ceramic bowls.

Voice recording

Some automatic cat feeders let you record your own voice, which keeps your cat happy when you’re not home and makes your feeder seem less robotic. This is especially great if your cat is a little timid. Some automatic pet feeders come with a training mode to help cats adjust to eating out of an automatic feeder.

Cat’s weight and portion size

Each individual cat has different dietary needs, but generally, they need 1/3-1/2 cup of food per day, depending on your cat’s weight. Automatic cat feeders divvy out portions at a specific time for meal time, and you’ll have to do the math on what portion size you should choose. Talk to your vet before changing your cat’s feeding schedule.

Smart features

Smart features help you control your pet feeder from your phone, which is great if you’re not home to ensure the feeding time is happening as planned. Some apps include tracking to see how much your cat has eaten. Smart features are worth the money if you’re looking for some added bells and whistles. (And if you’re as curious as a … cat you can always install a WiFi-connected pet camera to find out how things are going while you’re not home.)

FAQs

Q: How long can I leave my cat with an automatic feeder?

If you’re going on a trip, you should have someone check on your cat at least once a day. If possible, they should check in twice a day. Although automatic feeders are great to keep your cat fed while you’re away, they need their litterboxes scooped and their water bowls checked on. Also, you want someone to ensure the automatic cat feeder works correctly.

Q: How much dry food should a cat eat a day?

It depends on the cat’s weight, age, if they’re pregnant or nursing, their health, and their activity level. The average indoor cat needs 250 calories, or 1/2 cup, of food a day. Talk to your veterinarian about your cat’s feeding schedule before making any changes.

Q: Can multiple cats share the same feeder?

Absolutely, but only if the feeder comes with two bowls. It’s more comfortable for cats to eat out of their own bowls, and it prevents cats from competing for food. Plus, it ensures that each cat gets the appropriate amount of food daily.

Final thoughts on the best automatic cat feeders

An automatic cat feeder times out your cat’s feeding schedule so they don’t eat all their allotted dry food and yell at you for more. Some have smart capabilities that let you control the feeder from your phone, and some let you leave your pet a sweet voice message. Multi-pet options let you manage feeding time with two-plus voracious velociraptors, and you can even snag one that uses your pet’s microchip to get access to food. Your cat will be happy about the food waterfall, and you’ll feel better about the amount you’re giving them.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best automatic cat feeders for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Get deep discounts on tools from Craftsman, DeWalt, Ryobi and more with Amazon holiday delivery https://www.popsci.com/gear/ryobi-craftsman-dewalt-3m-amazon-christmas-tools-deal-2023/ Thu, 14 Dec 2023 14:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=595482
The best tool deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Don't miss out on powerful deals on power tools that can still get there in time for holiday gifting ... if you act now.

The post Get deep discounts on tools from Craftsman, DeWalt, Ryobi and more with Amazon holiday delivery appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best tool deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

A power tool is the type of gift that’ll last someone a lifetime, and last-minute shoppers can still get a great deal on one if they shop on Amazon. Big names like Ryobi, Craftsman, and DEWALT are offering excellent deals on gear at Black Friday prices that’ll get delivered before the holidays. Whether you’re shopping for someone who needs a new cordless drill or want to finally pick up a new ratchet set for yourself, don’t miss out.

RYOBI P884 18-Volt ONE+ Lithium-Ion Combo Kit (6-Tools) $279.95 (Was $359.99)

RYOBI

SEE IT

Instead of settling for a good deal on one tool, how about a great deal on six? This six-tool bundle from RYOBI includes a drill, impact driver, circular saw, reciprocating saw, job plus base, work light, two swappable Lithium-Ion batteries, and a bag. This bundle typically costs $360, which is a good deal in its own right, but Amazon’s $80 discount brings that down to $280. That works out to just $47 per tool. Another benefit to getting this bundle is knowing that the batteries included in it can be used be used to power any of the tools. Getting power tools from different makers means constantly having to keep track of different batteries and chargers.

The best DEWALT tool deals

The best CRAFTSMAN tool deals

The best RYOBI tool deals

The best 3M tool deals

The post Get deep discounts on tools from Craftsman, DeWalt, Ryobi and more with Amazon holiday delivery appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Bambu Lab A1 Combo 3D Printer early review: Fast prints with high fidelity https://www.popsci.com/gear/bambu-labs-a1-3d-printer-review/ Thu, 14 Dec 2023 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=595474
Bambu Labs A1 combo 3D printer on a work bench with a finished print on its bed
Corey Foster

With its easy setup, super-quick print speeds, high-fidelity production, and automatic calibration, this is one of the best 3D printers we've used.

The post Bambu Lab A1 Combo 3D Printer early review: Fast prints with high fidelity appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Bambu Labs A1 combo 3D printer on a work bench with a finished print on its bed
Corey Foster

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Over the course of the last decade, I’ve tested nearly two dozen 3D printers with varied specs and prices. For over three weeks, I’ve been using the Bambu Lab A1, and it consistently outperforms every fused deposition modeling (FDM) printer I’ve used. That performance gap widens when it’s equipped with the AMS Lite 4-color multi-spool filament system, which enables super-simple multi-colored prints.

Specs

  • Materials Supported: PLA, PETG, TPU, PVA
  • Print Volume (HWD): 10 x 10 x 10 inches (256 x 256 x 256 mm)
  • Connectivity: MicroSD, WiFi,  Ethernet
  • Dimension: 15 x 16 x 17 inches (385 x 410 x430 mm)
  • Weight: 18.3 lbs.

Pros

  • Easy to use, even for kids
  • Built-in Bambu HMS diagnosis/help assistant “OBD2 for 3D Printers”
  • Simple to maintain by design
    Motor noise compensation makes for quiet printing
  • Vibration compensation
  • Print monitoring/timelapse camera
  • 3.5-inch Color IPS Touchscreen Interface
  • Includes WiFi, Ethernet, and a MicroSD slot
  • Inbuilt filament run-out, odometry, and tangle sensors
  • Excellent power loss recovery
  • Large 10 x 10 x 10-inch print area
  • Variety of build plates available

Cons

  • ABS filament is not recommended
  • Must use Bambu Studio slicing software for full functionality (thank goodness the software is excellent and is Mac / PC compatible)
  • Wastes filament when changing colors (this is true for most multi-filament printers)

What is the Bambu Lab A1?

A close-up of the Bambu Labs A1 3D printer's print head as it prints
Corey Foster

The Bambu Lab A1 is an FDM printer, which means it lays down layer upon layer of heated filament to build up structures that become the final models. The A1 borrows heavily from Bambu’s extremely popular (and game-changing) X1, which prioritizes speed and simplicity without compromising print quality. Like the existing A1 mini, the new full-sized A1 can print up to 500mm/s, which is impressively fast, even for larger and more complicated models. 

This hands-on covers the A1 Combo, including the $399 A1 3D printer itself and the AMS Lite Multi-Filament System, which allows for automatic color printing from up to four spools during a single print. While this system wastes some filament as it switches colors, you’d be hard-pressed to find a simpler way to make color 3D prints.

Bambu Lab A1 Combo setup and design

A close-up of the Bambu Labs A1 3D Printer touchscreen display
Corey Foster

Open a typical 3D printer, and you’ll find a mess of loose bags and parts, along with an assembly manual that reads more like a puzzle than a guide. Bambu packaged the A1 to avoid frustration. The A1’s manual includes simple instructions and color-coded diagrams that match coded labels on the parts. The entire assembly process feels like putting together a LEGO set.

The finished Bambu Lab A1 Combo feels more like a high-end consumer appliance than it does a manufacturing tool. The assembly tolerances are tight—you won’t notice much wobble or play between components. The two-tone gray plastic reminds me of a Super Nintendo console—a realization that made the A1 delightfully endearing to me.

Once assembled, it connected to my WiFi router easily, and then the Bamboo Studio software (available for macOS and Windows) found the printer instantly after it checked the network. But you can also connect via Ethernet if you prefer that to wireless or just carry a MicroSD card to it.

Bambu Lab A1 Combo 3D printing

Bambu Labs A1 3D Printer with a print in-progress on its bed
Corey Foster

The A1 paired with AMS Lite simply does everything I asked it to do, and easily rendered the most complicated and intricate custom CAD models I could throw at it. On the whole, it produced smooth surfaces, perfect color changes, and fine details without issue. The A1 does all this at a remarkably break-neck pace. Out of the box, it printed a “SpeedBenchy” model in under 15 minutes that rivals the best Benchy print I’ve achieved on other printers. 

The key to much of this is the A1’s pre-print calibration and vibration compensation. Each time you start a print job, the A1 checks a myriad of variables from temperature to belt tension and then compensates for any instability in the surface it’s operating on. The ability to automatically set new operational values beyond typical bed-leveling before each print, coupled with a direct-drive extruder and other top-tier components, allows the A1 to work quicker and more accurately than any printer remotely near its $399 (or $559 as tested with AMS Lite) price. 

Bambu Lab A1 Combo experience

Beyond all the detailed models and multi-color prints I fed it, The Bambu Lab A1’s greatest success is its ease of use. From the Bambu Studio slicing and painting software to the touchscreen interface and hands-on operation, I never found myself frustrated at all. It actually surprised me several times by detecting manual operations I was doing, like loading new filament into the AMS Lite, and automatically assisting me with on-screen guidance or the whirring of motors.

I realize this is not saying much coming from a guy who almost always has a 3D printer (or two) in motion at his back, so I turned it over to my 12-year-old daughter and offered only basic guidance. She set to work in Tinkercad creating two small plates that would serve to press heart shapes into foil when clamped. She had no trouble loading the file into Bambu Studio using the base A1 profile settings. Slicing and sending her job wirelessly to the A1 was just as intuitive to her as it was to me. Less than 20 minutes later she was littering our house with pieces of heart-stamped aluminum foil. 

So, who should buy the Bambu Lab A1 Combo 3D printer?

The best thing I can say about the Bambu Lab A1 Combo is that it consistently exceeds my expectations and needs at a price that competing 3D printer brands can’t touch. We’ll be updating our lists of the best 3D printers over the next couple of weeks, and this is surely worth inclusion for its super-quick printing, dead-simple setup, and ideal mix of advanced features combined with creature comforts. The automatic calibration process will likely save the average (or even advanced) user considerable time and frustration by cutting down on crummy prints. It’s a fantastic overall experience from the moment a user opens the box.

The post Bambu Lab A1 Combo 3D Printer early review: Fast prints with high fidelity appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best fireproof safes for 2024 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-fireproof-safes/ Wed, 13 Dec 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=594964
The best fireproof safes for 2024
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

These secure, fire-resistant strongboxes let you protect and store passports, jewelry, deeds, and other items with confidence.

The post The best fireproof safes for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best fireproof safes for 2024
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall SentrySafe SFW205CWB SentrySafe SFW205CWB
SEE IT

This home safe from SentrySafe features a roomy 2-cubic-foot interior and offers the best fireproof performance in its price range.

Best splurge Steelwater AMSWFB-685 2-Hour Fireproof and Burglary Safe Steelwater AMSWFB-685 2-Hour Fireproof and Burglary Safe
SEE IT

This formidable safe is built to withstand burglary attempts and features an extended fireproof duration of two hours.

Best budget SentrySafe Fireproof Safe Box SentrySafe Lock Box
SEE IT

This grab-and-go lockbox offers 30 minutes of fire protection in a portable design that’s great for small essentials and paperwork.

Fireproof safes are some of the best ways to guard your irreplaceable valuables in the face of unexpected twists and turns. As with so many preparedness investments of this size, it’s impossible to put a price tag on the value of a fireproof safe in the unfortunate event that it actually comes in handy. There are many varieties of these home safes to choose from depending on the size and type of items you’re looking to safeguard and the level of protection you need (it’s important to remember that “fireproof” safes only resist heat to a certain temperature for a certain amount of time). We considered brand reputation, construction, customer reviews, and price for this list, which features some of the best fireproof safes, from portable handheld boxes to 400-pound burglary-resistant behemoths.

The best fireproof safes: Reviews & Recommendations

Best overall: SentrySafe SFW205CWB

SentrySafe

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions (L x W x H): 18.6 x 19.3 x 23.8 inches
  • Weight: 125 pounds
  • Fireproofing: 1 hour at 1,700 degrees Fahrenheit
  • Waterproofing: 24 hours in up to 8 inches
  • Lock Type: Pre-set dial combination
  • Capacity: 2.05 cubic feet; tray, drawer, key hooks

Pros

  • Best price-to-performance ratio in its class
  • Secure factory-set dial lock
  • Variety of interior storage areas

Cons

  • Fireproof performance limited to one hour

For the majority of people looking to safeguard their valuables, the SentrySafe SFW205CWB offers fantastic flexibility and protection, with ample space and a variety of internal storage compartments in a design that will resist fires for up to an hour. This safe features a classic dial combination lock that comes pre-set from the factory, giving it a lasting edge over digital lock designs that require routine battery changing. Inside, the SentrySafe SFW205CWB features six hooks for your essential keys and a position-adjustable tray and drawer for separating small and large essential items. In addition to being fireproof, this safe also guarantees waterproof performance in up to 8 inches of standing water for up to 24 hours, making it a great choice for use in flood-prone areas. Like every worthy safe of its size, the SentrySafe SFW205CWB is relatively heavy, weighing 125 pounds. This will make it challenging to lift and install, so you’ll want to enlist help from another person when accepting delivery. We do wish that this safe offered fire protection lasting a bit longer than an hour, but because price jumps up dramatically the longer a safe resists fire, the $400 SFW205CWB takes the gold when it comes to bang for your buck.

Best splurge: Steelwater AMSWFB-685 2-Hour Fireproof and Burglary Safe

Steelwater

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions (L x W x H): 20.5 x 21 x 27 inches 
  • Weight: 330 pounds
  • Fireproofing: 2 hours at 1,850 degrees Fahrenheit
  • Waterproofing: Water-resistant
  • Lock Type: Dial combination
  • Capacity: 2.37 cubic feet; removable shelves

Pros

  • Extremely secure burglary-resistant design
  • Resists very hot fires for up to two hours
  • Removable position-adjustable shelves

Cons

  • Very large and heavy

If you’re looking to buy a no-compromise fireproof safe for home or business, look no further than the impressively heavy and rugged Steelwater AMSWFB-685. Weighing in at 330 pounds and featuring a 4.5-inch-thick composite door, this $1,300 safe is built to withstand drilling, prying, and other break-in attempts in addition to withstanding blazing temperatures of 1,850 degrees Fahrenheit for up to two hours. Inside, adjustable and removable shelves offer separate storage areas for your jewelry, passports, and other valuables. While the AMSWFB-685 lacks an official waterproof rating and isn’t built to withstand flooding, it is water-resistant and should withstand spraying from fire hoses in the event of a fire. There are also several restrictions on how and where this safe can be delivered due to its incredible 330-pound weight, so double-check the delivery requirements against your location.

Best budget: SentrySafe Lock Box

SentrySafe

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions (L x W x H): 12.1 x 15.3 x 6.3 inches
  • Weight: 16 pounds
  • Fireproofing: 30 minutes at 1,550 degrees Fahrenheit
  • Waterproofing: Water-resistant
  • Lock Type: Key
  • Capacity: 0.37 cubic feet

Pros

  • Lightweight and portable design
  • Perfect for passports, hard drives, and small essentials
  • Affordable

Cons

  • Limited protection from fire and water

Fireproof safes don’t have to be large, heavy, or expensive to get the job done. This $45 lockbox from SentrySafe offers a basic amount of fire protection in a portable design with a handle, making it the perfect place for storing passports, vital records, hard drives, deeds, and other items that you need to take with you in the event of a fire. It features a basic key-based lock for quick access and inner dimensions large enough to fit flat-lying A4-sized documents. Bear in mind that due to its lightweight and portable design, this locked case is only strong enough to protect from fires for a maximum of 30 minutes and doesn’t feature any official waterproof rating. It’s also not large enough to fit any objects taller than 3.8 inches due to its limited internal size.

Here are other safe options that are straight fire:

FAQs

Q: How much do fireproof safes cost?

Fireproof safes cost anywhere from around $30 to well over $2,000, depending on their strength, size, and construction. Price is a hard factor to compromise on when securing your valuables, but we tried to feature products with the best value and balance of price to performance. In general, the less money you spend on a fireproof safe, the smaller it will be and the less protection it provides. In this list, that reality is reflected by our budget pick, which offers as much protection as possible for its portable handled design. But there’s an option for everyone, from handheld safety boxes to file cabinets to floor safes for currency and irreplaceable heirlooms.

Q: Do fireproof safes work for wildfires?

Fireproof safes will work for some wildfires if the safe’s temperature rating isn’t exceeded. Our premium pick can withstand fires of 1,850 degrees Fahrenheit for two hours, but many forest fires can exceed 2,000 degrees Fahrenheit, according to the US Department of Agriculture. A safe’s rated resistance time will be reduced in such a situation.

Q: Where is the best place in the house for a fireproof safe?

The best place for a fireproof safe in the house is ideally a ground floor corner, closet, or another structurally sound location adjacent to an exterior wall. For further protection from fire, try placing your fireproof safe underneath two or more automatic sprinklers.

Q: What are some of the best fireproof safe brands?

SentrySafe products are featured prominently here not only for their popularity and reputation but also for the company’s nearly 100-year run of business. Honeywell and FireKing were founded in 1929 and 1951, respectively. Steelwater is a relative newcomer with roughly 30 years in business.

Final thoughts on the best fireproof safes

Fireproof safes come in all shapes, sizes, and levels of protection. Most people looking to store a variety of items will be pleased with the simplicity and versatility of the SentrySafe SFW205CWB, which features a dial lock, many storage compartments, and 24-hour waterproof performance. If you’re in an area at high risk for wildfires, consider going with the premium Steelwater AMSWFB-685 2-Hour Fireproof and Burglary Safe, which features two-hour protection from hotter fires and very sturdy burglary-resistant construction. If you’re on a budget or just want to store passports, money, or other small items in a grab-and-go security container, the SentrySafe Lock Box costs around $40 and is perfect for keeping items you want to take in the event of an evacuation.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best fireproof safes for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Save $350 on a Roomba robovac and mop bundle and get it before Christmas https://www.popsci.com/gear/irobot-roomba-robovac-mop-bundle-deal-2023/ Wed, 13 Dec 2023 15:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=595327
A iRobot Roomba s9+ robot vacuum and Braava m6 mop in a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

Save big on this Roomba cleaning dream team at Amazon, and get it in time to gift for the holidays.

The post Save $350 on a Roomba robovac and mop bundle and get it before Christmas appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A iRobot Roomba s9+ robot vacuum and Braava m6 mop in a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Gifting someone a car detailing service or house cleaning is an easy way to make someone’s day. Make their entire year with a iRobot Roomba s9+ and Braava Jet m6 bundle that can give them shiny floors and fluffy carpet every day.

iRobot Roomba s9+ (9550) Robot Vacuum & Braava Jet m6 (6112) Robot Mop Bundle $899 (Was $1,249)

iRobot

SEE IT

This dynamic duo teams up to vacuum, then mop, automatically in sequence, making your floors clean without having to think about robot deployment. You don’t have to worry about disposing of what your vacuum sucks up; the s9’s base disposes of dirt when the vacuum docks and can hold up to 60 days’ worth of grime. The vacuum also has a high suction power and three-stage cleaning so the deepest debris and pet hair can’t escape. The Braava jet m6 mops as thoroughly as you do, but it can get under furniture, which your aging adult knees cannot accomplish. Both the s9 vacuum and Braava m6 mop can deep clean around corners and edges, and both learn the layout of your home so you don’t have to worry about staging a robovac rescue mission.

Here are more Roomba deals that will clean up at your family’s gift exchange:

The post Save $350 on a Roomba robovac and mop bundle and get it before Christmas appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best surround sound systems for 2024 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-surround-sound-systems/ Tue, 12 Dec 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=594835
The best surround sound systems
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Get a multi-speaker system or soundbar that will elevate the experience of your audio, your video, and just your home theater in general.

The post The best surround sound systems for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best surround sound systems
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Nakamichi Shockwafe Ultra 9.2.4 eARC:SSE Max Nakamichi Shockwafe Ultra 9.2.4 eARC/SSE Max
SEE IT

Ample power and a thrilling object-oriented soundstage.

Best wired Polk Audio Reserve Dolby Atmos Speaker Bundle Polk Audio Reserve Dolby Atmos Speaker Bundle
SEE IT

A full-package solution for pristine audio quality in an Atmos-ready wired speaker bundle.

Best for TV Sennheiser AMBEO Soundbar Sennheiser AMBEO Soundbar Max 5.1.4 channel
SEE IT

Still the best virtual surround-sound processing in a standalone soundbar.

With the way that TVs seem to get better and better every year for the same or a lower price, and with streaming services throwing theatrical releases and amazing, addictive series your way all the time, having a surround sound system is a nearly irresistible prospect. With today’s Dolby Atmos soundtracks that have a height dimension, sound effects move in 3D—from above and below, left and right, and in front or back—and having speakers that can reproduce those immersive elements makes home movie nights feel truly theatrical. However, while you could spend a fortune installing theater-style in-wall speakers into a dedicated theater room, you don’t have to in order to enjoy high-end height-based immersive sound. You can get good quality results even from a standalone soundbar or take progressive steps up to larger soundbar-based wireless systems or wired hi-fi speaker systems. Each variety is represented in our picks for the best surround sound systems, a group that meets different for movies, video games, and music in a range of sizes and prices.

How we chose the best surround sound systems

In choosing the best surround systems in 2024, we considered at least a hundred or more options. Every good TV needs a surround sound speaker companion, but not everyone’s space, budget, and tech preferences are the same. So we wanted to include a variety that runs the gamut from single soundbars to large, opulent wired speakers—both freestanding and in-wall units. In between are some excellent soundbar-based surround systems that connect wirelessly to subwoofers and rear surround speakers. While watching movies and TV is the principal pastime for surround sound system users, we also included some systems that offer special nods to gaming and music listening.

These recommendations result from a combination of first-hand experience from either the author or other PopSci writers and editors, as well as pouring over specs, credible product reviews, and user feedback.

The best surround sound systems: Reviews & Recommendations

The best surround sound systems in 2024 support Dolby Atmos. There, we said it. Of course, not everyone uses Dolby Atmos or even knows about it yet. And there are other fine 3D object-oriented immersive audio formats like DTS:X and Sony 360 Reality Audio. (Many, though not all, of the best surround sound systems support those, too.) Dolby Atmos viewing material is not as pervasive or easy to access yet as it could or should be, but its availability and popularity are still expanding at a good clip. And immersive surround sound with a height dimension (which sends audio elements up and down, as well as left to right and front to back) is not just hype; it’s actually a better listening experience that most people recognize and appreciate once they hear the difference.

With all that said, different surround sound systems support Dolby and other surround formats in different ways. Most of them use up-firing speaker drivers to send sound waves up and bouncing off ceilings, while standalone soundbars also have side-firing drivers to bounce sound off of walls and other processing to create virtual surround effects. Deluxe “architectural” speaker systems install in-wall speakers and in-ceiling speakers that help the height-associated sounds—the most authentic and expensive way to buy into Dolby Atmos sound.

Best overall: Nakamichi Shockwafe Ultra 9.2.4 eARC/SSE Max

Nakamichi

SEE IT

Specs

  • Audio channels: 9.2.4 with 18 total speaker drivers
  • Total power/SPL loudness: 1300W/113dB 
  • Frequency response: 20Hz-22kHz
  • Connectivity: HDMI 2.1 input x3, HDMI 2.1 eARC output x1, optical digital audio input x3, coaxial audio input x1, RCA audio input x1, USB, Bluetooth 5.0 aptX HD 
  • Format compatibility: Dolby Vision with 4K HDR, Dolby Atmos, DTS:X

Pros

  • Exceptional audio processing improves the playback of immersive Dolby Atmos and DTS:X sound
  • Sound is loud, clear, and realistically detailed across the audio spectrum
  • Three HDMI 2.1 ports and HDMI eARC output for the latest TVs and game consoles

Cons

  • Extra speakers need extra space and power outlets
  • No auto-calibration for tailoring speaker response to your space
  • No Wi-Fi connectivity

Nakamichi’s Shockwafe systems have become perennial favorites for home wireless surround sound for their clear and realistic reproduction of immersive audio. The deluxe Shockwafe Ultra 9.2.4 eARC SSE Max represents the pick of the litter from the brand’s Shockwafe catalog and comes in at an MSRP of $1,899. For that, you get high-spec hardware and Nakamichi’s best audio processing technology for turning anything you watch into a theatrical experience.

The system’s HDMI 2.1 connections and eARC to the TV enable the highest quality lossless audio, 4K HDR, and Dolby Vision video, while variable refresh rate (VRR) smoothes out video game motion for gamers using next-gen consoles. Nakamichi’s SSE Max technology refers to the system’s three Spatial Surround Elevation audio processing engines, which work together to expand the soundstage’s sense of spaciousness, balance the surround-sound mix across all the speakers, and create the immersive dimension of height when playing object-oriented audio formats like DTS:X and Dolby Atmos.  

The Shockwafe Ultra 9.2.4 eARC SSE Max comes with a lot of speakers—four surround satellites and twin 10-inch powered subwoofers in addition to the soundbar—and they all feature upgraded hardware. In the soundbar, you’ll find redesigned extended-range twin-cone drivers, and the 2nd-generation two-way Quad Modular Surround Speakers also have extended-range twin-cone drivers, as well as new silk dome tweeters. Meanwhile, the system produces massive bass rumble that you can feel in your gut due to the dual subwoofers with new high-output amplifiers and upgraded drivers.

Setting up the numerous speakers will take a fair amount of space and power outlets, but the product documentation recommends six different speaker layout options for you to choose from based on your space and preferences. A backlit remote also lets you pick from three SSE soundscape presets, along with other EQ and channel controls.

This system includes Bluetooth with Qualcomm aptX HD for wireless audio from other devices, a nice addition for music lovers who can stream audio at up to 24-bit digital quality. In all, the loud, detailed immersive audio and unique features of the Shockwafe Ultra 9.2.4 eARC SSE Max continue to make it an easy recommendation—the best surround sound system for making your living room a home theater.

Best wireless: Samsung Q990C 

Samsung

SEE IT

Specs

  • Audio channels: 11.1.4 with 22 total speaker drivers
  • Total power: 656W
  • Frequency response: N/A
  • Connectivity: HDMI input x2, HDMI output with eARC, optical digital audio input Bluetooth 5.0, dual-band Wi-Fi, Apple Airplay 2, Spotify Connect, Tidal Connect, Samsung SmartThings, Amazon Alexa voice assistant
  • Format compatibility: Dolby Atmos, DTS:X, Dolby TrueHD, Dolby Digital Plus 

Pros

  • Crisp AVA voice reproduction makes voices easier to understand
  • Certain Samsung TV users can get wireless Dolby Atmos without an HDMI cable, and other features
  • Excellent overall sound quality featuring satellite speakers with up- and side-firing drivers
  • Easy setup 

Cons

  • Some key features tied to Samsung TVs

The Samsung Q990C measures up as one of the best surround sound systems we experienced in 2023, particularly because it offers some choice innovative features when paired with flagship Samsung TV models. Specifically, the Q990C will operate without an HDMI cable connected—even for Dolby Atmos audio—when synced to 2023 Samsung TVs from the CU7000 budget-priced series and higher. Not only that, but the Q-Symphony technology syncs the Q990C’s audio to the speakers of compatible Samsung TVs from 2020 to the present, so the Q990C integrates the TV’s speakers into the overall surround sound profile. Lastly, the SpaceFit Sound Pro room-calibration system analyzes your space to optimize the audio mix and works with 2023 Samsung QLED and OLED TVs.

Even for non-Samsung TV owners, the Q990C’s design and technology make it one of the most appealing wireless surround sound systems. Its soundbar, subwoofer, and two satellites all connect wirelessly and feature four total up-firing drivers for handling the height effects of object-oriented immersive audio formats, such as DTS:X and Dolby Atmos. The rear satellite units fire from three directions—front, top, and side—to envelop you even more in sound. Gamers on the latest-gen. PS5 and Xbox Series X consoles can enjoy the 3D-optimized sound of the Game Mode Pro. And the AVA (Active Voice Amplifier) technology addresses the well-known problem of dialogue being muffled or otherwise lost in the surround sound mix by emphasizing onscreen voices.

With the Q990C, it’s easy to set up and get going listening to an excellent-sounding soundbar system, whether from the TV, Bluetooth 5.0, or WiFi connections like AirPlay 2. It pumps out hefty bass without overpowering the rest of the mix, and conveys dynamic levels well without your constantly needing to adjust the volume. Also, Adaptive Sound technology purports to keep the sound as detailed as possible, even at low volumes. As a final kicker, the built-in Amazon Alexa functionality not only provides voice control but also supports Alexa device grouping, making multi-room audio possible.

Best wired: Polk Audio Reserve Dolby Atmos Speaker Bundle

Polk

SEE IT

Specs

  • Audio channels: 5.1.2-channel with height speakers for Dolby Atmos
  • Total power/SPL loudness: N/A
  • Frequency response: 28Hz-39kHz
  • Connectivity: Wired (A/V receiver not included)
  • Format compatibility: Dolby Atmos

Pros

  • Audiophile-grade sound
  • High-end hardware kicked down from Polk’s Legend series
  • Top-firing height channels for Dolby Atmos immersive sound
  • Classy finishes and high-end build quality

Cons

  • AV receiver not included
  • Considerable price

When you want the look, feel, and, most importantly, the audiophile-grade sound of a classic hi-fi system with floor-standing speakers, it’s hard to go wrong with the sleek style and pristine sound of Polk Audio Reserve series. Yet opting for a wired system of separate speaker components doesn’t mean you have to live in the past, as the Reserve Dolby Atmos Speaker Bundle includes two R900 up-firing speaker modules with rubber pads for sitting atop the powerful, three-way R700 floor-standing speakers, assuring that as long as you pair the system with a powerful, versatile A/V receiver, you can enjoy the height dimensions of immersive audio formats like DTS:X and Dolby Atmos.

The system also includes an excellent R400 center-channel speaker, sized appropriately for placement just below your TV or projector screen. This package doesn’t skimp on the rear-channel surround speakers either. The dual R200 satellite speakers for the rear channels could easily stand on their own as high-quality bookshelf speakers. Rounding out the system is the formidable and weighty (just under 50 pounds) HTS 12 subwoofer, which delivers punchy bass from its 12-inch front-firing woofer.

Polk’s Reserve series speakers feature some of the respected company’s best hardware. For example, the speakers (besides the subwoofer) utilize the next-generation Turbine cone for their midrange/bass drivers and Pinnacle ring radiator tweeter, carried over from Polk’s flagship Legend series. Also from the Legend series, the floor-standing units have Polk’s patented down-firing Power Port 2.0 designed to reduce noise from the bass response.

And that’s just one of the many brands—from consumer favorites Klipsch to audiophile favorites Focal to innovators Definitive Audio (who put powered subwoofers and hidden ports for upfiring modules in their expansive-sounding flagship bipolar floorstanders)—that have Atmos-enabled or height topper-compatible towers, etc. You can spend several hundred to many, many (many) thousands, depending on the setup. This all translates to dynamic and expressive, full-range and immersive sound for bringing a higher level of impact and realism to your home entertainment space. A surround sound system like this also deserves one of the best AV receivers of 2023 to power it, and while you’re at it, check out the best speaker wire options as well.

Best for TV: Sennheiser AMEBO Soundbar Max 5.1.4 channel

Sennheiser

SEE IT

Specs

  • Audio channels: 5.1.4 with 13 total speakers and class D amplifiers
  • Total power/SPL loudness: 500W
  • Frequency response: 30Hz-20kHz
  • Connectivity: HDMI input x3, HDMI 2.1 eARC output, Tousling optical digital audio input, RCA analog audio input, Ethernet, Bluetooth 4.2, dual-band Wi-Fi, Airplay 2, Chromecast, Spotify Connect, Tidal Connect,
  • Format compatibility: Dolby Atmos, DTS:X, MPEG-H Audio, Sony 360 Reality Audio, Dolby Vision

Pros

  • Best virtual Dolby Atmos effects of any standalone soundbar
  • Substantial built-in bass woofers can be fortified with an optional subwoofer
  • Compatible with many immersive audio formats and high-resolution Wi-Fi standards

Cons

  • No way to expand with satellite speakers
  • Costs as much or more than many full surround sound systems

Perhaps the most ambitious of all soundbars, the Sennheiser AMBEO Soundbar Max attempts what few, if any, other soundbars do: to adequately fulfill your immersive surround sound needs within a single unit—no subwoofers or satellite speakers needed.

Through the technological feats of room calibration combined with its own immersive audio virtualization, the AMBEO Soundbar Max impressively approximates the height-dimensional movement of Dolby Atmos and other object-oriented audio formats better than any other single soundbar we’ve heard. And with six long-throw woofers packed inside, it achieves a rumbly bass response reaching 30Hz. All that engineering does come at a premium price, as even the recent sale price of the AMBEO Soundbar Max costs about the same as the entire Nakamichi Shockwafe Ultra 9.2.4 eARC SSE Max system above.

The AMBEO Soundbar Max is also a remarkably large soundbar, at 49.8 inches wide and a whopping 40.8 pounds. It needs a long surface to fit under a TV, and that TV needs to sit on a tall stand/legs or a riser. But without any extra speakers and cords and plugs required, setting it up is simple. Its AMBEO OS control system, which works either with a mobile app or through a web browser, makes setup even easier, walking you through the room calibration and controlling options like the built-in EQ and three bespoke AMBEO 3D modes.

While the AMBEO Soundbar Max is the most comprehensive surround sound system inside a single soundbar and is the best one-unit speaker companion for your TV, it cannot and does not best the performance of multi-speaker systems with a dedicated subwoofer and physical rear-channel speakers. However, we found first-hand that it represents the best-case scenario for people who want a terrific surround sound experience within the convenience and space-saving tidiness of a single unit.

Best for gamers: Sony HT-A7000

Sony

SEE IT

Specs

  • Audio channels: 7.1.2-channel with 11 total amplifiers
  • Total power/SPL loudness: 500W
  • Frequency response: N/A
  • Connectivity: HDMI 2.1 inputs w/8K passthrough x2, optical audio, analog audio, USB, Bluetooth 5.0, WiFi, AirPlay 2, Chromecast, Spotify Connect, Amazon Alexa, Google Assistant 
  • Format compatibility: Dolby Atmos, DTS:X, Sony 360 Reality Audio,

Pros

  • HDMI 2.1 w/8K passthrough or 4K/120Hz refresh rate
  • Impressive virtual Atmos with up- and side-firing speakers
  • Decent bass for a standalone soundbar
  • WiFi with good compatibility for streaming protocols

Cons

  • The compatible wireless add-on speakers are pricey
  • Exclusive gaming features only work with a PS5 and Bravia XR TV

The Sony HT-A7000 is one of the absolute best Dolby Atmos soundbars, but it also appeals directly to video game fanatics, as it supports 8K passthrough or 4K with a 120Hz refresh rate with support for Dolby Vision and HDR10, plus VRR and ALLM—perfect for squeezing the best graphic performance out of the latest-generation gaming consoles. Particularly if you keep everything within the Sony universe by connecting a PS5 console with a Sony Bravia XR TV, you’ll get Auto HDR Tone Mapping and Auto Genre Picture mode, which optimize colors and details and maximize responsiveness. Also, when paired with a Bravia XR, the HT-A7000 incorporates the TV’s speakers into the center channel of the surround sound mix (“Acoustic Center Sync”) and shows the soundbar’s controls on the TV screen.

You don’t need other Sony gear to enjoy the HT-A7000, as its side- and up-firing speakers create a very spacious soundstage both for immersive surround-sound formats like Dolby Atmos, DTS:X, and 360 Reality Audio or when converting other audio material to virtual 3D sound. On its own, it’s powerful enough to fill most living rooms with swirling sound, and its built-in subwoofer at least improves upon the bass response of a TV, as well as many other standalone soundbars. However, to build it out into a complete—and completely awesome—surround sound system, add the Sony SA-RS3S wireless rear speakers and one of the compatible wireless subwoofers like the Sony SA-SW5.

Besides its lovely, rich, detailed sound and gamer appeal, the HT-A7000 includes nearly the full rundown of tech standards, including Bluetooth 5.0, WiFi with AirPlay 2 and Chromecast, voice control from Alexa or Google Assistant and even good old-fashioned audio inputs and USB for audio file playback.

Best for music: Sonos Ultimate Immersive Set with Arc

Sonos

SEE IT

Specs

  • Audio channels: 7.1.4
  • Total power/SPL loudness: N/A
  • Frequency response: N/A
  • Connectivity: HDMI eARC, WiFi, Ethernet  
  • Format compatibility: Multiroom audio, Dolby Atmos, Dolby TrueHD, Apple AirPlay 2, Tidal Connect, Spotify Connect, Siri, Amazon Alexa, Google Assistant

Pros

  • Smart speaker features and WiFi streaming
  • Impressive surround sound imaging
  • Sleek styling with touch controls on the soundbar and Era 300 surround speakers
  • Best option for spatial audio music with multi-room options

Cons

  • No HDMI inputs
  • Room calibration only works with the iOS app
  • Best Apple Music spatial audio experience requires an Apple TV 4K hub 

Enjoying big-budget movies and streaming shows with object-oriented sound effects flying all around you in every direction is a lot of fun, and also the most common reason that people invest in Atmos-ready surround sound systems. However, these systems that cost a sizable investment can also provide great music-listening experiences for the growing cache of Spatial Audio available on apps such as Tidal, Amazon Music, and Apple Music. Of those three, the last one currently has the largest selection of immersive spatial audio music, and Sonos systems provide the best gateway to listening to them.

Of the many Sonos configurations for home theater and spatial audio music, the Ultimate Immersive Set with Arc rules the roost with the most power and the most sophisticated rear channel speakers. The connected, WiFi-enabled system is based around the premium Arc soundbar, which is a 5.0.2 array capable of virtual surround sound on its own, but the complete package adds the rich, smooth, and booming bass of Sonos’ best subwoofer, the Sub (Gen 3), and two Era 300 smart speakers as rear surround satellites. This transforms it into a truly multidirectional, multidimensional 7.1.4 system.

The Ultimate Immersive Set will already set you back more than $2,000, but there’s more to buy to get the best decoding of Apple Music spatial audio. Best results come from hooking up the Arc soundbar’s HDMI eARC to a TV connected to an Apple TV 4K. And while mixing music for Atmos or other spatial audio formats remains a nascent art, and a fair percentage of that music is mixed rather poorly, when the source music is done well, listening to it through the Ultimate Immersive Set decoded through the Apple TV 4K sounds positively transcendent, with up-firing drivers on both the soundbar and Era 300 satellites. And to boot, music lovers will have a top-shelf Atmos-ready surround sound system with plenty of technological goodies thrown in.

For instance, Sonos includes its own voice control system (“Hey Sonos …”) and also works with Alexa and Google Assistant. Built-in processing emphasizes the clear communication of onscreen dialog, controlled from the Sonos S2 app. That app for iOS or Android also handles other types of control and setting up multi-room audio if you choose to add more Sonos speakers to your household. The app includes room calibration for optimizing the speakers’ output to your space, but currently, that only works on iOS. Also, the app functions as an audio hub with its own Sonos Radio service and for bringing in your other streaming audio subscriptions, such as Spotify, Apple Music, Audible, etc.

Best in-wall: KEF Ci R Series

KEF

SEE IT

Specs

  • Audio channels: Varies depending on configuration
  • Total power/SPL loudness: Varies depending on configuration
  • Frequency response: 40Hz-28kHz
  • Connectivity: Wired (A/V receiver not included)
  • Format compatibility: THX Certified Ultra

Pros

  • Amazing, pristine sound
  • Provides true Atmos sound with overhead speakers
  • Keeps cables and large speakers out of the living space

Cons

  • Quite expensive
  • Requires laborious architectural installation

To make a truly inclusive list of best surround sound systems, in-wall speakers have to be there, even though they are a special case for the rare enthusiast with both the considerable budget to afford them and the space and will to have them installed. So whether you’re a real tycoon or a hopeful conceive/believe/achiever, in-wall surround sound systems bestow all the benefits of high-end audio (there really are no low-grade options) with the luxurious aesthetics of keeping the speakers and their wirings out of your space. Also, for Atmos or immersive audio sticklers, the most authentic way to integrate Atmos into a home theater system is to mount overhead speakers above you. With in-wall—and also, in this case, in-ceiling—speakers, you can have the true Atmos glory in a visually clean way, with the speakers flush to surfaces.

As far as which brand to choose, KEF makes some of the best bookshelf and powered speakers in the world and makes products of the highest quality delivering a wide sweet spot from compact enclosures. The KEF Ci R series of in-wall speakers are THX-certified for home theater and include the 12th-generation Uni-Q driver array, featuring the tweeter at the acoustic centre of the bass/midrange cone for coherence and even dispersion, all backed by KEF’s Metamaterial Absorption Technology (MAT), which the company claims to absorb 99 percent of unwanted sound from the cabinets to reduce distortion and coloration. 

Configurations can vary according to the user’s preferences but will likely include the KEF Ci5160RL-THX for the left and right channels and the Ci3160RL-THX for the center channels. Those units retail for about $3,000 and $2,000 respectively, and believe it or not, they are bargains compared to KEF’s analogous Ci-Reference series units, the Ci5160REFM-THX and Ci3160REFM-THX, which retail for about $11,000 and $8,000 respectively. In-ceiling speakers would likely be the Ci200RS-THX for about $1,000 a pop. All of the Ci R series in-wall speakers feature KEF’s distinctive aluminum-dome drivers and machined aluminum baffles.

While this series doesn’t include a subwoofer, since those are typically not in-wall configurations, one cannot splurge this much on a home theater without rounding it out with some high-quality low-end rumble. The KEF KF92 1000W powered subwoofer with twin 9-inch drivers in a compact enclosure to tuck away in a corner should do nicely, while the KEF KC62 with a dual 6-inch force-cancelling driver setup is even more cabinet-friendly. And nobody says you can only have one (though we recommend matching pairs)!

What to consider when shopping for the best surround sound system

There are many factors that determine which surround sound system is best for your situation. Below you’ll find the ones we considered most important when determining which to feature in this story.

Size of room

You cannot bargain with the physical constraint of the room for your surround sound system. If your space is too small to accommodate a large, multi-piece system like the Polk Audio Reserve Dolby Atmos Speaker Bundle, you cannot shoehorn it simply because you want to. The same goes for a space that may be too large to get the resulting sound you want from a single sound bar. Be realistic about the amount of audio output power and number of speakers your home theater space needs or can accommodate.

Also, single sound bars like the AMBEO Soundbar Max, the Sony HT-A7000, or Sonos Arc—if purchased as standalone units—rely on traditionally sized, generally rectangle or square rooms to bounce sound waves off of the ceiling and walls to create virtual surround sound and height-based Atmos effects from a single unit. The more abnormally shaped your space is, meaning a very high or angled ceiling and/or a very large and open floor space, the less you can get away with virtual surround sound from a single sound bar. If that’s the case, you’ll have better results from a multi-speaker setup like the Nakamichi Shockwafe Ultra 9.2.4 eARC/SSE Max or the Sonos Ultimate Immersive Set with Arc.

Budget

Second only to your physical space in terms of inflexibility may be the money you can spend or are willing to spend. Being the “best,” the surround sound systems profiled here don’t come cheap, starting at around $1,000 for the Sony HT-A7000 soundbar (if you get it at a discount), rising to just under $4,000 for the Polk Audio Reserve Dolby Atmos Speaker Bundle, and at least $10,000 plus custom installation costs for the ambitious KEF Ci R Series in-wall speakers. You can spend astonishingly more than that if you seek out the highest-end reference-grade speakers available. However, the median price for the systems on this list is less than $2,000, which is no small investment but worth it to those who value clear audio quality, powerful bass, and height-based audio formats like Dolby Atmos when relaxing at home.

Don’t despair, however, if your price range falls beneath the systems on offer here. The best budget surround sound systems still can provide thumping bass, and decent Dolby Atmos effects that will far outshine the performance of TV speakers or a pair of basic bookshelf speakers. For a well-regarded system that provides all of the above for perhaps the best value available, the Vizio M-Series M51ax-J6 is a surround system under $300 that includes a soundbar, subwoofer, two satellites, and virtual Dolby Atmos processing.

A/V receivers

While thinking about budget, also think about what add-ons or necessary accessories you’ll need along with the surround sound system. For example, when you opt for a system made up of wired speakers—and it’s not part of a bundle that includes an A/V receiver—you’ll have to purchase your own receiver.

Ensure that the A/V receiver has high enough video resolution pass-through for the TV you have or will have in the near future, whether that’s 4K, 8K, etc. Most A/V receivers on the market today will have 4K passthrough, and most of the best A/V receivers available have 8K capability.

Also important is having enough audio channels on the A/V receiver for the speaker system you buy, and perhaps having a few extra channels on the receiver to leave room for speaker expansion in the future. For example, the Polk Audio Reserve Dolby Atmos Speaker Bundle is a 5.1.2-channel system, so that the A/V receiver would need at least seven speaker channels plus a subwoofer output. The Denon AVR-X2800H or Sony STR-AN1000 could be a good starter choice, offering seven speaker channels, two subwoofer outputs, 8K HDMI, and it also includes Bluetooth and WiFi wireless streaming. While the Marantz Cinema 70S offers similar specs in a more low-profile, visually appealing form factor.

Subwoofers

Most of the systems here include at least one subwoofer, which usually is an essential component to a surround sound system in order to truly feel—not just hear—the meticulously crafted and mixed audio tracks in movies, TV shows, and music. In the case of the Sennheiser AMBEO Soundbar Max and the Sony HT-A7000, the onboard woofers provide a good bass response without a subwoofer but also accept expansion subwoofers to up the gut-shaking quotient. The HT-A7000 only works with compatible Sony units like the Sony SA-SW5, while the AMBEO will take a third-party woofer for extension and embellishment.

If you do have a desire for a subwoofer, two excellent entry-level choices are the Polk Audio PSW10 100W 10-inch subwoofer or for about twice the price, the more gargantuan BIC America Acoustech PL-200II 250W 12-inch subwoofer. And if you want musicality, not just raw muscularity, in your low-end reinforcement, the KEF Kube line adds rich dynamics and tight textures for closer to a grand. If you don’t have neighbors to worry about or space/budget constraints and you want to unleash a relentless response and unrestrainted transient energy, the SVS PB16-Ultra will test your foundations.

FAQs

Q: Is surround sound better than stereo?

Whether surround sound is better than stereo is a subjective question, depending on the source material. Most major-release movies and video games, as well as many streaming series or network TV shows are mixed for surround sound playback, and as a result have directional and spatial elements in the soundtrack intended for surround sound, which can include soundbars with virtual surround sound processing or full surround sound systems with left, right, center, left rear, and right rear channels. That being the case, surround sound can fairly be said to be better than stereo speakers for watching visual entertainment and playing video games.

Q: Is a 5.1 surround sound system good for music?

A 5.1 surround sound system can be good for music, depending on the system itself and the music being played. Many 5.1 surround sound systems have Music modes that will adapt the speakers to playing stereo-mixed music and/or to “upmix” stereo music to be played in a simulated 5.1 surround sound mix. The upmixing settings can have mixed results, but there is also some amount of music you can find that has been mixed for 5.1 systems, which also may sound excellent or somewhat unnatural, depending on the source material.

Regardless of the variable circumstances, playing music on a 5.1 surround sound system is quite often a satisfying way to listen to music. Furthermore, because 5.1 systems have subwoofers, they will often be the most bass-heavy speakers in the household, which is often a great way to hear the music as the artists intended.

Q: Can I add more speakers to my surround sound system?

You can add more speakers to a surround sound system that is wired to an A/V receiver that has additional speaker outputs to be used. For packaged surround sound systems that use a soundbar for all the inputs and outputs or connect to additional speakers wirelessly, it’s less common for additional speakers to be allowed. However, that depends on each particular product. Certain other packaged surround sound systems use wired speakers connected to an A/V receiver included in the package; in that case, it also depends on whether the receiver has additional speaker outputs available.

Final thoughts on the best surround sound systems

It’s always a good time to get into surround sound, but 2023 was a particularly good year because support for Dolby Atmos and other object-based surround-sound formats, both in terms of speaker systems and media availability, is really heating up. You can get in on this fun even if you only have the space and budget for a single soundbar. To keep things easy while expanding the soundstage, wireless surround sound systems use the soundbar to make all the corded or wireless connections between the TV and other devices like gaming consoles and the main speakers, subwoofer, and surround speakers. Meanwhile, wired surround sound systems require a separate AV receiver to connect to the speakers and a TV, but they can be some of the most luxurious and immaculate-sounding systems you’ll find.

With all that to consider, if you stay practical and choose a surround sound system that makes sense for your space, budget, and desired level of complexity, you’ll be enjoying home theater like never before in not only 2024 but for many years to come.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best surround sound systems for 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best humidifiers in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-humidifier/ Mon, 11 Oct 2021 19:59:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-humidifier/
A line-up of the best humidifiers on a plain background.
Amanda Reed

Proper humidity levels protect your respiratory health and keep your skin, hair, and home moisturized.

The post The best humidifiers in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A line-up of the best humidifiers on a plain background.
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Everlasting Comfort Cool Mist Humidifier is the best overall. Everlasting Comfort Cool Mist Humidifier
SEE IT

Adjustable output and easy-fill design let you get humidifying in a hurry.

Best for babies The Levoit Baby Bedroom Top Fill Cool Mist Humidifier is the best for baby. LEVOIT Baby Bedroom Top Fill Cool Mist Humidifier
SEE IT

Small and quiet, this humidifier won’t wake your baby.

Best budget The Crane Drop Ultrasonic Cool Mist Humidifier is the best value humidifier. Crane Drop Ultrasonic Cool Mist Humidifier
SEE IT

The adjustable mist lid and easy cleaning make this little humidifier a winner.

A humidifier is a savior against dry, cold winters. Turning up the heat could lead to dry skin and nasal passages, irritated eyes, and excessive static electricity. Dry air can also aggravate respiratory conditions like asthma and bronchitis. Selecting one of the best humidifiers is an affordable way to bump up humidity levels, letting you sleep and breathe better without adding complicated installation or maintenance to your to-do list. 

How we chose the best humidifiers

I based my humidifier choices on output control, cleaning ease, tank capacity, and extra features. Models with more output controls let you fine-tune the humidifier’s performance. Adjustable outputs or variable fan settings provide extra control. Cleaning ease played a major role in my choices, too.

Humidifiers, like dehumidifiers, aren’t always the easiest to clean. I looked for features that help provide access to all of the necessary parts. Tank capacities should be high enough that you only have to refill about once daily. (Of course, that depends on the setting and the humidity levels.) Finally, extra features like built-in humidistats, essential oil trays, and attractive designs factored in, too.

The best humidifiers: Reviews & Recommendations

Humidifiers come in different shapes and sizes, but they’re all fairly simple in design. They use water from a water tank to create a fine mist using one of various methods to increase humidity levels. The best humidifier for your space will be large enough for the room and easy to clean with a design that fits your style. With the right model, you can stay more comfortable when the weather causes humidity levels to drop.

Best overall: Everlasting Comfort Cool Mist Humidifier

Everlasting Comfort

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With a large-capacity water tank, adjustable mist output, auto shutoff feature, and essential oil tray, our top pick for the best humidifier ticks all the boxes and then some. 

Specs

  • Coverage: 500 square feet
  • Tank capacity: 6L (1.6 gallons)
  • Dimensions: 11 x 7 x 13 inches

Pros

  • Adjustable mist output
  • Large 1.6-gallon water tank
  • Tank provides up to 50 hours of running time
  • Quiet operation

Cons

  • Some units fail prematurely
  • Narrow opening makes cleaning difficult

Designed for use in rooms up to 500 square feet, the Everlasting Comfort Cool Mist Humidifier provides a large 1.6-gallon tank lasting nearly 50 hours on the lowest setting. Users have a couple of options for fine-tuning humidity levels, thanks to the control dial and the adjustable mist output.

If aromatherapy is your thing, there’s an essential oil tray, too. This model can also act as a nightlight if you’re checking on a sick family member in the middle of the night. The light turns red if the automatic shutoff kicks in when the water levels run low, giving you a quick heads-up that it’s time for a refill.  

While we love the performance of this model, cleaning it isn’t the easiest. A narrow opening requires a long scrubber or some sort of cleaning solvent. Additionally, the internet reports that a few units fail prematurely after only a few months of use.

Best for babies: Levoit Baby Bedroom Top Fill Cool Mist Humidifier

Levoit

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Besides its quiet operation that won’t disrupt little sleepers, the Levoit features a helpful smart sensor that automatically adjusts the humidifier’s output based on the humidity level. It’s one of the best humidifiers for baby rooms.

Specs

  • Coverage: 260 square feet
  • Tank capacity: 1.8L (.48 gallons)
  • Dimensions: 7 x 7 x 10.6 inches

Pros

  • Intelligent sleep mode automatically adjusts output 
  • Quiet operation
  • Easy to fill

Cons 

  • Small tank size
  • Difficult to clean the inner tube

The Levoit humidifier packs a lot into a small package. It includes a built-in humidity sensor to adjust the output accordingly and features ultra-quiet operation. You can also add essential oils to it for use as a diffuser. The refill process is super easy. An automatic shutoff feature turns off the humidifier when the water runs out to prevent overheating. 

However, there are a couple of things to watch out for. First, the tank is pretty small. Second, the tank is easy to clean, but there’s an inner tube that’s not. It has grooves that require more detailed scrubbing. 

Best evaporative: Pure Enrichment MistAire Eva

Pure Enrichment

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The MistAire’s adjustable automatic timer and four fan speeds provide excellent humidity control in spaces up to 500 square feet. 

Specs

  • Coverage: 500 square feet
  • Tank capacity: 2.8L (.74 gallons)
  • Dimensions: 9.5 x 9.5 x 13.5 inches

Pros

  • Automatic shutoff works in 2, 4, and 8-hour increments
  • Four fan speeds
  • Multicolor night light can also shut off

Cons 

  • Difficult to find replacement filters

One of the best evaporative humidifiers, the Pure Enrichment MistAire Eva has an automatic timer that offers two-, four-, or eight-hour shutoff increments. That’s perfect for nighttime or if you worry about leaving it on when you leave. You can set the timer based on how long you anticipate being home and can forget about it until you get back. The MistAire also provides four fan speeds to help keep the humidity at comfortable levels. This is especially helpful for those who live in a climate where humidity levels change throughout the year.

While the MistAire’s microbial filter works well, it’s not easy to replace. They can only be bought from the manufacturer and they’re frequently out of stock.  

Best whole-house: AIRCARE EP9 800 Digital Whole-House Humidifier

Aircare

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: In addition to its sizable 3.5-gallon capacity, high output, and variety of output levels, this whole-house humidifier is also one of the easier models to clean. 

Specs 

  • Coverage: 2,400 square feet
  • Tank capacity: 13.24L (3.5 gallons)
  • Dimensions: 18 x 18 x 27.25 inches

Pros

  • Built-in humidistat maintains set humidity level
  • Digital display makes it easy to check humidity
  • Easy-to-clean filter
  • 9 fan levels let you customize the output

Cons 

  • Noisy

The AIRCARE EP9 800 Digital Whole-House Humidifier has a pedestal design, so it doesn’t connect directly to the HVAC. Instead, you place it according to the manufacturer’s instructions and set the humidistat to your desired humidity level. The humidistat then controls the humidifier. 

A digital display on the front shows what the actual humidity is, letting you see how far the humidifier has to go. Another thing we liked was the easy filter access, which makes it easy to clean. 

Filling isn’t the easiest part of this model, but it’s not too bad. There’s an opening into which you pour 3.5 gallons of water. You’ll have to use a pitcher or some kind of funnel to avoid spilling. The only thing we don’t like? The noise—this big humidifier gets a bit loud at the higher fan speeds. 

Best smart: LEVOIT OasisMist 1000S (10L) Smart Humidifier

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This smart humidifier looks like a tower fan and is incredibly quiet.  

Specs

  • Coverage: 600 square feet
  • Tank capacity: 10L (2.6 gallons)
  • Dimensions: 8.6 x 8.6 x 13.4 inches

Pros

  • Mist lid adjusts 360°
  • Tank separates from base for easy filling
  • Included remote and app capability
  • Large tank capacity

Cons

  • Expensive

If refilling your humidifier is the bane of your existence, this one has a supersized tank with a 100-hour run time. The tank self-cleans, so you won’t have to worry about mold growth, and an internal water filter softens hard water so you won’t have to face limescale and mineral buildup. This humidifier produces two feet of mist height for thorough humidity in the room. Connection with the VeSync app (for iOS and Android) lets you schedule run times and customize humidity levels, and an included remote lets you control the humidifier from your couch. It’s perfect for large bedrooms or rooms that need a little more humidifying horsepower.

There are plenty of modes for versatility: Auto Mode runs seamlessly, Plant Mode gives your greenery a little TLC, Aroma Mode soothes nerves with aromatherapy, and Sleep Mode turns the LED screen off so you can sleep easily. You can control it with voice assistants, your phone, via the touch panel, or with the included remote. It’s more of a splurge compared to other models, but its included creature comforts are worth the price.

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This three-in-one smart device automatically adapts to changes in air quality and humidity.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 400 square feet
  • Dimensions: 36.66 x 11.02 x 12.23 inches
  • App connectivity: Yes
  • Max decibels (dB): 59.8 dB

Pros

  • Connectivity with Siri and Alexa
  • Three products in one
  • Air quality reporting

Cons

  • Expensive

The Dyson PH04 Purifier Humidify+Cool Formaldehyde proves yet again that Sir James Dyson really knows what he’s doing when it comes to sucking in air and pumping out innovations. This air purifier uses an intelligent sensing system and Air Multiplier technology to purify, humidify, and cool the air. You don’t even need to touch the stylish, distinctive unit—it automatically senses and reacts to changes in air quality and humidity, kicking up an enthusiastic breeze when needed. It even features a solid-state sensor to detect and destroy formaldehyde emitted by household items—a boon if you’re in a newly renovated/refurbished space, as fresh carpet and new mattresses emit odd things.

You don’t have to worry about airborne baddies getting re-released into the air since the entire purifier-humidifier is fully sealed to the HEPA H13 standard. The filters are low-maintenance and easy to replace, and the machine features a deep-clean cycle to remove mineral build-up and bacteria that may lurk in the water system well before they make it to the oscillating airflow. Although it’s almost $1,000, you’re getting three devices for the cost of one.

Best budget: Crane Drop Ultrasonic Cool Mist Humidifier

Crane

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Crane’s adjustable output direction and detachable, easy-to-clean base win it a spot among the best of the best. 

Specs

  • Coverage: 500 square feet
  • Tank capacity: 3.8L (1 gallons)
  • Dimensions: 8.6 x 8.6 x 13.4 inches

Pros

  • Mist lid adjusts 360°
  • Detachable cord for easier cleaning
  • Variable output control for precise humidifying
  • Eight color options

Cons

  • Can leak if mist lid isn’t properly fit

The Crane humidifier features an attractive design, cheap price, and small footprint. Yet, it still has a one-gallon water tank capacity, giving it an approximately 24-hour runtime. The mist lid can rotate a full 360 degrees to allow for directional vapor. However, you have to make sure to get that lid on correctly, or it can leak. 

Variable adjustment on the output controls provides precise control over how much humidity enters the home. Plus, we like that this model comes in eight fun colors and a great value.

What to consider before buying the best humidifiers

The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) recommends keeping indoor air humidity between 30-50 percent. Not all humidifiers are made alike. Here’s what to know before making your choice:

Humidifier type

  • Warm-mist: Warm-mist humidifiers heat the water to create vapor before cooling it for release. They’re considered the safest type because the heating process kills microbes in the water. Warm-mist models tend to be quiet but are more costly to run because they take more power to heat the water. It is just as effective as a cool-mist humidifier in humidifying the air.
  • Cool-mist: Cool-mist humidifiers can work in different ways. Some put water from their reservoir through a wick filter to remove impurities before emitting the water droplets into the air. Others directly evaporate water (evaporative humidifiers) to raise humidity levels. These models are easier to clean than warm-mist humidifiers, but bacteria, fungus, and mineral deposits are more likely to accrue. It is just as effective as a warm-mist humidifier in humidifying the air.
  • Ultrasonic: Ultrasonic humidifiers may be warm or cold mist (or both). They have a vibrating diaphragm that creates water droplets small enough that all you see is a mist or fog coming from the machine. These models are quiet and easy to clean. 
  • Whole-house: Whole-house humidifiers come in different types, from models that connect directly to the HVAC system to pedestal models large enough to humidify the whole house from a single room. These models are efficient, relatively easy to install, and can humidify an entire house with a single device. 

Noise level

Cool-mist humidifiers tend to be the noisiest models. If you’re looking for a model that’s quiet, evaporative (a type of cool-mist humidifier) and warm-mist models cut down on decibels. However, warm-mist models may not be the best choice for homes with kids or pets because of the potential for the heated water to spill. Evaporative humidifiers cut down on noise but emit cool water that won’t scald.

Aromatherapy

Aromatherapy uses essential oils from various plants for health benefits. You can add essential oils to the water in some humidifiers, while others have a slot or tray into which you can pour a few drops of essential oils. The oils are then emitted with the water vapor.  

Cleaning ease

You should clean your humidifier regularly, as it can grow bacteria, mold, or fungus if not properly sterilized after each use. Models that are easy to take apart and either hand wash or put parts in the dishwasher are the easiest to manage. Some models have a filter, which will need to be cleaned and replaced every so often. Keep in mind that the price of filters can drive up the total lifetime cost of the humidifier.

Coverage area

Humidifiers are designed to humidify specific square footage. A large humidifier designed to work in a 500-square-foot space may put out too much humidity for a 200-square-foot room. A small humidifier may not make much difference in a large space. Estimate the area’s square footage to ensure you get a humidifier with the right coverage.

FAQs

Q: Can you put essential oils in a humidifier?

You can put essential oils in a humidifier that’s designed for use as a diffuser as well as a humidifier. These models feature an essential oils tray or designs meant for additions to the water tank. Do not add essential oils to a model not designed for this purpose.

Q: Does a humidifier help with congestion?

Humidifiers can help with congestion. They can moisten the nasal passage, loosening congestion and helping expel it.

Q: Can a humidifier make you sick?

Humidifiers require regular cleaning and maintenance to prevent mold, mildew, and fungal growth. Spores and particles can be expelled with the vapor if the humidifier isn’t cleaned regularly or correctly.

Q: Can I use tap water in my humidifier?

Yes. However, tap water contains minerals that can form deposits in the humidifier water tank. Inhaling this scale can irritate your lungs—the opposite of what you’re using the humidifier for. If you’re really afraid, use distilled water.

Final thoughts on the best humidifiers

The Everlasting Comfort Cool Mist Humidifier gets the top spot for the adjustable output, water tank capacity, and quiet operation. The Crane Drop Ultrasonic Cool Mist Humidifier is a good choice if you need something a little smaller with directional output.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best humidifiers in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best kitchen upgrades for the everyday cook in 2024 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-kitchen-gifts/ Wed, 16 Nov 2022 22:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=488035
The best kitchen gifts
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Someone got gift cards and not sure what to do with them? These accessories will help elevate the kitchen and cooking of anyone moving beyond the basics.

The post The best kitchen upgrades for the everyday cook in 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best kitchen gifts
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

BEST OVERALL Ooni Volt Ooni Volt
SEE IT

The Ooni Volt turns the dream of professional-tasting pizza at home into a reality.

MOST THOUGHTFUL MadeIn 8 Inch Chef Knife MadeIn Engraved 8-Inch Chef Knife
SEE IT

MadeIn’s engraved chef knife is an incredibly thoughtful gift that’ll be used every day.

BEST FOR BAKERS Silpat Half Size Nonstick Baking Mat Silpat Half Size Nonstick Baking Mat
SEE IT

Silpat’s Baking Mat will make it easier for them to get their latest confections out of the oven.

A good home cook will already have the basic tools they need—so you can use the holiday season to buy them the best kitchen gifts they might not even know they need. It could be a big fancy gadget, but it could also be a small upgrade to a simple, classic one. Either way, they can put these accessories to good use cooking delicious food all year long … and maybe sharing some with you. Win-win!

Best multicooker: Instant Pot Duo 7-in-1

Instant Pot

SEE IT

Look, we know this is an obvious choice for a kitchen gift. Instant Pots are just the new sous-vide machines in terms of go-to gadgets. But here’s the thing: They’re popular for a reason. Want to make slow-cooked stews on a weeknight? Or perfectly cooked hard-boiled eggs every time? Who doesn’t? The basic version is affordable, even for the largest size. If you want to upgrade to the 10-in-1, go for it, but rest assured this one will get all the jobs done.

Best smart oven: GE Profile Smart Oven with No Preheat

The GE Profile Smart Oven with No Preheat solves the biggest issue most home cooks face when trying to get food on the table: Time management. The 11-function smart oven requires no preheating; instead, you place your meal inside, set your time and temperature, and hit start. The GE Profile Smart Oven will begin cooking your food immediately rather than requiring you to wait for it to come to temperature, automatically adjusting its heating elements to ensure you get the proper level of doneness based on your recipe. Multi-function smart ovens have become popular, but this is the first one that doesn’t require preheating on any of its modes, which include air fry, bake, pastry, roast, and broil. If you’re shopping for someone who doesn’t have a lot of counter space (or time), this is an amazing gift.

Best water purifier: AquaTru Connect

AquaTru

SEE IT

All of us should be drinking at least 2.7 liters of water per day, according to the Mayo Clinic, but that’s difficult if you’re uneasy about what’s coming out of your tap. If you know someone in that situation, AquaTru’s Connect makes for an excellent gift. The appliance uses a three-stage filtration system and reverse osmosis to purify water and remove everything from rocket fuel and radium to pesticides and herbicides. Naturally, it’ll also filter out unwanted tastes and odors. We could easily pick up on those last two factors during our tests but felt good about the other nasty stuff getting filtered out, too. Using the AquaTru connect is equally simple. All you have to do is fill up its tank and press a button. AquaTru’s app lets you know the status of all three filters, so you know when they need to be replaced, along with stats on how much water it’s filtered. Looking for other options? Not a problem.

Best pepper grinder: MÄNNKITCHEN Pepper Cannon

MÄNNKITCHEN

SEE IT

Giving a pepper grinder as a gift may seem odd, but Mäankitchen’s is the exception that proves the rule. We were impressed not only by its ultra-solid build quality but also by the level of control it gave us over our grind. The company says its grinder is 10 times faster than a typical one, and you should believe the hype. A simple knob on the bottom of the pepper grinder allows you to switch from coarser to finer settings, so you can find the perfect one for your salad and steak and switch between them very quickly. Yes, the Mäankitchen Pepper Cannon is overkill, but that’s exactly why it’s such a great gift.

Best toaster: Tineco Toasty One

Tineco

SEE IT

If you know someone who can’t start their day without toast, a bagel, or an English muffin, Tineco’s Toasty One will blow their minds. The smart toaster allows you to select your preferred level of doneness using a visual indicator, which is far more useful than figuring out whether you like setting number two or three on a traditional toaster. There’s no app required to use this toaster, as its main feature is the 4-inch touch screen. We were impressed by the performance of this toaster, especially the ability to select individual settings for the left and right slots. It also helps that the toaster actually looks cool on a countertop, with just the right mix of futurism and minimalism.

Best utensil set: Fortessa Bistro 18/10 Stainless Steel 20 Piece Flatware Set

Fortessa

SEE IT

A set of Fortessa’s stainless steel utensils is the type of practical kitchen gift that’ll be an upgrade used by the person you gift it to on a daily basis for decades. The 20-piece set features enough flatware for four people and includes a salad fork, table fork, table knife, dessert spoon, and coffee spoon. If properly maintained, these dishwasher-safe utensils will last a lifetime.

Best stand mixer: Wolf Gourmet High-Performance Stand Mixer

Wolf Gourmet

SEE IT

Wolf Gourmet’s Stand Mixer is the most luxe gift in our guide, but it’ll astonish any home baker who receives it. The company paid meticulous attention to small details, like how easy the power knob is to turn, the click that happens when the large-capacity bowl is in the correct position, and how long it takes for the mixer to increase its speed. The mixer comes with a whisk, paddle, and dough hook attachment, which we’ve used to make cakes, cookies, and bread, respectively.

This mixer has extraordinary power under the hood, so much so that we casually made double or triple batches of a recipe without thinking twice. A half-full bowl of cookie dough never impeded the paddle attachment from spinning, nor did it make the mixer shake violently, which happened when we tried the same test with another machine. Wolf Gourmet includes an indispensable accessory in addition to its attachments: A plastic shield that goes over the top of the mixer’s bowl to prevent dry ingredients from flying everywhere when you first incorporate them with wet ingredients. The shield has a slot that allows you to slowly feed ingredients into the mixer as it’s being used.

Wolf Gourmet’s Stand Mixer isn’t your average gift, but it’s one that its recipient will treasure for the rest of their lives. We could easily see this mixer get passed down from generation to generation, along with handwritten family recipes. Looking for something more affordable/traditional? We always love a KitchenAid.

Best sheet pans: Great Jones Little Sheet

Great Jones

SEE IT

Sheet pans are essential for the home cook who bakes or roasts food often, and this eye-catching pair of quarter-sheet trays from Great Jones will liven up every kitchen. They’re dishwasher-safe and the perfect size for a personal pizza, small sheet of cookies, or cornbread. We’re especially fond of their raised lips, which makes it possible to use them for small sheet cakes. Most home cooks have half-sized sheet pans but may be sleeping on smaller ones. Great Jones also offers a bundle that includes these two trays and a larger one.

Best Dutch oven: Smithey Ironware 7.25 QT Dutch Oven

Smithey Ironware

SEE IT

Smithey Ironware’s 7.25 QT Dutch Oven is a luxe gift for serious home cooks who routinely cook big batches of food for an entire family. One could easily bake a massive loaf of bread, fry an entire broken-down chicken, or slow-cook an entire pork butt while still having room to spare. The company says you’ll be able to cook acidic foods like sauces in it after the first few cooks without the risk of ruining its coating. If you go to one specific person’s house every year for the holidays and have watched them struggle to get enough food out at one time because their cookware was too small, a Dutch oven could seriously help them out.

Best pizza oven: Ooni Volt

Ooni

SEE IT

What’s better than a pizza oven that allows you to make pizzeria-quality pies at home? One that can be used whether it’s sunny, rainy, snowy, or anything in between. The Ooni Volt is the company’s first electric pizza oven, the ultimate gift for aspiring pizzaiolos. The oven can reach temperatures of up to 850 degrees Fahrenheit (most conventional ovens top out at either 500 or 550) and has heating elements above and below the pizza stone to ensure even cooking. Dials on the front of the Ooni Volt make it easy to adjust its temperature, bias heat to the top or bottom heating element, or set a cooking timer. When the Volt is at its maximum temperature, you can cook a twelve-inch Neopolitan pizza in under two minutes. Little design touches, like a clear pane on the front door that allows you to monitor your cook, ensure you’ll always get excellent results.

Best electric kettle: Fellow Corvo EKG Electric Tea Kettle

Fellow

SEE IT

Fellow’s electric kettle is a thoughtful gift for anyone who loves tea, coffee, or wants to expedite cooking tasks like rehydrating dried vegetables. This kettle has an immaculate, minimalist design, but its understated look belies its impressive technical features. You can set the kettle to a precise temperature, which is displayed on an LCD screen on the kettle’s base. Additional features include the ability to set a stopwatch to fully extract the flavor of your tea and coffee, which is helpful for those who use expensive leaves and beans, respectively. This countertop appliance has a place in almost any kitchen, and the person you gift it to will wonder how they did without one for so long. Know somebody who wants to take pour-over control to the pinnacle? Invest a bit more in the Fellow Stagg EKG Pro Studio Electric Gooseneck Kettle.

Best ice maker: Oraimo Nugget Ice Maker

Oraimo

SEE IT

Oraimo’s ice maker is the ideal kitchen gift for the host in your life who’s always worried about managing their freezer space. The countertop appliance can make a little over one pound of nugget ice per hour, and up to 33 pounds per day. You can set the ice maker on a timer to begin and stop working on a schedule, which is helpful if you want plenty of ice the day of a party, but don’t want to wake up early to start the first batch. Ice can be made by pouring water into this ice maker’s tank, or by directly hooking it up to a water line. If you’re shopping for someone who can’t get enough of making homemade frozen margaritas or just wants a convenient way to keep a lot of drinks cold during a get-together, this is a very thoughtful holiday gift.

Best cocktail glasses: Fortessa Malcolm Cocktail Glasses

Fortessa

SEE IT

This set of six cocktail glasses from Fortessa will elevate the drink game of whoever you gift them to. Each 15-ounce glass has two textures, which make them easier to grip and fun to look at. While designed for cocktails and mocktails, the glasses will (nearly) fit an entire pint of beer or water. We’re especially fond of the fact that Fortessa offers these glasses in three colors, so you can get a set that matches the style of the person you’re gifting them to.

Best microwavable cookware: Anyday Everyday Set

Anyday

SEE IT

There’s “microwave-safe” cookware, and then there’s the Everyday Set from Anyday. The frosted glass cookware is dishwasher safe, freezer safe, non-toxic, and comes in multiple sizes, so we’re inclined to jump in with both feet and gift the Everyday set. We’ve been pleased not only by how well this cookware performs—our from-scratch and reheated microwaved foods have never been cooked so consistently—but by how each size is perfect for different applications. The home cook with this set will be able to make everything from a full pot of rice to a small chicken completely in the microwave. The company’s website offers a bevy of new recipes for the microwave skeptic, too, in case you’re shopping for a skeptic.

Best pasta maker: MARCATO Atlas 150

MARCATO

SEE IT

If you’re shopping for someone interested in making homemade pasta, our only gift recommendation is the MARCATO Atlas 150. Made in Italy from steel and colored aluminum, the machine feels solid in the hand and is designed to last a lifetime. The hand-crank pasta maker comes with a clamp to hold it steady and a pair of blades to cut thick and thin noodles. The Atlas 150 can be used to make pasta sheets between .19 and .020 thick, which means it’s suitable for making any well-known pasta shape, including lasagna sheets. Using the Atlas 150 will require some elbow grease—unless you generously gift them a drive motor, too—but the results will be well worth it. Once they start making homemade pasta, it’ll be hard for them to go back to a box.

Best for small kitchen: Kuhn Rikon 4th Burner Pot

Kuhn Rikon

SEE IT

Kuhn Rikon’s 4th Burner Pot was specifically designed to be used on the smallest burner found on a stovetop. If you’re shopping for a home cook who cares about efficiency, this gift will please them immeasurably. The pot comes with a steam basket, which can also be used to boil smaller vegetables or thick pasta (think rigatoni) and easily lift them out of boiling water. Small touches, like the covering on the top and side handles that make both parts grippier are especially nice touches. We guarantee the chef in your life doesn’t have this tool in their arsenal, and they’ll immediately begin figuring out the most efficient ways to use it.

Best skillet: Smithey Deep Farmhouse Skillet

Smithey

SEE IT

Endgame is the only way we’ve found to articulate how we feel about Smitey’s Deep Farmhouse Skillet. Once you gift this to someone, it may very well be the only pan they use for sauteing, searing, and pan frying everything from steak and eggs to vegetables and tofu. Hand-forged, this is undoubtedly the most beautiful piece of cookware we’ve ever tested. Every detail, from the slope of the handle to the incline at the edges has been thought through to optimize how it feels in the hand. This skillet’s aesthetics are matched only by its performance. The person you gift this to will be amazed at how quickly it gets hot, how evenly heat is distributed, and how easily food slides on and off of it. This gift will not only last a lifetime when properly maintained, it’ll become a tool that’s passed down through several generations of home cooks.

Best cake plate: Lenox Lx Collective Cake Plate

Lenox

SEE IT

Any baker who’s proud of their latest creations would find Lenox’s Lx Collective Cake Plate to be the perfect gift. Regal-looking on its own, the marble and wooden kitchen cake plate stands five inches tall and 12-inches around. A raised lip will keep their bakes from unintentionally sliding off, while also acting like a frame to improve their presentation. This is a luxe gift, but it’s a piece of equipment few people would get for themselves. Be prepared to see Lenox’s cake plate featured prominently every time a new cake, crumble, or other confection hits social media.

Best bakeware set: Falcon Enamelware Bake Set

Falcon

SEE IT

Falcon’s five-piece Enamelware Bake Set is a great gift for a baker who wants to up their brownie, mac & cheese, crumble, buckle, or crisp game. It’s comprised of one 1 x 14½-inch bake pan, one 1 x 13⅜ bake pan, one 1 x 12¼ bake pan, and a pair of 2 x 7⅞ inch pie dishes. Each piece is made from dishwasher-safe, freezer-friendly, ceramic-covered steel. This bakeware can be used safely in ovens set up to 530 degrees Fahrenheit but is unsuitable for microwaves. One of our favorite aspects of this set is that each piece fits neatly within the others, making it easy to store and grab. Anyone who wants a fully-equipped but clutter-free kitchen will love this gift. It’s even available in three colors: white with a blue rim, pillarbox red, and pigeon grey, so you can find one that matches their style.

Best storage containers: Rubbermaid Brilliance BPA Free Food Storage Containers

Rubbermaid

SEE IT

Rubbermaid’s storage containers are actually a two-in-one style gift that the organized home cook will begin to rely on each and every day. Each piece is made from BPA-free plastic and comes with a snap-on lid that keeps air from getting in or out. These containers can be used to store dry goods—think pastas, grains, and flour—for extended periods of time, but they can also be used for leftovers. Both the lids and containers are dishwasher safe, which makes cleaning them up simple after they’re empty. Efficiency and cleanliness are the signs of a harmonious kitchen, and this gift can help the home cook in your life achieve both.

Best for meal prep: Souper Cubes

Souper Cubes

SEE IT

We all know at least one person who likes to think ahead and always have a meal ready in advance. Do them a favor and gift them a set of Souper Cubes. The silicon containers have four 250mL (roughly 1.1 cup) cavities, which can be used to store liquid or solid ingredients to be deployed at a moment’s notice. Your giftee could use two molds for soup and leave the other two for flavorful toppings. Pre-shredded vegetables and cheese separated into their own sections could be defrosted and deployed during an at-home taco night. The Souper Cubes are an excellent gift for the efficient home chef or someone who likes to cook at home more often but runs out of time.

Best non-stick cookware: Calphalon Classic Hard-Anodized Nonstick Cookware Kitchen Essentials Set

Calphalon

SEE IT

Non-stick cookware is a wonderful gift for the home cook who doesn’t have the time to clean up pans every night—especially if they don’t have a dishwasher. This six-piece set from Calphalon includes two skillets, a saucepan, and a saute pan. Each piece is made using a technology called AquaShield that Calphalon says will extend their life significantly further than traditional nonstick cookware, and two pieces come with tempered glass lids. These pans can be used in an oven at temperatures of up to 450 degrees Fahrenheit and are dishwasher-safe for even easier cleanup. This is the ultimate gift if you’re shopping for someone who loves to cook but doesn’t because of how much time it takes to clean up.

Best for apartments: AirHood Wireless

Airhood

SEE IT

Anyone who’s cooked in a poorly ventilated kitchen (aka most apartments) knows the frustration of accidentally setting off the smoke alarm while sauteing or searing food on the stovetop. The Airhood Wireless solves this issue, which makes it a must-give gift this holiday season. The battery-powered countertop appliance works like a traditional range hood but is far more compact and easy to move. When turned on, the AirHood Wireless sucks up the air, filters it through a mesh stainless steel oil filter and charcoal filter, and shoots it out the other side. If the AirHood Wireless is set up next to the pan that’ll be used before the fat reaches its smoke point, you’ll end up with a smoke-free kitchen. Home chefs won’t even know this type of kitchen gadget exists, and it’ll blow their mind after using it once.

Best saucier: Misen 3 QT Stainless Steel Saucier

Misen

SEE IT

Misen’s 3 Quart Saucepan is the type of kitchen tool many home chefs aspire to use, and giving it as a gift could make that a reality. The 5-ply stainless steel saucepan heats up evenly, but its handle is designed to be easy to hold and reduce its heat exposure. Three of this saucier’s layers are made of aluminum, which conducts heat more quickly to reduce the cooking time. This construction also allows the saucepan to withstand heat up to 800 degrees if you need to prepare food in the oven. Whether they want a fresh bowl of rice, homemade popcorn, or reheated soup, this is the tool they’ll continue to reach for.

Best bread maker: Panasonic Automatic Bread Machine

Panasonic

SEE IT

Aspiring bakers can get tripped up in bread baking because so many things can go wrong, from taking a loaf out too soon to accidentally overworking or under-proofing the dough. Panasonic’s Automatic Bread Maker lives up to its name, allowing you to make everything from brioche to sourdough with a few button presses. It even has a slot where you can pour in mix-ins like seeds, dried garlic, and other spices to ensure they’re incorporated evenly. We’re typically skeptical about single-use kitchen gadgets since counter space is such a premium resource (especially in apartments), but the Automatic Bread Maker more than earns its spot. If they make bread often enough, the person you gift it to may never put it away.

Best for bread baking: Emile Henry Modern Bread Cloche

Emile Henry

SEE IT

If the person you’re shopping for this holiday season isn’t interested in using an appliance to bake bread, we have the solution: Emile Henry’s Modern Bread Cloche. This two-piece ceramic baking dish creates the perfect baking environment for an artisan loaf by tightly surrounding it with radiating heat. Additionally, using this Cloche won’t require a baker to lower their dough into a too-hot-to-touch preheated Dutch oven, however carefully. When the loaf is done, the top piece can be easily removed to unveil the loaf, while the bottom piece of the Cloche features a textured pattern, which prevents the bread from sticking to it. Whether they’re making the dough by hand, stand mixer, or machine, Emile Henry’s Modern Bread Cloche will ensure each loaf they’ve proofed comes out perfectly.

Best air fryer: Cuisinart TOA-95

Cuisenart

SEE IT

Cuisinart’s TOA-95 should be one of the first gifts to consider if you’re shopping for someone with limited counter space. The sleek-looking appliance can bake, broil, roast, reheat, toast, and air fry, with dedicated buttons for preheating, slow cooking, and air frying. The TOA-95’s display makes it easy to see which setting is selected, and the function and time/temp knobs are easy to navigate its interface. Many people associate air fryers with french fries (the TOA-95 excels at making them ultra crispy), but it’s large enough to roast an entire chicken. Overall, Cuisinart’s TOA-95 is a winner, and we highly recommend getting it for any home cook. However, we’ve got you if you just want dedicated air fryers!

Best electric knife: BUBBA Kitchen Series Cordless Electric Knife

Bubba

SEE IT

Know somebody who has the honor of carving up the main dish at every holiday party? Bubba’s Cordless Electric Knife will become their new best friend. The knife is extremely efficient at cutting through thick cuts of meat—even through bone—to deliver clean-looking, perfectly portioned slices. Bubba includes three blades for different applications, though we typically stuck with the seven-inch carving blade during our time with it. We must admit we were impressed at how well this knife fit in our hand. The curved hilt gave us a solid grip, and the thumb rest on top allowed us to put constant pressure on what we were cutting while keeping the blade steady. Bubba even cared about the quality of its carrying case, which makes the knife easy to store safely when not in use.

Best knife set: Anolon AlwaysSharp Japanese Steel Knife Block Set with Built-In Sharpener

Anolon

SEE IT

A dull knife can lead to injuries, so spare your favorite home chef from nicks and cuts by gifting them this eight-piece knife set with a sharpener built into its block. The set comes with a chef’s knife, slicer, bread knife, santoku knife, serrated utility knife, paring knife, and kitchen shears. These are all the tools they’ll need to carve, slice, chop, butterfly, or otherwise slice and dice protein and vegetables. All the knives fit neatly into a single block with a large sharpener built into it for easy access. All they’ll need to do to keep their knives sharp is to run their blades through the sharpener a few times on a regular basis. A knife sharpener on its own would be a great gift, but having it built into a block with an eight-knife set makes it even better.

Best steak knives: Viking Culinary German Stainless Steel Pakkawood Steak Knife Set

Viking

SEE IT

Our final kitchen knife gift recommendation is this six-piece set of stainless steel steak knives from Viking. Each knife is stored in a separate slot within a wooden box, which screams class each time they’re used. The knives are forged from stainless steel, with a pakkawood handle affixed to them with a pair of rivets. This gift has one real use: effortlessly cutting through steak, which is just fine if you’re shopping for a carnivore.

Best for breakfast lovers: MadeIn Carbon Steel Griddle

MadeIn

SEE IT

Need a gift for someone who wakes up every morning ready to make bacon and eggs? MadeIn’s Carbon Steel Griddle, which is long enough to fit across two burners, has a large surface area for bacon, eggs, french toast, pancakes, and other breakfast delights. Its carbon steel construction is pre-seasoned and naturally nonstick, and its sides are tilted inward to catch grease and keep your kitchen clean. You can use this griddle on gas, induction, and electric cooktops. While we’re recommending this for folks who love breakfast, it’s just as useful for making smash burgers, sauteed vegetables, and plenty of other savory delights.

Best indoor smoker: Weston 2-in-1 Slow Cooker & Electric Indoor Smoker

Weston

SEE IT

Nothing bums out a pit master quite like winter, when the smoker has to go away until springtime, which is why they’ll love Weston Brands’ slow cooker. The appliance doubles as a smoker, with a small canister for wood chips and settings for hot, cold, or combo smoking. A temperature probe will prevent them from overcooking their meat, which is particularly helpful during long cooks. The countertop-friendly appliance can cook a 6-pound chicken or 4-pound roast, which is more than enough to feed a group, especially when you factor in side dishes. There’s nothing quite like this indoor smoker (most home cooks rely on liquid smoke during colder months), so whoever you gift it to will be very pleasantly surprised.

Best kitchen scale: OXO 11-Pound Food Scale

OXO

SEE IT

Everybody knows a home baker who uses measuring cups instead of weighing ingredients, and you can help them seriously up their game by gifting them a kitchen scale. Their bakes will turn out consistently, and the scale can be used in savory applications to portion meat and vegetables before cooking them. We like OXO’s scale because of its magnetic slide-out screen, which makes it possible to use the scale when weighing food in a large container. These containers would block the display of a lesser scale, which defeats the purpose of using it. OXO is one of our go-to cookware companies, and we can recommend its salad spinner as another great gift idea for picky chefs.

Best cordless appliance: KitchenAid Go Cordless Hand Mixer

KitchenAid

SEE IT

Counter space is a kitchen’s most premium real estate, and KitchenAid’s new Go Cordless Hand Mixer offers power and precision without taking up an inch. One of six appliances in the company’s new “Go” line, the 7-speed mixer can be used for everything from whipping up egg whites for a meringue to thoroughly mixing batters for cakes and brownies, to whipping cream. One of this hand mixer’s big features is its removable, rechargeable battery, which lasts up to 60 minutes per charge. This battery is compatible with all the handheld appliances in KitchenAid’s Go line, so you can swap them whenever necessary. This hand mixer is the perfect gift if you know a home cook with tired hands but limited space.

Best microwave: Sharp SMC1169HS

Sharp

SEE IT

Sharp’s SMC1169HS should be the first kitchen gift you consider for anyone living in a dorm or moving into their first apartment. It has all the standard features of a microwave, including preset buttons for common foods, but has many you wouldn’t expect. Three auto defrost buttons allow you to thaw meat without worrying about times, temperatures, and power levels, while support for Amazon’s Alexa allows you to operate this appliance totally hands-free. The microwave has even been certified by Orville Redenbacher’s® to make popcorn effectively. Microwaves are a common countertop appliance, but the Sharp SMC1169HS’ extras turn what could be mundane into a cool gift.

Best baking mats: Silpat Half Size Nonstick Baking Mat

Silpat

SEE IT

Silpat’s nonstick baking mats are legendary for their durability and the ability to keep even the stickiest substances—looking at you, molten-hot sugar-leaking cinnamon buns—from sticking or leaving a mark. This two-pack of half-sized baking mats is designed to fit perfectly inside a pair of 13- x 18-inch baking sheets. These mats can withstand temperatures up to 480 degrees Fahrenheit and only need to be lightly rinsed with water to clean. A baker tired of tearing off sheets of parchment paper each time they bake, which can be especially tedious during long baking sessions, would be thrilled to receive these Silpat Baking Mats as a gift.

Best for bakers: PantryChic Smart Storage System

PantryChic

SEE IT

It’s ultralux, but PantryChic’s Smart Storage System is a kitchen tool your giftee will treasure for years to come. The appliance allows you to store your dry ingredients in a BPA-free container and then dispense them in the perfect quantity—down to the gram—thanks to a built-in scale. This helps cut down the time it takes to bake by reducing, if not completely eliminating, the need for measuring cups and spoons. PantryChic’s machine can use over 100 ingredients, from flours and coffee grounds to nuts and seeds. Baking is mostly an exact science—though creativity is encouraged—and PantryChick’s Smart Storage System can help amateurs and experienced bakers alike get the best results every time.

Best juicer: Hurom H310A

Hurom

SEE IT

Hurom’s H310A is so good it may well convert your favorite home chef from someone who orders overpriced juice at a specialty shop into someone who makes them at home. The juicer’s self-feeding hopper will continually ingest chunks of fruits and vegetables while its blade mimics the amount of force used for manual juicing. Hurom says the H310A wrings as much juice as possible from fruits and vegetables, and that’s been true in our tests. The H310A consistently made tasty juice from whatever we threw at it, and cleaning it by hand was a quick affair. The best part about this juicer is its small size. This juicer offers the same level of performance as a bulkier one in a far more svelte package. Fresh, organic juice is very expensive if you order it out, so gifting this juicer will actually save the person you’re shopping for money without using a lot of time.

Best water carbonator: Ninja Thirsti Drink System

Ninja

SEE IT

If you’re shopping for someone who loves fizzy water—or wants to cut down on the number of energy drinks, alcoholic beverages, and sodas they buy—Ninja’s Thirsti Drink System should be your go-to gift. The appliance can make carbonated water at three intensity levels in 6-, 12-, 18-, and 24-ounce batches. Water is fed to the machine from an external tank, which should be kept in the fridge for the best results. The Thirsti also comes with a set of flavor pods, and you can flavor the intensity of your drink in addition to its level of carbonation and size. The results are always consistent, and you can even mix the flavor of two pods together for a more customized taste.

Best ice cream maker: Ninja Creami

Ninja

SEE IT

The Ninja Creami is the only gift you should consider for someone who loves ice cream. The set-it-and-forget-it nature of the Creami allows you to make ice cream, gelato, sorbet, milkshakes, Italian ice, and other frozen treats with minimal intervention. After freezing the ice cream base in the included pint container overnight, you stick it into the Creami and hit one button, and the machine takes care of the rest. Blades will churn the ice cream to the correct consistency based on your selected frozen treat. You can pause midway through to fold in mix-ins, but beyond that, all you have to do is wait for the machine to do its job. This deluxe package comes with a pair of XL-sized prints, each holding 24 ounces of ice cream. Additional XL pints can be purchased separately if you want a constant supply of ice cream.

Best premium cookware: Le Creuset Signature Enameled Cast-Iron Cookware Set

Le Creuset

SEE IT

Luxe doesn’t even begin to describe Le Creuset’s 10-piece Signature Enameled Cast-Iron Cookware Set, the premium set of cookware we could wholeheartedly recommend. The set comes with an enameled Dutch oven, saucier, skillet, roaster, grill pan, braiser, and four lids. Each piece in this collection is at the top of the class in its respective kitchen tool category, and to have them all bundled together will leave the person you gift this to completely gobsmacked. They can reach for these tools while baking bread and brownies, browning a steak, making a sauce, frying foods, and just about everything in between. We’d go so far as to say these are the only kitchen tools a home cook could ever truly need—though the appliances, accessories, and other tools we’re recommending would be a big help.

Fifth & Cherry

SEE IT

Fifth & Cherry’s F&C 14 is a statement piece that deserves a place in any home cook’s kitchen. The 14-inch cutting board is thick enough to feel substantial but still easy to move around when necessary. Fifth & Cherry went the extra mile to ensure its cutting boards immediately catch the eye, but their attention to detail is more than skin deep. We chopped, scraped, kneaded, and served food on this board, and it held up very well after repeated use. The cutting board will accumulate cut marks over time, but the nicks shouldn’t go deep enough to impact its performance. If they do, Fifth & Cherry offers a free refinishing service. Calling a cutting board beautiful may seem odd, but the F&C 14 earns that distinction—and many more.

Best colander: Dreamroo Collapsible Multi-purpose Colander

Dreamroo

SEE IT

Every sink and recipe is a little different, but your giftee won’t have to worry about that with Dreamroo’s colander, which can expand and contract between 14.5 and 19.5 inches. This feature allows you to use the same colander to clean a pint or quart of fruit without reaching for a separate tool. This is the colander to reach for if you’re cooking pasta for yourself or a couple of friends. We like this colander because it’s a gift nobody expects but will immediately wonder how they lived without it. It’s even offered in multiple colors (we’re particularly partial to the blue), so you can get one to match their style.

Best knife: MadeIn Engraved 8-Inch Chef Knife

MadeIn

SEE IT

A chef knife is the most versatile piece of cutlery in a home cook’s arsenal and an investment that, with care, can last decades, with many of them costing upwards of $200-$400. MadeIn offers its professional-grade 8-inch chef knife for just $99, allowing you to personalize its blade for an extra $30. This is a really nice touch that a home cook would appreciate every time they chop, dice, or chiffonade their favorite produce. This French-made knife, which combines the approach of German and Japanese blades, is made from a single piece of stainless steel hardened with nitrogen. It’ll make quick work of tomatoes, potatoes, pineapples, avocado, or anything else thrown at it. If it’s taken care of properly, the chef who gets this knife can use it for the rest of their life.

Best knife set: Cangshan N1

Cangshan

SEE IT

If you need an incredibly generous gift idea for a home cook who’s just moved out onto their own, our top recommendation is Cangshan’s N1. The six-knife block has everything a chef needs to cut, chop, slice, and filet meat, vegetables, fruit, and anything in between. The star of the show is arguably the wooden block, which is cut at an angle so each knife is easy to grab and use. The blades are forged from a single piece of German steel, so you never have to worry about a handle falling apart. If they’re cared for and sharpened a few times a year, this gift will last a lifetime.

Best dinnerware set: Stone + Lain Porcelain 16 Piece Dinnerware Set

Stone Lain

SEE IT

Another great gift for folks leaving home for the first time is a good-looking set of dinnerware, which should be fancy enough to impress guests but comfortable enough to use daily. Stone + Lain knocked it out of the park with this 16-piece set, a table setting for four people. Plates, bowls, and mugs are all included, so they’ll have everything they need in a single package. We loved how nice Stone + Lain’s dinnerware set looked in person, and the porcelain material felt fancier than we expected. Importantly, every piece in this set is microwave and dishwasher-safe.

Best mandoline: Benriner Mandoline Slicer

Amazon

SEE IT

It’s not generally good practice to give people products they could hurt themselves with—but if you’ve got a friend or family member who loves cooking up elaborate meals, this mandoline will be a godsend. It lets you quickly shave thin slices off even the hardiest veggies, making everything from salad prepping to gratin layering much faster and easier. Plus, it has a little gripper so your loved ones don’t accidentally slice their fingertips off.

Best grater: Kyocera Advanced Ceramic Grater

Kyocera

SEE IT

Yes, you could use a microplane to grate your ginger. But that’s assuming you want to clog up the tiny blades with fibers and spend twice as long doing it. Instead, you could just get this little Japanese device designed to perfectly mash up your ginger root (or garlic or fresh turmeric) without the hassle. It’s simple. It’s easy. It’s ceramic. And it’s got a silicone ring on the bottom to keep it from slipping.

Best spice grinder: FinaMill Pepper Mill & Spice Grinder

FinaMill

SEE IT

FinaMill’s spice grinder is the type of gift an avid home cook wouldn’t expect but would definitely enjoy. The battery-powered grinder comes with clear pods with blades attached and can be filled with whole spices. Sticking the grinder on top of the grinder will initiate the blades and pulverize the spices to your preferred level of coarseness. The best part is that the spice can stay in these pods to retain their freshness over time. And because each spice is sequestered to its own pod, you’ll never get cross-contamination, which can alter their taste. You can also stick spices into the pods and use the FinaMill as a grinder to season your food with pepper or the spice of your choice.

Best for travelers: Nordic Ware Cakes and Cupcakes Carrier

Nordic Ware

SEE IT

We all have that one person in our lives who loves bringing baked goods to parties but frets about them getting there in one piece. Nordic Wae’s Cakes and Cupcakes Carrier is the perfect gift for such a kind soul. The kitchen tool will allow them to transport 12 cupcakes or a 9- x 13-inch cake safely. The cupcake holder even has an individual slot, so delicate pipework isn’t ruined by one cake rubbing up against the other. A hard plastic shield prevents anything from accidentally touching the cakes, and handles make it easier for the carrier to take bakes from a car seat into a home and vice versa. Sometimes, you can’t beat practicality. Nordic Ware also has a baking pan and lid set that serves a similar purpose but won’t require them to transfer their bake from its baking dish into a separate container.

Best sous vide: Breville Joule Turbo

Breville

SEE IT

OK, sure … we did start this whole list saying that Instant Pots are the new sous-vide machines. But that doesn’t mean the real things went away. If anything, they’re just hitting their stride. Breville’s Joule Turbo is the latest model in the company’s successful sous vide line, and it solves the biggest issue with this style of cooking: the time commitment. The Turbo modulates the water bath temperature rather than keeping it at a set temperature to reduce the cooking time of certain dishes dramatically. You still get all the benefits of sous vide cooking, including getting consistently perfect results with little to no fuss, just more quickly. The amount of time you’ll save will vary based on what’s being cooked, but some cook 50% faster. The home chef who “already has everything” will undoubtedly love this kitchen upgrade.

To recap …

The post The best kitchen upgrades for the everyday cook in 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best telescopes for astrophotography in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-telescopes-for-astrophotography/ Tue, 05 Dec 2023 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=586372
A lineup of the best telescopes for astrophotography on a plain background
Amanda Reed

Capture the cosmos with a telescope for astrophotography.

The post The best telescopes for astrophotography in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best telescopes for astrophotography on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Sky-Watcher Skymax Maksutov-Cassegrain Reflector Telescope for astrophotography Sky-Watcher Skymax Maksutov-Cassegrain Reflector Telescope
SEE IT

Blending aperture and portability.

Best for deep space Explore Scientific ED127 Triplet Refractor Telescope Explore Scientific ED127 Triplet Refractor Telescope
SEE IT

Capture the sky with high-contrast images.

Best portable Sky-Watcher EvoStar 80 APO Doublet Refractor Sky-Watcher EvoStar 80 APO Doublet Refractor
SEE IT

Get sharp sky photos with accurate colors.

Some stargazers are happy to look, while others want to save far-off galaxies for the future with a telescope for astrophotography. Your choice of telescope comes, in part, down to what kind of astrophotography you want to do. A telescope that details the moon’s every last crevice is different from a model that lets you make the Andromeda Galaxy your next piece of wall art. Interplanetary photos are a different ball game, too. It’s also important to start with a budget in mind. You can easily spend well over $1,000 and will probably spend at least that much for a model that results in high-quality images. However, there are a few budget-friendly models worth considering as well. The best telescopes for astrophotography fit different gazing and astrophotography goals, budgets, and portability needs. 

How we chose the best telescopes for astrophotography

We’re camera nerds and into telescopes, so we know a thing or two about the “photography” part of “astrophotography.” We looked at critical reviews and user recommendations and conducted heavy research to ensure we got the “astro” part down.

We picked telescopes based on their build quality, optics, field of view, and focal ratio, with a few specific parameters in mind. We avoided models with plastic pieces and cheap housing, except when looking at budget models, as build quality can affect the ability of the telescope to stay aligned and with viewing quality. Everything from the aperture to the included eyepieces was factored into the optics. Field of view affects the kind of objects you can photograph, and we have those with a narrow field of view for closer objects and wider fields of view for deep-sky objects. Finally, we have models on both ends of the focal ratio spectrum, including middle-of-the-road options for those who want an all-purpose telescope for astrophotography.

The best telescopes for astrophotography: Reviews & Recommendations

Stars can move at 500,000 per hour. Thanks to modern tech, we can take incredibly detailed photos of them in the sky. One of our picks should make you feel like Galileo or Copernicus, minus the death threats from the Catholic Church.

Best overall: Sky-Watcher Skymax Maksutov-Cassegrain Reflector Telescope

Sky-Watcher

SEE IT

Specs

  • Focal ratio: f/15
  • Weight: 17.1 pounds
  • Optical design: Maksutov-Cassegrain

Pros

  • Bright clear views of in-solar system objects
  • Capable of deep-sky viewing and images
  • Relatively compact for the viewing power
  • Includes 1.25-inch adapter

Cons

  • Doesn’t come with a mount

The Sky-Watcher Skymax Reflector Telescope is a compound telescope that offers a long focal length in a relatively compact design. It weighs 17 pounds, and you get excellent, clear views of the moon, planets, and bright deep-sky objects. 

A 1.25-inch adapter comes with the telescope, so you can directly attach a DSLR camera and get snapping once you’ve located the desired object. The f/15 focal ratio does mean it’s considered a slow telescope, so taking deep-sky shots is a little harder. However, as long as those objects are bright, this telescope can capture the images. 

Keep in mind that this model doesn’t come with a mount. You’ll have to purchase one separately. Depending on the type you choose, they can be pricey.

Best for deep space: Explore Scientific ED127 Triplet Refractor Telescope

Explore Scientific

SEE IT

Specs

  • Focal ratio: f/7.5
  • Weight: 18 pounds (21 pounds with finder)
  • Optical design: Triplet Refractor

Pros

  • Excellent build quality
  • Works with a wide range of accessories
  • Can mount a DSLR camera to the cradle handle with additional accessory
  • Light enough to be portable with handle on the tube rings

Cons

  • Does not include mount
  • Cannot be used with a focal reducer

The Explore Scientific ED127 Triplet Refractor Telescope is a versatile telescope that can take—with the right accessories—photos of galaxies and other deep-sky objects. Even in poor light conditions, the ED127 can capture impressive images. 

It comes with a 1.25-inch eyepiece adapter that fits some astrophotography cameras, but you may need a T-adapter for certain DSLR cameras. This model also gets points for portability thanks to the handle on the tube rings. The handle makes it easy to mount despite its power and weight. 

However, this model doesn’t come with a mount, so you’ll have to purchase one separately, adding several hundred dollars to the already splurge-y cost. Additionally, this model cannot be used with a focal reducer, limiting its use in certain types of astrophotography.

Best portable: Sky-Watcher EvoStar 80 APO Doublet Refractor

Sky-Watcher

SEE IT

Specs

  • Focal ratio: f/7.5
  • Weight: 7.3 pounds
  • Optical design: Refractor

Pros

  • Impressive optical image quality
  • Lets you delve into professional-quality astrophotography
  • CA stays controlled with the doublet and moderate focal ratio

Cons

  • Not a good choice for beginners
  • Expensive
  • Includes only the tube with a few accessories

The Sky-Watcher EvoStar 80 APO Doublet Refractor offers an impressive array of optics that create vivid detail and image quality. However, attaining that quality may require the purchase of a few extra accessories. Consequently, this isn’t a model for beginners. 

However, for advanced beginners, intermediate, and even some advanced astrophotographers, the EvoStar 80 provides the quality and ability to travel with the telescope. At only 7.3 pounds, you can take it to the local mountaintop for a broader range of spectacular views as you escape light pollution. The optical specs—including a 1.45 Dawes limit, 1.75 Rayleigh limit, and 12 limiting magnitude—squeeze every last ounce of optical quality, especially in a tube this size. 

If you know what you’re doing and you’re serious enough in astrophotography to know the difference between good and great optical quality, this is a portable telescope that will not disappoint.

Best for beginners: Celestron 114LCM Computerized Newtonian Telescope

Celestron

SEE IT

Specs

  • Focal ratio: f/9
  • Weight: 13.2 pounds
  • Optical design: Newtonian Reflector

Pros

  • Quick, straightforward assembly
  • Computerized mount makes it easier to identify and target objects
  • Includes Sky Tour button to get familiar with the night sky

Cons

  • Cannot take deep-sky images

The Celestron 114LCM Computerized Newtonian Telescope not only lets beginners start taking photographs right away but also introduces them to the night sky. The included mount even has a Sky Tour button that takes users on a guided journey through the heavens. While it doesn’t have the optics to do deep-sky astrophotography, you can connect a webcam, astrophotography camera, or mobile phone to start taking photos. 

You don’t have to be an expert to assemble the telescope and get started right away, which is key for beginners. This model is also relatively lightweight and portable.

Best budget: Celestron AstroMaster 130EQ-MD Newtonian Telescope

Celestron

SEE IT

Specs

  • Focal ratio: f/5
  • Weight: 28 pounds
  • Optical design: Newtonian Reflector

Pros

  • Good views of solar system and moon for the price
  • Red dot finder makes it easier to target
  • Affordable price for a telescope that can be used for basic planetary and moon photography

Cons

  • Mount can be difficult to adjust
  • Parts feel cheap

It’s harder but not impossible to find a telescope under $500 for astrophotography, and the Celestron AstroMaster 130EQ-MD Newtonian Telescope is one of the best below that price point. While the quality of the build and accessories can sometimes reflect the low price, users get excellent views of the moon and planets. That’s also where this telescope shines when it comes to astrophotography: closer objects. A red dot finder, which shines a red dot on the lens, helps users hone in on their target, too. 

You can use this telescope for viewing deep-sky objects, but your chances of getting a good photo at those longer distances aren’t great with this model. However, this value pick is perfect if you’re just getting started.

What to consider when buying the best telescopes for astrophotography

You don’t have to wait for the moon to reach a certain phase to get a good look at the sky. Sometimes, you just want to capture the brief moment where Jupiter was in your view. Here are the features and specs you should look for when searching the galaxies of the internet for a telescope for astrophotography:

Mount type

Before you invest in a telescope, consider what type of mount you already have or the mount that comes with the telescope. The mount is especially important for taking long exposure (slow) images. 

Mount importance comes down to the fact that the Earth is rotating, which alters the object’s location as you take a photo. Without the right mount, you can end up with blurred images or images with a visible trail. 

One of the best options for astrophotography is the equatorial mount. These mounts require only one axis adjustment to follow the object. In comparison, an alt-azimuth mount requires adjusting two axes while you’re trying to track the object. Mounts can be manual or automatic. Automatic equatorial mounts are more expensive, but they leave you free to change eyepieces or take photos. 

Remember that although a telescope may come with one kind of mount, you can buy a different mount separately. 

Focal ratio

The focal ratio is the telescope’s focal length divided by the aperture. The resulting number is the f/number, such as f/4 or f/11. A smaller focal ratio, those below f/5, indicates a faster telescope in that it gathers light at a faster rate than a model with a slower focal rate. These models are fast and have a wider field of view, making them more suited to deep-sky photography. They have shorter focal lengths (the distance between the eyepiece and the lens), which also makes them lighter and easier to carry. 

Slow telescopes have a focal ratio of f/8 or higher. Their longer focal lengths require slower shutter speeds to gather the same amount of light as a slow telescope. They have a narrower field of view but capture greater detail, making them a better choice for images within our solar system, like the moon or planets. 

Optical design

There are many types of telescopes, but those most pertinent to astrophotography include:

Refractor telescopes: Refractor telescopes are one of the most popular astrophotography telescope types. They give you more ability to correct chromatic aberration. Chromatic aberration is when light rays focus at different points, creating different colors around the object’s borders. Refractor telescopes provide more adjustments to fix this problem. They come in APO (apochromatic) and semi-APO design, with APO offering the best chromatic aberration correction. 

Reflecting telescopes: Newtonian and Gregorian telescopes fall into this category. They have mirrors instead of lenses. The Newtonian Dobsonian telescopes are among the most affordable and easiest telescopes to use, making them a good choice for beginners. However, depending on the targeted object, they don’t typically offer the best optical quality as some of the other types of telescopes. 

Schmidt-Cassegrain and Maksutov-Cassegrain: Schmidt-Cassegrain and Maksutov-Cassegrain telescopes are both catadioptric (also called compound telescopes) models. They’re a hybrid between refractor and reflector telescopes, having both lenses and mirrors. These models offer great optical correction features like refractor telescopes and provide long focal lengths in a relatively short tube for greater detail (and photographs) with a smaller telescope. 

FAQS

Q: What is the best telescope for astrophotography?

The Sky-Watcher Skymax provides a balance between size and weight, focal length and ratio, and price. This model’s f/15 focal ratio provides better views of the planets and the moon than deep-space objects. However, the design gives it a wider field of view than similar telescopes, allowing for impressive deep-space images for those with the skill to acquire their target. This telescope is a great option for someone who wants to dabble in both deep space and in-solar system astrophotography

Q: Do you need a special telescope for astrophotography?

You don’t necessarily need a special telescope for astrophotography. Many telescopes that aren’t designed specifically for astrophotography have connectors or accessories that connect the telescope to a DSLR camera or mobile phone for photography purposes. Several of the telescopes on our list fall into this category. However, other models are designed specifically for astrophotography. These models range from those that are basically a camera lens that acts like a telescope to telescopes that connect directly to a DSLR camera. You can go either route. Beginners typically begin with a general telescope that can be used for astrophotography, while astrophotography veterans opt for specialty equipment.

Q: Which telescope is best to see galaxies?

The Explore Scientific ED127 Triplet Refractor Telescope is the best telescope for seeing and photographing galaxies. The f/7.5 focal ratio, however, also makes it a great option if you want to take shots of closer objects too. It’s a large telescope that offers incredible views both near and far, but it’s hard to beat its deep-sky abilities.

Q: What size telescope do I need to photograph galaxies?

The size of the telescope’s field of view, which you’ll find on models with small focal ratios, makes a bigger difference for photographing galaxies than the telescope’s overall size. A wide field of view makes it easier to track and find deep-sky objects like galaxies and nebulas. Having said that, a telescope with an eight-inch or higher aperture will help you see and photograph galaxies better, too.

Q: Can you use a Dobsonian telescope for astrophotography?

You can use a Dobsonian telescope for astrophotography if the object is bright and clear. Dim, faint objects won’t produce very good photos with these telescopes. They’re better suited for photographing the moon on a bright night or for capturing bright planets.

Q: What is a good starter telescope for astrophotography?

Both the Celestron 114LCM Computerized Newtonian Telescope and the Celestron AstroMaster 130EQ-MD Newtonian Telescope are great starter telescopes. Celestron is also well known for its customer service, which can be helpful for beginners. These models will still take some getting used to, but the computerized 114LCM can help newbies find and track objects much faster than a manual mount. The AstroMaster offers good optics for the price, giving beginners a chance to decide if they want to invest in a more expensive telescope later on.

Final thoughts on the best telescopes for astrophotography

Maybe you got your first telescope as a kid and have been fascinated by the skies ever since. Or maybe you got a point-and-shoot camera and have slowly widened your exposure to celestial subjects. However you got here, here you are, scrolling through our top telescopes for astrophotography. The Sky-Watcher Skymax Reflector Telescope offers the best blend of quality with image quality. Its price makes it more feasible for experienced astrophotographers, but you’ll get images with quality that are well above the price. If you’re on a budget, the Celestron 114LCM Computerized Newtonian Telescope or Celestron AstroMaster 130EQ-MD Newtonian Telescope are great options. The 114LCM’s SkyTour and automatic mount make it a great choice for beginners. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best telescopes for astrophotography in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best 3D printers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-3d-printer/ Sat, 31 Jul 2021 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=385435
A lineup of the best 3D printers on a plain background.
Amanda Reed

3D printing has come a long way from its clumsy infancy. Today, 3D printers are great for hobbyists, professionals, and everyone in between.

The post The best 3D printers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best 3D printers on a plain background.
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A Dremel 3D45 3D printer on a plain background. Dremel 3D45
SEE IT

This professional-caliber 3D printer is still easy to use. 

Best for kids Toybox is the best 3D printer for kids. Toybox
SEE IT

Let your kids design their own toys.

Best professional A Creality Ender 3 Pro 3D printer on a plain background. Creality Ender 3 Pro
SEE IT

This open-source, professional printer is surprisingly affordable.

The 3D printer, when it first arrived, seemed right out of the future: you can create anything at all, crafted from a steady stream of plastic. However, it’s now an incredible way to make gifts, parts, and doodads in the present. Lost a chess piece? Print a new one. Need an adapter for the sink? Print one. The possibilities are endless. But sometimes, the choice of which model to buy can also feel endless. What features should you look out for? How do prevent this from becoming a temporary hobby that turns into a money pit? Will you have to worry about accidentally burning your house down or maiming a family member? Here’s how to find one of the best 3D printers for you in perpetuity sans personal hazard.

How we chose the best 3D printers

In coming up with our list of recommendations, we considered models from the leading makers of 3D printers. We looked for options that fit a range of circumstances, from beginners to pros. Ease of assembly, versatility, build volume, and price also figured into compiling our list of the best 3D printers.

The best 3D printers: Reviews & Recommendations

One of our picks should help you unlock your creativity. And while you’re waiting for your 3D printer to arrive, stock up on the best 3D printer filaments.

Best overall: Dremel 3D45

Dremel

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This award-winning 3D printer works with a range of materials and is a favorite of architects, engineers, and beginners alike.

Specs

  • Build volume: 6.7 x 10 x 6 inches
  • Weight: 42.8 pounds
  • Compatible materials: Nylon, ECO-ABS, PETG, PLA

Pros

  • Designed for commercial use
  • Comes with an intuitive touchscreen
  • Has a built-in HD camera that allows for remote printing

Cons

  • Expensive

Dremel’s 3D45 printer is at the top of the heap for home 3D printers. It’s right on the line between a home 3D printer and a professional printer, but what allows it to claim this title as the best home 3D printer is its impressive software and ease of use. It relies on a version of the open-source Cura software, with a nice big touchscreen, which makes it surprisingly simple for beginners, given the extremely high print quality. It’s also one of the best enclosed 3D printers you can buy. It’s a splurge, but it’s worth the price if you’re serious about 3D printing.

Best for kids: Toybox

John Alexander

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This easy-to-use 3D printer comes with a catalog of more than 1,000 toys for kids to create.

Specs

  • Build volume: 7 x 8 x 9 centimeters (2.7 x 3.1 x 3.5 inches)
  • Weight: 6.6 pounds
  • Compatible materials: PLA plastic

Pros

  • Easy to use
  • New toys added to catalog every day
  • Uses non-toxic and compostable PLA

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Smaller build space

Depending on age and experience, kids and teens may prefer a typical, “adult-centric” 3D printer. But the Toybox (which we have thoroughly reviewed) is designed for younger kids, with lots of safety options (like non-toxic materials) and a super easy-to-use app for selecting and printing all kinds of fun toys. And those toys can be for kids of all ages, as this is a great 3D printer for gaming miniatures.

Best small: FlashForge Finder 3

FlashForge

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This compact printer is easy to assemble, quiet, and has good build volume for its size.

Specs

  • Build volume: 190×195×200 millimeters
  • Weight: 34.39 pounds
  • Compatible materials: PLA, ABS, HIPS, PETG, PETG PRO, TPU

Pros

  • Can use right out of the box
  • Glass platform is removable 
  • Quiet and small

Cons

  • Only works with Linux

The FlashForge Finder 3 is a well-priced, diminutive 3D printer that doesn’t skimp on the features. Its leveling system guides you through the oft-annoying process of ensuring the built platform is aligned properly. Plus, the build plate slides right out, which makes removing your printed object much easier. It also boasts a touchscreen for easy operation, and the build platform is designed to be cold, for safety reasons. It’s a great 3D printer for all kinds of activities, like prototyping accessories for cosplay.

Best professional: Creality Ender 3 Pro

Creality

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This high-end printer is an upgrade from the last model, with an aluminum extruder for stability and a magnetic printing surface that allows users to remove models more easily.

Specs

  • Build volume: 8.66 x 8.66 x 9.84 inches
  • Weight: 2.2 pounds
  • Compatible materials: PLA, ETG, ABS

Pros

  • Comes semi-assembled
  • Magnetic printing bed that allows for easy product removal
  • Aluminum extruder proves extra stability.

Cons

  • Not designed for beginners

The Creality Ender 3 Pro is known for its high-quality prints, and the company does a great job of leading owners through the assembly process. It’s fully open-source, and there are lots of options for upgrading individual parts later, which makes it a great base for learning about 3D printing. It’s also surprisingly affordable and a great 3D printer under $500. It isn’t the easiest 3D printer to use, but if you’re building a printer yourself, that’s likely okay with you.

Best resin: ANYCUBIC Photon Mono X

Anycubic

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The ANYCUBIC Photon Mono X offers the best vital features per cost of any consumer-grade resin 3D printer out there.

Specs

  • Build volume: 192mm x 120mm x 250mm
  • Weight: 22.4 pounds
  • Compatible materials: Resin

Pros

  • Premium feature set
  • Reasonable price
  • Very fast

Cons

  • Not as easy to use as entry-level models

If you’re looking for the best overall bang for your buck in the resin 3D printer space, the ANYCUBIC Photon Mono X is your ticket. ANYCUBIC is an extremely well-known manufacturer in the space, and there are plenty of online tutorials on how to use its devices on enthusiast forums like Reddit. 

The Mono X’s feature set is a cut above the usual suspects in the 3D printer game. At 7.5 inches by 4.7 inches by 9.8 inches, the Mono X’s build area is more than big enough for any miniature you’re likely to want to build, except maybe Cthulhu. It also offers fast speeds, 4K resolution, and better Z-axis support than similar models.

Best budget: ANYCUBIC Kobra 2 Neo 3D Printer

Anycubic

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Autolevel takes the worry and guesswork out of making something new.

Specs

  • Build volume: 8.7 x 8.7 x 9.8 inches
  • Weight: 16 pounds
  • Compatible materials: PLA

Pros

  • Easy to use
  • Small footprint
  • Affordable

Cons

  • Heavy

As far as affordable 3D printers go, we love the ANYCUBIC Kobra 2 Neo 3D Printer. It’s cheap but includes higher-end features like auto-leveling. Linear propulsion and input shaping functions give you smoother, sharper prints. It’s perfect for beginners but is a great match for more experienced makers. It’s a best value if you want the most bang for your buck.

What to consider when buying the best 3D printers

Today’s offerings are generally designed for two markets: home and office. Home 3D printers tend to be more affordable—lately, some of the best beginner 3D printers have been getting down under $300, which is a far cry from the thousands they used to cost. These are great for toying around with, teaching yourself (or your kids) modeling software, and seeing what kinds of crazy stuff you can create out of seemingly thin air.

Professional 3D printers are much more expensive but show the full capability of this moment in time in the 3D-printing world. Architects can quickly build out perfect scale models. Manufacturers can skip the entire go-to-the-factory tour and spit out a prototype in minutes. 

Luckily, some of the best home printers are also some of the least expensive 3D printers. After all, the needs of a home user are not quite as particular as a professional in an engineering lab. That doesn’t mean you’ll be skimping on features, though; these 3D printers, no matter how affordable, can do some truly amazing stuff.

Some of the professional 3D printers require some experience with CAD design—yes, we know, the “D” stands for design already—software, which can feel overwhelming for newbies. But there are plenty of machines that are beginner-friendly, enabling you to download designs and print them right out.

Setup

The best home 3D printers—meaning, not a professional system designed for businesses—are typically smaller, ideally a bit cheaper, and hopefully, come pre-assembled. Home 3D printers should be able to connect via a simple USB cable to your computer, although WiFi connectivity is a nice option to reduce the amount of cord clutter around your home. 

Resolution

You’ll also want to look at print resolution. This metric is measured in microns, and the smaller the number is, the sharper the image. The resolution of 3D models is important to 3D printing. You can think about it like you’re building out of LEGO blocks: if you only use a few larger blocks, you’ll have a very blocky, rough sculpture. But use a lot of smaller blocks, and you can create more natural-looking curves and shapes. For a home 3D printer, look for around 50 microns in resolution.

Assembly

Many 3D printers, including the Prusa i3, come in two versions: one is pre-assembled, and one, for a discounted price, requires assembly by yourself. In general, we don’t love the assembly-required versions, as they can be very finicky and tricky to put together. This isn’t quite an Ikea couch; these gadgets are complex, and any errors in construction can totally mess up your final prints. 

Once you go down into the less expensive units, you often won’t find any assembly-required options at all. These are more grab-and-go printers, designed for ease of use, and frankly, we like that. Especially because using these printers as an educational toy for kids is one of their best attributes, and the assembly is often too difficult for them. Instead, grab a kid-friendly, pre-assembled unit.

Size

3D printers can vary in size from a small shoebox to, well, literally house-sized. The smaller 3D printers are often a great option for those with a limited amount of desk space, or perhaps for those with no need to print anything all too large. 

Price

Given that many 3D printers can cost thousands of dollars, you’d be forgiven for looking at a less expensive printer with some suspicion. You’ll definitely be sacrificing something, but the nice thing about cheap 3D printers is that you can choose what you want to give up. Are you okay with a slightly lesser printing resolution? Or would you rather sacrifice how large the printed objects can be? Or do you want to build the printer yourself, opting for more barebones kits to save some cash? All of those are possibilities.

Kits

If you want to get in the weeds, and we’d understand if you do, a 3D printer kit is a great way to both save some money and start to understand the intricacies of how these machines work—because you’ll have to build them. 

It’ll take you a few hours to put these kits together, but there are tons of helpful tutorials on YouTube, and you’ll get the same kind of satisfaction that you might get from working on a car. If something goes wrong, you’ll know what, because you constructed the entire project. And the rewards for creating something that then creates something else? It’s fun wrapped in a riddle.

Open-frame vs. closed-frame

An open-frame 3D printer doesn’t have an outer shell like close-frame 3D printers do. An open-frame 3D printer is perfect if you don’t have to worry about dust, temperature fluctuations, or interference from children and/or pets. A closed-frame, or enclosed, 3D printer prevents all of the above. Open-frame 3D printers are often cheaper than closed-frame 3D printers.

Build volume

The build volume is how much space you have to print an object. A larger build volume lets you print larger objects. You can’t print your object completely if your build volume isn’t large enough for what you want to print. Build volume is listed in Cartesian form (x, y, z). Generally, look for 12 inches in one of the dimensions and 6-12 inches in the other two.

FAQs

Q: Is getting a 3D printer worth it?

Whether a 3D printer is worth it depends on your use case. They’re great educational tools, and can be really fun toys, too: it never gets old to download some plans and then have them manifest as a physical object, right there at home. They aren’t necessarily practical for home use, in that you’re not going to be printing too many high-end sculptures or tools, but if you know that going in, you can really enjoy yourself.

Q: What is the maintenance cost of a 3D printer?

It depends on the kind of printer you have. And, some companies include maintenance as part of the initial price, or with an extended warranty or annual service plan. Maintaining a 3D printer shouldn’t cost more than $100 per year, based on the models we mention.

Q: How long do 3D printers last on average?

If you maintain and replace parts, your printer can last between 5-10 years. Regular cleaning and adjustments can help with 3D printer lifespan.

Final thoughts on the best 3D printers

The best 3D printers—home printers, 3D printers for kids, detail-oriented kits, or even budget-friendly options—can be truly mind-blowing home gadgets. It’s incredibly satisfying to watch these machines spool plastic with such precision, creating something that you want seemingly out of thin air.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best 3D printers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Watch your favorite holiday movies on a “big screen” with this XGIMI projector deal at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/xgimi-projector-holiday-amazon-deal/ Tue, 05 Dec 2023 18:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=593928
The XGIMI MoGo projector on a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

All you need is a plug, a large white wall, and everyone agreeing on what to watch so you can project your favorite movies, shows, and games.

The post Watch your favorite holiday movies on a “big screen” with this XGIMI projector deal at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The XGIMI MoGo projector on a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

You can debate Die Hard being a holiday movie all you want (it’s not, and I will die on this hill), but sometimes, you just have to shut up since you can’t put up at the family party. Or, you can achieve peace by putting on anything else (Home Alone, A Christmas Story, Elf, even Gremlins). Maybe we shouldn’t project our feelings on the festivities, but that doesn’t mean we can’t project something far more fun. Holiday movies can bring the family together, whether it’s a Rankin/Bass classic or a Hallmark feel-good fodder. Watch it on your own wall, or your family’s or a friend’s, with these projector deals at Amazon.

XGIMI MoGo 2 Pro 1080P Portable Projector $509.99 (Was $599)

XGIMI

SEE IT

Bring the Hollywood premiere to your own home with this 400-lumen projector that you can fit easily in a bag or hand. Two 8W speakers that are compatible with Dolby Audio give you realistic sound, and automatic keystone correction lets you get in focus faster. It’s perfect for weekly Bachelor watch parties with the crew or a super Super Bowl shindig.

Here are more projector deals we’re watching out for:

The post Watch your favorite holiday movies on a “big screen” with this XGIMI projector deal at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best cotton sheets of 2023, tested and reviewed https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-cotton-sheets/ Mon, 04 Dec 2023 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=593398
A lineup of the best cotton sheets
Amanda Reed

Don't lose sleep over your bedding with cotton sheets that make you feel like royalty.

The post The best cotton sheets of 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best cotton sheets
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A Parachute bedset in a navy Dusk color on a bed and pillow Parachute Home Brushed Cotton Sheet Set
SEE IT

Soft, luxurious, and built to last.

Best organic A white Delilah Home sheet set tied up in a rectangle on a plain background Delilah Home Sustainable Living 100% Organic Cotton Bed Sheet Set
SEE IT

Resort-quality sheets you can feel good about.

Best budget A pair of white California Design Den sheets on a bed California Design Den 6 Piece Sheet Set
SEE IT

Get a 400 thread count for $50.

Cotton sheets are the everyman of bedding fabric. They’re breathable—perfect for those who run hot when they sleep—and low maintenance. All you have to do is throw them in the wash to clean, and they hold up twice as long compared to other fabrics. And, since cotton is a natural material, you don’t have to worry about it rotting away in a landfill for years and years. You can also get recycled cotton sheets to feel better about your bedding purchases. You can also get a little crazy with cotton fabric: Flannel, sateen, percale … there are endless ways to turn cotton into something even more dreamy than before. Cotton bedding also comes in many shapes, sizes, and patterns, so you can change your bedding as you get older without losing on comfort and snuggliness. They’re also versatile for multiple seasons. The best cotton sheets are fit for a king—or queen … or twin—and you’ll find them here.

How we chose the best cotton sheets

I am #teamtopsheet. A top sheet is perfect for nights when you’re running warm but you want something covering you. Through college and adulthood, I’ve wrestled with many a fitted sheet. This passion for a piece of fabric—and overcoming adversity by putting on a fitted sheet correctly—makes me uniquely qualified to test this topic. Do those little labels with “BOTTOM RIGHT” emblazoned on them make a difference? What amount of bonus material is needed to fit over a mattress topper? As a very serious journalist covering hard-hitting topics like water bottles, sex toys, and bongs (which could all be considered sleep accessories of a sort), it’s important to not let a sleeping dog lie. If you’re not comfortable in bed, there’s no way you’re getting a good night’s sleep. To find the best cotton sheets, I looked at user reviews and critical recommendations and tested options myself. This sleeping dog laid down a bunch to give you the dirt skinny, but she definitely doesn’t lie about her favorite cotton sheets.

The best cotton sheets: Reviews & Recommendations

So you’ve got a luxurious new mattress, but do you want your raw body touching it … touching the duvet? Exactly. We’re not giving you any bull-sheet when it comes to our picks for the best cotton sheets. Pop some melatonin—but not too much—and read on.

Best overall: Parachute Home Brushed Cotton Sheet Set

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Specs

  • Included in set: 1 fitted sheet, 2 pillowcases
  • Sizes: Full, Queen, King, California King
  • Machine washable?: Yes

Pros

  • Soft
  • Ages like fine wine
  • Breathable

Cons

  • Top sheet is a $100 add-on
  • Fitted sheet has lots of excess fabric
  • Expensive

I realized I got these sheets in “college boy navy blue” (called “Dusk” on the Parachute website) after putting them on my IKEA mattress. However, the Parachute Brushed Cotton Sheet Set is the antithesis of the scratchy, thin, sad sheets adorning the stained mattresses of college-aged men. Jokingly calling them “college boy navy blue” also feels wrong—a tinge of gray makes them feel undoubtedly more grown up.

The cotton is breathable, the sheets are oh-so-soft, and the weave feels thick and sturdy. It feels like I’ve reclaimed something from my sordid alcohol-fueled, anti-depressant-less, not-in-therapy college romps. These have quickly become the No. 1 sheet set in my rotation, and I’d purchase them again in Mist—a light blue-grey—in a heartbeat.

The elastic on the fitted sheet fit perfectly, but there was excess material. The top sheet was also large. It felt more like a Queen-sized set but was indeed a Full (I double-checked). This is perfect if you have a tall, plushy mattress topper, but I prefer a more fitted look compared to the lived-in looseness the Parachute sheets provided. It’s not a deal breaker, but it is something to note.

Although they’re worth the price, this Parachute set is expensive. I received two pillowcases, a top sheet, and a fitted sheet. This basic Full set (2 pillowcases, 1 fitted sheet, and 1 $100 top sheet add-on) comes out to $269—a pretty penny for something that encounters sweat, spit, and skin dust nightly. That cost adds up if you buy multiple sets to swap in and out. However, considering this set will last me years and exceed its cost per use quickly, the money math works out.

Best flannel: Coyuchi Cloud Brushed Organic Flannel Sheet Set

Coyuchi

SEE IT

Specs

  • Included in set: Two pillowcases, 1 fitted sheet, 1 top sheet
  • Sizes: Twin, full
  • Machine washable?: Yes

Pros

  • Made of organic cotton
  • Thick, weighty 6-ounce flannel
  • Made of recycled cotton

Cons

  • Expensive

Crawling into bed on a cold winter’s night and feeling your skin touch crisp, cool sheets is … not ideal. Bring your inner hipster and/or lumberjack into your bed with flannel sheets that keep you cozy when the temperature drops. This set from Coyuchi is weighty 6-ounce flannel and made from 100 percent organic cotton. You get two pillowcases, a fitted sheet, and a top sheet for slightly less than the Parachute set. A former/fallen PopSci Gear desk member (may he rest in peace) is a Coyuchi stan and vouches for their masterful quality and utmost coziness. If you’re looking to get that sweet, sweet Amazon two-day shipping on these bad boys, you’ll be limited in your size and color choices. Thankfully, there are more size and color options on the Coyuchi website.

Best organic: Delilah Home Sustainable Living 100% Organic Cotton Bed Sheet Set

Delilah Home

SEE IT

Specs

  • Included in set: Two pillowcases, top sheet, fitted sheet
  • Sizes: Twin XL, Full, Queen, King, Split King, California King
  • Machine washable?: Yes

Pros

  • Lots of sizes
  • GOTS certified

Cons

  • Thin
  • Limited shade range

If you’re looking to bring the hotel sheet feel into your own home while getting peace of mind about where your cotton came from, look no further than this set from Delilah Home. It’s made from 100 percent organic cotton and is GOTS-certified. Crawling into bed every night felt like I was back in a hotel room at the ADERO in Scottsville, Arizona, cocooned in cotton that was warm where my body was and perfectly chilled everywhere else.

However, they are thin compared to other sheet sets. Although the 300 thread count feels absolutely luxurious, I could see my well-worn, beloved pillow and mattress topper through my pillowcase and fitted sheet which … is far from luxurious. There’s also a limited shade range. If you are a fan of white, beige, and gray, you will find exactly what you like with these sheets. If you’re looking for resort quality with organics in mind, this set from Delilah Home couldn’t be more of a perfect choice.

Best for hot sleepers: Linen Home Store 100% Cotton Percale Sheets

Linen Home Store

SEE IT

Specs

  • Included in set: Two pillowcases, top sheet, fitted sheet
  • Sizes: Twin, Twin XL, Full, Queen, King, California King
  • Machine washable?: Yes

Pros

  • Keeps you cool and dry
  • Luxurious feel
  • QA tested

Cons

  • Wrinkle easily
  • Reviews note they’re a little scratchy

Percale is a fabric where the yarn is woven one-over-one (one thread over, one thread under). This results in a closer weave that’s more durable and feels like it came right from a resort laundry room. It’s also cool to the touch. Hot sleepers will appreciate this crispness, especially when moving their leg or arm to another part of the bed. Combined that with the breathability of cotton and you have a bed set that keeps you comfortable and dry. Linen Home Store also tests their sheets for pilling, shrinkage, thread count accuracy, and color fastness. The set you get is been inspected by someone on Linen Home Store’s quality assurance team, meaning you get the same quality every time you buy. And, at $65, with more than 40 color options available, it’s easy to get multiple sets for all beds in your home. You do sacrifice some quality for price—reviews note they wrinkle easily and are a little scratchy—but there’s nothing the best washer-dryer sets and a dryer sheet can’t fix.

Best budget: California Design Den 6 Piece Sheet Set

California Design Den

SEE IT

Specs

  • Included in set: Four pillowcases, 1 top sheet, 1 fitted sheet
  • Sizes: Twin, Twin XL, Full, Queen, King, California King, Split King
  • Machine washable?: Yes

Pros

  • Durable
  • Cheap
  • High level of craftsmanship

Cons

  • Not for those with this mattress toppers

These 400 thread count sheets from California Design Den are made with 100 percent cotton, come with four pillowcases (compared to two, like every other option on this list), and only cost $50. Almost all reviews praise them for their durability, feel, craftsmanship, and how they exceeded their expectations. Deep pockets on the fitted sheet give plenty of room for tall mattress toppers, and head or foot side indicators (not included on most options on our list) make putting on the fitted sheet less of a struggle. Their price, combined with their quality and color options, puts this pick in our top picks and packs. However, although they’re advertised as being deep pocket, they run a little taut.

What to consider when buying the best cotton sheets

We’ve learned a few things from our sleep coverage. And one of those things is the importance of a good set of bed linens. Sleep is the Here is what you should know when shopping for the best cotton sheets:

Thread count

Thread count refers to the number of threads/yarns in a square inch of fabric. A higher thread count means the threads are thinner, and more can fit into one square inch. A higher thread count doesn’t mean higher quality, however. For example, linen—another fabulous bedding material, which we’ll get into later—has a lower thread count because the fibers are naturally thicker. Look for something in the 200-600 range. Any higher, and you’re most likely dealing with synthetics, which aren’t as breathable as cotton, linen, bamboo, or hemp.

Material and weave

Instead of focusing on thread count, make material and weave your number one priority. Cotton and linen are some of the finest sheet materials, but bamboo and hemp sheets have held their own. Here are more details on some common weaves for cotton sheets

  • Percale: Cotton fabric that’s tightly woven in a plain square weave pattern; is crisp and cool to the touch; has a matte finish; incredibly breathable and moisture-wicking; gets softer every wash.
  • Sateen: Made using a satin weave (one thread over, four threads under); silky-soft; lustrous; warmer and more insulating; more wrinkle-resistant.
  • Brushed cotton: Made in a plain weave square pattern but finished with special brushing on one side to fluff up the surface; light insulation.
  • Flannel: Made in plain or twill weave, depending on product; Brushed on both sides for softness and insulation.
  • Jersey: Knit (made from one thread); like wrapping yourself in a t-shirt; soft; great for cold sleepers; stretchy; wrinkle-resistant.

Size

This one seems self-explanatory, but buying the proper sheet size is important. If it’s too small, it could pop off the bed; too large, and you’ll feel your sheets move with you as you toss and turn. If you’re worried a mattress topper will mess with your sheets, consider an option with deep pockets. The industry standard pocket is 7-12 inches. Deep pocket sheets are 14-20 inches deep.

FAQs

Q: Are high-thread count cotton sheets worth it?

Most often than not, no. Instead of looking for thread quality, consider materials and weave. Percale, brushed, flannel, and sateen cotton sheets have a thread count of around 200-600.

Q: What is the best type of cotton for sheets?

Coming up top is Egyptian cotton, which is known for its color retention, glossy finish, and wear. Second is pima cotton. You’ll see this as Supima, its trademarked name. Supima cotton is strong, soft, and retains color well. Everything else is American upland cotton, which is rougher and cheaper.

Q: How do you soften cotton sheets?

Washing in warm water, using a gentle detergent, soaking your sheets, using fabric softener, and using vinegar in the rinse cycle can make your sheets softer. Regular washing over time will make your cotton sheets softer.

Final thoughts on the best cotton sheets

Cotton sheets combine breathability, durability, and versatility for bed linens for all kinds of sleepers, hot or cold. A higher thread count doesn’t equal quality. Cotton sheets often have a thread count of 200-600. With proper care, rotating, and laundering, your cotton sheets can last for years.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best cotton sheets of 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Bluetooth speakers in 2023, chosen by experts https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-bluetooth-speakers/ Wed, 13 Oct 2021 14:14:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-bluetooth-speakers/
Best Bluetooth speakers sliced and diced header
Tony Ware

A Bluetooth speaker is a great way to stay connected to your favorite audio without being tethered to any one place.

The post The best Bluetooth speakers in 2023, chosen by experts appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best Bluetooth speakers sliced and diced header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best sounding Sonos Move 2 Sonos Move 2
SEE IT

With both Wi-Fi and Bluetooth connectivity, this pick will stay synced to your tunes wherever you go.

Best for outdoors JBL BoomBox 3 Bluetooth speaker in camp product image JBL Boombox 3
SEE IT

Play your favorite tracks all day without losing power—this waterproof pick has 24 hours of charge.

Best for parties Bose S1 Pro Portable Bluetooth Speaker System Bose S1 Pro
SEE IT

For booming audio and built-in sensors for optimal sound, this speaker is perfect for outdoor spaces and your next party.

A Bluetooth speaker is a great way to listen to the tunes you love anytime, anywhere, and without getting tangled up in an endless maze of cords. With easy portability and quick connectivity, good Bluetooth speakers can elevate any activity. Get better sound during an impromptu movie screening, bust out the backing vocals during a campfire sing-along, and put on the proper playlist for a backyard cookout or trip to the beach. All you need is a Bluetooth-compatible device—like a cellphone, computer, or tablet—and you’re in business. However, not all wireless speakers are created equal; you want to find something with great sound and a sleek design that will also last. We’ve narrowed down the competition to the best Bluetooth speakers so you can spend less time shopping and more time with your favorite playlists.

How we chose the best Bluetooth speakers

The PopSci writers and editors are serious music nerds. We scoured dozens of different options across many well-known brands to find models that best fit various needs and lifestyles. All the speakers on this list achieve a baseline level of sound quality that will do justice to any music you pump through them. We primarily focused on attainable models that blend value with performance but made sure to throw in some premium options for on-the-go audiophiles. Every speaker on the list is portable, though some may require more effort to move than others. Whichever model you pick, you can be confident that it can rock any party you show up at.

The best Bluetooth speakers: Reviews & Recommendations

As with any electronics, we recommend picking the most important aspect of the device for you and focusing on it. So, if you want optimal sound, pick something with serious audio chops. If you want something that will be ultra-tough, be willing to make some concessions when it comes to pure audio quality. If you’re realistic about your needs, you’ll have a better chance of getting a device that fits your life. Whether you’re looking for an extremely durable portable speaker or an extremely versatile stereo pair, however, our top picks for the best Bluetooth speakers deliver quality sound no matter your setup or budget.

Best overall: JBL Boombox 3

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Yes, it’s big, but it pumps out enormous sound, and the battery is truly prolific—lasting a full day on a single charge.

Specs

  • Battery life: 24 hours
  • Weight: 13 pounds
  • IP Rating: IP67

Pros

  • Loud
  • Great battery life
  • Slick look despite its size
  • Solid connectivity

Cons

  • Heavy
  • Expensive

The JBL Boombox 3 has excellent sound quality and boasts 24 hours of battery life. The party quite literally never has to stop; in fact, you might have to stop well before the Boombox 2. It’s a great Bluetooth speaker to power a backyard jam or take a guaranteed party with you. With a convenient handle, an IP67 waterproof rating, and the ability to dual charge other devices, this JBL speaker will keep you going when you want to entertain (or listen to back-to-back podcasts all day). Thanks to the new three-way speaker design and 40 Hz – 20 kHz frequency response, thunderous lows come in seismic waves but with plenty of presence in the mids and highs to maintain sonic composure. Bluetooth 5.3 means the signal stays strong and stable, extending hundreds of feet in open air. With the Boombox 3, you can bring the club home … to your house and, with enough volume, your unsuspecting neighbors, too. Of course, all of that comes at a premium: $449 on average. Crave a similar punch without the same price? The JBL Boombox 2 is still a great buy for at least $50 less on average. And if you want to go to the extreme, the loudest portable Bluetooth speaker currently available is the SOUNDBOKS 4, which is one of our top picks for an outdoor party speaker because it can reach up to 126 decibels.

Best ultra-portable: Marshall Emberton II

Marshall

SEE IT

Specs

  • Battery life: 30 hours
  • Weight: 1.5 pounds
  • IP Rating: IP67

Pros

  • Highly portable
  • Excellent battery life
  • Durable

Cons

  • Controls take some getting used to

Marshall’s expansion from amps and other hardware used by iconic bands like AC/DC to consumer-level headphones and speakers has been pretty successful. Its speakers have become popular enough for the company to release revised versions of them, including the Emberton II, its latest take on a highly portable mid-tier Bluetooth speaker. The Emberton II retains Marshall’s amps’ iconic gold and black look, with red LEDs showing its power state and battery life.

In our tests, the Emberton II sounds good for its size and price and, thankfully, wasn’t tuned exclusively for listening to rock music. There are limitations to the amount of balance you can get from a backpack-friendly mono speaker, but we were pleased that Marshall managed to fit two 2-inch drivers inside instead of one. If you’re looking for a speaker that can sound pretty good when cranked up loud for a trip to the beach or backyard party, but is small enough to take with you while traveling on a plane, the Emberton II is the ideal choice.

While we don’t have any significant nits to pick with the sound, the Emberton II’s buttons can be a little annoying to navigate. There’s a standalone power button (thank goodness), but all of the speaker’s other controls: Play/pause, next track, previous track, volume up, volume down, require you to use the circular, golden controller on top of the speaker. It’s tough to know at a glance what moving the controller in any of these directions will do—there are small glyphs, but they’re difficult to see and won’t be apparent to someone unfamiliar with the Emberton II.

We hope Marshall addresses that usability with the Emberton III. Still, our complaint wasn’t large enough to keep us from recommending this speaker, which excels at its most important job: playing music.

Want something only a lil less portable but much more rockin’? A retro-chic look with an impressive sound, the Marshall Kilburn II boasts 20 hours of playtime with a quick-charge option, Bluetooth 5.0 with aptX (which delivers higher fidelity with compatible devices), a 30-foot connectivity range, and, best of all, adjustable analog EQ so you can customize your sound. The Marshall Kilburn II performs well across all frequencies with a range of 52 to 20,000 Hz, delivering 36 articulate watts in a classically styled 6.5-pound cabinet (complete with strap and ruggedized touches). Plus, a multi-host feature lets you connect two devices at once so you can take turns soloing. While it’s made for fiery licks, the Kilburn II isn’t built to withstand the elements like its younger, smaller sibling.

And if you want a similarly retromodern aesthetic with smart speaker capabilities added in, the JBL Authentics 300 isn’t an ultra-portable speaker with an updated, upscale ’70s vibe, onboard EQ knobs, but also voice assistant access. If you want to keep to the same size as the Emberton II but add in those WiFi-connected brains, the Sonos Roam is an option.

Best party speaker: Bose S1 Pro Portable Bluetooth Speaker System

Bose

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This Bluetooth party speaker cranks out huge volume while minimizing distortion.

Specs

  • Battery life: 11 hours
  • Weight: 15 pounds
  • Meant for DJs and party pros

Pros

  • Unmatched volume
  • Excellent sound quality
  • Durable

Cons

  • Heavy
  • Expensive

If you want the loudest Bluetooth speaker, the Bose S1 Pro will give you concert-level volume without sacrificing quality. This PA-inspired Bluetooth speaker is pretty impressive. There is some extra math to be done regarding maximum decibel output because high-end speakers usually have a range of wattage support that affects the sound output. However, the S1 Pro typically peaks at around 109 decibels. It features a 3-channel mixer, with options for reverb and EQ and a dedicated channel for other music sources. The speaker can last up to 11 hours with a QuickCharge function if you’re in a rush. Though it’s a little bigger (and several hundred more expensive) than other models, this speaker is still quite portable and extremely potent. With unparalleled sound quality, it’s truly perfect for parties and private concerts.

Best waterproof: Ultimate Ears WONDERBOOM 3

Brandt Ranj

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Ultimate Ears has an impeccable talent for pumping out small, waterproof speakers that sound great. This little sound sphere is no exception. It’s awesome all around.

Specs

  • Battery life: 13 hours
  • Weight: 1 pound
  • Bluetooth Range: 131 feet 
  • IP Rating: IP67

Pros

  • Great sound for its size
  • Light
  • Small
  • Totally waterproof
  • Attractive design

Cons

  • Not as powerful as other models

Since being introduced in 2019, the Ultimate Ears Wonderboom 2 has been a tried-and-true favorite, one of the best Bluetooth speakers under $100 in any situation, thanks to its durability and sound quality. The Ultimate Ears WONDERBOOM 3 ups that ante as one of the best waterproof Bluetooth speakers. If you are looking for a mini Bluetooth speaker that you can easily take with you on the go, look no further than this $99 wonder. The UE WONDERBOOM 3 comes in multiple fun two-tone colors with a flexible handle at the top that can easily be attached to a backpack, bike basket, or even a belt loop. This UE speaker also weighs less than 1 pound so that your speaker won’t drag you down while the sound lifts you up. The battery lasts a full 13 hours and produces amazing 360-degree sound coverage. With an IP67 rating, this Bluetooth speaker is waterproof, it even floats, and Ultimate Ears suggests trying it out in the shower. It’s small but mighty, measuring just four inches tall but packs a punch when it comes to volume, reaching up to 87 dB (almost concert-level loud).

Want something with even more … boom? The Wonderboom 3’s (much) bigger brother, the EPICBOOM is a big, bassy, shockproof, dustproof, waterproof device that can be immersed in up to one meter of water for up to 30 minutes.

Best sounding: Sonos Move 2

Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This portable speaker seamlessly ties into the Sonos wireless music system and pumps out excellent audio quality, making it one of the best-sounding Bluetooth speakers.

Specs

  • Battery life: 24 hours
  • Weight: 6.61 pounds
  • Bluetooth Range: 800 feet 
  • IP Rating: IP56

Pros

  • Works with all other Sonos systems
  • Fantastic sounds
  • Automatically adjusts sound to its environment

Cons

  • Expensive

The Sonos Move has a ton of options when it comes to connectivity. Known for its smart speakers, Sonos gear typically operates over WiFi. It can instantly integrate into an existing multiroom Sonos speaker network, connect to Apple AirPlay, and use a built-in Alexa voice assistant that you can enable and disable as you like. But the Move 2 is also capable of connecting to devices via Bluetooth, making it truly portable.

It lasts up to 24 hours per charge, which is a 13-hour improvement over its predecessor, and that’s not the only change Sonos made this time around. The Sonos Move 2 has a completely different audio architecture, with a faster processor, better amp, and improved drivers. The result is an excellent-sounding connected speaker that takes many cues from Sonos’ new Era 100, which we reviewed favorably earlier this year.

If you care deeply about audio quality, baked-in Sonos’ EQ settings do a great job at accentuating different frequency bands without feeling heavy handed. While the Sonos Move 2 isn’t a totally neutral speaker, it made the music we listened to sound lively and fun. A feature called TruePlay uses the speaker’s built-in microphone to make adjustments to its sound based on the room (or even part of the room) it’s in. The result is a speaker that sounds good both in and outdoors.

You can easily control all of the various services and settings like Sonos Radio, Alexa, Spotify, Apple Music, and more using the Sonos S2 singular app, making it easy to change things up at the drop of a hat. That’s a lot of options, though they come at a fair amount of dollars: $400 on average. Looking for a Sonos speaker that’s even more transportable and weather-resistant, while also more affordable? Check out the palm-sized IP67 Sonos Roam, which still sports many features and great fidelity but for less than $200.

Best for Android: Sony SRS-XG300

Brandt Ranj

SEE IT

Specs

  • Battery life: 25 hours
  • Weight: 6.6 pounds
  • IP Rating: IP67

Pros

  • Advanced-resolution codec support
  • Portability for its size
  • Loud sound

Cons

  • Price

It should be no surprise that the best Bluetooth speaker we could find for Android has carried over from our best portable Bluetooth speakers. No speaker has come close to the audio quality, codec support, and aesthetics of the SRS-XG300, and we don’t believe in trying to fix what isn’t broken.

Sony has never shied away from making high-end audio hardware, and the SRS-XG300 is its latest premium portable Bluetooth speaker. After years of refining internal components, Sony gave its portable speakers a much-needed top-to-bottom redesign. The SRS-XG300 is a lot sleeker, with a mesh covering pleasing to the eye and a retractable handle that makes the relatively big speaker easier to carry. Indeed, carrying it from room to room or from the car to the beach never felt like a chore. Sony’s focus on building speakers with lights continues here, but they’re no longer a main focal point; LED rings surround the drivers on both sides of this speaker, but they never look garish. Plus, you can turn them off at the push of a button.

The SRS-XG300 is larger than most of our portable Bluetooth speaker recommendations, but the extra space comes with a couple of big benefits. This speaker lasts up to 25 hours per charge while delivering far better sound than smaller speakers. This was the best-sounding portable Bluetooth speaker I tested this year, with refined-sounding lows, mids, and treble without distortion at high volumes. Sibilance and other audio abnormalities were also absent, though this will always come down to how your music was recorded and mastered.

We can recommend the SRS-XG300 to anyone, but especially Android users whose devices support the LDAC codec. Without getting too into the weeds, devices that support this technology can play higher-resolution audio at a bitrate of 990kbps (kilobytes per second), which is approaching full CD quality (1,411kbps). For reference, aptX (a more commonly used audio codec) compresses audio to a rate of 352kbps. This difference doesn’t matter when you’re streaming music from Spotify (which streams at a maximum of 320kpbs), but it does if you’re subscribed to services such as Apple Music, Amazon Music, or TIDAL, which provide higher-resolution tiers that can take advantage of that LDAC bandwidth. These features come with a steep price tag, and the SRS-XG300’s most technically impressive feature is limited to folks with a handful of devices, which is why we couldn’t definitively label this the best-sounding Bluetooth speaker overall. If you care about audio quality, though, there’s no other portable Bluetooth speaker that deserves your consideration.

Best desktop: Edifier S1000W

Brandt Ranj

SEE IT

Specs

  • Battery life: N/A
  • Weight: 36.3 pounds
  • IP Rating: N/A

Pros

  • Classic look
  • Balanced sound
  • Multiple inputs

Cons

  • Not portable
  • Large

Edifier has slowly become one of our go-to audio companies because of its ability to cram a lot of performance into speakers that don’t cost a lot of money. The S1000Ws show off what Edifier is capable of when it’s less budget-constrained, and the result is wonderful. Computer speakers are typically pretty bad—laptops are too thin for premium audio hardware, PC towers have no speakers at all, and all-in-one PCs don’t fare much better. Apple is the exception here, but we wouldn’t recommend setting up a MacBook Pro for your next deep listen of Dark Side of the Moon or Midnights.

On the other hand, the S1000Ws are equipped with everything you could ask for from Bluetooth computer speakers for serious music listening or video watching. Each cabinet features a 5.5-inch woofer and 1-inch tweeter, and EQ knobs on the back allow you to fine-tune their bass and treble to your liking. We didn’t find that necessary in our tests, as music, podcasts, and videos all sounded crystal clear at all volume levels. There was no overblown bass creeping up and muddying the mids, or crunchy treble making us wince every time a cymbal was hit. Instead of reinventing the wheel, Edifier took what it learned from optimizing sound for budget audiences and expanded the speakers performance.

In our experience, setting up the S1000Ws only took about five minutes once we had them out of their box. All we had to do was connect the two speakers together with a thick connector cable, and plug one of the speakers into an outlet. To use Bluetooth, we hit the button on the speakers’ remote with the Bluetooth symbol. The S1000Ws went into pairing mode, and we were connected almost instantaneously. Suppose you want to listen to higher-fidelity music. In that case, you can connect these speakers to your computer using a Y-cable (also included) or wirelessly using AirPlay 2 if you’re using an Apple product. These speakers also feature optical audio and coaxial input if you want to use the S1000Ws as stereo speakers for your TV.

Many popular Bluetooth speakers are portable, but if you need a stereo pair on your desk for listening to music throughout the day, the Edifier’s S1000Ws are our choice. Their audio quality, connectivity options, and eye-catching appearance make them a triple threat in the best way possible.

Best bookshelf: JBL 4305P

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Specs

  • Battery life: N/A
  • Weight: 35.6 pounds
  • IP Rating: N/A

Pros

  • Plentiful analog and digital inputs
  • Subwoofer output
  • Intuitive user interface

Cons

  • Size
  • Price

If you need a Bluetooth speaker and balk and the idea of a budget, look no further than the JBL 4305P Studio Monitors, whose premium design is evident both inside and out. Inside each of the 4305P’s wooden cabinets are a custom-designed 5.25-inch woofer and 1-inch tweeter powered by a 300-watt Class-D amplifier that splits its power between both speakers. Put plainly, the JBL 4305Ps are the speaker equivalent of a muscle car inside a well-crafted wood veneer cabinet.

Bluetooth 5.1 is provided, but it’s the loophole we’re using to include a pair of speakers that’s dear to our heart and a joy to our ears. What you’ll really want to take advantage of with this $2,200 pair of powered speakers is a veritable cornucopia of upscale connectivity options, which includes a pair of XLR inputs, an AUX input, an optical audio input (which could make them the best for TV if you’re not interested in spatial audio), a USB port, and an Ethernet jack, plus network support for AirPlay 2. JBL also built a Chromecast into these speakers, so you can send audio to them easily using an iOS or Android device. The two speakers can be connected using an Ethernet cable or Wi-Fi, which offers convenience at the cost of audio quality. Both connectivity methods allow you to stream high-resolution music to the 4305Ps, but Wi-Fi connectivity tops out at 24-bit / 96kHZ rather than 24-bit / 192kHZ.

Speakers in this price range can feel stuffy and for “audiophiles only,” but JBL managed to make the 4305Ps feel oddly approachable by fully supporting wireless audio in a classic aesthetic. We also like that the source knob on its primary speaker is clearly labeled, and a series of LEDs and glyphs on top allows you to see which input is selected. Most people aren’t going to need the power of JBL’s 4305Ps. Still, these aspirational home speakers prove that serious audio companies can build Bluetooth into some of their most premium-powered speakers. These speakers bust the myth that you must choose between wireless audio and premium sound.

Best budget: Tribit XSound Go Bluetooth Speaker

Tribit

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Our pick for the best small Bluetooth speaker, the Tribit XSound Go brings excellent sound quality and battery life for a very small amount of money.

Specs

  • Battery life: 24 hours
  • Weight: 13 ounces
  • IP Rating: IPX7

Pros

  • Cheap
  • Long battery life
  • Solid sound for the price

Cons

  • Other speakers sound better

Tribit’s XSound speaker is designed to withstand drops, dust, dips, and dents. The overall sound quality isn’t as crisp as a higher-end speaker, but you won’t have to worry about damage during an outdoor trip or toddler encounter. It is IPX7 waterproof in up to 3 feet of water for 30 minutes and has a Bluetooth range of up to 100 feet. The battery lasts up to 24 hours, so it’s perfect for outdoor activities like hiking, fishing, and cycling. It also has an attached strap to take your music on the go. It has improved sound quality and connectivity over the previous model, which was already an excellent value for its price, making it the best cheap Bluetooth speaker.

Things to consider when choosing the best Bluetooth speaker

Sound quality

Larger Bluetooth speakers tend to offer more volume and generally better sound quality. It’s hard to get great sound out of tiny drivers (for more on that, check out our primer on what makes up a speaker). Some smaller speakers, like the Ultimate Ears models, typically punch above their weight when it comes to pure quality, so find a balance between fidelity and utility.

Bluetooth range

Most modern Bluetooth speakers have a connectivity range between 66 and 100 feet, but some can stay connected up to 300 feet. If you plan to cover a big area, it’s worth ensuring you get the maximum range you can find.

Battery life

If you opt for a portable Bluetooth speaker, battery life often coincides with its overall size. Small speakers don’t have much power, but they also don’t have much room inside for battery capacity. Some offer as little as eight hours, while others can promise up to 24 hours on a charge and beyond. Even if you’re not planning to rock out for 24 hours at a time, more battery capacity allows you multiple listening sessions without having to get back on the charger. It’s also worth noting that those estimates are just that. To truly max out battery life, you must keep the volume lower than 50% and other environmental conditions like temperature ideal.

Ruggedness

Some battery-powered Bluetooth speakers are tougher than others. You can determine that durability based on the Ingress Protection (IP) code. If you want a truly tough model, check for an IPX7 rating, which means it can work while fully submerged underwater. IPX6 is still good, but not quite as good. Most portable speakers are fairly rugged, but it’s worth spending a little extra to get something that will last.

FAQs

Q: What’s the best Bluetooth speaker brand?

There are a few top-of-the-line brands that immediately come to mind when we think about the best Bluetooth speakers, including JBL, Ultimate Ears, Sony, and Sonos. All three promise quality sound with great features that won’t disappoint. They have each been champions of audio lovers for years and consistently develop products using the latest technology to elevate the listening experience continuously.

Q: How long should a Bluetooth speaker last?

It all depends on how you use it. The battery will degrade over time. The more you charge and discharge it, the less capacity it will have. Other parts of the speaker will eventually start to break down as well, especially if you’re lugging them around out in the wild. Even if you only occasionally plan to bring your speaker outside, it might be worth looking at something weatherproof for durability.

Q: How much do the best Bluetooth speakers cost?

The price of a Bluetooth speaker will depend on many, many factors. In the budget category, you can find great picks for $50-$100. However, once you start factoring in more durability, bigger batteries, more connectivity, etc., you’ll find that prices can range anywhere from $150 to $450.

Q: Are Bluetooth speakers good for home parties?

Yes, Bluetooth speakers can be great for home parties. While the best option for fidelity and a reliable signal is networked audio (such as the Sonos speakers, including the Move), there are many Bluetooth speakers made specifically for larger parties. Options from JBL, like the Boombox 3, feature something called PartyBoost—a feature shared by all the current-generation speakers from the brand that lets you make stereo pairs or have up to 100 speakers play the same thing. And if you’re interested in visuals as much as speaker arrays, you can check out options that pull more from JBL’s history in concert sound. From the $250 100W JBL PartyBox Encore Essential to the $550 240W JBL PartyBox 310 to the $1,299 1100W JBL PartyBox 1000, the top line of JBL high-power wireless speakers packs in ring lights and strobe effects, plus expanded connectivity, that you can wheel in to form the centerpiece of an expansive, expressive backyard party. 

Final thoughts on the best Bluetooth speakers

The best Bluetooth speaker is well within the realm of possibility if you take into consideration where you want to groove, how long you want to dance the night away without charging, how crisp and clear you need your audio to be, and when you’ll want to take it on the go. We recommend starting with our favorite speakers and best picks to begin building your new, portable sound system. Load up your favorite playlists, gather your friends, and get ready to rock out with one of the best wireless speakers.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best Bluetooth speakers in 2023, chosen by experts appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best coolers in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-cooler/ Wed, 26 May 2021 18:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=367187
A lineup of the best coolers on a white background
Amanda Reed

No matter where your adventures take you, cool down with the best coolers.

The post The best coolers in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best coolers on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall YETI Tundra 35 Cooler YETI Tundra 35 Cooler
SEE IT

It’s designed with a roto-molded frame that provides greater structural integrity, drop resistance, and insulation than lesser injection-molded coolers.

Best for short adventures blue IceMule Classic cooler bag IceMule Classic Cooler
SEE IT

The fact that it floats means you won’t have to worry about your lunch sinking if you take it out paddleboarding, and the shoulder strap makes it easy to take on one- or two-night backpacking trips.

Best for ice retention Grey Grizzly 75-Quart Cooler Grey Grizzly 75-Quart Cooler
SEE IT

A powerhouse with ice retention that can last for well over a week in moderate conditions and most of a week even in scorching desert settings.

If you’ve ever found yourself stretched out on a seaside dune in the blistering August sun, pining for the cool rejuvenation of a fresh mint tea, you’ve understood the allure of a cooler. Whether your taste is sparkling waters or brewskies, sweltering deserts or music festivals, any prolonged occasion in the out-of-doors benefits from the power of a cold beverage, and with the best coolers, you’ll be sure to keep things ice-cold no matter where the adventure may take you. Available in different sizes and shapes, coolers are ready for extended camping trips, multiple-day fishing trips, and anywhere else you need easy portability. Hard-bodied coolers are usually made out of roto- or injection-molded plastics and feature thick, rigid sides containing layered insulation. Often latching and sometimes on wheels, some can retain ice for over a week. Soft-bodied coolers are designed to be lighter, usually using various polymer-constructed fabrics and often strapping to a user’s back or slinging over a shoulder. With these and other factors in mind, we’ve put together our suggestions for the best coolers for any and every occasion.

How we chose the best coolers

For this article I examined a wide range of coolers, looking for the best coolers from multiple manufacturers. I stacked the specs against one another and accumulated as much info on each model as possible. I also used my experience from multiple cross-country US road trips and camping trips when I lived out of a cooler for weeks. A few factors emerged as the most important in this search.

Ice retention varies dramatically from cooler to cooler. Some coolers will retain ice for an afternoon, and some boast ice retention of over a week. Great ice retention requires expensive components and heavier builds, so ice retention isn’t a be-all and end-all. However, if you’re looking for a cooler that can keep supplies cold in the back of your truck for a week, then it might be. Good ice retention was one of the most important factors I looked at.

Portability is an all-important metric for a good cooler (at least for most people). Even if you’re buying a cooler that will live in the back of your truck, it still needs to be mobile enough and have enough purchases to load it in and out. The most portable coolers are usually soft-bodied ones that will likely sacrifice some ice retention for a lightweight build. This list features a few highly portable coolers and a few that focus elsewhere.

Ruggedness can be an important factor. Loaded coolers can be very heavy. That’s why I looked for models that are rugged enough to survive a drop or two or repeat scraping against the sharp edges of a boat. For hard-bodied coolers, this often means roto-molded plastics rather than injection molds.

Price is always a factor with outdoor gear. Where coolers are concerned, long ice-retention times generally increase your cost dramatically. Thus, this list highlights a few coolers that make a low price the prerogative while simultaneously prioritizing expensive and impressive insulation in others.

The best coolers: Reviews & Recommendations

The best coolers can keep drinks and food cold for hours while you and your pals/loved ones romp around having a blast outdoors, and these are the best ones we found.

Best overall: YETI Tundra 35

YETI

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 20 pounds
  • Outer Dimensions: 21.38 x 16.13 x 15.75 inches
  • Inner Dimensions: 13.88 x 10.63 x 9.38 inches
  • Materials: Roto-molded polyurethane

Pros

  • Keeps ice for long stretches
  • Gasket seals lid
  • Rugged construction that’s even bear-resistant
  • Comes in multiple sizes

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Heavy

YETI is such a well-known name in coolers that I specifically looked for a cooler that could outrank it for the “best overall” category in this article, but with its long ice retention and rugged build, the YETI Tundra 35 is simply the clear choice. YETI hard-body coolers are designed with a roto-molded frame that provides greater structural integrity, drop resistance, and insulation than lesser injection-molded coolers. The lid seals with an industrial gasket, so it’s guaranteed to keep contents at the desired temperature, and opens with easy-to-use rubber latches.

At 20 pounds, the YETI is heavy. However, this is addressed in its design. Rope handles are attached to both sides, making carrying easy. The cooler is also designed to be tied down and is easily secured to your boat or truck with ropes. A removable metal dry basket also ships with the product. Further, the Tundra meets the Interagency Grizzly Bear Committee (IGBC) standards for grizzly bear (or black bear) resistance when locked with standard long-stem master locks (YETI sells these on their site). These are just some of the reasons we love YETI coolers for camping.

When it comes to coolers, YETI is one of the undisputed industry leaders, and the Tundra is no isolated golden child. YETI makes a great cooler called the Tundra Haul, which is equipped with wheels for greater portability. If you’re looking for a soft-body cooler or a hard-bodied water cooler, their offerings are also worth a look. If you like Yeti’s insulated water bottles, you will love the Tundra 35 cooler.

Best portable: Igloo 7-Quart Hardsided Playmate

Igloo

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 2.2 pounds
  • Outer Dimensions: 10.63 x 8.27 x 11.81 inches
  • Inner Dimensions: Top: 9.06 x 6.31 x 8.38 inches
  • Materials: High-density polyethylene

Pros

  • Inexpensive
  • Keeps your drinks cold or your soup hot
  • Easy to carry

Cons

  • Some users have trouble with the latch breaking
  • Insulation doesn’t achieve long-term ice retention

Igloo’s 7-Quart Hardsided Playmate is one of those staples of job sites all over America. The design has stayed largely the same for over 30 years, and that’s because it does a great job as an affordable lunch-box cooler. Made out of high-density polyethylene, the Playmate features a high, tented design with a handle that swings open for access to the cooler space below. Igloo has capitalized on the Playmate’s fame by offering Playmates sporting splashes of color and featuring characters and logos, everything from the Grateful Dead to Rugrats.

Sadly, modern Playmates do have an issue with build quality. Playmates now latch from the handle, unlike their older counterparts from the ’80s and ’90s. This latch isn’t as strong as old Playmates’. Some products ship with latches that soon break. However, the company does offer a one-year limited warranty, so you can still buy with relative peace of mind—if your latch is faulty, it will most likely show in a year. That said, the Playmate is still a strong product that works well for the majority of users.

Igloo also offers an exciting line of coolers made of recycled plastics. The Ecocool Playmate is a great post-consumer recycled resin alternative to the standard Playmate line. It also notably retains the original side button from the old-school Playmates, which means it shouldn’t suffer from the same latch trouble that mars some contemporary Playmates. This means that not only is the Ecocool version better for environmental sustainability, but it also offers better build quality.

Best ice retention: Grizzly 75-Quart Cooler

Grizzly

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 33 pounds
  • Outer Dimensions: 33.13 x 17.75 x 18 inches
  • Inner Dimensions: 27.5 x 12.63 x 13.75 inches
  • Materials: Roto-molded linear low-density polyethylene plastic with Ecomate polyurethane foam insulation

Pros

  • Extreme ice retention can last five days to over a week
  • Sealing gasket
  • IGBC-certified bear-resistant and includes placements for locks

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Heavy

For those among us who are looking for a cooler that can go and go, the Grizzly 75 Quart Cooler is about as rugged as its namesake. Manufacturing rugged coolers in Iowa, Grizzly is an American company specializing in reliability. The Grizzly is a powerhouse with ice retention that can last for well over a week in moderate conditions and most of a week even in scorching desert settings. If you’re looking for an ice chest that will work for days angling on the Everglades, weeklong hunts in the mountains of Colorado, or months on the road in your van-life rig, this is the one.

Built of roto-molded plastic injected with a special non-VOC environmentally friendly polyurethane called Ecomate, the Grizzly is more sustainably minded and insulated than most of the competition. IGBC-certified grizzly resistant, the cooler is also remarkably rugged and closes with three latches; it also has padlock holes on each side (for real bear thwarting). A rubber gasket in the lid seals the deal.

Grizzly builds a cooler that really delivers longevity. It comes at an expensive price point, but it’s the best out there for those looking for a truly fortified cooling system that’s ready for weeks in the field.

Best for short adventures: IceMule Classic

IceMule

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 1.93 pounds
  • Outer Dimensions: 16.5 x 6 x 7 inches
  • Inner Dimensions: 15 liters
  • Materials: Fiberglass

Pros

  • This cooler floats and can even be towed behind a boat
  • Slings over the back easily
  • Easy to stuff with whatever you need
  • Can keep food cold for over 24 hours

Cons

  • Not the best ice retention out there
  • Material isn’t the most rugged and may tear on sharp or rough surfaces like unfinished metal boat parts

At the most portable end of the spectrum, the IceMule Classic is a soft-body roll-closed cooler that looks like a dry bag and slings over your shoulder. It also floats. If water sports and agile adventuring are your prerogatives, the IceMule is ready.

While it doesn’t have the best ice retention of any cooler out there, the IceMule will still retain ice all day and keep your food and drinks cold for over 24 hours. Because of its roll-over design, a poor, not watertight seal is possible, so be mindful when closing it to avoid liquids getting out if the cooler is held upside down. This also means that water can get in if you take it floating in the water. It’s not a common enough issue to get in the way of most users, but it’s something to be aware of.

Another issue with the IceMule is that the fabric isn’t as rugged as it could be. With all-week use, your IceMule may crack or scratch, especially when used around rough or jagged materials, such as sharp metal edges on a boat.

Where the IceMule shines is on adventurous outdoor day trips in and out of water. The fact that it floats means you won’t have to worry about your lunch sinking if you take it out paddleboarding, and the shoulder strap makes it easy to pack fresh food or drinks on one- or two-night backpacking trips.

Best compact cooler with wheels: RovR Roll R 45 Wheeled Cooler 

ROVR PRODUCTS EST. 2016

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 22.5 x 218.9 x 19.3 inches
  • Weight: 39 pounds with land bin, 34 pounds without
  • Capacity: 60 cans or 10 pounds of ice
  • Materials: Rotomolded High-Density Foam Insulation

Pros

  • Sporty, space-saving design
  • 8-day ice retention
  • All-terrain wheels
  • DeepFreeze dry bin
  • Bearproof design
  • Plenty of color choices

Cons

  • Handle is slightly flimsy when fully extended

The sporty-looking RovR Roll R 45 Wheeled Cooler resembles a miniature version of my mid-engine MR2 Spyder—which, admittedly, looks like a miniature version of a full-size vehicle. It also happens to make our list of the best coolers. The 45-quart cooler is the perfect size for my two-seater car and is also ideal when space is either limited or you don’t need a giant cooler. (Note: Rover does make 60-quart and 80-quart wheeled coolers, and in addition to glacier and chili pepper, other color choices include desert, magic hour, midnight, powder, moss, and Gobi.)

The deep freeze-dry bin is deep enough to hold wine bottles upright or can also be used to store clean ice for beverages. The wheeled cooler also offers compartments to store various types of items (meat, veggies, etc.) separately—but also below food-safe temperatures recommended by the FDA. The latches are tight enough that it takes a minute to open them, and the drain plug makes it easy to channel the water out. Also, the custom rubber gasket seals the cold air inside, which allows the cooler to provide up to eight days of ice retention. 

In addition, the telescopic handle lets me find the right height for comfortably wheeling the cooler around. When the handle is fully extended, it feels rather flimsy, but at lower heights, it’s fine. The 9-inch all-terrain wheels are puncture-resistant, making the cooler easy to navigate even over rough terrain, including deep sand.

There are also a lot of cool RovR Roll R 45 accessories that you can purchase separately and attach to the anchor points, like a prep board, double cup holder, umbrella/rod holder, collapsible bin, and bike trailer kit.

More coolers we love …

Best soft: Polar Bear Coolers 24 Pack

Polar Bear Coolers

SEE IT

Sturdiness is one of the greatest issues with soft coolers—but this is not even close to an issue with the Polar Bear Cooler. It features one of the toughest, puncture-resistant liners made of TPU double-coated nylon, which is consumer-safe for perishable storage. Plus, it has beautiful stitching with double hemmed seams, a heavy-duty and weatherproofed zipper, and a side zipper compartment that can be totally customized with your name or logo! 

Best backpack: TOURIT Cooler Backpack

TOURIT

SEE IT

This cooler bag comes in six colors, has a stylish design, and promises comfort on your back and shoulders with its padded and adjustable straps. This backpack keeps food and drinks chilled for up to 16 hours (freeze packs are needed, though). It is durable and leak-resistant, and its ventilated exterior ensures that your clothes won’t get wet by condensation during your adventure. It has multiple compartments perfect for organization: one main storage compartment for all your provisions, two front zipper pockets, two bottle holders, a mesh pocket on the strap, and even a bottle opener. 

Best budget: Coleman Xtreme 5 Cooler

Coleman

SEE IT

This Coleman cooler features Xtreme technology, including an insulated lid and extra wall insulation, and holds up to 100 cans. The closed lid features four slots to rest your drinks without spilling and is perfect to squat down on—it holds up to 250 pounds! Its EZ-clean lid and comfortable handles make this a perfect choice for a no-frills ice chest that will get the job done without breaking the bank.

Things to consider before buying the best coolers

When you’re shopping for a new cooler, the following factors are important to keep in mind:

Sustainability

Most coolers are made from plastics, but more environmentally friendly options are out there. Igloo makes a 100 percent biodegradable cooler called the Recool 16-Quart Cooler out of recycled paper and alkyl ketene dimer (a hydrophobic sizing agent). It’s an excellent budget alternative to the Styrofoam coolers of yesterday because it’s biodegradable. Igloo’s post-consumer recycled resin coolers are also worth a look, especially the Parks Project Playmate line, which donates a portion of proceeds to the National Parks Conservation Association.

When buying any product, it’s important to consider its effects. When shopping for coolers, remember that there are more sustainable options out there that might biodegrade or use plastics that won’t leach harmful chemicals.

Portability

Strategizing how you’ll use your cooler before you buy is important. If you need an ultraportable cooler to take in and out of the water, you’ll most likely want a soft-body cooler that can strap to your back. If you fish and like to head out for multiple-day excursions, you may want a cooler that will keep ice frozen (and fish fresh) for up to a week. Usually, the best ice retention requires more weight to achieve. So, ultimate portability and ultimate ice retention are mutually exclusive factors.

Performance

Unless you’re heading into the field for multiple-day camping trips or driving across the country in a modified van, you may not really need multiple days of ice retention. If you’re looking for a solid cooler that will keep your drinks cold all afternoon at the beach, many cheaper options could do the job fairly well.

FAQs

Q: What is the best cooler I can buy?

For most people, the YETI Tundra 35 delivers the best balance between ice retention and ruggedness for the price. It’s an excellent cooler that’s ready for most anything you throw at it. On the other hand, the expensive Grizzly 75-Quart Cooler is the most rugged cooler out there with the best ice retention. 

Q: How do coolers work? 

The best coolers generally use hard or soft plastic exteriors with dense insulators that block heat transfer. Sometimes, including a gasket that further insulates the seal on a lid, coolers are (usually) waterproof boxes that prevent heat transfer.

Q: Which cooler keeps ice the longest?

Most coolers with updated insulation technology can keep ice for up to a few days. Depending on the temperature and if the ice chest is located in direct sunlight or not, the maximum days will vary. That said, however, the Grizzly 75-Quart Cooler can hold ice for 5-7 days.

Q: What cooler is comparable to YETI?

The Grizzly 75-Quart Cooler surpasses the YETI in terms of ice retention and ruggedness. It also offers bear protection, roto-molded plastic, and rugged latches.

Final thoughts on the best coolers

Every family, group of friends, or individual can benefit from a trusty ice cooler to pull out for that next party or outdoor adventure. Especially as the summer months approach, it’s smart to ensure you’re ready for any situation by checking the best cooler off your to-buy list. There are so many options, but you certainly won’t go wrong with any of the best coolers we recommend. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best coolers in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best smart thermostats in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-smart-thermostat/ Fri, 20 Aug 2021 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=390271
The best smart thermostats
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Get a more comfortable (and economical) home when you integrate an app- and/or AI-controlled thermostat.

The post The best smart thermostats in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best smart thermostats
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Google Nest Learning Thermostat Google Nest Learning Thermostat
SEE IT

Google’s Nest Thermostat is still the best designed, simplest to set up, and easiest to use.

Best for multiple zones ecobee Smart Thermostat Premium ecobee Smart Thermostat Premium
SEE IT

If you need to evenly heat or cool a large home, ecobee’s Smart Thermostat Premium has you covered.

Best value GE CYNC Smart Thermostat GE CYNC Smart Thermostat
SEE IT

Support for external sensors and integration into a larger smart-home accessory ecosystem help this smart thermostat stand out.

Heating and cooling bills can quickly skyrocket if you don’t have a systematic method for controlling your HVAC (Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning) system—which is why you want a smart thermostat. This gadget gives you one of the most hands-off ways to combat cost and conquer comfort. It can monitor the temperature in your home, automatically make adjustments based on your schedule, and allow you to turn up the heat or air conditioning remotely. The best smart thermostats will keep you and your home’s heating and cooling system in sync and work so seamlessly that you’ll forget how much work it’s doing behind the scenes.

How we chose the best smart thermostats

A smart thermostat is one of the most important network-enabled gadgets you can install in your home, so we took great care when sifting through the dozens of options available today. This smart-home accessory will literally impact how comfortable you are at home and how comfortable you are with your monthly utility bill. Getting a flaky smart thermostat is not an option. We conducted some hands-on testing along with our research and only recommended options from the most well-established players in this space.

Installing a smart thermostat used to be one of the more expensive smart-home upgrades, but our research revealed companies like Amazon and GE have stepped in to provide genuinely competitive options for under $100. You’ll still have to shell out a lot more for the most premium smart-home thermostats, but you won’t need to if your needs are basic. If you’ve already gotten comfortable with some basic smart-home accessories, this is the next logical step to take your house into the future.

The best smart thermostats: Reviews & Recommendations

Smart thermostats offer distinct advantages over traditional models by taking home temperature control to a new level. These models use WiFi or Bluetooth to connect to an app that lets you monitor and control the temperature from anywhere you can get a connection. Through the app, you can set weekday or weekend schedules, access temperature controls before you step foot into the house, and get detailed analyses of your energy use or temperature patterns. 

Smart-home thermostats don’t skimp on technology. Some models feature geofencing, GPS, and touchscreens among their features and options. Advancements now allow some models to learn your behaviors and preferences and then adapt the temperature schedule to anticipate your needs. It comes down to the fact that the best smart thermostats give you one less thing to worry about while saving money on your energy bill. 

Best overall: Google Nest Learning Thermostat

Google

SEE IT

Specs

  • Smart-home platforms: Amazon Alexa, Google Assistant
  • Supports external sensors: No
  • Price: $205

Pros

  • Easy to see at a glance
  • Color display
  • Physical buttons

Cons

  • Price

The Nest Thermostat was a phenomenal success years before Google acquired its parent company, and it’s still the best option based on our hands-on testing. Instead of relying on touch controls, which can be finicky and harder to use for less tech-savvy, you turn the temperature up and down by twisting the thermostat’s outer ring. You’ll feel resistance and hear the sound of a click every time you increase or decrease the temperature. This is a big user experience win and easy to explain to folks staying at your place while you’re away.

Setting up this thermostat took about a half hour, which included the time it took to remove the old thermostat, screw in the Nest’s backplate, plug the wires into said backplate, attach the Nest, and connect it to our WiFi router. Google provides all the tools you’ll need (a screwdriver) to install the thermostat yourself, and the included step-by-step instructions make said installation a breeze. Just make sure to have your home’s WiFi password handy since you’ll need to input it during the setup process.

Once the Nest was set up, we could control it through the Google Home app (iOS and Android). Tapping on the thermostat within the app showed its current temperature, allowing us to turn it up or down or set the thermostat on a schedule. You also have the option to have the Nest Thermostat learn your schedule to manage your HVAC system more efficiently.

We’d argue that this smart thermostat’s best feature is its large color display. The screen makes it easy to see your current temperature at a glance, and it’ll turn blue or orange when you twist its outer ring to make your home cooler or warmer. Monochrome displays look cool but are more challenging to read—literally.

In our experience, the Nest did a commendable job learning our schedule, but we ultimately opted to use it manually most of the time. We appreciated having complete control over our HVAC system instead of relying on AI, but this says more about us than it does about the Nest. You may rarely have to touch this smart thermostat’s dial after giving it a couple of weeks to learn when you and the other people in your home are active and go to bed.

It may be expensive, but the Google Nest Thermostat’s intuitive interface and top-notch hardware make it the top choice.

Best for Alexa: Amazon Smart Thermostat

Amazon

SEE IT

Specs

  • Smart-home platforms: Amazon Alexa
  • Supports external sensors: No
  • Price: $79.99

Pros

  • Has a model with a C-Wire adapter
  • Made with recycled materials
  • Supports Amazon Home Services installation

Cons

  • Only works with one smart platform

Amazon’s smart thermostat is an easy buy-in if you’re all-in on Alexa. It uses hardware developed by Honeywell Home, the consumer tech arm of a company that’s been around for nearly 120 years. It has an all-white minimalistic industrial design, with a digital readout of the temperature featured front and center. We’d prefer it if the temperature color on the smart thermostat were a color rather than all-white, but this won’t matter if you control it using the app (iOS and Android) or through an Alexa-enabled smart speaker.

Amazon offers this thermostat in two configurations; the only difference is that one comes with a C-Wire adapter if your home doesn’t have one. The C-Wire (known as the common wire) provides your smart thermostat with a constant power source. Most newer homes have a C-Wire running from the HVAC system to the thermostat, so this shouldn’t be an issue. That said, it’s nice that Amazon has an option for those who don’t.

The functionality of this smart thermostat is pretty basic. Still, Amazon has differentiated itself by offering installation via its Home Services program for an added fee in case you’re uncomfortable doing any electrical work. It’s also prioritized sustainability by making parts of its thermostat out of recycled materials. This is an excellent choice if you’re cost-conscious and have bought into Amazon’s hardware ecosystem.

Best for electric heating systems: Mysa Smart Thermostat for Electric in-Floor Heating

Mysa

SEE IT

Specs

  • Smart-home platforms: Amazon Alexa, Google Assistant, Apple HomeKit
  • Supports external sensors: No
  • Price: $199

Pros

  • Unobtrusive look
  • Very simple controls
  • Supports all three smart-home platforms

Cons

  • Designed for heating only

This is the only smart thermostat designed exclusively for one type of heating system, but if you have underfloor heating, there’s much to recommend. This is the smallest smart thermostat we’re recommending, and its gray color will look understated but nice against almost any wall. We’re pleased Mysa went with a gray body because it makes the temperature, displayed in white, easier to see. While we’d still prefer a color display, we like that an arrow up and arrow down—used to change your home’s temperature—are clearly visible and easy to tap.

Of course, you also have complete control over the thermostat via an app on your phone (iOS and Android). The most important thing to understand is that this smart thermostat only works with heating systems, not cooling. So if you have central air, you’ll have to look elsewhere. This won’t be an issue if your home’s cooling system comprises individual window air conditioning units. We’re pleased that Mysa went through the trouble of designing its smart thermostat with compatibility with Google Assistant, Amazon’s Alexa, and Apple Homekit, so it’ll work regardless of your smart platform of choice.

If you only need a smart thermostat for your home’s heating system and have either a baseboard or in-wall heating system, Mysa’s Smart Thermostat is a great choice.

Best for multiple zones: ecobee Smart Thermostat Premium

ecobee

SEE IT

Specs

  • Smart-home platforms: Amazon Alexa, Google Assistant, Apple HomeKit
  • Supports external sensors: Yes
  • Price: $249

Pros

  • Monitors air quality in addition to temperature
  • External sensor support
  • Support for all three smart-home platforms

Cons

  • Price

If you want to control the temperature in a large home, your best bet is to use a smart thermostat that supports external sensors. This will ensure that every room of your place—even those furthest from the thermostat—will be heated or cooled evenly. The best option in this category is ecobee’s Smart Thermostat Premium, and it isn’t even close. The face of this thermostat is black, which makes the temperature, which is displayed in white, stand out. You’ll be able to clearly see the current temperature at a glance and change it with a couple of taps. You can also make changes through ecobee’s iOS or Android app.

Ecobee bundles its smart thermostat with a single sensor, but you can get more based on your home’s needs. The sensor must be plugged into power but will wirelessly communicate data to the thermostat. Both the thermostat and sensor can also monitor the air quality in your room, which is a nice touch. If your smoke alarm goes off, this smart thermostat can detect it and notify your phone.

All of our smart thermostat recommendations work with one or more smart-home assistants, but this is the only one with a built-in microphone that allows you to communicate directly with Amazon’s Alexa. This is a great feature if you don’t have an Echo or the one you use isn’t in the same room as your thermostat. The ecobee Smart Thermostat Premium also works with Apple’s HomeKit and Google Assistant (and is actually part of our recommended Google smart-home set-up); however, using these assistants with the thermostat will require additional hardware.

If you’ve been struggling to get your HVAC system to moderate the temperature of your entire home and don’t mind spending the money on a smart thermostat and sensor, ecobee’s Smart Thermostat Premium is your best splurge.

Best value: GE CYNC Smart Thermostat

Specs

  • Smart-home platforms: Amazon Alexa, Google Assitant
  • Supports external sensors: Yes
  • Price: $99

Pros

  • External sensor support
  • Part of a larger smart-home ecosystem
  • Price

Cons

  • Bulky

This smart thermostat is a little bigger than our other recommendations, but its value is undeniable if you don’t mind its size. This is one of only two smart thermostats we’re recommending that work with external sensors to provide consistent heating and cooling to every room of your home. GE doesn’t bundle its smart thermostat with any sensors but only charges $17.99 for one. You could outfit several rooms with these sensors at that price without hitting the price of ecobee’s smart thermostat. However, that one supports HomeKit, has Amazon’s Alexa built-in, and can sense smoke detectors, which are features this model lacks.

Still, GE made smart design decisions, like making the front of its thermostat black so its temperature reading and controls are easy to see and manage. You can also access these settings through GE’s iOS or Android app. While it doesn’t work with Apple’s HomeKit, this smart thermostat can be integrated into smart homes based on Amazon’s Alexa or Google Assistant. And unlike our other smart thermostat recommendations, this one from GE is part of a larger ecosystem of smart-home accessories. If you invest in GE’s Cync light bulbs and smart plugs, you can manage them through a single app.

If you want a smart thermostat that punches well above its weight, GE’s Cync Smart Thermostat is the best value and a clear choice.

What to consider when shopping for the best smart thermostats

There are many factors to consider when selecting the correct smart thermostat for you. These are the ones we considered most heavily when selecting the models for this story.

Supported smart-home platforms

Every smart thermostat can be controlled using an app on iOS and Android, but many can also be connected to smart-home platforms designed by Amazon and Google. This will allow you to adjust your home’s temperature by using smart-home assistants like Alexa and Google Assistant.

Size of your home

If you have a multi-story home, there’s a good chance it’s been split into different heating or cooling zones. You’ll know this is true if your house or apartment has multiple thermostats. If that’s the case, you’ll need to replace every thermostat in your home with a smart one to gain complete control over your HVAC (Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning) system (and maybe remember to replace your HVAC filters while you’re at it). You can install one smart thermostat at a time, but you’ll only be able to adjust the temperature in that zone.

Remote sensors

If your home has a single zone, there’s still the chance that one room far away from the thermostat and HVAC system won’t be comfortable. This is because the thermostat’s temperature sensors, which determine when to turn it on and how long to engage your HVAC system, can only use data from the room they’re in. Some smart thermostats work with remote sensors, which can be installed in those rooms to feed additional data to the thermostat. If you use a remote sensor, your HVAC system will stay on until every room in your home reaches your specified temperature.

C-Wire

The common wire (abbreviated to C-Wire) is a cable that needs to run from your HVAC system to your smart thermostat to provide power. The color of this cable is typically blue, so you can check whether your current thermostat is connected to this wire by removing it from your wall without disconnecting it. If you don’t have a C-Wire, you’ll need to call an electrician to run one.

HVAC system

Many smart thermostats will work with multiple types of HVAC systems, but some were designed with specific heating or air conditioning equipment in mind. The more limited smart-home thermostats are less expensive but may not work if you upgrade your HVAC system down the line or take them with you to another home.

FAQs

Q: What are the disadvantages of a smart thermostat?

The downfalls of smart thermostats typically come from connectivity issues. If you have slow WiFi, one of these devices could be frustrating because you can’t connect to make schedule changes. In these cases, you may often end up using manual controls.

Q: Can a smart thermostat detect room occupancy?

Yes, some smart thermostats can detect room occupancy. They do that through motion detection or sensing the app on your phone. Those that use motion detection will detect all of your family members (including pets), while those that detect the app may only recognize you in the room if you have your phone.

Q: Is a smart thermostat better than a programmable thermostat?

In many ways, a smart thermostat is better than a programmable thermostat. Smart models offer more information, like energy usage and temperature patterns, for more precise control. Smart thermostats also let you adjust the temperature when you’re away from home, which programmable models do not. 

Q: How much does a smart thermostat cost?

Our smart thermostat recommendations range from $65 to $237, with plenty of prices in between. The amount you pay will be based on which features you need.

Final thoughts on the best smart thermostats

The best smart thermostats monitor the temperature for you. They collect information that helps you (or them) make informed decisions about energy usage. These new thermostats take work out of your hands, so you can relax in your home’s cozy warmth or blessed chilliness, depending on what you prefer. Look for features that work with your lifestyle, like geofencing if you want your house to jump to attention when you pull up or learning capabilities if you want it to adapt the schedule to your preferences. In the meantime, the best smart thermostat will reduce your energy bill, save time, and make your home look ultra-modern.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best smart thermostats in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best food processors in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-food-processor/ Thu, 10 Dec 2020 13:53:47 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-food-processor/
The best food processors
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Bring speed, precision, and ease into your kitchen prep.

The post The best food processors in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best food processors
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Ninja BL770 Mega Kitchen System Ninja BL770 Mega Kitchen System
SEE IT

This well-equipped system includes everything you need for blending, chopping, and pureeing.

Best large capacity Cuisinart Food Processor 14-Cup Vegetable Chopper Cuisinart DFP-14BCNY
SEE IT

This powerful and sturdy stainless steel processor can power through big batches of any ingredient.

Best budget Cuisinart ECH-4SV Elemental 4-C Chopper Cuisinart ECH-4SV
SEE IT

For less than $40, this is a highly durable and well-made appliance.

A food processor is a countertop appliance that opens up new culinary possibilities. They blend, mix, and chop anything from onions (without the tears) to chickpeas for homemade hummus. Unlike a blender, which provides a uniform result every time, you can get plenty of variety in the size and texture of your dish using a food processor. However, there are plenty of machines on the market that over-promise and under-deliver on power and durability. So, to help ensure that you find the best food processor for your kitchen, we’ve narrowed down the list of the top five food processors on the market.

How we chose the best food processors

To select the best food processors in every category, I took into account personal testing experience with the products, as well as customer reviews and product specifications. In particular, I looked for the top-performing appliances in a range of sizes and price points to accommodate every home cook. I also sought products with appropriate power for their size to ensure efficiency. In addition, I looked for helpful features like dishwasher-safe parts, useful cutting accessories, and smart design features, such as pulsing or multiple power levels. I have personally tested the Cuisinart and Ninja products on this list and regularly use both my Cuisinart 14-cup food processor and smaller Ninja food chopper.

The best food processors: Reviews & Recommendations

When trying to find the best food processor for your kitchen, you must first consider what you want the machine to do. You clearly wouldn’t use a KitchenAid mixer to make a smoothie, but it’s also not as simple as picking up a Vitamix. The majority of tasks will be easily achieved with a few basic blades. Extras and accessories are neat but pointless if you don’t use them. Higher-quality stainless steel blades in combination with a powerful motor will help deliver the most precise slices, be able to handle tough jobs, as well as offer you the longest life span. Simple designs and dishwasher-safe parts are also important features to consider before deciding on which machine to purchase for all of your meal prep.

Best overall: Ninja BL770 Mega Kitchen System

Ninja

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 64 ounces (food processor); 72 ounces (blender)
  • Product dimensions: 9.5 inches L x 8.25 inches W x 17.75 inches H
  • Wattage: 1500 W

Pros

  • Includes single-serving blending cups
  • Dough mixer blade
  • Comes with recipe booklet

Cons

A lot of pieces to store

If you’re looking for both a food processor and a blender, this kitchen system from Ninja has it all. It comes with a 72-ounce blender pitcher and 64-ounce food processor bowl that both fit onto the powerful motor base for blending, chopping, crushing, or pureeing just about anything. The system also includes two single-serving blender cups that double as smoothie takeaway cups. In addition to a four-blade food processor attachment, you’ll also get a dull dough mixer attachment, which can knead up to two pounds of dough in seconds to save your hands from the tiring work. 

All of the non-electrical parts are BPA-free and dishwasher safe, though the company recommends hand-washing the blades to maintain their sharp edge as long as possible. If you’re wondering what to make with your new system, there’s even a 31-recipe booklet full of inspiration for drinks, dips, doughs, and more.

Best mini: Ninja Express Chop Professional

Ninja

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 16 ounces
  • Product dimensions: 5.75 inches L x 5.75 inches W x 10.13 inches H
  • Wattage: 200 watts

Pros

  • Easy to use
  • Dishwasher safe
  • Great for travel

Cons

  • No slicing or grating attachments
  • One power setting

Whether you’re camping, traveling, or just want a food processor that performs well but won’t take up your entire pantry, this option from Ninja is the way to go. It’s incredibly lightweight (just two pounds), convenient to store, and still can mince, chop, or puree like the best of them. In fact, though this processor has just one power setting, it’s strong enough to grind harder ingredients like roasted nuts and can make a smooth and fluffy sauce in minutes. Because the blending bowl is smaller, you don’t have to stop and scrape it down as often as larger products. 

The bowl also comes with an airtight storage lid so you can blend up salsa and stash it in the fridge right in the blender bowl for later. While you shouldn’t expect to use this miniature processor for the same volume as a larger and more powerful model, it does execute small jobs, such as chopping soft vegetables, perfectly. For cleaning, the bowl and blade are dishwasher-safe.

Best large capacity: Cuisinart DFP-14BCNY 14-Cup Food Processor

Cuisinart

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 14 cups
  • Product dimensions: 11 inches L x 7.9 inches W x 14.8 inches H
  • Wattage: 720 watts

Pros

  • Powerful
  • Pulse feature
  • Includes shredding and slicing blades

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Large to store

This large-capacity food processor is a total workhorse. It’s the ideal appliance for large households or any cook who plans to use their food processor regularly. The heavy-duty plastic blending bowl has a spacious 14-cup capacity, which can whip up homemade hummus for a crowd of 10 in minutes. The large blender is powered by a whopping 720 watts of power. 

The machine is also well-designed with a 36-inch long cord, which is great for kitchens that may be low on electrical outlets. The processor comes with a stainless steel slicing disc, a medium shredding disc, and the standard stainless steel S blade for pureeing and chopping. It also comes with a food-scraping spatula and a recipe booklet for meal inspiration. The bowl, lid, and blades are all dishwasher safe, and it even comes with a full five-year warranty, so you can rest assured that this investment will last. 

Best blender attachment: Vitamix 12-Cup Food Processor Attachment

Vitamix

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 12 cups dry, 9 cups wet
  • Product dimensions: 11.75 inches L x 8.5 inches W x 12.75 inches H
  • Voltage: 240 volts

Pros

  • Saves space
  • Includes slice/shred discs
  • Dishwasher safe

Cons

  • Requires Vitamix base (sold separately)

Expensive

Vitamix is known for making some of the most powerful blenders on the market, so it’s no surprise that the brand knows what it’s doing when it comes to food processors. This food processor bowl is compatible with Vitamix Ascent and Venturist blender bases, so if you already have a Vitamix base or are considering a new blender, this is a great way to save space at home (though it’s not cheap). For the price, however, you get an extremely durable appliance that does its job faster than most. 

The food processor comes with two food pushers in two different sizes, a standard S blade, two reversible slicing and shredding discs for safe and uniform cutting, and even a carrying case to protect the blades. Unlike some processors, which can be difficult to attach to their base, the Vitamix model has a helpful Self-Detect system that simply shuts off if the bowl is not properly in place. The parts are also dishwasher safe and made from BPA-free clear plastic.

Best budget: Cuisinart ECH-4SV Elemental 4-C Chopper

Cuisinart

SEE IT

Specs

  • Capacity: 4 cups
  • Product dimensions: 5.88 inches L x 8.13 inches W x 10.25 inches H
  • Wattage: 250 watts

Pros

  • Includes spatula for food removal
  • Comes with recipe book
  • Dishwasher safe

Cons

  • Only two settings (grind and chop)
  • No slicing or grating accessories

Though this budget-friendly food processor won’t win any awards for flashy features, it’s a reliable and high-performing option that’s a great size for smaller households of four or fewer people. The machine weighs just over three pounds, making it easy to store even in hard-to-access places, such as over your fridge. The clear blender container is made from durable BPA-free plastic, and the container and S blade are dishwasher-safe. Two buttons on the front make it easy to chop (the lower setting) or grind (a higher speed) anything from fresh salsa to homemade nut butter. The Cuisinart bladelock system ensures that nothing will come apart once you start processing, as the machine will not turn on until everything, including the lid, is tightly locked in the correct position.

What to consider when looking for the best food processors

When trying to find the best food processor for your kitchen, you must first consider what you want the machine to do. The majority of tasks will be easily achieved with a few basic blades. Extras and accessories are neat but pointless if you don’t use them. Higher quality stainless steel blades in combination with a powerful motor will help deliver the most precise slices, be able to handle tough jobs, as well as offer you the longest life span. Simple designs and dishwasher-safe parts are also important features to consider before deciding on which machine to purchase.

How powerful should your food processor be?

The best food processors will be able to handle all types of jobs, from delicate slicing to chopping hard vegetables and mixing dough. Power wattage refers to the amount of electricity the machine uses. For example, a 1000-watt machine uses 1 kilowatt for one hour of use. The higher the wattage, the more power and strength the machine has to tackle jobs without stalling. It’s important to note that if your machine’s power becomes overloaded, you should turn it off and let the motor cool down before reusing. The major benefit of a higher-wattage food processor is the machine’s ability to discriminate and control the quality of the cutting. In addition, this higher power can capably handle sticky and tough ingredients.

The majority of devices have a pulse feature that allows for short bursts of power at optimum speed. This gives the user added control over the amount of processing the machine will do. This is a useful feature to prevent over-processing your food items.

Look for dishwasher-safe parts

The most effective food processors are designed to save you time and effort. However, the added time assembling and then cleaning after use can impact the overall convenience and practicality of these items. With this in mind, it is smart to look for a food processor with detachable, dishwasher-safe parts, as this will save a great deal of time and make the experience more satisfying.

When considering what materials hold up best in the dishwasher, you want to avoid materials that will tarnish, rust, shatter, or melt. High-quality stainless steel is the best choice for a dishwasher-safe material. Plastic parts can be added to the dishwasher if they are deemed dishwasher-safe by the manufacturer, but it’s best to place them on the top rack, which is further from the heating elements on the dishwasher. Also, it is best to avoid high heat settings if your dishwasher has those options (like a sanitizing mode) to prevent any melting or distortion of plastics.

Juicer combos

Who doesn’t like fresh orange juice? Or a fresh citrus marinade? Food processors and juicers are both really convenient machines to have in your kitchen and allow for many ways to create fresh and healthy foods and drinks. But truth be told, the more of these machines you have, the less storage space available for anything else. Both food processors and juicers require a powerful motor and the ability to chop—so it’s not a bad idea to consider a space-saving device that combines multiple functions.

While a solitary juicer may offer more functions specific to the art of juicing, if you are interested in mainly citrus juicing, it’s worth considering a food processor that has an attachment to handle that. It is possible to do other types of juicing, but straining would be required by the user. If your kitchen would benefit from traditional chopping and fresh citrus juices, it’s a safe bet to combine these devices in a juice combination food processor.

How much cupboard space do you have?

Not every job in the kitchen requires a large volume cup and a big heavy machine. Often, a smaller food processor is the best and fastest solution and one that you will get the most use out of. Even if you are blessed with an abundance of cabinet space, the sheer act of unboxing and setting up a very large machine (never mind also cleaning it and putting it all away) can be a deterrent for small daily food prep jobs.

Most small-batch daily cooking requires small portions. Whether mincing onions and garlic, making sauces and dressings, or dicing up nuts, you are often working with small portions. Smaller portion food processors are also typically more budget-friendly, so it is useful to consider this type of food processor if you anticipate you will most likely be using the machine for these small daily jobs.

Should your device perform more than one function?

If space is a concern and convenience a must, then it makes sense to invest in a food processor that can fill multiple roles in your kitchen prep. Beyond just processing food or making juice, some devices can surprise with additional functionality that quickly takes them from helpful to necessary. So many people miss out on culinary adventures simply because the prep seems so daunting—but a processor that makes any step along the way easier will open doors.

It’s not easy to find a device that does many things, much less many things well, but those that do typically prioritize user-friendliness and convenient cleanup. These are important considerations, as a lack of either will make just the thought of reaching for your processor a chore, defeating the purpose.

FAQs

Q: How do I determine how much power I need for my food processor?

Typically, food processors range in power from 500W to 1000W. A rule of thumb is 700W and above should handle most jobs. Smaller, easier jobs consisting of softer foods do perfectly well at the low end of the power wattage spectrum. On the higher end (wattage closer to and above 1000W), you get more professional quality. With a higher-power motor, the processor should be able to handle even the most difficult kitchen prep, including tough fruits and veggies, frozen items, and dough.

Q: What size food processor should I buy?

Typically, they range in power from 500W to 1000W. A rule of thumb is 700W and above should handle most jobs. Smaller, easier jobs consisting of softer foods do perfectly well at the low end of the power wattage spectrum. You get more professional quality on the higher end (wattage closer to and above 1000W). With a higher-power motor, the processor should be able to handle even the most difficult kitchen prep, including tough fruits and veggies, frozen items, and dough.

Q: What type of blades and attachments do I need?

The best food processors can handle a wide variety of kitchen prep jobs. Across the board, any food processor will offer an S-shaped blade for chopping and a disk for grating and slicing. Higher-end models will offer better-quality blades that will remain sharp for years of use. In terms of extras, some food processors come with a dough blade, juicing attachment, and specialized julienne disks.

Q: How can I find a food processor that is easy to use?

Ease of use will make you more likely to enjoy your food processor and more likely that you will actually use it frequently. Fewer controls to navigate make a unit easier to use—so if convenience is key, you really don’t need much more than an on-and-off switch and pulse function. Dishwasher-safe parts will also be easier as it will make your clean-up quicker.

Final thoughts on the best food processors

Your cooking preparation will be faster and more professional with the right food processing machine. The best food processors can offer you a plethora of chopping and slicing options, along with extra time to enjoy your meal. Whether you want professional-level power and the ability to cook for a crowd or a small time-saving machine for your countertop, there are many quality options to consider. You just need to decide which one will fit your lifestyle and fit into your kitchen.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best food processors in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best stick vacuums of 2023, tested and reviewed https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-stick-vacuum/ Wed, 28 Jul 2021 13:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=384434
The best stick vacuums of 2023
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Stick vacuums are lightweight and portable, cleaning up everything from small spills to stairs and upholstery.

The post The best stick vacuums of 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best stick vacuums of 2023
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Dyson Gen5outsize Cordless Vacuum Cleaner Dyson Gen5outsize
SEE IT

If cost is no object, and you want the best of the best, you can’t beat Dyson’s Gen5outsize.

Best Multi-Surface Shark IW3511 Detect Pro Shark IW3511 Detect Pro
SEE IT

It doesn’t matter what flooring you have, Shark’s IW350 Detect Pro can keep it clean.

Best budget Bissell 3061 Bissell 3061
SEE IT

Get all the features you need in a package that costs under $100.

Stick vacuums are lightweight cleaning tools that fit into tight spots and suck up small messes. Many stick vacuums are cordless, battery-powered, and rechargeable, which makes them more convenient to use than a conventional vacuum, which needs to be tethered to an outlet at all times. These smaller versions of a traditional upright vacuum also weigh a fraction of their full-size counterparts, and some models can be used to clean both hard (wood or tile) and soft (carpet) surfaces. You can even find stick vacuums that double as a mop. The best stick vacuums will make cleaning easier for people with mobility issues or living in multi-story dwellings.

How we chose the best stick vacuums

When judging a stick vacuum’s technical features, we primarily considered dustbin size, suction power, and head design. Battery power was also an important factor in the models we chose because breaking up a big cleaning job into multiple sections can get tiring.

The best stick vacuums: Reviews & Recommendations

Ultimately, choosing the best stick vac for you comes down to finding one that feels good in your hand, provides enough suction power to eliminate messes, and fits in your storage space. Keep reading to see which models stand out on performance and a few tips to help you decide. 

Best overall: Dyson Gen5outsize

Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power source: Battery
  • Surface recommendations: Hardwood, carpet
  • Weight: 8.6 pounds

Pros

  • Incredible power
  • IR light shows where to clean
  • Comfortable to hold

Cons

  • Price

If you’ve ever wondered what a technically advanced, high-powered stick vacuum could do, Dyson’s Gen5outsize can show you. The vacuum is equipped with a screen to show you which mode (Eco, Auto, Boost) is currently enabled and a single button to switch between them and turn them on. We’ve tested a handful of stick vacuums in the past, but none could compete with this one on performance.

One of the Gen5outsize’s best features is a “dust illumination” light, which shines down on your floors to show you how dirty they really are. Our hardwood floor and carpets looked clean, but we were shocked at how much dust, dirt, and debris was stuck onto them. Once you see how dirty your floors are, you’ll clean them much more frequently.

These frequent cleanings won’t be a burden, though, because using the Gen5outsize is a comfortable experience. It was light enough to carry—even up stairs—and could clean exceptionally dirty spaces in one or two passes. The dust illumination light shone the path, and the vacuum’s motor, which can spin at up to 100,000 rotations per minute, did the work.

We mostly left the Gen5outsize on the “Auto” setting, which uses sensors to detect how much dirt is present and adjusts its motor speed accordingly. Kicking it into “Boost” mode keeps the vacuum’s power level elevated, which cuts battery life significantly for the sake of power. Choosing “Eco” mode will increase the vacuum’s battery life at the expense of power. We switched between all three in our tests and found “Boost” mode to be overkill, and “Eco” mode to be perfectly acceptable for smaller spills.

In our experience, there was no mess too big or small for the Gen5outsize. It could suck up hair, dust, cereal, and anything else that fell onto hardwood or carpeting. Similarly, we had no problem with the vacuum getting tangled when cleaning a particularly dense area where debris had accumulated—think under the couch. Once we were done cleaning, it was easy to disconnect the vacuum from its motor to empty its dust chamber.

We’re recommending the Gen5outsize so highly because of its cleaning performance, but its tech features were also very impressive. Its LED screen will show you how much time you can clean on a given mode before the battery dies and it breaks down the size of the debris it’s picking up. The vacuum is capable of sucking up particles that are .1 microns in size, invisible to the naked eye. Whether you’re worried about pet hair or pollen, germs or fallen gummy bears, we’re convinced Dyson’s Gen5outsize is the best vacuum at any price and the best splurge you can gift yourself or others.

Best for pet hair: Shark IZ363HT

Shark

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power source: Battery
  • Surface recommendations: Hardwood, carpet
  • Weight: 7.2 pounds

Pros

  • Designed specifically to attract hair on carpets
  • Cleans up to 99.9% of debris .3 microns or larger
  • Bristles wrap hair around the brushes

Cons

  • Uneven weight distribution

We chose the Shark Anti-Allergen Pet Power Cordless Lightweight Stick Vacuum as the best choice for pet hair in our guide to the best cordless vacuums, and it’s earned a slot here, too. Its silicone powerfins were designed to pick up hair by keeping constant contact with the floor, so hair can’t escape, and creating a slight charge that attracts pet hair that can then get sucked into the vacuum.

Silicone can be gentle on hardwoods, but the vacuum’s head also has bristles, which are soft and work well on most hard floor. Many are surprised the vacuum’s silicone fins have bristled helpers. This brush design also self-cleans, making it easier to manage pet hair that accumulates around the brushroll. That doesn’t mean the system is totally tangle-proof, but you’ll deal with fewer tangles than with other stick vacuums. The Shark IZ363HT also comes with useful accessories, like an eight-inch crevice tool, dusting brush, and pet multi-tool.

The entire unit converts to a handheld vac that fits all of the included accessories. Our only complaint regards this vacuum’s weight distribution, which doesn’t always work quite right. Some users find that when they pull it backward, the lightweight head lifts off the ground. This is a minor nitpick, though, and anyone with pets looking to keep their floors hair-free should grab this vacuum now. Looking for other form factors to clean up after your fur baby? We have robot recommendations.

Best lightweight: Eureka NEC185 Cordless Stick Vacuum

Eureka

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power source: Battery
  • Surface recommendations: Hardwood, carpet
  • Weight: 5.5 pounds

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Bendable design
  • Comfortable to carry

Cons

  • Less powerful

If you put off cleaning because of the aches and pains associated with lugging around a vacuum cleaner, Eureka’s NEC185 is an excellent choice. This stick vacuum weighs in at 5.5 pounds, which is roughly two to three pounds lighter than most of our recommendations. We felt the difference when carrying the NEC185 up a flight of stairs and even when pushing it around. The light weight really made a difference in how comfortable it was to vacuum, which made the NEC185 easier to reach for.

This vacuum may not be able to compete with some of our larger and more expensive recommendations on price and peak cleaning power, but it did a surprisingly good job cleaning up hair and dirt from hardwood and carpets. Its vacuum has a locking mechanism halfway down, which, when unlocked, allows the bottom half to be bent at a 90-degree angle. This was invaluable when trying to clean under a couch, coffee table, or any other heavy furniture that’s low to the ground. This feature was especially helpful when cleaning under the bed.

Overall, we found the NEC185 to be perfectly reasonable as far as power was concerned. It took us a couple of extra passes to clean up extra dirty areas compared to more premium picks, but not so much so that it made cleaning a big chore. Once our cleaning was done, the vacuum’s container could be easily emptied into a trash bag with a couple of button presses. You even have the option to fully remove the container from the vacuum while emptying it out.

The NEC185’s lightness and flexibility helped it compete with more lux vacuums with LCD screens, docking mechanisms, and other genuinely useful but ultimately unnecessary features. In terms of core functionality, the NEC185 stacked up well. If weight is the most important feature when selecting the best stick vacuum, look no further than Eureka’s NEC185.

Best multi-surface: Shark IW3511 Detect Pro

Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power source: Battery
  • Surface recommendations: Hardwood, carpet
  • Weight: 14.8 pounds

Pros

  • Automatically adjusts suction power
  • Base makes cleanup a breeze
  • Built-in charging cable

Cons

  • Takes up more space

We love Shark vacuums because they can handle whatever we throw at them or throw them at. OK, maybe don’t throw your vacuum, but you get it—they’re packed with versatility and some of the best designs. Shark sought to bring some of the modern conveniences of robot vacuums to a stick vac, and it succeeded with the IW3511 Detect Pro. This cordless stick vacuum comes with a docking station, which will charge the vacuum and empty the contents of its dust collection container into a different chamber. Shark says that studies conducted with this vacuum have resulted in 1000x less dust exposure when compared to dumping the contents of a vacuum chamber directly into the trash. We can’t speak to that, but the system works surprisingly well, even if it is a little loud when transferring dirt between the two pieces.

On a performance level, we found Shark’s vacuum to perform better than average. Its grooved rollers had no problem picking up large and small debris off the floor. It has multiple power settings, which can be activated by pushing a button with a fan glyph on top of the vacuum. We kept the vacuum at its default setting because a feature called “DirtDetect” would increase and decrease its power based on how dirty the surface was.

A similar feature called FloorDetect also made adjustments based on whether we cleaned hardwood or carpeting. We found we could vacuum two or three times before unloading the docking station’s dust chamber into the trash. A lift-up lever made removing and dumping out easy without getting our hands dirty. You may have to empty this chamber more or less frequently based on how often you clean and the size of your home.

One of the seemingly small features that made a big difference in this stick vacuum’s usability was the power cord built into Shark’s docking station. We knew this vacuum would be charged when we grabbed it because the base kept the battery topped up. Never having to hunt for a power cord is a big advantage of using this vacuum. The only downside to this stick vacuum’s docking station is that it’s relatively big, so you’ll need to allocate more space to your stick vacuum than you may have thought. That’s a small price to pay for having a vacuum this performant.

Best for hard floors: Tineco Pure ONE S11

Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power source: Battery
  • Surface recommendations: Hardwood, carpet
  • Weight: 7.05 pounds

Pros

  • LED screen displays important information
  • Automatically adjust power
  • Includes a wall-mounted dock

Cons

  • Occasionally a little too powerful for low-pile carpets

Tinaco fit a lot of features into its modestly-priced Pure ONE S11, a stick vacuum that punches above its weight in overall performance. The stick vacuum’s most unexpected feature is its LCD screen, which displays its current battery status and glyphs depicting whether it’s time to clean your brush roller, clean filter, air channel, and dust sensor. It’s easy to forget you must clean your vacuum every once in a while until something goes wrong. A button just below the screen lets you switch between Auto and Max cleaning modes.

In our tests, the Pure ONE S11 vacuum was better than average at collecting dust and dirt without more than a couple of passes. Its built-in LED light strip didn’t do as good of a job at identifying grime as the one built into Dyson’s Gen5outsize, but it did make cleaning in dark rooms easier. We typically left this stick vacuum in Auto mode because it would change its cleaning intensity when hitting a particularly dirty area in real time. Max mode was specifically reserved for times when we knew we were headed into an area that hadn’t been cleaned in a long while.

We used the Pure ONE S11 to clean both hardwood and carpeted surfaces, and while it did a good job at both it did struggle a bit with the latter. The suction power, both on Auto and Max modes, was too intense for some low-pile carpets, which made it tough to move the vacuum around to clean. If you have a lot of this carpet style in your house, this stick vacuum may not be for you. Beyond that hiccup, we have no qualms with recommending Tineco’s Pure One S11 to anyone looking for a powerful, technically advanced stick vacuum—especially in its price range.

Best budget: Bissell 3061

Bissell

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power source: Battery
  • Surface recommendations: Hardwood, upholstery
  • Weight: 5.8 pounds pounds

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Built-in handheld vacuum
  • Price

Cons

  • Low run time

If you need an inexpensive upgrade from a big, clunky vacuum to a svelte coreless model, Bissell’s 3061 should be the first one you check out. The 5.8-pound vacuum costs just under $100 and articulates like Eureka’s NEC185, so you can easily clean under couches and beds. A removable hand vacuum is built right into this vacuum’s front side, so you can grab it and go when you want to clean upholstery or a table-top mess. This does add to the stick vacuum’s bulk, but its lite weight (and the ability to bend its body backward, cutting its height in half) more than makes up for this.

While Bissell’s 3061 is a good buy for its price, it’s let down a little by its 20-minute runtime. This is sufficient cleaning time for smaller messes but not for multi-floor houses. Of course, you likely won’t face this issue if you live in a one- or two-bedroom apartment. Bissell says the 3061 will fully recharge in about four-and-a-half hours, so you can get two cleanings in per day if you plug it in overnight. If this stick vacuum’s modest battery doesn’t bother you, we can recommend it without reservation.

What to consider when shopping for the best stick vacuums

The best stick vacuums typically have a good blend of features, including suction control, dustbin design, and battery life. The right mix gives you portable cleaning power, making it easier to keep a neat, tidy home.

Battery life, run time, and charging time

A vacuum’s power type significantly influences the reliability of the suction and how easy it is to maneuver. A cordless vacuum cleaner lets you clean around furniture and move upstairs without tripping over a cord. You’re also not tethered to an electrical outlet while you clean. Unfortunately, you must give up some power when choosing a cordless over a corded model. Corded models provide weaker power that may fade as the battery dies, though some models are designed to provide full suction up until the battery runs out. 

The best stick vacuums typically have a 12 to 40-volt lithium-ion battery. However, the vacuum needs at least 18 volts to provide decent power. The battery’s run time corresponds with the number of volts. Higher voltages mean longer run times. Run times range from 15 minutes to over an hour per charge. Remember that different settings and control features will use up power faster than a model with a single suction setting. Conditions like extreme cold or hot temperatures can also prematurely use up power.

It can take anywhere from two to six hours for the vacuum to recharge. Something to think about—a model with a short run time and long recharge time could be more of a hassle than a help. 

Suction and brush action

Stick vacuums may not offer the same power as a full-size upright or canister vacuum cleaner, but their suction and brush action can still do a great job of removing allergens, pet hair, and general debris. Some models rely solely on suction, requiring at least 18 volts to remove regular dust. 

Others bring suction and brush action to the cleaning game. Models with both will do a better job cleaning pet hair from different flooring types. To protect delicate hardwood, look for a model that lets you turn off the brush or has specially designed soft bristles. If you’ve got pets, a pet hair vacuum with extra suction settings and brush will remove more of your fur baby’s leftover fluff. 

Consider the vacuum’s weight

Stick vacuums are almost always lighter than a full-size model. However, their weight can range from ten to around three pounds. Lightweight models are easier to maneuver and carry around the house. They’re an excellent option for people with limited strength or mobility. 

Cordless vacuums are often heavier than corded models, so if weight is a big issue for you, opt for a corded model. Remember that lighter stick vacuums may not have a brush or provide as much power as a heftier model. However, they provide light, portable cleaning power for places where large vacuums dare not tread.

Versatility—Conversions and attachments

Some vacuums are better at cleaning hard floors, while others are at their best on the carpet. However, the best stick vacuums often work on both because of special attachments or conversion options. Attachments like pet cleaning heads, crevice tools, and extension tubes or hoses add versatility and help the vacuum work on varied surfaces. 

Many models convert into a hand vacuum, while a few convert to a stair vacuum as well. Extra conversions expand the vacuum’s uses and reduce the number of cleaning tools needed in the home. 

Brush and suction control

If you’re wondering how to clean hardwood floors without scratching them, a stick vacuum with adjustable power and brush control offers one option. Brushrolls can scratch hardwoods with their stiff bristles. These models let you turn the brush off, using suction only on hardwood floors. Another option is a model with extra soft bristles or silicone “fins” that clean without scratching. These models stir up dust and debris with the bristles or fins and suck it into the vacuum cleaner. They’re safe for use on hardwood floors, even though you cannot turn off the brushroll.

Best budget stick vacuum: What you can get for under $50

Some of the best stick vacuums can cost as much or more than a full-size vacuum—with more power, capacity, and features. These stick vacuums perform beautifully and offer lightweight cleaning power, but don’t fret if you’re on a budget. Best value stick vacuums exist and are great for small messes and light use. Will they clean thick carpets like an upright? No. But as long as they have adequate power above 18 volts, they work well for the jobs they were designed to do, namely small-scale cleaning.

FAQs

Q: What is the difference between a stick vacuum and an upright vacuum? Are corded stick vacuums more powerful than cordless?

The difference between a stick vacuum and an upright vacuum comes down to power, weight, and size. Uprights, particularly corded models that can maintain higher continuous voltage, have more power and larger, heavier designs. With more power comes better suction, larger bags or dustbins, and a larger vacuum to store away. Stick vacuums are lightweight, designed for small messes, and may reconfigure into hand or stair vacuums. 

Q: Can you vacuum the whole house with a stick vacuum? How long does its battery last?

A stick vacuum battery, even a high-quality one, only lasts 15-45 minutes, depending on engine power and activated features. So they’re not really designed for a whole-house deep clean unless done in segments. And that battery’s total life lasts anywhere from two to five years. At the end of the battery life, models with a built-in battery are kaput. However, those with a replaceable battery option can work for many more years with a fresh battery. 

Q: How do you use a stick vacuum? Are stick vacuums worth it?

Remember the purpose of these models when determining how to use a stick vacuum. They’re meant for light, spot cleaning rather than whole-house vacuuming like a traditional vacuum. Stick vacuums are great for tidying up between deep-cleaning vacuum sessions, vacuuming small spills, and cleaning hard-to-reach areas like stairs. 

Q: How much do stick vacuums cost?

This depends on its features; our recommendations come in between $100 and $1,025.

Final thoughts on choosing from the best stick vacuums

The best stick vacuum for you depends on the flooring in your home and how you want to use the vacuum. Lightweight, battery-powered stick vacuums offer enhanced portability, while heavier models can run for up to 50 minutes. For greater versatility, models that offer several configurations provide a wider range of convenient cleaning options. Regardless, any of our best stick vacuums will be a noticeable upgrade for anyone using a bulky corded model.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best stick vacuums of 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best ice makers in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-ice-makers/ Fri, 01 Dec 2023 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=592715
The best ice makers
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Stay frosty while you give your refrigerator/freezer a break with countertop ice makers that make sure the glass is always half full.

The post The best ice makers in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best ice makers
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Oraimo Nugget Ice Maker Oraimo Nugget Ice Maker
SEE IT

Get high-quality nugget ice on-demand from an appliance you’ll want to keep on your counter.

Best smart A GE Profile 2.0 On a plain background GE Profile Opal 2.0
SEE IT

If you’re making your entire home (or even just kitchen) smart, why stop at the ice maker?

Best budget EUHOMY Countertop Ice Maker Machine with Handle EUHOMY Countertop Ice Maker Machine
SEE IT

Fresh ice cubes in under six minutes for less than $80.

An ice maker is an appliance that’s easy to overlook until you’re having a party or living with a cramped freezer. While many refrigerators have a built-in ice maker, many don’t, so having a standalone model can’t hurt. While ice can be used to cool any drink, it’s also a crucial ingredient in many smoothie and frozen cocktail recipes. Knowing you can have pounds of ice ready within an hour without running to the store can come in handy more often than you’d think. The best ice makers will be well worth the counter space they take up when you need them.

How we chose the best ice makers

Our ice maker recommendations are based on a mix of hands-on testing and extensive research. We made sure our recommendations could make a sufficient amount of ice in a relatively short period of time while focusing on ice shape and size and water tank capacity. We also factored in price, which is a concern with any appliance purchase.

The best ice makers: Reviews & Recommendations

Whether you’re a cocktail-slinging home bartender or don’t want to leave the house to get a bag of ice to fill the cooler during the summertime, these ice makers have you covered, and we’re excited to share our nuggets of wisdom and water.

Best overall: Oraimo Nugget Ice Maker

Oraimo

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 19 X 9.7 X 16.7 Inches
  • Speed: 12 minutes per batch
  • Price: $499.99

Pros

  • Efficiency
  • Quiet operation
  • Ice quality

Cons

  • Price

Yes, Oramio’s ice maker costs $500, but it’s a worthwhile investment for anyone who needs or uses a lot of ice on a regular basis. The ice maker’s build quality was immediately noticeable when we took it out of its box. Its front door opened smoothly, its buttons were immediately responsive when pushed, and the entire machine felt incredibly solid. The first difference we noticed when testing Oraimo’s Nugget Ice Maker was that you could hook it up directly to a water line and continuously operate it without manually refilling its tank. This isn’t necessary in most home settings, but it shows the ice maker could be used in more professional settings. We refilled it manually during our tests and had no issues.

Upon filling up the ice maker, we only had to wait around 10 minutes before hearing ice hitting its plastic bucket. We were immediately struck by how many nugget cubes were produced in a single go, which was more than enough for a round of drinks for multiple people. There’s no option to change the size of the ice cubes, but we found the nuggets produced by Oramio’s machine were perfectly fine. Oramio says that most of the ice it produces can stay solid inside its machine for up to six hours. We didn’t push things that far, but we did leave the machine running for a couple of hours and didn’t notice any signs of significant melting from any of the cubes we pulled out.

The ice cubes produced by Oramio’s ice maker impressed us in two ways. The first was the uniformity of their size; each nugget was nearly identical to all the others. These nuggets were also solid, which is a lot different from most machines’ hollow, bullet-shaped ice cubes. We also liked how quietly this ice maker ran—you’ll hear its compressor working, but it’s not a loud-pitched whirring sound—so we could work in the same room as the machine without getting distracted. We understand Oramio’s Ice Maker is an investment, but it’s worth making if you need to make a lot of ice quickly.

Best countertop: GoveeLife Smart Countertop Ice Maker

Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 12.32 X 8.74 X 12.6 Inches
  • Speed: 6 minutes per batch
  • Price: $159.99

Pros

  • Multiple ice cube size settings
  • Alexa and Google Home support
  • App control

Cons

  • Ice basket was a little hard to remove

GoveeLife’s Smart Countertop Ice Maker has a lot going for it, and our tests proved it justified a place on your countertop. Its all-silver aluminum frame looks gorgeous in person, and setting it up took only a couple of minutes. You can run the machine by pushing clearly labeled buttons on its top side, which allow you to turn it on, select your preferred ice cube size, and run its cleaning cycle, or by using Govee’s iOS or Android app. You can even hook it up to run via voice commands through Amazon’s Alexa or Google Assistant. In our tests, we stuck to using the manual controls, which worked very well.

In our tests, this ice maker produced ice every eight minutes or so, which is a little longer than Govee says, but not by much. We observed a noticeable difference between small, medium, and large cubes, which mostly came down to their thickness. The ice maker produces hollow, bullet-shaped cubes rather than solid ice nuggets, so be mindful if you’re particular about your ice shapes. GoveeLife says its ice maker can be used with non-pulp beverages if you’d like to make solid cubes of different drinks, which don’t dilute your beverage as they melt.

We didn’t run into any major technical difficulties during our time with this ice maker, but found it could be a little difficult to find the handles of its basket when the machine had been running for a few cycles. This isn’t a deal breaker, but something to watch out for if you pick the ice maker up.

Best portable: WANAI Ice Makers Countertop Portable Ice Machine

WANAI

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 12.6 X 8.8 X 11.6 Inches
  • Speed: 8 Minutes per cycle
  • Price: $99.99

Pros

  • Built-in handle
  • Multiple ice cube size settings
  • Two buttons for easy operation

Cons

  • Barebones design

If you want an ice maker that’s easy to carry around your kitchen and entertaining areas—or even in and out of your house—this model from WANAI is the one to get. It has a handle located toward the middle of the machine, which makes it easy to grab and go. When you’re not taking it around, the ice maker’s handle can be flipped down around the back of the machine, where it won’t be a distraction or get in the way.

Beyond the handle, this is a pretty standard ice machine. It can make its first batch of ice cubes in under 10 minutes, allows you to switch between small and large-sized cubes, and only has two buttons for operation on its top side. Indicator lights will flash if the ice maker’s cleaning mode has been engaged, whether it needs more water in its taker, or whether its ice chamber is full. You won’t find any bells and whistles with this ice maker, but that’s fine if all you want is a quick way to make ice cubes in a couple of different places depending on where the party you’re hosting is taking place.

Best smart: GE Profile Opal 2.0

Specs

  • Size: 17.5 X 13.43 X 16.5 Inches
  • Speed: 10 minutes per cycle
  • Price: $499

Pros

  • WiFi and voice control
  • Side tank is easier to fill
  • Stainless steel construction

Cons

  • Price

If you’ve already committed to making a totally comprehensive smart home, GE’s Profile Opal 2.0 is the ice maker for you. Once you’ve connected it to your home WiFi network, you can engage all of the ice maker’s controls, and even schedule it to turn on at a specific time, through the Opal Profile app on iOS and Android. You also have the option to hook it up to Alexa or Google Assistant to operate it totally hands-free.

What separates the Opal 2.0 from other ice makers with similar features is its design. Its stainless steel construction is premium, and little touches, like having a water tank that can be detached from the side of the machine to be refilled more easily, make a big difference in how easy it is to use. Additionally, the Opal 2.0 makes nugget-shaped ice rather than hollowed-out bullet-shaped cubes.

If the GE Profile Opal 2.0 didn’t have smart features, it’d still be one of the most premium ice makers we could recommend. These additional functions push the machine over the top, making it a must-have gadget in any smart kitchen.

Best budget: EUHOMY Countertop Ice Maker Machine

EUHOMY

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 11.57 X 11.42 X 8.74 Inches
  • Speed: 6 minutes per cycle
  • Price: $76.49

Pros

  • More compact size
  • Built-in handle
  • Price

Cons

  • Lower capacity

If you need a low-cost, compact ice maker that’s easy to move around, you can’t go wrong with this model from EUHOMY. It’s smaller than all of our other ice maker recommendations, and while that does mean it can hold less ice, the tradeoff is worth making given its sub-$80 price tag. In fact, EUHOMY says its appliance can make ice in six minutes, which means it’s faster than any other ice maker in our guide.

The machine only has a single button, which powers it on and off. There Are no options to change the size of its cubes, but the button can be used to engage the ice maker’s cleaning mode. While it doesn’t have any bells and whistles, this ice maker does have a built-in handle for easy transport, and it can be detached when not in use. LEDs will shine if you need to add water to the ice maker’s tank and when its chamber is too full, which are handy visual indicators it’s time to address an issue.

If you’ve been curious about ice makers, but haven’t wanted to spend a lot of money to see whether or not they’re a worthwhile investment, this is the best option for you.

What to consider when shopping for an ice maker

There are many factors to consider when shopping for an ice maker. These are the ones we thought were most important when picking the best machines to keep enough water frozen so that your good times continue to flow:

Size

If you’re picking up a countertop appliance, it’s important to make sure you have enough space to accommodate it, whether it’ll be a permanent fixture or an occasionally used tool. All of our ice makers will take up more space than a typical blender, but far less room than a smart oven. If you have enough room on your counter for a stand mixer, you’ll be able to accommodate an ice maker.

Speed

The main purpose of using an ice maker over ice cube trays is its ability to get ice into your glass a lot more quickly. Our recommendations vary in speed, but all of them will begin to produce usable ice in under 10 minutes. If they’re left running for 24 hours (you’ll need to continually refill their water tank and keep ice from overfilling their inner chamber) you can get several pounds of ice.

Cost

We’re conscious of the fact that an ice maker, like any countertop appliance, can get very expensive. We’ve done our best to accommodate the widest possible cost spectrum.

FAQs

Q: How do you make high-quality ice?

Using an ice maker will yield identical results, but you can increase the quality of your ice by using purified water, which may have a more neutral taste.

Q: Is it expensive to run an ice maker?

No. Ice makers require roughly the same amount of power as similarly-sized countertop appliances. Their energy draw will depend on how often you run them and for how long.

Q: Do ice makers use a lot of water?

Not necessarily. You have control over how much water you store in their tank, so be mindful of their capacity when deciding which one to get.

Q: How much does an ice maker cost?

This depends on its size and speed. Our recommendations range in price between $76 and $500.

Final thoughts on the best ice makers

An ice maker may not be the most essential countertop appliance, but it’s a unitasking gadget that does its job flawlessly. Once you have access to fresh ice on demand, you can optimize your freezer space and ditch ice trays, which are far less efficient. It’s worth picking up an ice maker even if you only need it a handful of times per year while hosting a party, but it’s essential if you’re buying bags of ice on a weekly or bi-monthly basis.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best ice makers in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best snow shovels of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-snow-shovel/ Wed, 26 Jan 2022 09:45:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-snow-shovel/
The best snow shovels lined up on a white background
Amanda Reed

These trusty accessories help clear you a path to enjoy a snow day, not grumble about an icy pileup.

The post The best snow shovels of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best snow shovels lined up on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Blue Snow Joe Shovelution shovel leaning against a house Snow Joe SJ-SHLV01 Shovelution Strain-Reducing Snow Shovel
SEE IT

This pick is designed for comfort, with features like a D-shaped handle and ergonomic steel.

Best electric Greenworks 12-Inch 40V Cordless Snow Shovel Greenworks 12-Inch 40V Cordless Snow Shovel
SEE IT

Take the hassle out of shoveling with this electric pick.

Best ergonomic This green Suncast snow shovel is the best ergonomic snow shovel Suncast SC3250 18-Inch Snow Shovel/Pusher Combo
SEE IT

This no-frills pick pushes snow out of the way with ease.

Don’t be that cranky neighbor who grumbles at the thought of bringing out their snow shovel. Freshly fallen snow is a beautiful sight, and your snow days should be enjoyed. And a fresh snow shovel is an equally beautiful sight, one that will allow you to get outside and enjoy the wintry landscape—or kick back inside by the fire, your choice—knowing you’ve gotten the job done right. While most of us don’t look forward to clearing out freshly fallen snow, the right shovel can make snow shoveling much easier so you can get back to the winter activities you enjoy. Here, we’ve collected the best tools for shoveling snow, with arms that are long enough to prevent hunching, ergonomic designs to reduce back strain, and durable materials that can cut through any snowbank. An electric shovel can speed up the job, or you can just work with well-designed manual shovels. Either way, we’ve researched some of the best snow shovels currently on the market, so now you won’t dread those impending winter storms.

How we chose the best snow shovels

Shoveling your driveway is just one aspect of winter safety and preparedness. Thorough testing is especially important here—we don’t want to recommend a subpar model that leads to a broken spirit, sore back, and increased potential of senior neighbors getting hurt. To find the best snow shovels, we looked at reviews and recommendations, conducted user testing, and performed heavy research to clear out the skimpy, sad scoopers from the heavy-duty haulers.

The best snow shovels: Reviews & Recommendations

Between light dustings to heavy avalanches, these driveway clearing, sidewalk sweeping snow shovels can handle it all (and cost far less than the best snow blowers). Don’t forget to throw on your snow boots, heated clothing, and a winter hat to fight off the icy temperatures as you shovel. Here’s what we found:

Best overall: Snow Joe SJ-SHLV01 Shovelution Strain-Reducing Snow Shovel

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 50 x 18 x 3.9 inches
  • Material: Plastic, metal
  • Weight: 3.7 lbs.
  • Blade size: 18 inches

Pros

  • Assist handle
  • Highly rated
  • Different sizes available

Cons

  • Best at clearing fluffy, light snow

Not all shovels are made the same. As expected, most budget ones are usually made with lower-quality materials and use cost-cutting solutions for construction. Depending upon the frequency of use, these less expensive shovels will probably not last as long as a pricier model. However, if you live in an area that only sees occasional snow, a budget snow shovel might just be good enough for you. We found a highly-rated cheap shovel with a new take on shovel design—offering a second lower handle and short arm to act as a fulcrum and offset the energy required to throw the snow off the shovel blade. If stored properly and not used on the heaviest of icy snow, the Snow Joe shovel may work for you quite well.

Best ergonomic: Suncast SC3250 18-Inch Snow Shovel/Pusher Combo

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 18 x 51 x 2.42 inches
  • Material: Alloy steel
  • Weight: 1 lb.
  • Blade size: 18 inches

Pros

  • Won’t damage wooden porches or deck
  • Ergonomic bent arm and handle
  • Lightweight

Cons

  • Reviews note handles prone to breaking

A great choice to save space and time, this combination snow shovel is designed with a durable steel handle and a coated plastic resin blade. The shovel blade has an angled ribbed pattern, which helps prevent snow from sticking to the shovel. An ergonomic bent arm and S-shaped handle help ensure proper posture and reduce back strain. If you have a bad back, this shovel is a good choice for you.

Best snow pusher: The Snowplow “the Original Snow Pusher”

Snowplow

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 47 x 6 x 9 inches
  • Material: Polyethylene, fiberglass
  • Weight: 5.84 lbs.
  • Blade size: 36 inches

Pros

  • Large blade size
  • Multiple sizes available
  • Cutting angle for ice

Cons

  • Bolts on shovel prone to coming loose

This snow plow shovel is available in multiple sizes and is constructed with polyethylene, which makes it safe for use on decks, pavers, and roofs. When you flip this shovel over, a cutting angle can be used to chip away at stubborn ice. It’s like having your own acoustic option to plow snow.

Best electric: Greenworks 12-Inch 40V Cordless Snow Shovel

Greenworks

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 63.5 x 14.3 x 10.3 inches
  • Material: Polyethylene, metal, rubber
  • Weight: 14 lbs.
  • Blade size: 12 inches

Pros

  • Large throw distance and clearance rate
  • Adjustable auxiliary handle for comfort
  • Cordless

Cons

  • Only works on snowfall less than 6 inches

The Greenworks electric shovel is a great solution when you need to get rid of snow fast but don’t have a lot of space to store your snow equipment. Our pick for best cordless, this rechargeable electric snow shovel works best to clear lighter snow up to 6 inches in height. Again, ensure the battery is stored somewhere at room temperature for best performance.

Best for seniors: ORIENTOOLS Heavy Duty Rolling Snow Shovel

ORIENTOOLS

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 28 x 16.5 x 5.5 inches
  • Material: Steel, plastic
  • Weight: 4.61 lbs.
  • Blade size: 25 inches

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Padded, adjustable handle
  • Scratch and rust-resistant

Cons

  • Requires adequate storage

This reasonably priced, heavy-duty steel snow pusher is scratch- and rust-resistant to last you many winters. The handle has an adjustable height of between 45 and 50 inches, which helps ensure better posture (one of the things that are best for seniors and juniors), and with the ability to clear 5 inches of snow in one pass, it’s a great choice for pushing snow off larger areas like decks and driveways. However, this shovel is larger than some others so that adequate storage would be required. Find more snow shovels for seniors here.

Best for cars: BIRDROCK HOME 34″ Folding Emergency Snow Shovel for Car

BIRDROCK HOME

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 34 x 9 x 2.4 inches
  • Material: Aluminum
  • Weight: 2 lbs.
  • Blade size: 9 inches

Pros

  • Lightweight but heavy-duty
  • Compact
  • Shovel shaft extends for more leverage

Cons

  • Not good for driveways

From umbrellas to bandages, it’s funny how you forget the thing you need in an emergency. Free your car from its snowy shackles while on the road with this compact shovel, which collapses to fit in your car. It’s even a great option when the snow melts and your nephews beg you to bury them in the sand. It might be too small for your driveway, but it is just the right size to escape from the parking space you got trapped in.

Best battery-operated: Earthwise 40-Volt Cordless Electric Snow Shovel

Earthwise

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 41 x 16 x 38 inches
  • Material: Metal, plastic
  • Weight: 19 lbs.
  • Blade size: 16 inches

Pros

  • Clears snow quickly
  • Cordless
  • Ergonomic handle

Cons

  • Heavy
  • Expensive

Don’t be tethered to a cord when the snow falls with this battery-operated snow shovel. The cordless snow shovel demolishes through snow 300 lbs of snow per minute. Its 16-inch clearing width gets through more snow with each pass, and it has a quiet brushless motor for earth-friendly power. The ergonomic handle, six-inch rear wheels, and dual-blade auger of our pick for best splurge mean more time spent cozied on the couch and less struggle when clearing the driveway.

Best budget: True Temper Ergonomic Snow Shovel

True Temper

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 7.25 x 17.75 x 52 inches
  • Material: Alloy steel
  • Weight: 5 lbs.
  • Blade size: 18 inches

Pros

  • Ergonomic
  • Combination pusher and shovel
  • D-grip handle

Cons

  • Slippery steel might make snow fall off shovel

This ergonomic snow shovel is a great choice to help make you more comfortable while shoveling, as the durable steel body and curved neck make it easy to handle. The blade allows it to act as both a pusher or lifter and the extra-large D-Grip handle keeps hands comfortable and secure.

What to consider when buying the best snow shovels

Before deciding on the best snow shovel to buy this winter, consider the best design for you, the quality of materials, and the types of jobs your shovel is built to handle. If you don’t typically get a lot of snow, you may be able to handle the job with a simple combination or ergonomic shovel. For bigger jobs, you may want to purchase an electric shovel or a larger snow pusher with wheels. If conditions are right and you don’t need to opt for a snow blower, keep reading for our selections.

Ergonomics

Nobody could call shoveling easy, because it’s not. One of the precautions you can take to help make the difficult task of snow removal easier is to protect your back. Back strain and pulled muscles are very common due to the heavy, repetitive actions involved in the process.

Because of these common injuries, manufacturers have conducted research and designed ergonomic shovels with your comfort in mind. Shovels are considered ergonomic when they help you stand up straight, have comfortable handles, and are lighter in weight. Features that you will find to facilitate this back comfort are lightweight materials like aluminum and plastic, a longer, slightly bent arm, and larger D-Grip handles. So, while the job still won’t be easy, an ergonomically designed shovel will help protect your back and make the job more comfortable.

Snow pushers vs. shovels

When you live in a climate that sees its fair share of snowstorms, you should consider adding a snow pusher to your snow removal arsenal. Pushers are increasingly popular choices because they are lightweight and help you remove snow without excessive lifting. With the right conditions, you can cover a large amount of ground very quickly with this tool.

The best snow pushers can help prevent back injuries because the act of pushing is inherently easier than lifting. Snow pushers are essentially smaller, hand-powered versions of the industrial plow. They are best used for pushing up to 4 inches of lighter snow off of flat surfaces. This makes them a smart choice for sidewalks and driveways. Materials found in snowplows include steel, aluminum, plastics, and fiberglass, as well as UHMW polyethylene. Plastic blades tend to be a better choice for shoveling more delicate surfaces like pavers. Keep in mind that snow pushers aren’t the best choice for excessive, heavy icy snow.

Go electric

When you’re looking to really speed up the shoveling process but don’t want to invest in an expensive, heavy snow blower, you may want to consider an electric shovel. Compared to snow blowers, electric shovels for snow are typically lightweight, reasonably priced, and relatively small—making them a good choice for navigating smaller spaces like narrow walkways or steps.

Electric snow blower shovels work similarly to traditional snow blowers. They utilize a rotating blade to remove snow from a surface and then propel it through a chute. These portable machines usually have to be manually pushed along your snow-clearing path. Their smaller size makes them easier to store when not in use, which is a bonus if your storage space is limited. Electric power is generated with a cord or they can be cordless powered via a rechargeable battery. While it may vary between models, most batteries will last between 30 to 45 minutes on a single charge. Recharging will take about 30 minutes, so it might be necessary to purchase a backup battery if you’re clearing a larger area. It is also important to consider that most batteries should be stored inside a space that will not go below freezing.

Fatigue-reducing features

No matter how lightweight and brilliantly designed your shovel is, the act of physically lifting scoop after scoop of snow is tiresome. If you’re looking to reduce fatigue and speed up the process without turning to electric or gas-powered snow removal equipment, you may want to consider a snow shovel with wheels.

Pushing a heavy load with wheels offsets the amount of energy required to complete the task immensely. Ever pushed a handcart full of heavy boxes? Incorporating the simple science of the wheel into a shovel works particularly well with a pusher-style shovel. A snow pusher allows for fast removal of larger surfaces (like driveways, for example). When wheels are added, the task becomes much easier, reducing the force of friction. Wheeled shovels are a great choice for people with back issues or older homeowners. As with manual snow-pusher-style shovels, the wheeled snow pusher will work best on lightweight snow, while heavy ice and snow may need to be broken up before this can be used to clear the space.

Do you have limited space for your snow-clearing equipment?

When you need to clear snow, but don’t have a handy storage shed to fit multiple types of shovels, consider a combination shovel. These shovels act as a two-in-one tool, offering the ability to push as well as lift snow. That means you only need one shovel to clear the snowfall from your deck, driveway, and even the top of your car. The best combination shovels will be durable, ergonomically designed, and lightweight enough to be used comfortably.

FAQs

Q: How much do the best snow shovels cost?

Depending on size, material, and battery power, the best snow shovels can cost between $40 and $300.

Q: How long should a snow shovel be?

It depends on what surface you’re shoveling and the width of that surface. For example, if you’re clearing off a large, wide driveway, a wider shovel between 24-30 inches gets the job done efficiently and fast. However, they’re harder to lift. If you’re clearing a sidewalk, a narrower 18-inch shovel is perfect.

Q: How can you shovel snow fast?

To get your shoveling done fast, following a few rules of thumb is important. First, you want to get outside right when the snow stops. If you wait too long, you might encounter issues like heavier snow, melted slush, and refrozen ice. Another trick is to make sure you have the right equipment—sometimes, you might need a few different kinds of shovels to get the full job done faster. For example, when tackling a large space like your driveway, the fastest method is to start down the center using a plow shovel and then work your way toward the outer edges, finally removing the snow with a traditional snow shovel. You can also consider an electric shovel to shorten the overall time to clear your space.

Q: How do you keep snow from sticking to the shovel?

One of the more frustrating issues that many people face when shoveling is having snow stick to the shovel. This creates extra weight and reduces the speed at which you can clear the snow. A trick you can easily do to help solve this problem is to add a lubricant to the shovel, which will cause the snow to roll off easily. You can use a general wax, inexpensive cooking oil, or even a cooking oil spray.

Q: Which snow shovels are better for your back?

A snow shovel with an ergonomic bent arm and S-shaped handle should be the first on your list if you have a bad back (or just don’t want one down the road). A rolling snow plow with an adjustable handle height can also be a comfortable, conscientious pick.

Q: What’s better: a metal or plastic snow shovel?

It depends on what surface you’re trying to clear: a metal snow shovel is perfect for hard snow and ice on driveways and sidewalks. However, snow tends to stick to them; they’re heavier; and you could potentially bend or warp the shovel. A plastic shovel is good for wood surfaces like decks and is lighter. Plus, snow is less likely to stick to a plastic shovel.

Final thoughts on the best snow shovels

The best snow shovel will help make shoveling quicker and less of a physical strain. It’s worth considering ergonomic features, lightweight materials, and the right shape and size blade for the surfaces you will be clearing. They will help you enjoy the winter season and remain confident, knowing you have the tools to handle whatever storms Mother Nature throws your way.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best snow shovels of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best paper shredders in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-paper-shredder/ Wed, 13 Oct 2021 18:40:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-paper-shredder/
The best paper shredders of 2022.

Shred through those sensitive documents, bills, and credit card offers like Edward Scissorhands on a caffeine high.

The post The best paper shredders in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best paper shredders of 2022.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Fellowes Powershred 14-Sheet Micro-Cut Heavy Duty Paper Shredder Fellowes Powershred 14-Sheet Micro-Cut Heavy-Duty Paper Shredder
SEE IT

Extra security and speedy shredding make this shredder work for home or office. 

Best for home The Wolverine SD9113 Heavy Duty Shredder is our pick for the best heavy duty paper shredder. Wolverine SD9113 Heavy-Duty Shredder
SEE IT

A high paper capacity and powerful cutters shred through documents and more without slowing down.

Best budget A square black papper shredder made by Bonsaii with a gray handle and small window in front showing shredded paper. Bonsaii 6-Sheet Micro-Cut Paper Shredder
SEE IT

An excellent balance of power and capacity come together for under $35.

It’s easy for criminals to use your personal information if they have access to something as innocuous as a bank statement or cell phone bill, but a good paper shredder can help. Even run-of-the-mill documents can be a security risk if they fall into the wrong hands. So much of our sensitive info, from bank account numbers to Social Security numbers, is printed on our mail, contracts, and bills. Each time one ends up in the trash, we leave ourselves vulnerable to identity theft. Fortunately, it’s easy to avert this possibility by shredding documents and credit cards. It takes no time at all, either, if you invest in one of the best paper shredders currently available, which we’ve collected here.

How we chose the best paper shredders

When searching for the best paper shredders, we considered over 50 models from 10 brands in all price ranges, looking for a balance between performance and price. Our picks were based on their ease of use, safety, versatility, and capacity. Specific features were paramount to making our picks, including reverse buttons to remove jams, simple emptying mechanisms, and a way to easily empty baskets, all contributing to their overall ease of use. 

The paper shredders we recommend have thermal overload sensors and other safety mechanisms that turn off the cutters when the lid is removed from the basket. Finally, we factored in how many papers the shredder could handle at once. Capacity also includes the basket volume, which determines how often it needs to be emptied. When active, those cutters that can handle a wide range of materials, including paper clips and staples, take some of the work out of shredding. Some versatile models also have wide mouths for easier paper entry. 

The best paper shredders: Reviews & Recommendations

A paper shredder can help keep your personal and confidential information out of the hands of identity thieves and away from prying eyes. While it’s easy to assume that all paper shredders offer similar performance, a number of factors affect their functionality. Whether you’re looking for a heavy-duty model for the office or a portable model to take on the go, we’ve rounded up the best options on the market now.

Best overall: Fellowes Powershred 14-Sheet Micro-Cut Heavy-Duty Paper Shredder

Fellowes

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This shredder from Fellowes can take on big jobs with its nine-gallon bin, but it’s quiet and safe to use, making it great for home or office.

Specs 

  • Dimensions: 25.2 x 11.4  x 17.3 inches
  • Paper capacity: 14 sheets
  • Security level: P-5

Pros

  • High capacity
  • Childsafe
  • Quiet

Cons

  • Expensive

Shred 14 sheets of paper at once in the teeth of this heavy-duty shredder from Fellowes. The micro-cut size means enhanced level P-5 security, and saved space, partly thanks to the 9-gallon integrated bin, and a tiny shred that comes out to roughly 2,000 particles per sheet of paper. It’s super quiet, making it perfect for shared workspaces, and the auto-stop feature can detect when your hands are close to the opening, so it’s extra safe to use and child-proof.

Best for home: Wolverine SD9113 Heavy-Duty Shredder

Wolverine

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Wolverines P-4 cross-cut comes with an 18-sheet capacity and long runtime that catapult it to the front of the heavy-duty shredders. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 13.4 x 10.4 x 22 inches
  • Paper capacity: 18 sheets
  • Security level: P-4

Pros

  • Shreds through paper, credit cards, CDs, clips, and staples
  • Cross shreds for added security
  • Completely pull out the waste bin for dumping

Cons 

  • Loud
  • Basket fills quickly

The Wolverine SD9113 Heavy-Duty Shredder puts P-4 security on everything that passes through its cutters. Those cutters handle a wide range of materials, including staples, paper clips, credit cards, CDs, and (of course) paper. A high 18-page capacity and 60-minute runtime goes through paper quickly, without the need to cool for up to 60 minutes. 

While the wastebasket fills quickly, it is easy to empty and pulls completely out of the shredder. The only other downside to this model is the noise. It makes a racket but gets the job done.

Best for office: Aurora AU1580MA Professional Grade Micro-Cut Paper/ CD and Credit Card Shredder

Aurora

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The AU1580 makes quick work of paper, credit cards, CDs, and paper clips, turning them into a micro-shredded mass that’s nearly impossible to identify. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 16.93 x 12.99 x 23.62 inches
  • Paper capacity: 15 sheets
  • Security level: P-4

Pros

  • 60-minute continuous runtime
  • Quiet operation
  • Reverse mechanism effectively fixes jams

Cons 

  • Big and heavy

The Aurora AU1580MA shredder isn’t your average Home Depot shredder. This behemoth can hold 8.5 gallons of shredded paper. That kind of capacity doesn’t come without significant weight. The AU1580 weighs in at 43.28 pounds but features casters to provide some mobility. 

It makes quick work of 15 pages at a time and can handle CD/DVDs, paper clips, and credit cards. The blades turn them into a micro-shredded P-4 mass that’s caught in the basket. An impressive 60-minute runtime lets offices with a high paper volume stay ahead of shredding. Even when shredding at full power, this model stays relatively quiet. Five indicator lights provide insight into the current status, such as door open, overload, bin full, overheat (includes automatic shutdown), and power. 

This model’s size takes up a good amount of space, so it’s not the best for small offices or homes.

Best heavy-duty: Ideal 2604 P-4 Office Shredder with Automatic Oiler

Ideal

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This German-designed shredder can handle the shredding needs of up to 10 people, is fast and secure, and comes with a sustainably made wooden cabinet. 

Specs 

  • Dimensions: 19.5 x 18.5 x 36.5 inches
  • Paper capacity: 23-25 sheets
  • Security level: P-4

Pros

  • High capacity
  • Fast
  • Comes in a wooden cabinet 

Cons

  • Heavy 
  • Expensive

This industrial-grade shredder from Ideal is a high-security, German-engineered solution perfect for legal and medical office use and any high-volume home business where privacy must be protected at all costs. Thanks to its automatic oiling feature, it runs continuously and can easily munch through staples, paper clips, and stacks of paper 25 sheets thick, adding up to a shred rate of about 500 sheets per minute. This, thanks to its sturdy, steel-toothed construction and its 26-gallon wastebasket, makes it ideal for use by a staff of 8 to 10 people.

Best portable: Aurora AU800SD Professional Strip Cut Paper Shredder

Aurora

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This Aurora model made the list as the best home paper shredder for its power, small size, versatile fit, and range of shreddable materials. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 6.5 x 12.99 x 2.95 inches
  • Paper capacity: 8 sheets
  • Security level: P-1

Pros

  • Compact and easy to store
  • Expands to fit different wastebaskets
  • Shreds credit cards and CD/DVDs

Cons 

  • Cannot handle a high volume

This portable paper shredder from Aurora can be used with or without a wastebasket, which allows you to use it in multiple locations from office to home. It cuts in strips and can destroy up to eight sheets of paper at a time, plus CDs, DVDs, and credit cards. It sits securely atop any open wastebasket and even has an extendable arm, allowing it to accommodate bins up to 15 inches wide.

The AU800 can handle eight pages at once and shreds them to ¼-inch pieces. That’s only P-1 security, so this isn’t intended for ultra-sensitive information. A jam remover button helps dislodge paper or other materials from the blades. However, be aware that this model isn’t designed for high paper volumes. It shuts down and requires a cool-down period fairly quickly.

Best for credit cards: Amazon Basics 6-Sheet Capacity, Paper Shredder

Amazon Basics

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Amazon’s paper shredder features safety features and quick credit card shredding, rising to the top of the competition. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 12.8 x 7.3 x 15.9 inches
  • Paper capacity: 6 sheet 
  • Security level: P-3

Pros

  • Safety mechanism shuts it off if it does not fit to the basket correctly
  • Shreds quickly during its 30-minute runtime
  • Auto-senses paper for better energy efficiency

Cons 

  • Produces more paper dust than other models

This shredder from Amazon Basics comes with a 3.8-gallon integrated wastebasket and shreds up to six sheets of paper at a time in a cross-cut pattern, meeting P-3 security requirements. Easily shred a banker’s box worth of bills within the three-minute continuous run cycle, and you won’t have to worry about overheating thanks to the automatic shutoff feature.

Credit cards get a special center spot on the cutter, and it blows right through them. It also features the standard reverse mechanism and an auto-on feature that senses paper and turns on the cutters. If you’re worried about security, this is the best shredder for credit cards. You can also use it to destroy a single credit card at a time.

Best budget: Bonsaii 6-Sheet Micro-Cut Paper Shredder

Bonsaii

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: For less than $35, this model provides security, a transparent window, great capacity, and versatile shredding options.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 7.09 x 11.81 x 14.25 inches
  • Paper capacity: 6 sheets
  • Security level: P-4

Pros

  • Shreds credit cards, paper, paper clips, and staples
  • Sharp, steel cutters hold their edge
  • Transparent window lets you see when it’s full

Cons 

  • Noisy
  • Short runtime

The Bonsaii 6-Sheet Micro-Cut Paper Shredder offers an impressive array of features for a relatively inexpensive model. Its 6-page capacity gets only better when you consider that it can also shred credit cards, paper clips, and staples. That reduces the work it takes to prep papers for shredding. It’s the heavy-duty steel blades that eat through materials and cut them into P-4-sized pieces. 

While we like the automatic overheat protection and cooling system, this model can only run for about two minutes before it needs to shut down. That might limit the shredding capacity in a large office. And operating at 70 decibels, it’s also a noisy addition to the office environment.

What to consider before buying a paper shredder

With so many paper shredders on the market, choosing the right one for your home requires careful consideration. Keep the following factors in mind while making your purchase.

Security level

Paper shredders are given a security rating according to the size of the paper pieces they create. The DIN 66399 standard for paper destruction evaluates paper shredders for security with a rating of between P1 and P7. P1 shredders offer the lowest level of security, simply shredding documents into relatively wide strips, whereas P7 shredders tear each piece of paper into more than 12,000 pieces, making them the most secure.

Larger pieces are easier to reassemble, warranting a lower security level. The P-1 level machines create basic strips and offer the least security, while level P-7 is reserved for organizations like the NSA that have to shred top-secret documents. Depending on the sensitivity of the document’s information, you may need a P-3 or P-4 level shredder that cuts documents into smaller pieces than a P-2 model. At the P-5 and P-6 levels, the machines micro-cut the paper into tiny particles, making it nearly impossible to reassemble.

Strip cut v. Cross-cut v. Micro-cut

There are three types of paper shredders on the market: strip-cut, cross-cut, and micro-cut, each offering a different level of security.

Strip-cut shredders (P1 and P2) shred each piece of paper into approximately 39 pieces. They’re the most affordable option available and operate quickly. Cross-cut shredders (P3, P4, and P5) cut each piece of paper horizontally and vertically into between 200 and 400 pieces, making them adequate for household use. Micro-cut shredders (P5, P6, and P7), on the other hand, may also be referred to as “high-security” shredders, because they tear each piece of paper into more than 2,000 tiny pieces using diagonal blades. A major downside, however, is that they operate slowly.

Micro-cut is the best choice for those with more serious security needs but may be overkill for standard household use. While micro-cut shredders used to be prohibitively expensive for many people, today they don’t have a significantly higher cost than cross-cut shredders, making them more accessible.

Paper capacity and runtimes

The simplest machines can only handle shredding a couple of pages at once, while larger professional-grade shredders can shred up to 100 pages at a time. Look for a model that can shred at least six pieces of paper at a time. Machines that can shred a higher volume at once cost more. However, if you’re shredding hundreds of papers every week, these machines will save you time. 

Models that can shred more at once also have more powerful motors with longer running times. Less powerful motors may only run for five minutes or less before they need to cool down. Heavy-duty models can often run 30-60 continuous minutes.

What you’re shredding

Paper isn’t the only thing that needs shredding. Some of the best paper shredders can also eliminate credit cards and CD/DVDs. For those who have secure information in multiple mediums, this kind of shredder can offer a secure way to dispose of more than paper. 

Size

A home office may be limited in space, with monitors and equipment taking up desk space, making the size of the paper shredder a serious matter to consider. Some models are as big as a garbage can, while others are small enough to sit on a desktop. A no-basket paper shredder can sit atop almost any garbage can and can be stored in a drawer.

FAQs

Q: Do I need a paper shredder?

The short answer is: yes, every household should have a paper shredder. Key documents like bank and credit card statements should never be thrown in the trash or recycling without first being destroyed, and the easiest way to do so is with a paper shredder. 

Q: How much does a paper shredder cost?

This depends on its size, paper capacity, and other features. You can pay as little as $30 to as much as $1,780 for our recommendations.

Q: Is cross-cut or micro-cut shredder better?

When deciding which is better, cross-cut or micro-cut, you have to consider what kind of information you’re shredding. Cross-cut shredders offer some security, but there’s a possibility of the information being visible if someone really wanted access to it. This type of shredding works well for everyday emails, documents, and non-sensitive personal information.

However, if there’s confidential information, a micro-cut shredder creates smaller pieces that are incredibly difficult to reconstruct. Micro-cut shredders are the highest-security option because they shred each piece of paper into at least 2,000 tiny pieces that are practically impossible to reassemble.

Q: Should I shred old utility bills?

According to the Federal Trade Commission, you can shred utility bills immediately after they’ve been paid. Other documents like pay stubs and medical bills need to be hung onto for a little longer, but utility bills aren’t something you need to keep for years.

Q: How long should a shredder last?

With proper maintenance and oiling, a paper shredder should last about 10 years. However, that estimate is based on usage. Never exceeding the paper capacity and runtime limits will ensure that you get the best life out of the shredder.

Final thoughts on the best paper shredders

The Fellowes Powershred 14-Sheet Micro-Cut Heavy-Duty Paper Shredder gets top marks because of its security rating, high paper capacity, and safety features. However, if you’ve got a business that regularly handles sensitive information, you’ll probably need the power of the Aurora AU1580MA Professional Grade Micro-Cut Shredder. This model’s high-capacity cutters whip through paper, credit cards, and other materials. Bring your own wastebasket with this portable Aurora shredder and use it in multiple locations from office to home. It cuts in strips and can destroy up to eight sheets of paper at a time, as well as CDs, DVDs, and credit cards. It sits securely atop any open wastebasket and even has an extendable arm that allows it to accommodate bins up to 15 inches wide.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best paper shredders in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
This Nespresso coffee maker is even cheaper than it was on Black Friday—but only for a limited time https://www.popsci.com/gear/nespresso-vertuoplus-coffee-maker-deal/ Thu, 30 Nov 2023 15:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=593184
Nespresso VertuoPlus Coffee and Espresso Machine
Nespresso

Don't miss your chance to snag this mouthwatering Nespresso deal at Amazon.

The post This Nespresso coffee maker is even cheaper than it was on Black Friday—but only for a limited time appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Nespresso VertuoPlus Coffee and Espresso Machine
Nespresso

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

If you’re a coffee lover who skipped out on Black Friday and Cyber Monday this year, don’t worry, there are still a lot of great deals to be had. Nespresso has slashed the price of its VertuoPlus Coffee and Espresso Machine—an appliance that has not been discounted in months—by $51. This is the machine’s lowest price in 2023, and one of the best coffee maker deals we’ve seen recently.

Nespresso VertuoPlus Coffee and Espresso Machine $118.97 (Was $169.95)

Nespresso

SEE IT

The VertuoPlus is the perfect coffee maker for an office, dorm room, or smaller kitchen. It’s compact, comes with a 60-ounce water tank with enough capacity to make several cups of coffee without needing to be refilled, and works with Nespresso’s pods, which eliminates the need to source and grind your own beans. If you’re new to making coffee, you’ll appreciate the VeruoPlus’ single-button approach to brewing: push the top button one time, and you’ll have a fresh cup of coffee in short order. Once it’s done brewing, the Nespresso pod will automatically eject, so you can insert one in advance of your next cup.

Your cup runneth over with these additional coffee maker deals:

The post This Nespresso coffee maker is even cheaper than it was on Black Friday—but only for a limited time appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Clean up holiday messes with almost 30% off the Bissell Little Green carpet and upholstery cleaner at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/bissell-little-green-carpet-cleaner-amazon-deal/ Wed, 29 Nov 2023 21:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=593115
A Bissell Little Green carpet cleaner on a plain background
Amanda Reed

From cars and carpets to new-to-you chairs, Bissell's Little Green cleaner tackles it all with ease. Get one for you or loved ones at Amazon.

The post Clean up holiday messes with almost 30% off the Bissell Little Green carpet and upholstery cleaner at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Bissell Little Green carpet cleaner on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Spilled wine, crushed crackers, and a pet stain caused by too much excitement are a pain to clean up during the holidays. You don’t want to scrub the floor or carpet in your holiday best, after all. It makes a great gift for the yardsale chair restorer, the parent of a messy pet, or the guardian of a very sloppy child. Amazon has you covered for every spill, crumb, and puddle that decks your halls with 28% off the Bissell Little Green carpet cleaner.

BISSELL Little Green Multi-Purpose Portable Carpet and Upholstery Cleaner $89 (Was $123.59)

Bissell

SEE IT

Remove pet spots and stains from carpets, upholstery, car interiors, and more with the Bissell Little Green carpet cleaner. It’s lightweight and portable, but don’t let that fool you: A 48-ounce tank lets you clean plenty of upholstered surfaces without having to refill. The included Spot & Stain formula can remove tough stains like grease, wine, and coffee. This model comes with a HydroRinse Self-Cleaning Hose tool and Spraying Crevice tool to get a better clean.

Here are more deals to help clean up after holiday hangouts:

The post Clean up holiday messes with almost 30% off the Bissell Little Green carpet and upholstery cleaner at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best outdoor speakers in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-outdoor-speakers/ Tue, 28 Nov 2023 22:45:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=592540
The best outdoor speakers in 2023
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We’ve looked at all sorts of weatherproof speakers to find the ones that hit all the right notes. Here's what's in while you're out.

The post The best outdoor speakers in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best outdoor speakers in 2023
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Definitive Technology AW6500 Outdoor Speaker Definitive Technology AW6500 Outdoor Speaker
SEE IT

A balance of sound and style help the AW6500s to stand out.

Best portable outdoor speaker Ultimate Ears EPICBOOM Ultimate Ears EPICBOOM Portable Wireless Bluetooth Speaker
SEE IT

A long-lasting outdoor speaker you can take anywhere, anytime.

Best budget Pyle 3-way Mini Box Speaker System Pyle 3-way Mini Box Speaker System
SEE IT

A pair of powerful, water-resistant speakers that’ll only set you back $30.

Our yards and patios often have just as much decorating TLC as our indoor spaces, so why shouldn’t they have a set of outdoor speakers, too? Outdoor speakers can turn open-air space from just rocks into the rock and roll garden party of your dreams or allow chill tunes to accompany the natural breeze and rustling leaves. But bringing the boom beyond a climate-controlled room can be challenging. We’ve assembled a list of the best outdoor speakers, from pairs that require permanent wiring to portable options that’ll make your neighbors wish they were on your guest list.

How we chose the best outdoor speakers

The only thing predictable about the weather is its unpredictability. But good outdoor speakers should reliably produce a sonic landscape while withstanding the elements. The PopSci team combined our collective experience testing speakers of all sorts with user feedback to create a list anchored in brands with innovative audio engineering and products that fit a range of price points.

The best outdoor speakers: Reviews & Recommendations

We’ve selected speakers for people who want higher sound quality and a more permanent setup in their outdoor oasis. Most will take running speaker wire to an indoor setup, installing mounting brackets, and adjusting the aim until you create a sonic sweet spot. Keep in mind that it takes more speakers outside than it does inside to create the same sound. If installing passive speakers sound like too much work, revisit our best portable party speakers.

All these speakers boast weatherproofing and durable casings. Still, when you dive into user guides, most manufacturers recommend installing them where they have some protection from the elements to prolong how long they will last and make sure the mounting angle doesn’t allow water to pool. Beach and coastal residents may also want to look into how speakers fare in the salt air. Beyond that, just add friends and snacks and the perfect playlist to keep the energy up.

Best overall: Definitive Technology AW6500 Outdoor Speaker

Definitive Technology

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 8.88 inches by 14.44 inches by 9.25 inches
  • Weight: 9.2 pounds
  • Drivers: 1-inch aluminum dome tweeter, 6.5-inch round BDSS bass mid/woofer, 5.5 by 10-inch pressure-driven bass radiator
  • Power range: 10-200 watts
  • Frequency response: 40Hz to 30kHz

Pros

  • Can be oriented horizontally or vertically
  • Comes in black or white
  • Galvanized steel mounting brackets included
  • Can stick to one or add many to the setup
  • 5-year warranty

Cons

  • Higher end of price scale per speaker
  • Relies on receiver/amp to have Bluetooth/WiFi compatibility

Definitive Technology makes some of our favorite indoor tower speakers, but they’re a luxury for the living room. We recommend the Definitive Technology AW6500 Outdoor Speaker to ensure you have great sound during patio party season. Packed into an installation-friendly form and for about $300 each, this passive speaker rocks a 1-inch aluminum dome tweeter and pairs a  6.5-inch Balance Double Surround Sound System mid-woofer with a 10-inch passive bass radiator, resulting in bumping bass whether you’re aiming to be the center of the block party or keep the next great barbecue at a neighbor-respecting volume.

Designed to withstand rain, snow, and heat, the AW6500 is housed in a PolyStone casing and an aluminum mesh grill that can be mounted horizontally or vertically. The included steel mounts allow for 360-degree rotation, so you can fill the space with sound whether you’re working with one or several to fill a vast backyard. According to DT’s user guide, a pair covers about 200 to 400 square feet.

Best speaker disguised as a rock: Klipsch AWR-650-SM Indoor/Outdoor Speaker

Klipsch

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 11 inches by 15 inches by 17 inches
  • Weight: 13 pounds
  • Drivers: Two 3/4 inch polymer dome tweeter, 6.5 inches dual voice coil polymer woofer
  • Power range: up to 50 watts
  • Frequency response: 60Hz to 20kHz

Pros

  • UV-resistant enclosure
  • Can be mono or stereo
  • Available in granite or sandstone
  • Comes with 3-foot pre-attached speaker cable
  • 5-year warranty

Cons

  • You got a rock

Speakers come in three very broad groups: eye-catching statement designs, traditional enclosures that don’t bring attention to themselves, and then some designs meant to blend in completely. The Klipsch AWR-650-SM Indoor/Outdoor Speaker looks like a rock that is somehow eye-catching but also could vanish into a rustic setting. Whether the granite colorway suits your mountain vista or the sandstone better complements your desert panorama, the Klipsch AWR-650-SM is the best design to be put on the ground where conventional loudspeakers can’t go. The fiberglass enclosure houses two 3/4-inch tweeters and 6.5-inch subwoofer that can be configured for use as a single dual-channel speaker or a pair of single-channel speakers when connected to your receiver or amp. Each rock will set you back about $330, though they seem oddly addictive. Many users note they purchased one and then went back for more.

Best landscape speakers: Furrion Aurora 4.1 Veranda Series Outdoor Landscape Speaker System

Furrion

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: Speakers without stake 6 inches by 7.5 inches by 8.9 inches; Subwoofer 16 inches by 26.8 inches
  • Weight: Speakers 2.7 pounds; Subwoofer 31 pounds
  • Drivers: 0.75-inch marine-grade PEI with 10-inch dual voice coil long throw
  • Power range: 50 to 150 watts
  • Frequency response: 80Hz to 20kHz

Pros

  • Weatherproof
  • Can cover 3,500 square feet
  • Multiple mounting options

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Installation will take considerable work

When your outdoor living takes place primarily off the patio, the Furrion Aurora 4.1 Veranda Series Outdoor Landscape Speaker System might be the investment for you. For about $1,800, the system includes a 10-inch DVC subwoofer and is rounded out by four two-way speakers to help cut through ambient noise and create your own immersive soundtrack. The weatherproof fluorocarbon components can be mounted in the ground with stakes, tucked discreetly in plants, or mounted on trees. The 150-degree pivoting arm allows for plenty of flexibility as you aim to eliminate sound dead spots, no matter how irregularly shaped a yard may be. The system is compatible with most two-channel receivers or amplifiers, but expansions require additional Furrion brand speakers and subwoofers. Two sets—that’s two subwoofers and eight speakers—can cover 3,500 square feet.

This kind of installation may require digging or trenching, so the company recommends checking with the dig agency in your area before picking up a shovel.

Best for live performances: SOUNDBOKS4—Bluetooth Performance Speaker

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 20.87 inches by 15.55 inches by 29.17 inches
  • Weight: 34 pounds
  • Connectivity: XLR or Bluetooth

Pros

  • Loud
  • 40 hours of battery life (charges in 3.5 hours)
  • Portable if you’ve got the space
  • Customizable EQ and sound modes

Cons

  • Larger and harder to transport
  • Only battery-powered

The Soundboks 4 performance Bluetooth 5.0 speaker isn’t for your apartment, main casual speaker situation, or even something you want to toss in your car for a quick trip camping. You could absolutely use it for all of these scenarios, but it is likely overkill, and certain design aspects could prevent challenges—not to mention your need to have extremely understanding neighbors. That being said, the speaker is perfect for a smaller patio party or tailgating and allows you to add up to five other Soundbok speakers if you’re throwing a full-on rager in your backyard. Able to reach up to 126dB while maintaining audio clarity—just into the uncomfortable/damaging level—you don’t have to worry about people talking getting in the way of your cha-cha slide number.

If you are going into the wood or a setting requiring a speaker that can stand up to the elements, the Soundboks 4 has you covered with silicone ball corners that prevent the powdered aluminum frame, steel honeycomb grill, and an IP65 waterproof rating. The built-in carrying handles also make the 34-pound speaker fairly easy to pick up and place in your car if you did need to transport it.

The companion smartphone app gives you all the typical controls over a connected speaker including multiple sound mounds, the ability to customize the EQ, and connecting multiple other speakers. While we don’t love that the speaker is ONLY battery-operated, you can buy more batteries for extra battery life. But to be fair, you get up to 40 hours out of each charge, and we can’t imagine most people needing more than that. If you do, you’re probably on a longer trip and have portable power stations or another type of generator to re-up the battery.

One other standout feature is the speaker’s microphone and instrument input. Perfect for streaming your favorite Spotify artists, you’ll also have a chance to plug in an electric guitar, DJ controller, or vocal mic to host a show or perform. All in all, this is a solid multi-purpose speaker that can be used for anything, but its size might get in the way of some use cases.

Best portable outdoor speaker: Ultimate Ears EPICBOOM Portable Wireless Bluetooth Speaker

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 6.38 inches by 4.7 inches by 9.5 inches
  • Weight: 4.36 pounds
  • Battery life: 17 hours
  • Bluetooth range: 180 feet

Pros

  • Portable
  • Can be wirelessly linked with other UE speakers
  • Waterproof, IP67 rating
  • Onboard controls
  • NFC pairing for Android 8.0 and later

Cons

  • No WiFi
  • No voice assistant
  • No microphone
  • No aux port for other sources

The wired life isn’t for everyone, which is why Bluetooth speakers are so popular. For the very digital, the Ultimate Ears EPICBOOM offers 360 degrees of big, bassy sound in a durable but attractive package for about $300. In either charcoal or cotton white, the EPICBOOM is a shockproof, dustproof, waterproof device that can be immersed in up to one meter of water for up to 30 minutes. Forget poolside; the EPICBOOM can be in the pool. (Its little sibling, the Wonderboom, is also one of our picks for a swim or a soak, as it’s one of the best shower speakers.)

The EPICBOOM needs to be paired with a phone to stream music, but it excels at this. The speaker itself features buttons for fast play, pause, skip, and volume changes, so wet or dirty hands don’t have to handle a comparatively delicate smartphone to change the vibe. The BOOM app adds additional controls, like customizable EQ and connecting several UE BOOM devices together to create a dispersed sound system on the fly.

While some Bluetooth speakers can serve as an access point for voice assistants or pull double-duty as a phone speaker, the EPICBOOM focuses on music and playing music only. However, the EPICBOOM’s battery life is a decent 17 hours, so it will likely last longer than your favorite playlist. Still, anyone aiming to party all night and every day will need to keep a USB-C charger handy (and maybe some comfy patio furniture and some of the best deck lights).

If it’s a smart speaker you’re after, the Sonos Move 2 costs $150 more but adds more connectivity alongside durability (and if you really love the multiroom Sonos ecosystem and are tired of moving things around, the best splurge is to install Sonos by Sonance Architectural speakers, which are $900 a pair).

Best budget: Pyle 3-way Mini Box Speaker System

Pyle

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 3.75 inches by 5.25 inches by 3 inches
  • Weight: 2.63 pounds
  • Drivers: 1-inch superior dome tweeter, 3.5-inch aluminum injection cone with 1.75-inch-wide dispersion cone midrange with bass reflex vent
  • Power range: up to 200 watts
  • Frequency response: 70Hz to 21kHz

Pros

  • Inexpensive
  • Quick connect/disconnect terminals
  • Waterproof; IP-44 rating
  • Corrosion and stain-resistant mesh grills

Cons

  • May want to upgrade the included speaker wire
  • Relies on receiver/amp to have Bluetooth/WiFi compatibility

File the Pyle 3-way Mini Box Speaker System under “good things in small packages.” For about $30, this pair of small speakers features are marine-grade, so they can be mounted outdoors on the patio, near a pool, or on a boat without worrying about splishes or splashes. The speaker system is waterproof with stain and corrosion-resistant mesh fronts. These little guys come with removable mounting and can be attached horizontally or vertically. They’ll deliver good sound for the price, but people who want to flood a large yard with tunes may want to look elsewhere. However, this could be a pro depending on whether your neighbors like to lodge complaints. A few users also suggest ditching the included but thin speaker wire for an upgraded one.

Want the best value on something really whimsical? You can hang a 2-pack of the pohopa 20W lantern-shaped waterproof Bluetooth speakers with built-in LED color lights for less than $175.

What to consider when buying outdoor speakers

We love making the great outdoors greater by adding music. As you shop for outdoor speakers, start by thinking about the size and shape of the space you want to fill, what elements the speakers will operate in, and your price point.

Weather resistance

If you’ve ever mistaken water-resistant hiking boots for waterproof ones, you’ll understand the difference between weatherproof and waterproof. Water-resistant boots are good for the occasional puddle or light rain, but crossing a stream will quickly lead to soaked feet. Weatherproof and waterproof speakers are similar. All of the selections in our list have weatherproofing—resistance to elements and more durable, sealed housing—but truly waterproof speakers come with an IP rating. Generally, manufacturers recommend finding spots to mount outdoor speakers that have some protection from the elements, like under an awning or a covered patio. For more extreme climates, like beaches and deserts, look for additional information about how speakers deal with salt air and sand. So, can you leave outdoor speakers in the rain? Many of them, yes. But look at those ratings to be sure.

Installation options

Do outdoor speakers require amplification? It depends. Portable outdoor Bluetooth speakers are best for setting up a sound system without installing amps or anything else. However, more permanent options will require patience and expertise running speaker wires between the outdoor speakers and the indoor A/V components (and sometimes drilling a hole through a wall). The upside is higher sound quality and a wider source selection.

The size and layout of the outdoor space will also dictate some system features. Many systems include wall mounts that allow for adjustable angles, though a space with no walls may need speakers that can go on the ground or on stakes. Little spaces, like a condo patio, don’t need as many watts as trying to turn a large yard into the daytime version of your favorite club.

FAQs

Q: Which speaker is best for the outdoors?

What speaker is best for your space depends on the size of your space and mounting possibilities. A full concert sound in a vast backyard will require a system with more watts and multiple speakers working together. Frequent pool partiers should prioritize waterproof speakers, while someone with an aversion to wiring should stick to Bluetooth speakers.

Q: Can these speakers be connected wirelessly?

It depends on the speaker. While there are some wireless outdoor speakers, most outdoor speaker systems are passive, just pushing out the sounds of an external amplifier. If you want to connect outdoor speakers to a streaming platform, you must ensure the amplifier has that capability or connect a compact streamer to the AVR.

Q: Can I recreate the same great sound I have inside when I’m outside?

Probably not without a lot of effort. Outdoor speakers contend with more ambient noise—traffic, dogs barking, neighbors, possibly airplanes flying over—and then they have to be durable on top of that. While an indoor system prioritizes sound quality, an outdoor speaker makes some sonic tradeoffs to enhance durability and weatherproofing. Plus, there’s just the reality that a closed room allows you to have an optimized environment and seating arrangement in front of your stereo turntable setup, lets you add in components such as subwoofers to compensate for and reinforce specific frequencies, and just isn’t as diffuse as being outdoors, so can produce more clarity at lower decibels. But that doesn’t mean you can’t get good sound for a good time.

Q: How much do outdoor speakers cost?

This depends on their size and components. Our recommendations range in price between $30 and $1,800.

Final thoughts on the best outdoor speakers

Elevate your outdoor experience by turning it into a concert-in-waiting. Investing a little extra effort into installing outdoor speakers on your porch, patio, or garden offers a higher sound quality while setting a vibe. For durable, traditional aesthetics, consider the refined audio performance of the Definitive Technology AW6500 Outdoor Speaker or the budget-friendly Pyle 3-way Mini Box Speaker System. The Klipsch AWR-650-SM adds a touch of whimsy by disguising itself as a rock, seamlessly blending into its natural surroundings. For larger landscapes or irregular spaces, the Furrion Aurora 4.1 Veranda Series delivers harmonious melodies that resonate far and wide. If portability is a priority, the Soundboks 4 cranks up the volume for dynamic live performances, while the Ultimate Ears EPICBOOM Portable Wireless Bluetooth Speaker ensures your outdoor gatherings stay waterproof and musically vibrant. Unleash the potential of your outdoor oasis by dragging out a packed cooler and entertaining surrounded by speakers that make every note count.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best outdoor speakers in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Save $70 on a Pax Plus Vaporizer with this post-Cyber Monday deal https://www.popsci.com/gear/pax-cannabis-amazon-deals-cyber-monday-2023/ Mon, 27 Nov 2023 21:20:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=592584
A Pax Plus cannabis vaporizer on a rolling tray with some oregano seasoning
Amanda Reed

When it comes to saving money on Cyber Monday, this is a CANNabis deal, not a CAN'Tabis one.

The post Save $70 on a Pax Plus Vaporizer with this post-Cyber Monday deal appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Pax Plus cannabis vaporizer on a rolling tray with some oregano seasoning
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The holidays are filled with lots of green things. Pine trees. Holly. Mistletoe. The holidays can also be stressful, leading us to indulge in a different bit of greenery to relax. Our favorite vaporizer from PAX is $90 off so you can toke it and have some green of the currency kind left in your pocket.

PAX Plus Vaporizer $180 (Was $250)

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

The PAX Plus is a cannabis essential and one of the easiest to use. Simply click the top once, wait until the purple light turns green, and inhale. You won’t have to worry about temperature either—the PAX Plus will cool down when not in use and heat up when it’s picked back up. It also comes with a concentrate chamber to enjoy the wax, shatter, or budder of your choice. 

More cannabis deals

The post Save $70 on a Pax Plus Vaporizer with this post-Cyber Monday deal appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Powerful Cyber Monday deals: Solar generators from Jackery, Anker, and more up to 50% off https://www.popsci.com/gear/solar-generator-deals-anker-jackery-amazon-black-friday-2023/ Mon, 20 Nov 2023 21:45:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=590790
Jackery Explorer Plus solar generators arranged in a pattern on a plain background
Stan Horaczek

Some of the best solar generators on the market are currently at their cheapest prices ever for Black Friday at Amazon.

The post Powerful Cyber Monday deals: Solar generators from Jackery, Anker, and more up to 50% off appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Jackery Explorer Plus solar generators arranged in a pattern on a plain background
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

A solar generator is a sizable investment, but can really save you in a pinch. These portable power stations store enough juice in their built-in batteries to keep your devices, appliances, and anything else that requires electricity going when the grid isn’t an option. Cyber Monday has brought some of the deepest discounts we’ve ever seen on brands like Bluetti, Jackery, Anker, and Ecoflow, so we’ve collected the best Black Friday deals on solar generators we’ve seen so far.

Anker SOLIX C1000 Portable Power Station, 1800W Solar Generator $649 (was $999)

Anker

SEE IT

This is Anker’s newest portable power station, and it’s cheaper than we’ve ever seen it for Black Friday. The super-fast battery charges to 100 percent from zero in just under an hour so that it can be ready on short notice. It offers six full-sized outlets (with ground), two USB-C ports, and two USB-A ports for powering devices. That’s more than you’ll find on many similar models. Plus, the internal battery has enough juice to charge an iPhone nearly 100 times or keep a camp light going for up to 60 hours.

Jackery solar generator deals

Ecoflow solar generator deals

Bluetti solar generator deals

Ugreen solar generator deals

The post Powerful Cyber Monday deals: Solar generators from Jackery, Anker, and more up to 50% off appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
This is your last chance to save $100 on an Xbox Series X during Cyber Monday https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-gaming-deals-playstation-xbox-nintendo-cyber-monday-2023/ Sun, 26 Nov 2023 22:17:35 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=592123
The best Cyber Monday gaming deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Also save big on Xbox Series, PlayStation, and Nintendo Switch games, plus gaming PCs and accessories, during these limited-time sales.

The post This is your last chance to save $100 on an Xbox Series X during Cyber Monday appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best Cyber Monday gaming deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

You’re in luck if you’ve resisted the temptation of Black Friday deals to get your gaming deals. You can still save hundreds of dollars on a new console gaming PC and get deep discounts on plenty of games across every major platform. These deals are going fast, so while your patience has been rewarded, it can also be your undoing if you don’t act quickly enough.

Xbox Series X $399.99 (w/ clickable coupon, Was $499.99)

Microsoft

SEE IT

The Xbox Series X is Microsoft’s most powerful game console to date, capable of playing 4K games at up to 120 frames per second with HDR (High Dynamic Range) enabled. It can play Xbox One and some Xbox 360 games as well. The system can play game discs but comes equipped with a 1TB SSD to store digital games as well. This $100 Cyber Monday discount brings the console down to its lowest price ever, and it likely won’t stay there for very long. And don’t forget to grab some great games:

Xbox Series X/S game deals

PlayStation 5 game deals

Nintendo Switch game deals

Razer deals

MSI deals

The post This is your last chance to save $100 on an Xbox Series X during Cyber Monday appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Save big with Cyber Monday deals on premium home appliances we love https://www.popsci.com/gear/vitamix-blender-amazon-deal-cyber-monday-2023/ Mon, 27 Nov 2023 18:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=592435
The best appliance Cyber Monday deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

These limited-time deals won't last long, but the quality appliances you buy will.

The post Save big with Cyber Monday deals on premium home appliances we love appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best appliance Cyber Monday deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Cyber Monday is the ideal time to save hundreds of dollars on a kitchen upgrade that might be hard to justify otherwise. Vitamix, KitchenAid, Breville, and other premium appliance makers have slashed hundreds of dollars off the price of their highest-end gear. Any of these appliances will save you time in the kitchen, making tasks like kneading bread dough, blending homemade soup, or brewing barista-quality coffee at home a cinch.

Vitamix Propel Series 510 Blender $279.95 (Was $479.95)

Vitamix

SEE IT

If you need a blender powerful enough for making everything from smoothies to soups, Vitamix’s Propel Series 510 is a can’t-miss Cyber Monday deal. A $200 discount on Amazon brings the 48-ounce blender down to its lowest price ever. The Propel Series 510 is outfitted with 10 speed settings, a BPA-free dishwasher-safe container, and laser-cut stainless steel blades that won’t dull after years of use. Glyphs located next to the speed control knob allow you to access settings specifically designed for smoothies and soups with a single twist. Once you’re done cooking, add a little soap and water to the blender’s container and run it at its highest speed. This will quickly clean the bowl.

Want to check out other blenders, or maybe coffee makers, air fryers, multi-cookers, nugget ice, toasters, and any manner of other countertop convenience? We got you:

Vitamix deals

Breville deals

Ember Mug deals

GE Profile deals

KitchenAid deals

Wolf Gourmet deals

OXO deals

De’Longhi deals

The post Save big with Cyber Monday deals on premium home appliances we love appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
My dog’s safe space can be your dog’s new happy place https://www.popsci.com/environment/fable-crate-dog-accessories-cyber-monday-2023/ Mon, 27 Nov 2023 17:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=592450
Charli my toy Aussie Shepherd in her Fable crate next to the couch
Tony Ware

If you need a crate your dog will love napping in and you won't get tired looking at, check out this Cyber Monday special.

The post My dog’s safe space can be your dog’s new happy place appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Charli my toy Aussie Shepherd in her Fable crate next to the couch
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Anyone with a small dog will tell you that they come with big personalities. Charli, my Aussie Shepherd-Japanese Chin mix, is 10 pounds of opinion. So, if she doesn’t like something, well, hope you kept the receipt. And, while every comfy spot in the house is ultimately hers, she still likes to have a space that’s exclusive when she’s feeling reclusive. But when it came time to upgrade her crate, we not only had to deal with a picky pup but also the logistics of limited space—which is why we love the Fable Crate, which lets her have a cozy den and we don’t have to lose a “side table.” And right now, the stylish accessory is up to 30% off if you buy it today.

Fable Crate $345 – $1,015 (w/ coupon BFCM2023, was $495 – $1,499)

Fable

SEE IT

Arriving in five easily assembled bentwood pieces, Charli’s Fable crate blends in seamlessly in the corner beside our couch (as seen at the top of the page). Topped by planters and bathed in indirect light for much of the day, it’s like a secluded forest glen for when she needs to recover from her adventures—or just take a mid-afternoon post-nap nap. We opted for the small, naturally, and went with the lighter signature finish. But there are also medium and large sizes, and you can go darker walnut if you’re feeling it. You can also choose between a metal or clear acrylic built-in gate … for when contractors come calling or for any other reason you don’t want your loyal companion snuffing around the house. I couldn’t remember where I put the Fable receipt if my life depended on it, but the restful look on Charli’s face when she’s nestled in her crate says it’s safe to rip it up anyway.

Additional Fable accessories for outdoor exploration:

Want to know more about your dog than where they like to sleep? Get a DNA test:

The post My dog’s safe space can be your dog’s new happy place appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Cyber Monday deals on expert-approved Bluetooth speakers https://www.popsci.com/gear/jbl-sony-bose-bluetooth-speaker-amazon-deal-cyber-monday-2023/ Mon, 27 Nov 2023 16:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=592368
The best Bluetooth speaker Cyber Monday deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

These deals include speakers of every size and shape to deliver beats at prices you can't beat

The post The best Cyber Monday deals on expert-approved Bluetooth speakers appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best Bluetooth speaker Cyber Monday deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Cyber Monday is officially here, and you can save big on everything from smart home tech and soundbars to sought-after Bluetooth speakers—essential for anyone who wants to listen to music with friends and family this holiday season. Many of the deals we’ve found are discounts on Bluetooth speakers that have found themselves in our buyer’s guides. If your current Bluetooth speaker is on the fritz, or you’d like to treat yourself (or someone you know) to an audio upgrade they can appreciate on the go (or with a wireless turntable), don’t miss these limited-time deals.

Sony SRS-XE200 $97.95 (Was $129.99)

Sony

SEE IT

Sony SRS-XE200 is an excellent mid-sized Bluetooth speaker whose Cyber Monday discount brings it down to its lowest price ever. The speaker has a pair of drivers and passive radiators for well-balanced sound, a battery that lasts up to 16 hours per charge, and an IP67 durability rating, which means it’s dustproof and can be completely submerged under water. The SRS-XE200 can also take advantage of Sony’s Wireless Party Connect feature, allowing you to sync up to 100 speakers. A built-in strap makes the speaker easy to carry or hang outdoors. This Bluetooth speaker even has a microphone, so you can use it as a speakerphone.

Sony Bluetooth speaker deals

Sonos Bluetooth speaker deals

JBL Bluetooth speaker deals

Bose Bluetooth speaker deals

Ultimate Ears Bluetooth speaker deals

Bang & Olufsen Bluetooth speaker deals

Marshall Bluetooth speaker deals

TREBLAB Bluetooth speaker deals

Tribit Bluetooth speaker deals

Soundcore Bluetooth speaker deals

The post The best Cyber Monday deals on expert-approved Bluetooth speakers appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Upgrade your space with these limited-time Cyber Monday smart home deals https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-smart-home-amazon-deals-cyber-monday-2023/ Mon, 27 Nov 2023 11:58:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=592139
Best Smart Home Cyber Monday Deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Save hundreds of dollars on smart security systems, locks, light bulbs, thermostats and more during Cyber Monday.

The post Upgrade your space with these limited-time Cyber Monday smart home deals appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best Smart Home Cyber Monday Deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Setting up a smart home can save you a considerable amount of time, improve your house’s aesthetics, and even increase its safety. But replacing each light bulb, lock, and everything in between can get expensive fast. Thankfully, Cyber Monday is jammed full of deals that dramatically reduce the amount you’ll have to spend on the highest-end gear, with some items clocking in at under $10. If you’re looking to start (or expand) your smart home this year, don’t miss these Cyber Monday deals.

Google Nest Thermostat $89.99 (Was $129.99)

Google

SEE IT

Google’s Nest Thermostat is one of the few smart home gadgets that may actually pay for itself over time, which sweetens this already excellent Cyber Monday deal. Once it’s connected to your HVAC system and Wi-Fi network, the smart thermostat will learn your habits and intelligently heat and cool your home based on when you wake up and go to bed. This is far more efficient than leaving your heating and cooling system on all day. By reducing the amount of time the HVAC system is running, Google’s Nest Thermostat can lower your utility bill, which is especially important during the hottest and coldest months of the year.

Nanoleaf deals

Philips Hue deals

August home deals

Schlage deals

Yale deals

Ecobee deals

Eufy deals

GE Cync deals

Ring deals

The post Upgrade your space with these limited-time Cyber Monday smart home deals appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Don’t wait to save 40% on Shark vacuums and Ninja kitchen gear for Cyber Monday https://www.popsci.com/gear/shark-ninja-amazon-deal-cyber-monday-2023/ Mon, 27 Nov 2023 11:43:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=592194
A Shak vacuum and griddle in a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

From vacuums to coffee makers and blenders, here's what you can get on sale from Shark and Ninja this Cyber Monday at Amazon.

The post Don’t wait to save 40% on Shark vacuums and Ninja kitchen gear for Cyber Monday appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Shak vacuum and griddle in a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Appliances make for excellent gifts around the holidays. Need to impress the in-laws you’re meeting for the first time? Here is a nice immersion blender! Is there a White Elephant around the corner? Three words: Hot dog toaster. You can always get something for yourself, too. No matter whose kitchen and home game needs upgrading, you can find the perfect gift with these steep Shark and Ninja deals at Amazon for Cyber Monday.

Ninja GR101 Sizzle Smokeless Indoor Grill & Griddle $79.99 (Was $139.99)

Ninja

SEE IT

Bring the barbecue inside with this grill-griddle combo that would make George Foreman envious. It can reach up to 500 degrees and its perforated mesh lid eliminates smoke and reduces splatter. The removable grill and griddle plates are easy to clean, and the mesh lid is dishwasher safe. It’s a great investment since a Big Mac is $7 now.

Shark WD201 HydroVac Cordless Pro XL 3-in-1 Vacuum, Mop & Self-Cleaning System $199.99 (Was $359.99)

Shark

SEE IT

This cordless 3-in-1 device vacuums, mops, and cleans itself. You can use it on hard floors, area rugs, tiles, and laminate. The included multi-surface concentrate eliminates and prevents odors. The water tank is designed to separate liquid from solids to quickly and easily empty the tank. And placing the HydroVac on its dock after every use activates self-clean mode so you don’t even have to think about it.

The post Don’t wait to save 40% on Shark vacuums and Ninja kitchen gear for Cyber Monday appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Save big on soundbars from Sonos, JBL, Sony, Bose, Samsung, and more during Cyber Monday https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-soundbar-deals-samsung-sonos-polk-jbl-sony-cyber-monday-2023/ Mon, 27 Nov 2023 11:28:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=592191
The best cyber monday soundbar deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

These Cyber Monday deals will quite literally sound good.

The post Save big on soundbars from Sonos, JBL, Sony, Bose, Samsung, and more during Cyber Monday appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best cyber monday soundbar deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

If you’ve recently picked a big, new 4K TV, you’ll want to get a soundbar to go with it. These compact speaker systems can pump out louder, higher-quality sound than the audio equipment built into ultra-thin TVs without taking up a tremendous amount of space. Some soundbars come with additional speakers—a subwoofer for more bass or wireless rear speakers for surround sound—while others stand on their own. You can save hundreds of dollars on a wide range of soundbars thanks to an abundance of Cyber Monday deals.

Sonos Ray $223 (Was $279)

Sonos

SEE IT

The Sonos Ray is the best Cyber Monday soundbar deal due to its impressive audio fidelity for something of such a diminutive size. At just 22 inches wide, you can easily fit this soundbar beneath any TV or inside an entertainment center. Sonos packed the Ray with a multi-driver audio system, including a pair of woofers and outward-facing tweeters connected to a custom-designed amplifier that guarantees well-balanced sound. This Cyber Monday deal on the Sonos Ray solves both issues if you’ve put off getting a soundbar due to its high price and large size.

Bose soundbar deals

LG soundbar deals

Vizio soundbar deals

JBL soundbar deals

Samsung soundbar deals

Sony soundbar deals

Polk soundbar deals

Denon soundbar deals

Bang & Olufsen soundbar deals

Need a top-quality source and/or screen to pair with that soundbar? Pick up a Panasonic 4K Blu-ray player on sale and shop these amazing deals on Samsung TVs.

The post Save big on soundbars from Sonos, JBL, Sony, Bose, Samsung, and more during Cyber Monday appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Our favorite smart lighting from Govee is up to 44% off for Cyber Monday at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/govee-smart-lights-amazon-deal-cyber-monday-2023/ Mon, 27 Nov 2023 11:13:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=592187
Govee smart LED strip lights lit up in different colors with the control app in the foreground
Govee

Govee smart lights add tons of illumination options to the inside and outside of your home. They're all on sale for Cyber Monday at Amazon.

The post Our favorite smart lighting from Govee is up to 44% off for Cyber Monday at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Govee smart LED strip lights lit up in different colors with the control app in the foreground
Govee

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Holiday lights are fun, but keeping them up all year round can bring about the judgy comments from friends and visitors. Govee smart lights, however, allow you to keep festive illumination around your space all year with no fear of judgment. They make everything from behind-the-TV lights to improve your binge-watching experience to outdoor illumination and simple LED light strips. Right now, Amazon has Govee smart lights up to 44 percent off for Cyber Monday. Fight off those winter blues with some saucy red lights.

Govee Smart Outdoor String Lights $57 (was $99)

Govee

SEE IT

This ample kit gets you 96 total feet of RGB bulbs that you can program to show up to 16 million colors in 47 different program modes. So, decorate the outside space at your home for the holidays with red and green bulbs. Then, once the holidays are over, switch them over to white (or whatever color you want). They’re IP65-rated against the elements, so you can leave them up in the weather without worrying about them. This is a great, easy, and now affordable way to upgrade your outdoor space.

More Govee smart lighting deals

The post Our favorite smart lighting from Govee is up to 44% off for Cyber Monday at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Editor-approved: This air purifier is at its lowest price of the year for Cyber Monday https://www.popsci.com/gear/air-purifier-amazon-deal-cyber-monday-2023/ Mon, 27 Nov 2023 10:58:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=592140
A PuroAir air purifier in a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

Get major savings on air purifiers from BLUEAIR, Levoit, Molekule, and more for Cyber Monday at Amazon.

The post Editor-approved: This air purifier is at its lowest price of the year for Cyber Monday appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A PuroAir air purifier in a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Holiday travel means your family’s germs have a chance of making themselves home when the celebration is over. Amazon has deals on air purifiers from our favorite brands this Cyber Monday to obliterate unwelcome microscopic company so you can focus on reuniting with your loved ones.

PuroAir HEPA 14 Air Purifier $154.99 (Was $229)

PuroAir

SEE IT

Our favorite air purifier for mold, the PuroAir HEPA 14 Air Purifier covers a massive 1,115 square feet and includes a powerful HEPA 14 air filter, which is ten times more powerful than HEPA 13. What you get is a hospital-grade air purifier under $200 that removes 99.99% of fine particles down to .1 microns in size. Mold? Other things in the air that cause allergies? Sorry, you won’t find any here. It’s third-party lab tested and certified, meaning you’re getting a scientifically-developed air purifier from scientists and virologists at Harvard, MIT, Johns Hopkins, and Oxford universities that are backed up by other scientists. You can also get a two-pack to put one in the bedroom and another in the living room.

BLUEAIR deals

Levoit deals

Molekule deals

NuWave deals

Miscellaneous deals

The post Editor-approved: This air purifier is at its lowest price of the year for Cyber Monday appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
These limited Cyber Monday deals have Jackery generators at their lowest prices of the year https://www.popsci.com/gear/jackery-solar-generator-amazon-deals-cyber-monday-2023/ Mon, 27 Nov 2023 10:28:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=592145
Jackery 2000 plus solar generator sitting on a paved driveway
Stan Horaczek

Whether you need a small portable power station or a massive solar generator, these Cyber Monday deals on Jackery products will save lots of cash.

The post These limited Cyber Monday deals have Jackery generators at their lowest prices of the year appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Jackery 2000 plus solar generator sitting on a paved driveway
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

We’re huge fans of solar generators around here. Yes, they’re an investment, but they can really come in handy when the power goes out or you head out into the wilderness. Jackery regularly tops our lists of the best solar generators and portable power stations because the company builds sturdy, powerful, reliable products that excel in our hands-on tests. Amazon has a bunch of fantastic Jackery deals for Cyber Monday right now, but they’ll only last as long as they’re in stock, so grab one to ensure your back-up power will last.

Jackery Explorer 1500 Pro Portable Power Station $899 (was $1,699)

Jackery

SEE IT

While Cyber Monday is notorious for fake deals that only offer a discount on jacked-up prices, that’s not the case here. This 1800W charger typically actually sells for more than $1,600, which makes this nearly half-off the regular price. It offers a total of eight outputs, including three typical outlets, two USB-A, two USB-C, and a 12V DC port for RV travelers. With this much power stored up, it can charge an iPhone more than 60 times. Plus, it can run a TV for up to 17 hours, and power all sorts of tools if you’re using it on a work site. It’s super-versatile and weighs less than 40 pounds, which makes it very easy to lug around thanks to the super-sturdy built-in handle.

More Jackery portable power station and solar generator deals

The post These limited Cyber Monday deals have Jackery generators at their lowest prices of the year appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Ooni’s pizza oven is down to its lowest price ever on Amazon for Cyber Monday https://www.popsci.com/gear/ooni-pizza-oven-amazon-deal-cyber-monday-2023/ Mon, 27 Nov 2023 10:13:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=592235
ooni Fyra 12 Wood Fired Outdoor Pizza Oven
ooni

This discount on the Fyra 12 is a can't-miss deal for anyone who loves homemade pizza.

The post Ooni’s pizza oven is down to its lowest price ever on Amazon for Cyber Monday appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
ooni Fyra 12 Wood Fired Outdoor Pizza Oven
ooni

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The idea of having authentic, pizzeria-quality pizza is possible with an Ooni Fyra oven, which is currently $105 cheaper than usual, thanks to a Cyber Monday deal. This relatively compact oven runs on wood pellets and can get up to 950 degrees Fahrenheit in roughly 15 minutes. Ooni is responsible for making our favorite pizza oven ever, and this discount brings the Fyra 12 down to its lowest price ever on Amazon.

ooni Fyra 12 Wood Fired Outdoor Pizza Oven $244.30 (Was $349)

ooni

SEE IT

A big part of the Fyra 12’s appeal is its size. At 20 pounds, a single person can set up, break down, and move this pizza oven before and after use. The oven’s tall stack keeps smoke from billowing on your face as you launch and retrieve home-cooked pizzas, while a pellet hopper on its backside can be monitored to maintain a steady stream of fuel. This ease of operation, combined with Amazon’s Cyber Monday discount, makes the Ooni Fyra 12 a no-brainer for any pizza enthusiast looking to up their game from an indoor home oven.

More pizza oven deals for devoted pie lovers

The post Ooni’s pizza oven is down to its lowest price ever on Amazon for Cyber Monday appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Save $105 on an eero mesh network for Cyber Monday and kiss your WiFi woes goodbye https://www.popsci.com/gear/eero-router-cyber-monday-deal/ Sun, 26 Nov 2023 12:15:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=592209
Amazon eero 6+ mesh Wi-Fi system
Amazon

Cyber Monday is loaded with great tech deals, but this discount on Eero's fast WiFi routers is amongst the best we've seen so far.

The post Save $105 on an eero mesh network for Cyber Monday and kiss your WiFi woes goodbye appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Amazon eero 6+ mesh Wi-Fi system
Amazon

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Need a fast, reliable way to connect all of your gear to the Internet? A three-pack of eero 6+ mesh WiFi routers has returned to its lowest price ever for Cyber Monday. The routers were designed to blanket an area of up to 4,500 square feet with a fast, reliable, and stable connection to the Internet. It’s this extreme range (amongst other technical feats) that landed these routers a spot on our guide to the best WiFi routers.

Amazon eero 6+ mesh Wi-Fi system $194.99 (Was $299.99)

Amazon

SEE IT

With speeds of up to 1Gbps, and the ability to connect over 75 devices to the Internet simultaneously, this mesh WiFi system will solve any lingering WiFi issues you may have for good (and this Cyber Monday deal will help deal with any price issues you might have). One router has to be connected to your ISP-supplied cable modem with an Ethernet cable, but the others can be placed anywhere there’s an outlet. This flexibility is especially helpful if you live in a large home, and don’t want to string Ethernet cables through your walls. If you’re having trouble with a spotty home Internet connection, this is the best Cyber Monday deal we can recommend.

Here are more Cyber Monday Eero deals

The post Save $105 on an eero mesh network for Cyber Monday and kiss your WiFi woes goodbye appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
This essential work-from-home accessory is on sale for a limited time https://www.popsci.com/gear/ember-mug-2-deal-black-friday-2023/ Sat, 25 Nov 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=592093
Multiple black Ember Mug 2 on a while background
Tony Ware

Our favorite temperature-control mug is discounted for Black Friday/Cyber Monday ... and this deal is hot if you're a coffee or tea lover.

The post This essential work-from-home accessory is on sale for a limited time appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Multiple black Ember Mug 2 on a while background
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

If you’re like us, your blood is more coffee than plasma at this point. And there’s nothing worse when it comes time to work than being cold-blooded (unless you’re a reptile or Rick James). That’s why we love the Ember Smart Mug 2, a powered mug that lets you set your desired beverage temperature and maintain it thanks to multiple sensors and a microprocessor-controlled heating system. It’s the perfect desk accessory for coffee and tea lovers, and it’s 23% off if you act fast.

The Ember Smart Mug 2 $99 (was $129.95)

The Ember Smart Mug 2 is stainless steel coated with ceramic, an ideal vessel for 10 ounces of caffeinated (or unleaded) lifeblood (there are also 14-ounce options on sale). Synced via smartphone to the Ember app, it maintains presets (between 120°F – 145°F) for your favorite beverage for up to 80 minutes when fully charged or indefinitely if put back on its charging coaster between sips. You can get lost in your workflow and not be disappointed when, 45 minutes later, you pick your head up and find a lukewarm liquid. And if you are done for the day, the mug enters sleep mode when empty or after two hours of inactivity. And don’t we all dream of sleep mode, our bellies warm with some calming concoction? Day or night, the Ember Mug 2 can be your constant companion (and Ember also makes a travel mug we love).

Speaking of coffee … check out this espresso machine and these Yeti mugs.

Looking for non-beverage kitchen accessories? We got you.

The post This essential work-from-home accessory is on sale for a limited time appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
These Black Friday turntable deals are still spinning, but not for long https://www.popsci.com/gear/turntable-deals-denon-fluance-audio-technica-black-friday-2023/ Fri, 24 Nov 2023 16:24:50 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=591841
Best Turntable Black Friday Deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Know what's music to our ears? Saving hundreds of dollars on turntables from the best brands during Black Friday.

The post These Black Friday turntable deals are still spinning, but not for long appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best Turntable Black Friday Deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The explosion in the popularity of turntables and vinyl proves that what goes around comes around—in this case quite literally. If you’re looking to supplement your music streaming with high-fidelity slabs of wax, Black Friday is the best time to pick up a new record player. Many turntables, including advanced models with high-tech features like Bluetooth connectivity, are deeply discounted for a limited time. If you want a new deck or to give vinyl a try for the first time, don’t miss out. And if you need some LPs to play on your turntable, you can take advantage of VinylMePlease’s buy one get one 50% off sale.

House of Marley Stir It Up Wireless Bluetooth Turntable $199.99 (Was $249.99)

House of Marley

SEE IT

House of Marley’s Stir It Up is an excellent turntable for newbies and more seasoned LP lovers alike. Its deck is made of bamboo—in keeping with the company’s commitment to sustainability—and comes bundled with an Audio-Technica cartridge. This record player has a built-in phono preamp and Bluetooth support, so you can hook it up directly to any pair of powered or wireless speakers and play albums without additional hardware. A switch on the top of this turntable allows you to jump between 33- and 45-RPM settings. A conveniently located headphone jack lets you enjoy your collection without disturbing others. And if you’re willing to spend $100 more, you can also upgrade to the stylish belt-drive Stir It Up Lux with its Audio-Technica elliptical stylus (AT-95E), Bluetooth 5.3 connection, and more. And those are just a couple of the many deeply discounted platters being served up this Black Friday. Check these out:

Audio-Technica turntable deals

1ByOne turntable deals

Denon turntable deals

Fluance turntable deals

Victrola turntable deals

Need a system to play that turntable through? Check out these other amazing speaker deals before they’re gone. Prefer some affordable wireless headphones or earbuds if it’s a Bluetooth turntable? We got you.

The post These Black Friday turntable deals are still spinning, but not for long appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
It’s not too late to save hundreds on a Sonos sound system https://www.popsci.com/gear/sonos-speaker-crutchfield-deals-early-black-friday/ Fri, 17 Nov 2023 20:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=590371
Sonos Pre Black Friday Deals
Sonos

'Tis the season to gift others (or yourself) with a house full of cheer and multiple rooms of connected/surround sound speakers.

The post It’s not too late to save hundreds on a Sonos sound system appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Sonos Pre Black Friday Deals
Sonos

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Black Friday is over or ongoing, depending on your understanding of the time-space continuum. And multiroom audio experts Sonos are offering great deals on connected speakers so you can fill the home theater, whole house, or someone else’s heart with cheer this holiday season. Sonos’ speakers and soundbars were designed to work together, and these deals allow you to assemble a full wireless system in a couple of clicks.

Sonos Arc Soundbar $719 (Was $899)

Sonos

SEE IT

The Arc soundbar is the centerpiece of the most immersive Sonos system. Pair it wirelessly with either a Sonos Sub (Gen. 3) or Sub Mini and two Era 100 speakers for rear channels and you’ve got a compact 5.1 surround sound system (available in black, white, or a Cruella De Vil-worthy combo if that’s your vibe). The soundbar connects to your TV via eARC HDMI to take advantage of top-tier Atmos material, but you can stream stereo music to it wirelessly from Apple devices through AirPlay 2. And you can add additional speakers throughout the house (assuming your WiFi is up to the task) if you need to hear Vince Guaraldi and other Christmas classics no matter where you roam.

Check out all the Sonos deals that are music to our ears:

Looking for other soundbar deals? We got you. We’ve also collected deals on some of our favorite speakers for stereo and multichannel setups.

The post It’s not too late to save hundreds on a Sonos sound system appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
These deep soundbar discounts are still live, but won’t be for long https://www.popsci.com/gear/jbl-soundbar-black-friday-deal-2023/ Fri, 24 Nov 2023 15:21:34 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=591846
A JBL soundbar in a home entertainment center in a living room
JBL

One of our favorite JBL soundbars is literally half-price at Amazon—just one of many Black Friday deals still available.

The post These deep soundbar discounts are still live, but won’t be for long appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A JBL soundbar in a home entertainment center in a living room
JBL

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

We’re big fans of soundbars here at PopSci. They’re a simple and often-affordable way to seriously upgrade your TV’s sound. Right now, Amazon has pretty absurd deals on JBL soundbars, including $300 off one of our favorites. That’s half-price. Stop reading and go get it.

JBL Bar 5.1 – Soundbar with Built-in Virtual Surround, 4K and 10″ Wireless Subwoofer $299 (was $599)

JBL

SEE IT

This high-end soundbar offers 5.1 surround sound performance thanks to JBL’s clever beam-forming technology, which can chuck sound around the room with impressive accuracy. The 10-inch wireless subwoofer connects easily and booms when you want it to. It supports all sorts of wireless technology, like Bluetooth and AirPlay 2, for playing music. Plus, it looks slick, so you won’t want to hide it in your entertainment center.

More Black Friday soundbar deals

Some of these soundbars are literally half-price, so if you see something you want, grab it because it will probably sell out before Cyber Monday rolls around.

Want a complete wireless surround sound system? We love the Nakamichi Shockwafe Ultra 9.2.4 Channel Dolby Atmos/DTS:X Soundbar with Dual 10″ Wireless Subwoofers, and it’s only $1,399 (usually $1,899).

Interested in building a more traditional multi-component surround system or stereo listening station? Check out these other amazing speaker deals before they’re gone.

The post These deep soundbar discounts are still live, but won’t be for long appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
You can still get the best Apple products at the best prices … if you act fast https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-apple-black-friday-deals-2023/ Fri, 24 Nov 2023 21:01:32 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=591953
AirPods Pro 2 Black Friday Deal
Apple

Whether you need a new computer, tablet, or headphones, Apple's Black Friday deals have you covered.

The post You can still get the best Apple products at the best prices … if you act fast appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
AirPods Pro 2 Black Friday Deal
Apple

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Apple doesn’t discount its own hardware, and although the company is currently holding a Black Friday promotion in which you get gift cards toward a future purchase, there are deals out there that save you money immediately. We’ve scoured the web to find the best Black Friday discounts on Apple hardware, and have come up with a surprising amount of deals. If you’ve been holding off on getting a new piece of gear for the right price, now is the time to shop. We wouldn’t be surprised if many of these items sell out before the day is done.

Apple AirPods Pro (2nd Generation) $189.99 (Was $249)

Apple

SEE IT

Apple’s AirPods 2 are the company’s latest true wireless earbuds, and they’re down to their lowest price ever on Black Friday thanks to a $60 discount. The earbuds support active noise cancellation, are IPX5 water-resistant, and last up to six hours per charge. Their included battery case can fully recharge them four times. These earbuds support Spatial Audio, which means they can decode music and movie soundtracks with a Dolby Atmos mix and give you the feeling of listening to music in surround sound on speakers. This feature works shockingly well. Additionally, the processor in each earbud optimizes and adjusts its sound in real-time, so you always get the best EQ setting. No true wireless earbuds are as good for all-around use as the AirPods Pro 2, and this discount makes them even easier to recommend.

AirPods deals

MacBook deals

iPad deals

HomePod deals

Mac Mini deals

Mac Studio deals

Apple Watch deals

Need a monitor for that Mac Mini? Samsung has gaming flagships on sale.

Looking for more affordable audio? These headphones and earbuds are all under $100.

The post You can still get the best Apple products at the best prices … if you act fast appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Shop our favorite speakers of 2023 and save up to 30% right now https://www.popsci.com/gear/definitive-technology-speakers-deal-amazon-early-black-friday-2023/ Mon, 20 Nov 2023 01:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=590466
Eight Definitive Technology DM70 speakers in a decorative pattern
Tony Ware

The Dymension DM70 tower speakers have built-in powered subs to hit the lows, and they're at their lowest price ever during Amazon's early Black Friday sale.

The post Shop our favorite speakers of 2023 and save up to 30% right now appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Eight Definitive Technology DM70 speakers in a decorative pattern
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Imagine your favorite artist just released a new album, and all you want to do is be surrounded by sound … but maybe not by speakers. Maybe you don’t have the space, budget, or just plain desire for a surround sound system. But you’re worried a two-channel system can’t quite satisfy you. After spending three months with a pair of Dymension DM70 floor-standing speakers, I can say … definitively … that one can. Whether I’m streaming, playing CDs, or enjoying my latest pressing from Vinyl Me Please, these loudspeakers don’t need Atmos to be immersive. If I were buying a music lover an indulgent gift right now (and you can be your indulgent music lover in question), these are what I’d buy. And, at hundreds less than their typical prices, they’ve never been more affordable … if you act fast.

Definitive Technology Dymension DM70 Large Tower Speakers $1,399.00 each (was $1,999.00)

Tony Ware

SEE IT

They may look like the 2001 monolith, but what’s under the minimalist fabric cover makes the DM70 speakers multidimensional. Each three-way tower has a bipolar array, meaning two 5.25-inch long-throw midrange drivers and a 1-inch aluminum oxide dome tweeter on each side. And the reflections of those rear-focused channels mean there’s enveloping energy throughout the room. Anchoring that expansive soundstage is the integrated powered 10-inch subwoofer and two passive radiators within each speaker. That’s a lot of muscularity rounding out pure musicality, and it’s available for $600 off—a total of $1,200 in savings per pair.

The DM70 towers are basically 2.1 systems and don’t need a separate sub to shine (just add wall outlets for the Class D 180W amplifiers and a sturdy floor), but the balanced bipolar arrays do require external power. I’ve been using a Cambridge Audio Evo 150 and NAD C 700 at various times because I’m a fan of compact network players/integrated amps. But if you do end up wanting a 5.1 or 7.1 system, you can use a powerful multichannel AV receiver and expand the system with DM60 mid-sized towers for the rears, a DM20 center speaker, and DM90 height modules (all of which are on sale right now).

Here are additional audio components offering more for less:

The post Shop our favorite speakers of 2023 and save up to 30% right now appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Shop Samsung’s best OLED and QLED Black Friday TV deals now https://www.popsci.com/gear/samsung-monitors-tvs-deal-amazon-black-friday-2023/ Thu, 23 Nov 2023 01:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=591482
The front and back of the Samsung G8 OLED curved monitor repeating in an alternating pattern
Tony Ware

Whether you're looking for OLED or 8K, Samsung has flagship screens on sale during Amazon's Black Friday deals.

The post Shop Samsung’s best OLED and QLED Black Friday TV deals now appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The front and back of the Samsung G8 OLED curved monitor repeating in an alternating pattern
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

I spend a lot of time in front of screens. And, in 2023, a lot of that time was in front of Samsung screens. They’re a favorite of the whole office, really, because Samsung truly makes a monitor or TV to suit every conceivable space and activity—from affordable standouts to straight-up statement pieces. And the best is even better priced during Black Friday on Amazon. The following are a few of our favorites:

SAMSUNG 34″ Odyssey OLED G8 Curved Gaming Monitor $899 (was $1,499)

Tony Ware

SEE IT

We call it the Helm, like in Star Trek, because it really feels like you’re navigating the farthest expanses of websites and spreadsheets. It’s where my wife sits doing much of her work, intently plotting her output as I stare longingly—No. 1 wishing he had the conn. It’s the 34-inch OLED G8 curved USB-C monitor, and it was supposed to be mostly for me … but you know how that goes. When I can use it, it’s possibly the biggest boost to efficiency I’ve ever set up, as the value in laying out every conceivable window and document I need for immediate reference on the 21:9 panel cannot be oversold. I’d have two of these monitors if I had more space and budget—don’t be like me, have your own cockpit! I love how the curvature makes everything so immersive but also ergonomic. I feel no pain, only pleasure, as I absorb the full Ultra WQHD resolution of new product images and promo videos, Slack in one quadrant and CMS in another. The OLED screen delivers rich color and true blacks (though, like all OLED panels, it performs best away from bright light, so consider your placement carefully). And did I mention the mini-HDMI/DisplayPort connections, 175 Hz refresh rate, and 0.03ms response time are great for gaming? But so are many Samsung monitors, including:

SAMSUNG 65-Inch Neo QLED 8K QN900C Mini-LED Quantum HDR Smart TV $3,297.99 (was $4,997.99)

Samsung

SEE IT

If you pay more, you surely want to see more. And with Samsung’s flagship QN900C QLED 8K TV, you most certainly do. Its nigh-invisible bezel, what Samsung calls its Infinity Screen, is immediately striking and makes you feel like you’re completely immersed in the image. And the image itself, well, is brighter and more vivid than any TV you’ll encounter. With 33 million pixels, nearly 2,500 nits in HDR, brilliant color and contrast, and impeccable upscaling, the QN900C conveys the ultimate expression of any content in any environment, even the kind of bright room that neuters an OLED panel. The internal sound is even surprisingly radiant (though we always recommend investing in a soundbar/surround sound system if it’s within your budget—which it may be during Black Friday). As for Game Mode, the four HDMI 2.1 ports—with variable refresh rates (VRR), up to 144 Hz, and auto low-latency mode (ALLM)—mean you can enjoy all the 4K/120fps goodness of next-gen. consoles, like the Spider-Man 2 PlayStation 5 I’ve been testing, with zero distractions or frustrations. If you can afford to be future-proofed, you can’t afford to miss this TV at this price.

Loyal to another brand? They have some more equally deep discounts:

Need something to play so you can show off all those pixels? Shop these great 4K Blu-ray deals.

The post Shop Samsung’s best OLED and QLED Black Friday TV deals now appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Shop Roomba deals at Amazon this Black Friday and save up to 42% https://www.popsci.com/gear/irobot-roomba-robovac-amazon-early-black-friday-deal-2023/ Sat, 18 Nov 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=590383
A Roomba put into a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

Why clean up after Thanksgiving when your Roomba can do it for you. Snag one at Amazon before Black Friday even happens.

The post Shop Roomba deals at Amazon this Black Friday and save up to 42% appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Roomba put into a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The holidays are a stressful time. There are too many people coming in and out of your home, bringing their own personal crust and dust that you’re left to clean once they leave. Thankfully, Amazon is already offering Roomba robovacs up to 42% off before Black Friday to lend you a valuable hand to vacuum the floors—some even mop, too.

iRobot Roomba Combo j5+ Self-Emptying 2-in-1 Robot-Vacuum with Optional Mopping $499 (Was $799)

Roomba

SEE IT

The iRobot Roomba j5+ has the same vacuum tech as the company’s j7+ robovac (currently sold out) but with more flexibility. You can choose to only run the vacuum, or you can vacuum and mop with a quick bin swap. The j5+ also avoids obstacles like pet waste and cords to prevent a robovac-adjacent accident and empties itself for up to 60 days. You can control it via the iRobot Home app (for iOS and Android) or with Amazon Alexa and Siri.

Here are more Roomba deals that won’t suck all the money out of your bank account:

The post Shop Roomba deals at Amazon this Black Friday and save up to 42% appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Shop at Amazon for Black Friday and get $100 off the incredibly giftable Dyson Airwrap https://www.popsci.com/gear/dyson-airwrap-amazon-black-friday-deal-2023/ Fri, 24 Nov 2023 23:35:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=591989
Dyson Air Wrap and its accessories arranged on a plain background
Stan Horaczek

You can also get deals on Dyson vacuums and air purifiers at Amazon during this Black Friday sale.

The post Shop at Amazon for Black Friday and get $100 off the incredibly giftable Dyson Airwrap appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Dyson Air Wrap and its accessories arranged on a plain background
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Shopping for the person in your life who longs for tresses that would make Fabio envious? We love the Dyson Airwrap for that. It provides salon-worthy curls at home and the patented Coanda airflow gently dries hair for less damage compared to other heat tools. It went out of stock for a bit after blowing up on TikTok, but the price has discouraged some from hitting “add to cart.” It’s $100 off for Black Friday at Amazon, meaning the love in your life can finally get the show pony hair they’ve wished for.

Dyson Airwrap $499 (Was $599.99)

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

The Dyson Airwrap is a drawer’s worth of tools in one handy device. It includes attachments to curl, shape, dry, and hide flyaways. The round brush is our personal favorite attachment since it gives us Cindy Crawford-esque bounce and shine.

Here are more Black Friday Dyson deals at Amazon:

Dyson vacuum deals

Dyson air purifier and fan deals

Dyson hair styling tool deals

The post Shop at Amazon for Black Friday and get $100 off the incredibly giftable Dyson Airwrap appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Start streaming for as little as $25 thanks to Roku’s Black Friday deals https://www.popsci.com/gear/roku-media-streamer-deals-amazon-black-friday-2023/ Fri, 24 Nov 2023 14:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=591349
Roku Express 4K+ Black Friday Deal
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Save $15 on Roku's entry-level streaming stick for Black Friday and access Netflix, Hulu, and more.

The post Start streaming for as little as $25 thanks to Roku’s Black Friday deals appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Roku Express 4K+ Black Friday Deal
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Black Friday is all about getting the best possible deals, and you can’t get much better than Roku’s $15 discount on the Express 4K+. The media streamer was an excellent value at its original price—especially since it comes bundled with Roku’s new Voice Remote—but this Black Friday deal pushes it over the top. Anyone who wants to make an older TV smart, or a new TV easier to use, should take notice.

Roku Express 4K+ $24.97 (Was $39.99)

Roku

SEE IT

This pocket-sized media streamer allows you to play 4K HDR video anywhere you go, and the included voice remote allows you to control it totally hands-free. The biggest reason to choose a Roku device over the competition is the company’s commitment to ease of use. The Voice Remote has large, tactile buttons, with shortcuts to popular streaming services. Roku’s digital user interface is easy to navigate, and its devices always feel snappy. Roku continually updates the software to add new features and channels for its media streamers, oftentimes automatically in the middle of the night to avoid downtime.

Roku Streamer deals

Fire TV deals

Chromecast deals

Want to ditch streaming for discs? Check out this deal on a 4K Blu-ray player. And need somewhere to showcase all that quality content? Shop these amazing deals on Samsung screens.

The post Start streaming for as little as $25 thanks to Roku’s Black Friday deals appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Get the best picture and price with $50 off a Panasonic 4K Blu-ray player at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/panasonic-4k-blu-ray-player-deal-amazon-black-friday-2023/ Fri, 24 Nov 2023 13:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=591302
Panasonic Streaming 4K Blu Ray Player Black Friday Deals
Panasonic

The holidays are a perfect opportunity to curl up with a good movie, and you can save on a 4K Blu-ray player thanks to this Black Friday deal.

The post Get the best picture and price with $50 off a Panasonic 4K Blu-ray player at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Panasonic Streaming 4K Blu Ray Player Black Friday Deals
Panasonic

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

In the age of streaming, it’s easy to forget that movies are still released on discs, and a 4K Blu-ray player will offer a far more high-fidelity experience than what you’ll see from streaming services. Expect better-looking colors and improved contrast to showcase that 4K flatscreen, equally uncompressed Atmos audio that will make your surround system shine, and, of course, all those special features like filmmaker commentaries, deleted scenes, and blooper reels. If you’re considering upgrading from a standard Blu-ray player or want to get back into collecting movies in the fear that all the streaming services could one day go dark, we’ve found the best Black Friday deals on a 4K Blu-ray player and classic films.

Panasonic DP-UB420-K Streaming 4K Blu-ray Player $197.99 (Was $247.99)

Panasonic

SEE IT

The Panasonic DP-UB420-K is a 4K Blu-ray player designed for the streaming age, and it’s currently $50 off thanks to a Black Friday deal. In addition to playing 4K Blu-ray (plus standard Blu-rays and DVDs), the DP-UB420-K doubles as a media streamer. That means you can access services like Netflix and Prime Video directly from the player when you’re not watching disks. The DP-UB420-K supports the latest HDR (high dynamic range) video formats, high-resolution audio formats, and even supports Alexa and Google Assistant for hands-free operation. If you want to see movies the way the director intended, this is as close as you’ll get at home.

Looking to expand your film library? Spin through these 4K Blu-ray deals:

Need somewhere to showcase all that 4K goodness? Shop these amazing deals on Samsung screens.

The post Get the best picture and price with $50 off a Panasonic 4K Blu-ray player at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Shop these major Shark and Ninja appliance discounts at Amazon for Black Friday https://www.popsci.com/gear/shark-ninja-deal-amazon-black-friday-2023/ Thu, 23 Nov 2023 23:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=591409
Shark and Ninja house products arranged in a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

Finish all your appliance and kitchen shopping, then your cooking and cleaning, with deals from Shark and Ninja for Black Friday at Amazon.

The post Shop these major Shark and Ninja appliance discounts at Amazon for Black Friday appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Shark and Ninja house products arranged in a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Shark and Ninja are known for creating well-priced products that perform better than their expensive competitors. They also changed the appliance game. I personally remember when the Ninja Creami was all over my TikTok For You page, with lots of creators making protein ice cream just by freezing some Fairlife. Whether you’re living that lactose life or not, you can save on Shark and Ninja products, like a vacuum to clean up after family visits you, at Amazon this Black Friday.

Shark AI Ultra Voice Control Robot Vacuum with Matrix Clean Navigation $299.99 (Was $599.99)

Shark

SEE IT

The smart robovac can be controlled using the SharkClean app (for iOS and Android) or your voice. It has Matrix Clean tech, which leaves no crumb left behind by passing over unclean areas multiple times. The bagless, self-emptying base holds up to 60 days of dirt, and a self-cleaning brushroll picks up more hair lingering in your home. 360-degree LiDAR vision maps your home so the robovac can detect and avoid objects in its path, day or night.

Ninja OO101 Woodfire 8-in-1 Outdoor Oven $399.99 (Was $600.95)

Ninja

SEE IT

If you handle the cooking in your house, consider this outdoor oven your new bestie. This bundle includes a Pizza Peel to make (surprise!) pizza, an oven cover to protect your precious new toy from the elements, an outdoor stand, and pellets. It has eight functions in one, with settings like Pizza, Max Roast, Specialty Roast, Broil, Bake, Smoker, and Dehydrate to keep your creative chef brain quite content with all the new recipes you can make. Best of all, there’s no flame involved. Save the fire for the digital Yule log.

Looking for more appliance deals? Check out these sales from Insant Pot, KitchenAid, and more.

The post Shop these major Shark and Ninja appliance discounts at Amazon for Black Friday appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Sip, sip, hooray: Shop the best Yeti Black Friday deals at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/drinkware-yeti-deal-amazon-black-friday-2023/ Thu, 23 Nov 2023 22:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=591329
Yeti drinkware in a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

Keep your spirits merry and bright—and really cold, thanks to the Yeti drinkware deal at Amazon for Black Friday.

The post Sip, sip, hooray: Shop the best Yeti Black Friday deals at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Yeti drinkware in a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Having a lukewarm beverage is one of the largest party fouls at a holiday shindig. There’s always a shortage of ice! There’s so much schmoozing happening that our hot boozy beverage becomes tepid! We give thanks if you didn’t experience this at turkey dinner and want to make sure it doesn’t happen when Christmas ham or any other festive favorites roll around. Keep your drinks hot and/or cold all night all year with this Yeti tumbler and insulated koozie deal at Amazon.

YETI Rambler 16 oz. Colster Tall Can Insulator for Tallboys & 16 oz. Cans $15 (Was $30)

Yeti

SEE IT

This stainless steel, vacuum-insulated Tall Colster is great for anything that involves a 16-ounce can: a holiday work party; meeting the parents for the first time; a winter football tailgate; and more. It’s dishwasher-safe and can accommodate a Liquid Death pounder can.

Here are more Yeti deals happening for Amazon Black Friday:

The post Sip, sip, hooray: Shop the best Yeti Black Friday deals at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best bird feeder camera is cheaper than ever at Amazon for Black Friday https://www.popsci.com/gear/bird-buddy-deal-amazon-black-friday-2023/ Wed, 22 Nov 2023 19:02:07 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=591312
A blue Bird Buddy Smart Bird Feeder filled with seed is mounted to a green post.
Abby Ferguson

We love the Bird Buddy for capturing impossibly close images of feathered friends. It's on deep discount at Amazon for Black Friday.

The post The best bird feeder camera is cheaper than ever at Amazon for Black Friday appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A blue Bird Buddy Smart Bird Feeder filled with seed is mounted to a green post.
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Bird photography is hard. It can require years of practice, expensive equipment, and endless patience. We don’t have any of those, so we really like the Bird Buddy, which puts a camera in a feeder that brings your avian models to you. Usually $279, this clever contraption is just $209 right now at Amazon for Black Friday—making it something for the birds, even if the discount is anything but. It’s a phenomenal gift and a gateway to a whole new hobby.

Bird Buddy Bird Feeder Camera $209 (was $279)

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

The Bird Buddy took home the best overall title in our list of the best bird feeder cameras. Setup is simple: Just mount the feeder, connect it to the app, fill it with food, and get ready to observe some birds. The camera is smart so it can recognize what kind of feathered friends it sees while they feed. It will automatically capture images of the birds and catalog them so you can look at your avian visitors later. It can even send live alerts to your phone when birds arrive so you can watch in real-time.

Even if you’re not the biggest birding fan, this is a super cool way to see nature from an up-close view that would otherwise be impossible.

Once you’ve ordered your Bird Buddy, go check out our big list of the Best Black Friday deals to kill time before it arrives.

The post The best bird feeder camera is cheaper than ever at Amazon for Black Friday appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
50+ sizzling Black Friday cookware deals you can get right now https://www.popsci.com/gear/kitchen-le-creuset-rubbermaid-oxo-cusinart-t-fal-amazon-deal-black-friday-2023/ Wed, 22 Nov 2023 18:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=591205
Le Creuset Enameled Cast Iron Signature Round Dutch Oven
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Save on cookware and kitchen tools from Le Creuset, Cuisenart, KitchenAid and more with these limited-time Black Friday deals.

The post 50+ sizzling Black Friday cookware deals you can get right now appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Le Creuset Enameled Cast Iron Signature Round Dutch Oven
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Are you looking to upgrade your tools when it comes to cooking? Black Friday is the ideal time to save big on appliances and kitchen gadgets you’ll rely on every day to get food on plates. But what if you’re feeling a little more analog when it comes to setting the kitchen mood and dining room table? We’ve found deep discounts on heritage cookware that’ll last a lifetime, from non-stick pots and pans that’ll save you time at the sink. This is a range for the range, so no outlet will be necessary to take advantage of any of the gear you’ll find below—just add stove, a counter, and an appetite. We’ve sussed out sales on staples and splurges, plus anything in between. These Black Friday deals are active now and will only be around for a limited time, so if you hunger for something, act fast.

Le Creuset Enameled Cast Iron Signature Round Dutch Oven $287.95 (was $359.95)

Le Creuset

SEE IT

No kitchen tool has become as iconic as Le Creuset’s Dutch ovens, lauded worldwide for their even cooking, extreme durability, and simple-yet-striking look. This Black Friday discount brings the 3.5-quart size down to its lowest price ever. The big appeal to using a Dutch oven from Le Creuset is its even heating, which will prevent sauces from scorching or the bottom of bread loaves from burning. The enamel coating on this French-made cookware piece is thick enough to prevent chipping, while its handles make it easy to transfer from the stovetop to your oven and vice versa. Le Creuset cookware is always a splurge, but this Black Friday deal makes it a little more accessible.

Le Creuset deals

Made In deals

OXO deals

Staub deals

Rubbermaid deals

All-Clad deals

T-fal deals

Our Place deals

Cuisinart deals

KitchenAid deals

The post 50+ sizzling Black Friday cookware deals you can get right now appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Save on KitchenAid stand mixers, Instant Pots, and more with Black Friday appliance deals at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/appliance-kitchenaid-cuisinart-breville-deals-amazon-black-friday/ Tue, 21 Nov 2023 18:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=590971
KitchenAid Appliance Black Friday deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Some of the best appliances we've tested are currently at their cheapest prices ever for Black Friday at Amazon.

The post Save on KitchenAid stand mixers, Instant Pots, and more with Black Friday appliance deals at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
KitchenAid Appliance Black Friday deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Black Friday deals are here, and we’ve seen deep discounts on some of the best appliances we’ve tested, like this KitchenAid Artisan Series 5 stand mixer, now a whopping $110 off at Amazon.

KitchenAid Artisan Series 5 Stand Mixer $349.99 (Was $459.99)

KitchenAid

SEE IT

Appliances can cut your cooking time in half and are necessary to make some recipes, but they can get expensive fast. No appliance is as iconic as the KitchenAid stand mixer, and getting a $110 discount on its Artisan Series 5 for Black Friday is no small feat. If we could only recommend one Black Friday appliance deal, it’s this stand mixer, which will last a lifetime. The five-quart mixer has 10-speed settings and comes with a whisk, beater, and dough hook attachment. These three tools will allow you to make bread, cookie dough, cake batter, whipped cream, and most sweet treats in between. You can extend its usefulness with optional accessories, which coincidentally are also on sale.

KitchenAid appliance deals

Breville appliance deals

De’Longhi appliance deals

Ninja appliance deals

OXO appliance deals

Instant Pot appliance deals

Typhur appliance deals

Foodsaver appliance deals

Cosori appliance deals

Meater thermometer deals

Fellow coffee accessory deals

The post Save on KitchenAid stand mixers, Instant Pots, and more with Black Friday appliance deals at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
This isn’t an illusion: save up to $900 on a 4K projector at Amazon for Black Friday https://www.popsci.com/gear/xgimi-projector-amazon-deal-black-friday-2023/ Tue, 21 Nov 2023 21:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=591055
Xgimi Black Friday deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Some of the best 4K and HD projectors you can get are deeply discounted on Amazon for Black Friday.

The post This isn’t an illusion: save up to $900 on a 4K projector at Amazon for Black Friday appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Xgimi Black Friday deals
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

A 4K projector is the type of uber-indulgent gadget every home theater enthusiast desires but finds clicking “add to cart” hard to justify. Enter Xgimi’s Black Friday deal. The company has knocked $900 off the price of its premium short-throw laser projector. What’s more, you can get its most entry-level HD projector for just $249, which is an incredible price for a gift you (or a gamer or movie lover in your life) would enjoy.

XGIMI Aura 4K UHD Ultra Short Throw Laser Projector $1,599 (Was $2,499)

XGIMI

SEE IT

The Aura 4K is Xgimi’s latest and greatest laser projector. It can create a 120-inch 4K image from 11.7 inches away from your wall. If you’ve put off getting a projector because your room isn’t deep enough, the Aura 4K solves that issue. If you have more space, you can use this projector to create a 150-inch image. The Aura 4K is equipped with a pair of 15-watt Harman Kardon speakers, two HDMI ports, three USB-A ports, an Ethernet jack, an optical audio output, and a headphone jack. It runs Android TV, so you can stream media from the most popular apps directly from the projector. If you’ve been interested in upgrading your home theater setup from a TV to a projector, you won’t find a better Black Friday deal than this $900 discount on the Xgimi Aura 4K.

Xgimi projector deals

The post This isn’t an illusion: save up to $900 on a 4K projector at Amazon for Black Friday appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best indoor security cameras of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-indoor-security-cameras/ Tue, 21 Nov 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=590157
A lineup of the best indoor security cameras on a plain background
Amanda Reed

I spy with my little eye ... an indoor security camera that helps you make sure things at home are in check.

The post The best indoor security cameras of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best indoor security cameras on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Blink mini Compact Indoors Plug-in Cam Blink Mini
SEE IT

A small camera packed with features like motion detection.

Best system A 9-piece SimpliSafe set on a plain background SimpliSafe 9-Piece Wireless Home Security System
SEE IT

Expand from protecting just one room with this system.

Best budget A white WYZE Cam v3 against a white background with a gray gradient. WYZE Cam v3
SEE IT

Simple, cheap, easy.

Indoor security cameras can be invaluable if you’re curious about what happens when you’re not home. How are your pets when it’s your day to go to work? Are the children revolting against the babysitter? You can ponder about it and give yourself a heart attack or simply set up a camera and see for yourself. We don’t think setting one up will reveal new horrors to you, but we do think you’ll have peace of mind knowing that you have an eye on your home when you’re not there. Extra features like motion detection, voice assistant compatibility, and cloud storage allow you to get the most out of your new indoor viewpoint. Ensure your house is a shenanigan-free place with the best indoor security cameras.

How we chose the best indoor security cameras

I’ve previously written about the commercial security industry in a past life, so I know what features to look out for when purchasing a DIY model. I also edit/oversee the majority of smart home coverage here at the ye olde PopSci Gear desk (#subjectmatterexpert). To choose the best indoor security cameras, I looked at reviews, recommendations, did heavy research, and looked at past home security coverage for inspo.

The best indoor security cameras: Reviews & Recommendations

Some of these cameras do double duty and can work outdoors, but any of these models is made to keep a careful, watchful eye over your hearth and home.

Blink

SEE IT

Specs

  • Resolution: 1080p
  • Power: Wired
  • Viewing angle: 110 degrees diagonal
  • Storage: Cloud storage

Pros

  • Two-way audio
  • Day and night HD video
  • Motion detection

Cons

  • Needs more cameras for more comprehensive coverage

The Blink Mini is a practical, wired palm-sized cube packed with features outside its $35 price tag. If you want the most approachable way to get 1080p livestream video with infrared night vision into your Alexa-maintained (or IFTTT-automated) monitoring routine, this is the best minimalist model to pick. It’s incredibly compact and features motion detection and two-way audio. More cameras, restricted to available wall sockets, might be required for the most comprehensive, widescreen coverage, but it’s not a heavy lift at this price. It also doesn’t feature the same audio triggers as Ring devices and only saves clips to the cloud. If you’d like a device with a 360-degree view, consider the Blink Mini Pan-Tilt Camera.

Best system: SimpliSafe 9-Piece Wireless Home Security System w/HD Camera

SimpliSafe

SEE IT

Specs

  • Resolution: 1080p
  • Power: Rechargeable battery 
  • Viewing angle: 90 degrees
  • Storage: Cloud storage only

Pros

  • Lets you set up a whole security system right out of the box
  • Outside cam has a very good quality video with 90 degrees field of view
  • Easy to install and use
  • Comes with a professional monitoring option
  • Compatible with Amazon Alexa, Google Assistant 
  • Includes convenient magnetic mount

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Lacks support for HomeKit 

If you’re looking to install an indoor security camera and a DIY home security system along with it, the SimpliSafe 9-Piece Wireless Home Security System might be your best bet. It’s pricey but far less expensive than buying the components individually. But even more importantly, it lets you set up a whole security system right out of the box.

The kit includes a 1080p camera, a base station, keypad, two motion sensors, and four entry sensors. All the components, including the cameras, connect to the base station, generating a loud siren to scare off intruders. Although the inside security camera isn’t the most robust model, the outside camera offers very good quality video with color night vision. What’s also nice is that the SimpliSafe mobile app (for iOS and Android) is nicely designed to let you effectively interact with your entire setup, and it comes with the option of including a professional monitoring system. However, for the price, it would be nice if both cameras had the option to store videos locally. 

Best 4K: Arlo Ultra 2

Arlo

SEE IT

Specs 

  • Video resolution: 4K
  • Power: Wireless
  • Viewing angle: 180 degrees
  • Storage: Cloud-based (via subscription); accepts microSD memory card for local storage (sold separately)

Pros 

  • Compatible with major smart technologies
  • Cloud subscriptions are relatively inexpensive
  • Color night vision is very good

Cons

  • Lacks support for HomeKit compatibility
  • May not be as sturdy as other models

This wireless, weather-resistant security camera isn’t one of the cheapest on the market, but it captures excellent 4K video. It also provides you with the option of storing your videos in cloud storage or on local storage using a microSD memory card. 

Two cameras are included in this bundle, and you can use them indoors and outdoors. You can see faces, license plates, and there’s even color night vision. WiFi isn’t required to use, thanks to the Arlo Smart Hub. A 180-degree field of view catches everything happening in the room. And, with an Arlo Secure Plan, you can receive notifications for people, vehicles, packages, or ward off unwanted indoor guests by triggering the siren.

Best wireless: Ring Stick Up Cam

Ring

SEE IT

Specs

  • Resolution: 1080p
  • Power: Rechargeable battery
  • Viewing angle: 130 degrees diagonal, 110 degrees horizontal, 57 degrees vertical
  • Storage: Cloud (available with subscription)

Pros

  • Robust app
  • Lots of accessories and integrations
  • Indoor- and outdoor-friendly

Cons

  • Strategic placement is important
  • Some features require Ring’s cloud plan

When you hear the brand Ring, you may immediately think about doorbell cams, which is understandable. But this Ring is more versatile, at home on any flat surface or wall. This Ring Stick Up Cam Battery has 1080p video with a 110-degree horizontal/57-degree vertical field of view, so strategic placement is important. And some features require paying for Ring’s cloud plan, but it’s a quickly up-and-running value with a robust app, particularly great for folks who already have Alexa devices (Amazon now owns Ring). And, because it’s an Amazon product, there are copious accessories (such as solar panels) for those inclined to upgrade.

Best budget: WYZE Cam v3

WYZE

SEE IT

Specs

  • Resolution: 1080p
  • Power: Wired
  • Viewing angle: 130 degrees
  • Storage: microSD card

Pros

  • Two-way audio
  • IP65 weather resistance
  • Continuous recording with microSD card

Cons

  • Lacks removable battery

While it won’t win awards for aesthetics (unless you have fond memories of playing with building blocks as a child), the WYZE Cam exceeds in inexpensive efficiency as long as you don’t mind dedicating some in-home space. The WYZE outdoor security camera is weather-resistant for deployment around your home (network) perimeter, but it’s also easily detachable with a “Travel Mode” that allows you to take the camera with you to record video directly to your phone without WiFi. There are sacrifices—like the lack of a removable battery, so you have to dismount the entire camera for charging—but it’s magnetically connected, so that’s just a simple twist.

What to consider when buying the best indoor security cameras

Easy-to-install indoor security cameras capture just “standard” HD all the way up to 4K, storing video locally or in the cloud, permanently or temporarily. Some are part of entire home security systems.

Wireless security cameras continue to evolve at a dizzying pace, with many models coming with better connectivity and cutting-edge technologies, such as artificial intelligence, to improve a host of features. However, if you’re new to these types of cameras, it can be confusing to figure out which features, specs, and capabilities are important for you and your home security cameras. 

Here is what you should look for when you purchase an indoor security camera: 

Video resolution and field of view 

You’ll see 1080p, 2K, or 4K resolutions in indoor security cameras. A higher resolution means you’ll get a crisper image. It will also fill up your local or cloud storage faster. That’s a problem if your subscription plan or card has a fixed limit to its capacity. If you’re trying to balance subscription costs for cloud storage with what resolution you’ll need, consider how detailed of a picture you’ll need. If you need more detail, go with a higher resolution. 

You’ll also want to check a security camera’s field of view specification, which is measured in degrees and tells you how much of a particular scene your security camera is capturing. The higher the FOV number indicates a wider lens and lets you see more of a particular scene in front of your house.  

Power options and storage

When setting up a new indoor security camera, you must consider where to install it. If it’s a light bulb camera, it has obvious restrictions. But you can post the wireless, battery-powered models we recommend anywhere. Wired options, however, require a nearby outlet.

Most indoor security cameras store video in the cloud, which is convenient, but you’ll most often have to pay a fee to access them. So, if you don’t want to pay a fee for a cloud service, consider models that let you store them on a memory card. 

Other features to look for

Many brands have introduced privacy features like two-factor authentication to ensure devices are not compromised or hacked. Many brands are also making security cameras that integrate with smart home features and connections to voice assistants like Amazon Alexa, Google Assistant, and others. Some brands even offer professional monitoring services for extra protection with a subscription.

FAQs

Q: Are indoor security cameras safe?

While there have been instances of hackers breaching security camera systems, that risk has pushed companies to roll out features like two-factor authentication, which uses unique codes to confirm the identity of anyone who attempts to access an account. In addition, password managers can help create and maintain long, randomly generated character strings to further reduce potential intrusions. If you follow good password protocols and cyber hygiene on both your camera and your WiFi network in general, WiFi security cameras are very safe.

Q: Should I get wired or wireless indoor security cameras?

Wireless security cameras are great if you don’t want to have to worry about placement, as you’re no longer tethered to power outlets and Ethernet cables. But the more you rely on wireless, the more you need to factor in the cost of WiFi reinforcement and cloud services. Also, many wireless cameras are magnetically mounted, so could be more easily stolen (taking previous footage with it if stored locally). Ultimately, each house’s infrastructure and your needs will determine the best means of installation.

Q: Can an indoor security camera work without the internet?

You’ll need a wireless connection to access the internet if you have a camera that needs to store video footage in a cloud server (via a cloud subscription plan). However, several models can store video locally, on a memory card, hard drive, or other local storage. Additionally, some models use cellular data plans to store video footage. 

Final thoughts on the best indoor security cameras

You may not be able to have eyes in the back of your head, but you can have eyes in your own home. Look for an indoor security camera with a wide frame of view to capture it all, and consider wireless options so placement isn’t a problem. If you’d like to compile a highlight reel of all that’s happened in your home, you can take that video from the cloud or a microSD card and use some editing magic to make it happen. Regardless, you won’t need to sleep with one eye open. Or maybe you will, since you discovered what the dog does when you’re not around.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best indoor security cameras of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best electric cooktops of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-electric-cooktops/ Mon, 20 Nov 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=586336
Four examples of electric cooktops against a white background
Tony Ware

From induction to coil cooktops, modernize your cooking experience by going electric.

The post The best electric cooktops of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four examples of electric cooktops against a white background
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best 30-inch Frigidaire FGEC3068UB Gallery 30-in. Electric Cooktop Frigidaire FGEC3068UB Gallery 30-in. Electric Cooktop
SEE IT

Ideal for large families and folks who love hosting gatherings, this smooth surface, glass-ceramic cooktop features five burners, including a 7-inch burner and two 6-inch burners to fit a variety of pots and pans.

Best splurge Bosch Benchmark® Series 36 Inch Wide 5 Burner Induction Cooktop built into a countertop Bosch Benchmark Series 36 Inch Wide 5 Burner Induction Cooktop
SEE IT

This WiFi-connected induction cooktop offers a luxury feel and cooking experience with tons of features that make the higher price tag worth it if, especially if you’re setting up your ideal smart home.

Best budget black Elite Gourmet Countertop Single Cast Iron Burner over a white background Elite Gourmet ESB-301BF Countertop Single Cast Iron Burner
SEE IT

Weighing only 3.5 lbs with adjustable temperature settings and non-slip feet for safety, it’s lightweight, portable, and easy to store away in cabinets when not in use.

Electric cooktops offer a modern solution to an ancient practice. Many customers, not just those without natural gas hookups, prefer them for their sleek and polished appearance, ease of cleaning, steady heat, energy efficiency, and overall pleasant cooking experience. However, electric cooktops aren’t one size fits all. There are a wide variety of types and styles at varying price points, making selecting them difficult if you’re new to the world of electric stovetops. From induction cooktops to electric coil cooktops, we’ve done the research on the best electric cooktops in 2023 to make the world of alternative cooking methods a little less overwhelming.

How we chose the best electric cooktops

We understand how many options are out there when it comes to the kitchen—whether it’s countertop smart ovens, latte machines, or more serious appliances. We wanted to represent that variety in our selections because we know there is a wide range of needs and, in turn, types of electric cooktops. Our list of best electric cooktops represents those varying needs from portability to size to number of burners. 

We looked at ratings and reviews, looking especially for commentary on durability and quality. The last thing we’d want is for your electric cooktop to be unreliable or malfunction. We paid special attention to heat times and safety features like auto shut-off, manual control knobs, hot surface indicator lights, etc. 

We also looked at value for money. Everybody’s budgets are different, but we can all agree that higher price tags should come with higher quality, features, and reliability. 

The best electric cooktops: Reviews & Recommendations

Unlike traditional gas cooktops, the best electric cooktops remove the need for an open flame by evenly distributing heat using electricity instead of gas, like a hot plate. That doesn’t mean all the options are evenly matched, so we’ve picked the best and presented them here—from renovation-worthy to giftable.

Specs

  • Material: Glass ceramic
  • Product Dimensions: ‎21.38 x 30.63 x 2.63 inches
  • Wattage: 32000 Watts

Pros

  • Five burners at varying sizes
  • Hot surface indicator lights for safety
  • Fits above most wall ovens
  • Quick boiling function
  • Attractive and sleek

Cons

  • Doesn’t come with a rubber gasket to seal the glass to counter
  • Some had issues with damage during shipping

Ideal for large families, this smooth surface, glass-ceramic cooktop features five burners, including a 7-inch burner and two 6-inch burners to fit a variety of pots and pans. The fifth burner comes in handy for big gatherings or those who cook often.

We love that it heats up quickly, has Express-Select control knobs for quick boiling, and a hot surface indicator light for added safety. You also have to push down to turn the dials, making it even safer to prevent kids and pets from accidentally turning it on.

At 30 inches, this cooktop fits above most wall ovens. It looks sleek, modern, and attractive, suitable for a variety of kitchen styles. Note that it doesn’t come with a rubber gasket to seal the glass to the counter, and many complained of shipping issues and damage during transit. 

Best two burner: Cuisinart Cast-Iron Double Burner 

Cuisinart

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Stainless Steel
  • Product Dimensions: 11.5″D x 19.5″W x 2.5″H
  • Wattage: 1800 Watts

Pros

  • Very portable
  • Durable
  • Great for RVs, parties, road trips, camping, short-term renters, etc
  • Two separate 6-setting adjustable temperature controls
  • Stable with non-slip feet

Cons

  • Temp control; it heats up and cools down much slower than alternative types
  • Not ideal for boiling large amounts of water

At just 10 pounds, this super-portable double burner is the ideal solution for small spaces like RVs, apartments, and dorms. It’s easy to take along with you for road trips, camping, or setting up at a party or backyard barbecue.

With a brushed stainless steel base and durable cast iron plating, it features nonslip feet, adjustable control knobs, and two different burners. The large plate features 1300 watts of power, and the small plate has only 500 watts, making it more ideal for heating up food or lightly sauteing. 

Many reviewers state that you should never try to move this after it’s been running—set it and leave it until it’s fully cooled. One knock against this model is it can be very slow to boil larger pots of water. This is best for cooking food in a pan or boiling smaller amounts, but waiting for it to boil a gallon of water will drive you nuts.

Best scratch-resistant: Viking – Professional 5 Series 36″ Electric Cooktop

Viking

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Stainless Steel/Ceramic Glass
  • Product Dimensions: 6.1” x 21” x 36.7”
  • Wattage: 3200 Watts

Pros

  • Easy installation
  • Sleek, modern, luxury appearance
  • Glass is scratch-resistant and durable
  • Six burners
  • Bridge element to create one larger cooktop for oversized cookware

Cons

  • Shows fingerprints 
  • 36” is on the larger size for standard oven cooktops

The Viking Professional 5 Series 36″ Electric Cooktop has an impressive six burners made from high-quality ceramic glass that is scratch-resistant and extremely durable. As a radiant heat cooktop, this cooktop cooks your food faster and more efficiently than alternative cooking methods and is compatible with nearly all cookware.

We love that the cooktop can accommodate a variety of cookware types. It has a triple element and a bridge element to turn two elements into one for a larger cooking surface or to accommodate bulky or oddly shaped cookware. There’s also a 12” warming zone to keep meals warm conveniently. 

There’s a hot surface indicator light for added safety and BlackChrome knobs that are removable for quick, simple cleaning. Note that the glass may be scratch-resistant, but that doesn’t mean you can go hog wild. It also does show fingerprints very easily, so may require more cleaning. At just over 36”, it’s on the larger end of standard oven tops. Be sure to measure your space to ensure a proper fit.

Best four burner: Karinear 4 Burner Electric Cooktop

Karinear

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Glass Ceramic
  • Product Dimensions: 23.62 x 19.69 x 1.97 inches
  • Wattage: 1200, 1800 Watts

Pros

  • Easy installation
  • Affordable, great value for money
  • Several safety features
  • Comes with scraper tool for easy cleaning

Cons

  • Knob order/correspondence seems confusing and non-intuitive for some
  • Pets (cats) can easily step on the on/off switch

This affordable, easy-to-install, hard-wired, four-burner electric cooktop has nine heat level settings that allow you to boil, stew, fry, stir fry, and melt, all with just a button switch. 

It has overheating protection and an automatic safety shut-off function when the internal temperature is too high. There are also manual knobs, so pets or children aren’t as easily able to activate the cooktop. It’s compatible with any pot or cookware. 

If you have trouble cleaning the glass, use the cooking tool provided with the cooktop. The heat indicator lights are very sensitive, which we think is ultimately a positive for added safety, but can be annoying for some users. Also, many customers found that the knobs were not intuitive and could be confusing to use; some had trouble remembering which control was for which ring. You could add a colored mark to correspond to the ring. 

Best splurge: Bosch Benchmark Series 36 Inch Wide 5 Burner Induction Cooktop with FlexInduction

Bosch

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Ceramic Glass
  • Product Dimensions: D21.25 in x H4.125 in. x W37 in.
  • Wattage: 12,000 W

Pros

  • SpeedBoost® technology adds a boost of power for faster cooking
  • AutoChef technology automatically regulates cooking temperature
  • FlexInduction technology for cooking flexibility
  • Induction provides precise temperature control
  • 17 power levels

Cons

  • The app doesn’t provide much value
  • Some customers desired individual timers per burner, instead of just one

If you’re going to spend top dollar on high-end electric cooktops, you want all the bells and whistles. This induction cooktop offers a luxury feel and cooking experience with tons of features that make the higher price tag worth it if you’re setting up your ideal smart home

The WiFi-enabled induction cooktop allows for app-controlled remote monitoring. It features a keep warm function, 17 power levels, five frying levels, and FlexInduction technology for added flexibility by combining two cooking zones into one larger zone. The AutoChef technology automatically regulates the cooking temperature, and the SpeedBoost technology adds a boost of power for faster cooking or to quickly boil water. 

It also has several safety features to keep your little ones and pets safe. Featuring a childproof lock, key lock, pan recognition, and power management function, you’ll have less worry and stress when it comes to accidents, burns, and mishaps. 

Best portable: Nuwave Flex Precision Induction Cooktop

Nuwave

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Ceramic Glass
  • Product Dimensions: 10″D x 12″W x 2″H
  • Wattage: 600, 900, 1300 Watts

Pros

  • Affordable
  • Lightweight and compact
  • Three wattage settings
  • Six temp presets
  • Super quick heating

Cons

  • Short power cord can be inconvenient 
  • No on/off switch 
  • Temperature display panel is really more “watts,” which is confusing

This fun-sized induction cooktop is a handy on-the-go stove, perfect for RVs, small spaces, travel, and office use. We love that it comes with three different wattage settings: 600, 900, and 1300 watts. To give you an idea of what that means in practice, boiling water would take about 15 minutes at 600, 8-9 minutes at 900, and 5 minutes at 1300W. 

The level of temperature precision and control is superior to many other models at a price point that doesn’t break the bank. It can heat from 100 to 500 degrees Fahrenheit in 10-degree increments with six preset temperature settings. 

Now for some downsides: there’s no on/off switch, so it’s automatically on when you plug it in. This isn’t great as far as safety and energy efficiency go, especially if you’re the type that forgets to unplug your appliances. It also has a short cord that exits from the right-hand side, so you’re a bit limited on how you use it. 

This isn’t a con, but do note that for an induction cooktop, you’ll need induction-ready cookware. 

Best budget: Elite Gourmet ESB-301BF Countertop Single Cast Iron Burner

Elite Gourmet

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Aluminum 
  • Product Dimensions: 9″D x 9″W x 3.25″H
  • Wattage: 1000 Watts

Pros

  • Extremely affordable
  • Portable 
  • Compact; great for small spaces and can be stored when not in use
  • Safety features

Cons

  • No auto shut-off
  • Can’t use cookware larger than 9.5” 
  • Not ideal for boiling large pots of water

At less than $25, this single cast iron compact cooking appliance is a total steal. Weighing only 3.5 lbs with adjustable temperature settings and non-slip feet for safety, it’s lightweight, portable, and easy to store away in cabinets when not in use.

Best for sauteing and frying foods (and not so ideal for boiling large pots of water), we recommend this compact cooking solution for dorms, camping trips, and RVs rather than elaborate cooking needs unless you’re cool with waiting 30 minutes for your water to boil.

You must use cookware less than 9.5” in diameter or less than 4 qt. if it’s a pot. Note that the power indicator will turn off when the desired temperature has been reached, so it will re-activate when it needs to raise the temperature as an overheating safety measure. The hot plate itself hasn’t turned off!

Things to consider when buying an electric cooktop

The primary thing that will guide your decision when buying an electric cooktop is space. You’ll obviously need a different cooktop if you’re a van-lifer than if you’re building your dream kitchen. And even beyond that, you’ll need to consider the layout of your space—whether you want a cooktop near the sink, on an island, that can tuck into a cabinet, etc. And the available dimensions will also dictate the number and configuration of burners you end up with—typically two, four, or five—and their size/number of heating elements, which will all impact your creativity and flexibility while cooking.

There is also what’s under the cooking surface that you must consider. Radiant and induction heating elements operate differently and require different cookware. Radiant heat is more traditional in that heat radiants from it and into any cookware, while induction uses electromagnetism, which requires compatible cookware with magnetic discs in the base, allowing the pots and pans to become the heating surface itself and leaving the cooktop’s surface cool to the touch. So, if you like ceramic, glass, copper, and aluminum cookware, go radiant. If you’re worried kids might touch stuff, maybe induction is better.

FAQs

Q: Which material is best for an induction cooktop?

Certain materials are better suited for induction cooktops because they use magnetic force. These materials include cast iron or enameled cast iron and stainless steel cookware with a magnetic base. Not all stainless steel has a magnetic layer, so be sure to read the descriptions to ensure it has one. 

When using cast iron on an induction cooktop, be mindful to handle it carefully as it is heavy and may scratch the stovetop. 

Q: Which cooktop uses less electricity?

While all electric cooktops use less energy, induction cooktops use the least amount of electricity when compared to other forms of cooking styles. Induction cooktops use electromagnetic energy to heat the pans and cookware with minimal heat loss, and faster heating means shorter cooking times, contributing to less energy use.

Q: How long do electric cooktops take to heat up?

The time it takes for electric cooktops to heat depends on the type of cooktop and its specific model, quality, settings, type of cookware used, etc. Generally speaking, though, induction cooktops are known for the most rapid heat times (within seconds), whereas traditional electric coil cooktops take about five minutes to become hot. Radiant electric cooktops are faster than coils but will still take a few minutes longer than induction.

Q: How long do electric cooktops last?

Like any household appliance, the lifespan of your electric cooktop will depend on usage, care, maintenance upkeep, and the quality of the cooktop purchased. Depending on these factors, you can get up to 20 years of usage out of your cooktop if you take good care of it. 

Final thoughts on the best electric cooktops

Electric cooktops are a great choice for those looking to modernize their kitchen experience. Whether you’re sick and tired of cleaning gas stoves, want a more even heat distribution, are looking for better energy efficiency, need a hot plate for on-the-go use, or simply like the appearance of a smooth stovetop with touch controls, there are many reasons you may be drawn to one of these top electric cooktops. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best electric cooktops of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best neck massagers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-neck-massagers/ Mon, 20 Nov 2023 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=588879
Details of neck massagers from Homedics, Hyperice, Theragun, and Comfier

Release muscle tension, warmup and promote recovery, and get some relaxation with the help of these devices.

The post The best neck massagers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Details of neck massagers from Homedics, Hyperice, Theragun, and Comfier

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A black Viktor Jurgen Shiatsu Neck and Back Massager with red heated panels for deep tissue massage. VIKTOR JURGEN Shiatsu Neck and Back Massager
SEE IT

This option features eight massage heads and uses infrared heat to provide relief to sore muscles.

Best for athletes Black Hyperice Hypervolt 2 percussion massager with five attachments against a blue and gray gradient Hyperice Hypervolt 2 Pro
SEE IT

This powerful percussion massager operates at five different speeds and comes with five head attachments to customize the sensation.

Best budget A black and gray neck massager by Homedics with red panels that provide heat and massage. Homedics Neck Massager with Heat
SEE IT

This affordable model provides Shiatsu and vibrational massage and lets users control the intensity.

Working from home may be more comfortable in many ways, but it can also do a number on your muscles—the kind of number that calls for a neck massager. Typing with your laptop in your lap on the couch or looking down at your phone throughout the day can cause tightness and strain in your neck. According to John Hopkins Medicine, at least 25 percent of Americans experience neck or back pain at some point in their lives.

Investing in a neck massager is one way to get some relief at home. These devices “significantly improve blood circulation in the neck region,” says Kevin Huffman, D.O., specializing in bariatric surgery and treating whiplash and other car accident injuries. “Improved blood circulation delivers not only instantaneous relief, it also hastens the recovery process and delivery of vital nutrients to impacted areas.”

He adds that neck massagers also provide rhythmic pulses on pressure points that help alleviate muscle tension, which lessens pain and promotes relaxation. So, if you’ve got some knots in your neck, we’ve rounded up the best neck massagers to provide some relief.

What causes neck pain?

Neck pain is the fourth leading cause of disability around the globe. While most acute cases resolve themselves within about a month, nearly 50 percent of people go on to experience more pain or frequent occurrences. This pain can result from both our environment and underlying conditions.

“Our lifestyle choices contribute to neck pain. These include enduring constant stress—whether professional or personal—which often precipitates physical manifestations of the tension we feel; one such manifestation is chronic neck discomfort,” Huffman says. “Moreover, a lack of attention towards ergonomic health in our work and living environments can permit conditions that exert undue pressure upon our necks, resulting in persistent strain and subsequent pain.”

As we increasingly adopt sedentary lifestyles and become more dependent on technology, the prevalence of neck pain could get worse. Poor posture is, arguably, the most pervasive cause. “And in our digital age, a modern epidemic known as tech neck has emerged due to continual strain on the neck muscles from looking down at handheld devices,” Huffman says. “And as we age, the degeneration caused by wear and tear on our neck joints can lead to painful sensations.” Chronic conditions like migraine and osteoporosis can also result in neck pain. And muscle soreness can also result from strenuous exercise and injury.

That said, neck massagers can only do so much. If your neck pain is a result of an injury or underlying condition, you should always consult your healthcare provider if your aches increase or persist over time.

How we chose the best neck massagers

In searching for the best neck massagers to help alleviate some of that pain, we considered options from leading brands, including Homedics and Victor Jurgen. We also prioritized the new technologies developed by Hyperice and Theragun. We looked for various form factors in these devices, from massage guns to U-shaped models people hang around their necks. In addition, we considered the types of massage provided by these devices, whether they provided heat, and how customizable and portable they were. We also consulted user reviews when making our picks.

The best neck massagers: Reviews & Recommendations

Whether you’re looking to relieve tech neck, are searching for some targeted relief after a tough workout, or are looking for some respite from a chronic condition, these neck massagers can help relieve muscle tension and help you feel more relaxed.

Best overall: VIKTOR JURGEN Shiatsu Neck and Back Massager

Viktor Jurgen

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Shiatsu
  • Weight: 3.7 pounds
  • Power: Corded electric
  • Heat: Yes
  • Settings: High, medium, and low

Pros

  • Allows you to customize intensity of massage
  • Heated
  • Can be used on different parts of the body
  • Affordable

Cons

  • Controls are small
  • Extension cord isn’t long

When your neck is aching after a long day working on a computer, VIKTOR JURGEN’s Neck and Shoulder Massager can rescue you. This massager is designed with eight massage heads and infrared heat for deep tissue Shiatsu massage. Just plug this massager in, pull it around your neck and shoulders, and choose between high, medium, and low-intensity settings for targeted relief. It will knead tired muscles in your neck, back, and shoulders and provides about 113 degrees Fahrenheit of heat to encourage blood flow. The controls on the front of the device also allow you to customize the Shiatsu massage in three modes: Auto-Reversing, Single Direction, and Timed Interval, which goes for 15 minutes before it automatically shuts off.

Best for neck, shoulders, and back: Homedics Shiatsu Neck and Body Massager

Homedics

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Shiatsu
  • Weight: 3.7 pounds
  • Power: Corded electric
  • Heat: Yes
  • Settings: High, medium, low

Pros

  • Works on different types of body
  • Can turn heat on or off
  • Compact

Cons

  • Attached to cord

The Homedics Shiatsu Neck and Body Massager has lots in common with our best overall pick. This massager is similarly designed for users to hang around their neck and control the deep kneading settings with the control panel on the handles. Users choose between three intensities: high, medium, and low. Heat is an option you can turn on and off. This neck massager is particularly attractive because of its easy portability and the option to use it all over the body: shoulders, lower back, calves, and more. Looking for more targeted relief? Check out the best back massagers.

Best intelligent: COMFIER Portable Heated Neck Massager

Comfier

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Six modes, including Shiatsu
  • Weight: .72 pounds
  • Power: Battery
  • Heat: Ranges from 100.4 to 118.4 degrees F
  • Settings: Cupping, tapping, scraping, Shiatsu, acupuncture, and relaxation, plus 15 levels of electric muscle stimulation (EMS)

Pros

  • Provides six different types of massager
  • Offer 15 levels of EMS
  • Features two electrodes for extra coverage
  • Portable

Cons

  • Some users had a hard time getting it to work

If you’re looking for a greater range of therapy from a neck massager, the COMFIER Portable Heated Neck Massager might be the right option. This battery-powered U-shaped device features six modes of massage: Cupping, tapping, scraping, Shiatsu, acupuncture, and relaxation. This massager also incorporates 15 levels of electric muscle stimulation, which uses electricity to stimulate muscle contractions. You can also incorporate heat into the experience, which ranges from 100.4 to 118.4 degrees F, and change the settings through a remote control. And the battery life is impressive as well. The company says a three-hour charge should last up to 10 days.

Best handheld: TruMedic Massage Gun

Trumedic

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Percussion
  • Weight: 3.61 pounds
  • Power: Battery
  • Heat: No
  • Settings: Six levels, plus

Pros

  • Versatile
  • Powerful
  • Portable

Cons

  • Should only use low settings on neck

People who need more powerful relief may want to consider a massage gun like this option from TruMedic. This percussion massager features six frequency settings, from 2,000 to 7,000 vibrations per minute. The TruMedic also comes with six interchangeable heads that users can use to customize the intensity of their massage. Powered by a lithium-ion battery, this massage gun has a quiet motor and can last up to four hours on a single charge. And it’s also ultra-portable and can be used all over the body.

Best for athletes: Hyperice Hypervolt 2 Pro

Hyperice

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Percussion
  • Weight: 2.6 pounds
  • Power: Battery
  • Heat: No
  • Settings: Five percussion speeds

Pros

  • Modern design
  • Powerful
  • Comes with five head attachments for customizations

Cons

  • Expensive
  • No heat

Muscle soreness is common for athletes, so investing in a high-quality massager for your whole body makes sense. The powerful HyperVolt 2 features five different head attachments to customize your experience: fork, ball, cushion, flat, and bullet. This gun also operates at five speeds, but given the sensitivity of the neck area, Hypervolt recommends that you use the slow and easy setting around that area. This massage gun may be overkill if you’re only concerned about your neck. But if your whole body needs relief, this massage gun is up to the task.

Best pillow: Homedics Back and Neck Massager, Portable Shiatsu All Body Massage Pillow

Homedics

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Shiatsu, vibration
  • Weight: 4.18 pounds
  • Power: Corded electric
  • Heat: Yes
  • Settings: Shiatsu, heat, vibration

Pros

  • Comfortable
  • Versatile
  • Easy to use

Cons

  • Doesn’t provide range of vibration or heat levels

When you just want to lie your head down at the end of a long day and relieve your aching neck, consider Homedics’ Body Massage Pillow. This cushion has massage nodes that let you switch between Shiatsu, vibration, and heated settings. The pillow adjusts to the contours of your body and can be used for your back, shoulders, and calves, as well. The heat also has an automatic shut-off after 15 minutes should you be lulled into slumber. If you’re looking for full-body relaxation, check out the best massage chairs.

Best mini: Theragun Mini Gen 4

Theragun

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Percussion 
  • Weight: 1 pound
  • Power: Battery
  • Heat: No 
  • Settings: Three speeds

Pros

  • Small
  • Powerful
  • Ergonomically designed
  • Works on range of body parts

Cons

  • Expensive
  • No heat

The Theragun Mini Gen 4 provides impressive power in an extremely portable package. This pocket-sized, battery-powered percussion massager weighs in at just one pound. Yet it can provide up to 20 pounds of pressure. It’s ergonomically designed to be easy to hold, and you’ll want to use the lowest speed for your neck. But this deceptively small device can provide relief for your whole body.

Best budget: Homedics Neck Massager with Heat

Homedics

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Shiatsu and vibration
  • Weight: 1.14 pounds
  • Power: Corded electric
  • Heat: Yes
  • Settings: Shiatsu, vibration, heat

Pros

  • Affordable
  • Provides Shiatsu massage, vibration, and heat
  • Lets you combine settings
  • Portable

Cons

  • Some users say it doesn’t fit ergonomically on the neck

If you’re looking for a neck massager that covers the basics but doesn’t cost a lot, Homedics’ Neck Massager with Heat checks all the boxes. This device lets users switch between Shiatsu massage, vibration, and heat modes or use them together for maximum relief. This foam massager is also comfortable, and the handles let you manually control the intensity of the experience. You can also complement this device with one of the best foot massagers.

What to consider when choosing the best neck massager

There are lots of options on the market for massagers. Before making a purchase, consider these elements to find the best option for you.

Types of massage

Neck massagers feature several types of massage, and some combine different methods. The most common are:

Shiatsu: Originating in Japan, Shiatsu, which translates as “finger pressure,” is a type of massage in which practitioners use their hands and fingers to knead muscles to release tension. Neck massagers that feature Shiatsu massage mimic that kneading motion. 

Vibrating: Vibrating massagers vibrate at a frequency, typically between 20 and 60 hertz, that causes muscles to contract and relax in quick succession, increasing blood flow to the muscles.

Percussion: Percussion massage combines vibrating massage with quick, forceful, and repetitive motions that encourage circulation and oxygen and nutrient flow to the muscles. Massage guns typically are percussion massagers, and they often feature a variety of attachments, such as balls, forks, bullets, and more, that allow users to customize the experience of the massage.

Percussion massagers often operate at a range of speeds, which are typically measured in vibrations per minute. And users can also choose the intensity of the massage. For the neck, it’s always best to use the lowest setting.

Heated: Many massagers also include heated elements. Some allow you to adjust the temperature to your liking, while others operate at a fixed temperature once they heat up. Often, heated massagers are designed with automatic shutoffs for safety. It’s worth noting that massage guns typically don’t provide heat therapy if that’s a feature you’re looking for.

Electric muscle stimulation: With this type of therapy, a massager uses electrodes to send electrical impulses to the muscles, which causes them to contract. 

Other modalities: Some massagers offer settings for cupping, tapping, acupressure, and other types of massage.

Form

Neck massagers come in a variety of forms, from U-shaped devices users hang around their necks to foam pillows to massage guns. Before making a purchase, consider whether you prefer to have the massage be more of a passive or active experience. Would you like just to turn the massager on, adjust the settings, and let it get to work? Or are you (or a partner or friend) interested in more of an active experience using a massage gun to target neck pain? Take into consideration that reaching the neck area with a massage gun may be hard for one person, depending on your mobility.

Versatility

Some neck massagers specifically target the neck, while others also simultaneously provide relief to the shoulders and upper back. Many devices, such as Homedics’ Shiatsu Neck and Body Massager, are designed to target several body parts at once. Others work specifically on the neck. Massage guns are typically more expensive than other neck massagers, and buying one makes more sense if you also plan to use it on different locations on the body.

Portability

Many neck massagers are corded electric, so you’ll need access to an outlet or another power source to use them. Other options are designed with rechargeable batteries and are lightweight, making it much easier to take them with you in the car or when you travel.

FAQs

Q: How much do neck massagers cost?

The price of neck massagers depends on what features they provide. The latest model of massage gun, like the Hyperice Hypervolt 2 Pro, which can be used on the whole body, costs about $329. Our budget pick, the Homedics Neck Massager with Heat, is a lo-fi option that specifically targets the neck and costs about one-tenth as much as the Hypervolt 2 Pro.

Q: Do neck massagers really work?

Neck massagers increase blood flow to the area, which encourages the release of muscle tension, helping to alleviate pain and promote relaxation. Using one may be safer and provide more relief than taking an over-the-counter pain reliever. That said, you should consult your healthcare provider about acute neck pain or injury that persists.

Q: How long should you use a neck massager?

The best practice is to follow the manufacturer’s instructions for how long to use a neck massager. It’s worth noting that devices incorporating heat are also often designed with an automatic shutoff after 15 minutes for safety reasons.

Q: How do you massage the back of your neck?

You can massage the back of your neck by opting for one of the neck massagers on this list. You can also massage your neck yourself several times a day with these steps provided by the Arthritis Foundation.

Final thoughts on the best neck massagers

Fortunately, relieving the neck pain you get from sitting hunched at your desk or looking down at your phone all day can often be remedied with some electronic massage and heat. The best neck massagers are a relatively affordable way to release that tension without medication and promote overall relaxation and well-being.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best neck massagers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best golf simulator projectors of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-golf-simulator-projectors/ Sun, 19 Nov 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=589116
Four examples of the best golf simulator projectors shown on a white background
Tony Ware

Shine a little light on how to improve your golf game with these highly recommended projectors.

The post The best golf simulator projectors of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four examples of the best golf simulator projectors shown on a white background
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall black BenQ TK700STi 4K Gaming Projector over a white background BenQ TK700STi 4K Gaming Projector
SEE IT

A brightness level of 3000 lumens, 4K resolution, and gaming-tuned contrast and frame rate make this the best short-thrown projector for those long drives.

Best value Optoma EH200ST DLP Short Throw Projector Optoma EH200ST Full 3D 1080p 300 Lumen DLP Short Throw Projector
SEE IT

Optoma’s EH200ST projector is an incredibly well-specced projector at a world-beating price—something you CAN swing a stick at.

Best budget white BenQ TH671ST Full HD 1080p Projector over gradient background BenQ TH671ST Full HD 1080p Projector
SEE IT

While it won’t deliver its best performance in a bright room, it will more than impress in a dark room, especially for the price.

Golf is a fantastic hobby. However, being able to play is largely dependent on the weather. Technology to the rescue! These days, you don’t need a shining sun to get in a solid back nine, thanks to golf simulators. Immersive and convenient, simulators let you play virtually on the world’s top courses—from the comfort of your own home. However, to get the most out of your simulated experience, you will need a great projector, and that’s where this list of the best golf simulator projectors comes in.

How we chose the best golf simulator projectors

To arrive at this selection of the best golf simulator projectors, we looked at various projectors across the spectrum and from all price points. We compared features and specifications and cross-referenced them with commentary and analysis from a number of well-respected critics, as well as general consensus and reviews from online users and retailers.

The best golf simulator projectors: Reviews & Recommendations

Seasoned pros will already know that the best golf simulator projectors are actually just general-use projectors. However, there are a few things to remember when shopping for one for your sim space. Aside from budget (which is always a consideration no matter the hobby), brightness and distance are the key factors to consider. In short, you want a bright projector with a short throw—one that sits relatively close to the screen. There are other things to keep in mind as well, such as aspect ratio, which relates to the size of your screen (the standard is 16:9). No matter your requirements, though, you’re sure to find a winner here.

Best overall: BenQ TK700STi 4K Gaming Projector

BenQ

SEE IT

Specs

  • Brightness: 3000 lumens
  • Display resolution: 4K
  • Connectivity: USB, HDMI, 3.5mm jack

Pros

  • 4K resolution
  • Great picture
  • Affordable price

Cons

  • Could be brighter

Our choice for the overall best golf simulator projector is the TK700STi 4K Gaming Projector from BenQ. Although aimed primarily at gamers, it’s also incredibly popular with golfers looking to practice their swing in a home environment. It’s not hard to see why, given the brightness level of 3000 lumens (get it?). Although it could be brighter (4000 lumens is a good benchmark), it will still perform admirably given a darkish space. This short-throw projector also boasts 4K resolution at 60 Hz (1080p at 240 Hz), giving you a crisp and clear representation of the on-screen virtual fairway. And, as it’s aimed at gamers, it has sharp 10,000:1 contrast plus 4.16ms low latency, resulting in overall picture quality that you can definitely write home about.

And the best part is that it all comes in an eminently affordable package. If you’ve considered splashed out for a top-quality golf simulator, you may be worried you’ll feel the economic pinch, but know that the TK700STi will deliver without forcing you to reach deeper into your pockets than is comfortable.

Best value: Optoma EH200ST Full 3D 1080p 300 Lumen DLP Short Throw Projector

Optoma

SEE IT

Specs

  • Brightness: 3000 lumens
  • Display resolution: 1080p
  • Connectivity: HDMI, MHL

Pros

  • Excellent brightness
  • Supports multiple aspect ratios
  • Incredible price

Cons

  • Could be brighter

Optoma’s EH200ST projector consistently appears on lists of the best golf simulator projectors, and for a good reason: it’s an incredibly well-specced projector at a world-beating price. This is why it’s our pick for best value.

As an entry-level projector, you can’t go wrong with the EH200ST. Sporting 3000 lumens of brightness, a contrast ratio of 20,000:1, and DLP technology to ensure sharp, colorful images, this projector will help elevate your game. It also has a 0.49:1 throw ratio, which means you can achieve a 100-inch image with the projector placed 3.5 feet from the simulator screen. There’s even an onboard speaker.

Best budget: BenQ TH671ST Full HD 1080p Projector

BenQ

SEE IT

Specs

  • Brightness: 3000 lumens
  • Display resolution: 1080p
  • Connectivity: HDMI, VGA

Pros

  • 16:9 native aspect ratio
  • Plenty bright
  • Affordable

Cons

  • Darks not great in bright conditions

BenQ’s TH671ST makes a great entry-level projector if you’re working within a limited budget. While it won’t deliver its best performance in a bright room, given the 3000-lumen rating (essentially the minimum brightness spec for golf simulators), it will more than impress in a dark room.

Along with the brightness, this projector offers a clear picture at 1080p resolution plus a native aspect ratio of 16:9. It also features BenQ’s LumiExpert technology to automatically adjust brightness should you need it. While lag may not be of the most concern with a golf sim, it still boasts an ultra-smooth 16.67ms input lag, something your kids may appreciate if you let them play games on it. Overall, it is an excellent budget-minded projector.

Best ceiling-mounted: Panasonic PT-VZ580U 5000-Lumen WUXGA 3LCD Projector

Panasonic

SEE IT

Specs

  • Brightness: 5000 lumens
  • Display resolution: WUXGA
  • Connectivity: Wireless

Pros

  • LCD display
  • WUXGA 1900 x 1280 resolution
  • Easy installation

Cons

  • On the older side

This 2017 ceiling-mount projector from Panasonic may be getting long in the tooth, but it still comes recommended due to its fantastic brightness. Designed primarily as a conference room projector, it has 5000 lumens of brightness, so it looks sharp and luminous even in a bright room. If your golf sim space is on the bright side, this is one to consider.

The PT-VZ580U is a ceiling mount projector, which makes it ideal for those who want to save some space in their golf sim room by getting the projector up off the floor. Installation is a breeze, so don’t worry if you’re not very handy. It also runs on the quiet side, allowing you to focus on what’s important: your golf game.

Best standard throw: ViewSonic PX748-4K UHD Projector

ViewSonic

SEE IT

Specs

  • Brightness: 4000 lumens
  • Display resolution: 4K
  • Connectivity: USB, Ethernet, HDMI

Pros

  • Excellent brightness
  • 4K resolution
  • 1.3x optical zoom

Cons

  • Won’t work in small rooms

The best golf simulator projectors that we’ve looked at so far have all been short-throw projectors, making them appropriate for smaller rooms. However, if your golf sim room is on the larger side, you’ll need a projector to mount further back. The ViewSonic PX748-4K projector is meant to be used in standard throw situations and excels in that.

It’s plenty bright, for one. With its lumens rating of 4000, you won’t lose any of the picture, even with the lights on. It’s also 4K with SuperColor technology under the hood, giving it a vibrant and crystal-clear image. It even has a short lag rate of as low as 4.2 ms, meaning it can double as a gaming projector should you ever get tired of hitting the virtual links. If your room (and budget) will allow, remember this one for your best golf simulator projector.

Things to consider when choosing the best golf simulator projectors

Aside from budget, the major contributing factor to the best golf simulator you go with is your golf sim room. Everything else depends on this.

First, if your room is on the small side (and it probably is), you’ll want a short-throw projector. The throw is the distance between the lens and the screen; short-throw projectors can comfortably be placed between three and eight feet from the screen, while longer throws will be farther away and usually installed on the ceiling.

You’ll next want to think about aspect ratio, which your screen’s shape will determine. Finally, there’s brightness. If your room is sufficiently blacked out, 3000 lumens will be fine. Of course, brighter is always better. Additional factors like color accuracy can also contribute to your enjoyment.

FAQs

Q: What should I look for in a golf simulator projector?

Ideally, you want a bright projector (at least 3000 lumens) with good resolution and high color accuracy. Remember that you’ll rely on the projected image to represent the fairway—the clearer and more accurate the image, the better your experience will be.

Q: Where is the best place to put a golf simulator projector?

Place your projector on the floor, away from swinging clubs. You’ll want to place it so that you fill the screen, of course, and don’t cast any shadows from players. If you have the space, mounting it on the ceiling can be an effective option.

Q: How many lumens do I need for a golf simulator projector?

Broadly speaking, you want a projector that has 3000 lumens or more. At 3000 lumens, you’ll be able to see the image well in darkness. If your sim room tends towards the bright side, you’ll want to go with a projector with more lumens, such as 4000 or 5000.

Q: What is the best resolution for a golf simulator projector?

Generally speaking, 1080p or WUXGA (1920×1200) are the minimum standards. These are also cost-effective. You can go higher, to 4K and above, and while higher resolutions are generally better, the impact screen (what you hit the golf ball against) will also affect image clarity.

Final thoughts on the best golf simulator projectors

When shopping for the best golf simulator, we recommend going for brightness over resolution. As long as your projector puts out at 1080p, you’re good to go. While gaming projectors are nice and all, they’re made for fast-moving images and lots of detail. Golf sims display the fairway, and as long as you can make out things in the distance, such as sand traps, you’ll be fine. That being said, a good color balance is key. If you’re going to splurge on one area, make it brightness. With good blackout curtains, a brightness of 3000 lumens will be fine, but if you can pump that up to 4000 or even 5000, you’ll be good to go in even bright light. Remember, your golf simulator projector is your key to golf fun, regardless of the conditions outdoors. Enjoy.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best golf simulator projectors of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best zero gravity chairs in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-zero-gravity-chairs/ Sun, 19 Nov 2023 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=589087
Four examples of the best zero gravity chairs shown next to each other
Tony Ware

Take a load off and sit a spell in some top-of-the-line seats meant to (literally) elevate your experience.

The post The best zero gravity chairs in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four examples of the best zero gravity chairs shown next to each other
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall black Amazon Basics Outdoor Zero Gravity Chair over a white background Amazon Basics Outdoor Zero Gravity Chair
SEE IT
Best for kids playroom Woman reclining in a grey Moonpod bean bag zero gravity chair on a white background Moonpod
SEE IT
Best for a splurge brown Perfect Chair PC-420 Classic Manual Plus Perfect Chair Human Touch PC-420
SEE IT

Zero gravity chairs aren’t quite a trip to a planet with a different gravitational pull, but they are a way to have a healing experience by simply sitting down. The chairs perfectly position your body so your feet and head elevate above your body at about a 120-degree angle, which helps to take pressure off your spine and lumbar. Many use the chairs to help recover from an injury or to just relax after a tough workout or demanding work day. Read on to find the best zero gravity chair for you.  

How we chose the best zero gravity chairs

When it comes to grading, rating, and choosing the best zero gravity chairs, comfort is key. A zero gravity chair that doesn’t immediately make you forget your body is there simply isn’t worth the space it’s taking up. Beyond comfort, ease of use is important, as is the ability to adjust the chair to a desired reclining level. When it comes to a top-quality zero gravity chair, you’re going to want it to be built with sturdy, long-lasting materials that are easy to keep clean—all things we kept in mind when considering chairs. Price is a factor, too, so we included options under $100, those that cost a few Benjamins, and one high-end option if you want it to blend seamlessly with your living room decor.

The best zero gravity chairs: Review & Recommendations

While the reason you need a zero gravity chair might range from needing a comfy place for an afternoon nap to needing a seat that helps you heal from an injury, you still want a reliable way to unwind. From zero gravity chairs that fold for easy transport to ones made from leather to fit into the fanciest of decor, these are the top picks for taking a load off and staying a while (which means the facilities at NASA are out).

Best overall: Amazon Basics Outdoor Zero Gravity Chair

Amazon Basics

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 17.8 pounds
  • Size: 31.5″D x 26″W x 33.9″H
  • Frame material: Alloy steel

Pros

  • Lightweight and foldable for easy carrying
  • Low price point given its features
  • Small profile for reclining chair
  • Contoured armrests for comfortable arm positioning

Cons

  • Design is more about utility than good looks
  • Narrow width may be uncomfortable for some

The Amazon Basics Outdoor Zero Gravity Chair hits all the notes you want in a zero gravity chair, and it does it for a price that won’t take all your banknotes. Heck, you might even be able to get one for every member of the family at this price. The Amazon Basics chair is marketed as an outdoor chair at home on your patio, poolside, or next to your RV, but nothing stops you from setting it up in your office, garage, or wherever you want to put your feet up. It comes in four attractive colors—beige, black, burgundy, and navy blue—to match whatever decor or color scheme you’ve got in mind. Truly, this is a go-anywhere chair.

Coming in at under 18 pounds, it’s light enough to move around or take to the beachfront or lakeside easily, and the powder-coated steel alloy frame also means it’s durable enough to hold up to 300 pounds. The smaller footprint of 31.5 inches in diameter by 26 inches in width and 33.9 inches in height works for tight spaces and for collapsing and folding up for storage in a closet or your vehicle’s backseat. Some people may find that 26 inches isn’t as wide as they’d prefer, but those with a smaller frame might be able to squeeze in with a dog or cat without much trouble. Its portability is a big factor in its place at the top of this list of zero gravity chairs.

As for features, the elastic mesh material of the seat and backrest allows for airflow and is easy to spray off if it gets dirty. And the corded bungee attachment to the frame is also key to its comfort. There’s also a detachable headrest you can reposition anywhere on the back portion of the chair. 

The chair’s starting position includes a bit of a recline, which may be enough on some days. For the moments when you need to relieve pressure on your back, spine, or life in general, you can go from upright to way back with ease by simply tilting backward. In fact, some customers think it’s almost too easy to recline in. However, once you’re in a near recline position, it’s nap-time city. And when you’re done, simply tilt forward to return to the upright position. Knobs on the side help to secure the chair at your desired recline.

The chair is missing a few things you might want in a zero gravity outdoor chair: a side table to hold drinks or your favorite novel or an overhead umbrella to protect from the sun. Some users report adding additional padding at the footrest or on the back panel of this chair for an experience that brings you closer to the classic recliner experience without the price or bulk.

Given that the Amazon Basics Outdoor Zero Gravity Chair can collapse and is relatively lightweight, you may find this zero gravity chair taking the place of your regular patio furniture or even subbing in for your favorite armchair. And, at such an accessible price, the chair is a fantastic entry for newbies into the zero gravity chair world, and it comes with very few drawbacks.

Best outdoor: PHI VILLA Oversized Zero Gravity Chair

PHI VILLA

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 24 pounds
  • Size: 35″D x 29″W x 45″H
  • Frame material: Alloy steel

Pros

  • Comes with attachable cup holder
  • Wide armrests for comfort
  • Wide seat accommodates wider bodies 
  • Headrest pillow can be repositioned as needed

Cons

  • Reclines just short of horizontal
  • Heavier chair weight makes portability an issue

The PHI VILLA Oversized Zero Gravity Chair is the overstuffed version of the foldable zero gravity chair. With padding from tip to toe on its very roomy seat, the chair offers a lot of comfort, whether in its normal chair position or fully reclined to near vertical. Its adjustable headrest doubles down on the cushy theme, and the respectably sized armrests with faux wood grain add further comfort and visual appeal.

This oversized zero gravity chair comes in five color choices—navy blue, aqua, black, green, and gray—to mesh with whatever visual color palette you’d like to use. The fully padded seat is attached to the steel alloy frame via a double bungee system to support up to 400 pounds of weight.

As a folding zero gravity chair, you might be tempted to pick this one up and haul it to the campground or from the car to the ocean. At 24 pounds, the chair isn’t the lightest foldable zero gravity chair on the market, but those with strong arms or a wheeled beach cart may find it’s worth hauling the extra weight to recline in style, especially with the detachable drink holder. Stylish enough to wriggle its way into permanent indoor status, the chair would be equally at home in a den, office, closed-in porch, or bedroom for those who like to relax without the distraction of nature. 

Best for gaming or reading: Zinus Lotus Zero Gravity Chaise

Zinus

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 27.2 pounds
  • Size: 59″D x 23″W x 28.5″H
  • Material: Textile, foam

Pros

  • Dense foam material is easy on the body
  • Fabric cover zips on and off for easy spot cleaning
  • Comes with lumbar pillow for extra comfort

Cons

  • Cover could fit more tightly over foam base
  • Larger adults may find the width a bit narrow

The Zinus Lotus Zero Gravity Chaise takes a different approach to the zero gravity chair experience. It uses a molded dense foam to cradle the body in a sort of bumpy C-shape. Your head will sit a bit above the feet when seated in the chair, but the feet, calves, and thighs are boosted and supported to take the pressure off the joints and muscles. Likewise, the back, neck, and shoulder get a boost in the reclined seated position, making the chair ideal for semi-active reclined activities such as gaming, reading, or watching television. Some people find it comfortable enough to nap in.

For a chair that essentially has you lying down, it takes up a scant amount of floor space, with a 59-inch diameter, 23-inch width, and 28.5-inch height. Some find the width a bit narrow. The maximum weight recommendation is 250 pounds, which is less than some of the other zero gravity chairs on this list, although as it’s made of foam vs. a crackable frame, the ramifications for overloading it are less dire.

The chair comes in multiple fabric choices—including dark gray and oatmeal. With an ergonomic shape and friendly, soft lines, the chair fits well into the living room, bedroom, family room, or gaming room. Toss a fancy blanket over it, and you’ve got a cozy reading nook or just a space to stare out the window and watch the seasons change.

Best for kids playroom: Moonpod

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

  • Weight: 12 pounds
  • Size: 10″D x 5″W x 5″H
  • Material: Cotton, spandex, and polyester cover

Pros

  • Expanded polystyrene bead filling creates a floating sensation
  • Removeable, machine-washable cover for easy cleaning
  • Optional lunar footrest and crescent backrest for more lounging options
  • Lightweight and easy to move from room to room

Cons

  • Larger adults may not fit as well
  • Without the optional crescent backrest and footrest, it’s hard to get true zero gravity positioning

The Moonpod proudly calls itself an “adult bean bag,” although we think it’s pretty good for kids of all ages. The bulbous chair is different from the other zero gravity chairs on this list in that it’s highly flexible and can be morphed into whatever shape the user prefers, much like a beanbag. Sitting down, leaning back, laying down—each position is possible with this chair that’s more of a baguette than a bun in shape. That said, calling it a chair is a stretch, but it will support up to 300 pounds. 

Anyone looking for a traditional chair shape and off-the-ground profile, including older people or those who have trouble getting up off the floor, may want a more traditional zero gravity chair experience. Kids, on the other hand, will love its ability to quickly morph into whatever shape they’d prefer, and as they tend to be smaller and weigh less, they’ll have no problem splaying out and being fully supported. Bonus points for parents: Due to its shape, it’s easier to stuff this into a corner when not in use vs. a traditional space-hogging bean bag chair.

The Moonpod has a removable, machine-washable cover that comes in five colors: blue, charcoal, gray, navy, and pink. The cover is a polyester, spandex, and cotton blend. Then there’s an inner shell that holds the responsive high-density beads that the company says are the secret behind the chair’s floating-on-air feel (and weight, it’s just 12 pounds). The nice thing about a beanbag — ahem, Moonpod — is that you can buy extra refill beads if you want your chair a bit firmer or take some out if you want it a bit more squishy. You can also accessorize by purchasing the optional footrest and crescent backrest for a truly luxurious nap session.

Best for a splurge: Perfect Chair PC-420 Classic Manual Plus

Perfect Chair

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 145 pounds
  • Size: 43″D x 31″W x 47″H
  • Material: Premium or top-grain leather and wood finishes

Pros

  • Attractive look with quality finishes blends into high-end decor
  • Full support head pillow for comfort
  • Easy-to-use recline lever for ease
  • Adjustable lumbar support for easy positioning
  • Customizable finishes, including Memory Foam PLUS and Jade Heat

Cons

  • Comes with the high-end furniture price tag
  • With a reclined dimension of 64 inches, it takes up a lot of space

Think of this as the classic Lazy-Boy recliner but updated for a more modern decor and a more discerning zero gravity audience. It stands apart from the other zero gravity chairs on this list in both looks (it feels like a substantial piece of furniture) and cost (it costs what you’d pay for a lounge chair at a pricey furniture store). In the seated position, the Perfect Chair PC-420 Classic Manual Plus is 43 inches in diameter by 31 inches in width and 47 inches in height. You’ll want to leave room for its expanded length of 64 inches, too. That 5-plus feet of expansion means you really get to stretch and receive the benefits of the zero gravity positioning, even if you’re on the taller or heavier side (holds up to 400 pounds).

There’s no skimping on looks or luxury extras with this chair. Finishes include either premium or top-grain leather and wood. Bonus features like an adjustable neck pillow and lumbar support add value to what is, admittedly, a very expensive zero gravity chair. It’s even possible to upgrade by adding upgrades including Memory Foam Plus or internal heat control. You’ll get your feet above your heart in comfort and style in this executive-worthy chair that will look perfect in the drawing room, library, or, yes, even the plain old living room. 

What to consider when buying the best zero gravity chairs

Here’s what you should consider when shopping for zero gravity chairs:

How much floor space do you have for your zero gravity chair?

Zero gravity chairs come in a wide range of styles and sizes. Some fold up for easy storage, while others come permanently in the reclined position. When choosing the right zero gravity chair for you, consider if you’ll want to leave it out all the time, or if you’d rather be able to move it from room to room or, perhaps, store it in a closet when it’s not in use. 

Do you want to take your zero gravity chair with you outside in nature?

The good news is that portable zero gravity chairs suitable for outdoor use are on the cheaper side and are made with durable materials meant to withstand what nature can throw at it. Portable zero gravity chairs are also usually foldable, which means you can pop one in your trunk to take it down to the lake for a relaxing day of napping and then stow it in your garage for storage.

Do you want your zero gravity chair to double as a real piece of furniture?

When it comes to zero gravity chairs, there’s function—will this chair elevate my legs and offer the circulatory, digestion, and muscle and joint benefits I’m after—and then there’s form. Will this chair look great in my living room? Once you figure out what amount of form and function you’d like your zero gravity chair to offer, you’re on your way to picking the perfect one for you.

FAQs


Q: How much does a zero gravity chair cost? 

It’s possible to find a zero gravity chair for around $50, but top-of-the-line models with heating and auto recline may cost in the hundreds or thousands of dollars. 

Q: Will a zero gravity chair make me healthier?

Zero gravity chairs aren’t cure-alls, but many people find that elevating their legs and head while prone can help to decompress the spine and lower back and relieve pressure in the feet and legs. There are real health benefits to a neutral body position, like reducing swelling and improving blood flow.

Q: Can I sleep in a zero gravity chair?

For many people, taking a nap in a zero gravity chair is a benefit of owning one. Some people may be able to get a full night’s sleep in one. Generally, the zero gravity position reduces pressure on parts of the body and can improve breathing and blood flow.

Final thoughts on the best zero gravity chairs

The best zero gravity chairs are comfortable to sit in and easy to recline to a zero gravity position. You might opt for a chair that folds for easy transport or one that’s more furniture-like to make it a centerpiece in your room. Likewise, you might prefer something made of soft foam or filled with beads over a leather and wooden statement piece. If you’ve ever come home after a long day at work and wanted to get your feet up, a zero gravity chair might be just your ticket to the relaxation train.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best zero gravity chairs in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best ratcheting screwdrivers in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-ratcheting-screwdrivers/ Sat, 18 Nov 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=590011
The best ratcheting screwdrivers
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Get it done and undone faster with one of these speedy and versatile tools.

The post The best ratcheting screwdrivers in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best ratcheting screwdrivers
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Klein Tools 32305 Multi-bit Ratcheting Screwdriver Klein Tools 32305 Multi-bit Ratcheting Screwdriver
SEE IT

A tough, high-quality example that underlines all the features that make these such popular and flexible tools.

Best Kit Makita B-50289 47 Pc. Ratchet and Bit Set Makita B-50289 47 Pc. Ratchet and Bit Set
SEE IT

A comprehensive kit of screwdriver bits, sockets, and adapter all organized in a useful storage case.

Best Budget Amazon Basics 12 Piece in-1 Magnetic Ratchet Screwdriver Set Amazon Basics 12-in-1 Magnetic Ratchet Screwdriver
SEE IT

Offers many of the benefits associated with tools from top brands, and comes at a very affordable price.

A ratcheting screwdriver is one of those tools you didn’t know you needed and then wondered how you did without. They are simple yet effective and popular with engineers, electricians, model makers, DIYers, and anyone else who works with screws or small nuts and bolts regularly. They are faster than a standard screwdriver and usually more comfortable to use. In this article, we examine the wide variety of models available and talk about the key features that will impact choice. We also closely examine what we think are the best ratcheting screwdrivers on the market right now.

How we chose the best ratcheting screwdrivers

As a qualified engineer and keen DIYer, I know the benefits offered by ratcheting screwdrivers and have used them regularly. In addition to my experience with many types of different tools, we surveyed the market to get an understanding of what is available today. Finally, we checked what owners have to say to get some feedback on real-world performance and durability. What we ended up with are choices we’d be happy to have in our toolbox.

The best ratcheting screwdrivers: Reviews & Recommendations

After some consideration, we eventually chose six key categories that allowed us to showcase what we feel are the best ratcheting screwdrivers for a wide variety of purposes and different end users. Just be sure to operate all your tools safely.

Best overall: Klein Tools 32305 Multi-bit Ratcheting Screwdriver

Klein Tools

SEE IT

Specs

  • Length: 8.71 inches
  • Handle Material: Cushion grip plastic
  • Bits Provided: 14 plus nut driver
  • Bit Storage: Onboard

Pros

  • High-quality tool from a renowned US manufacturer
  • High-strength carbon steel barrel with rust-resistant finish
  • 14 heat-treated bits with storage in the handle

Cons

  • Storage dividers occasionally break
  • 1 bit needs to stay in the screwdriver

Klein Tools has been around since 1857, and most of its manufacturing, including its screwdrivers, is done in the US. They have a reputation for durable, high-quality equipment that is particularly popular with professional electricians.

The Klein Tools 3205 ratcheting screwdriver is a fine example of the elements that make these devices so useful. The main shaft is strong carbon steel with a bright coating to prevent rust. At the front of the handle is the ratchet mechanism with forward, reverse, and lock positions. The handle itself has what Klein Tools call a Cushion-Grip, which is soft plastic designed to maximize comfort and torque.

The 3205 has 14 heat-treated double-ended bits included. These are a mix of Phillips, slotted, square, combo, and Torx. They are held in place in the shaft by a ball-bearing detent rather than a magnet. Twelve of these can be carried inside the handle but two have to remain in the end of the screwdriver which not everyone cares for. When not occupied by a bit, the end of the shaft can be used as a 1/4” nut driver.

Best grip: Wera 05073661002 Slotted Ratcheting Screwdriver

Wera

SEE IT

Specs

  • Length: 9.06 inches
  • Handle Material: Bi-material Plastic
  • Bits Provided: 6
  • Bit Storage: Onboard

Pros

  • Ergonomic handle is comfortable and generates tremendous torque
  • 44-tooth ratchet allows fine adjustment
  • Stainless steel shaft is strong and will not rust

Cons

  • Comes with a premium price tag
  • Only 6 bits included

German manufacturer Wera Tools developed its unique screwdriver handle with the help of the Fraunhofer Institute for Industrial Engineering, a company that specializes in the interaction between humans and the equipment they work with. The ergonomic design has two functions. First, it allows maximum torque to be applied. It is rated for up to 50 Newton meters (Nm), which is equal to 37 foot-pounds (ft.lbs.). Second, it reduces stress and abrasion, thus helping to prevent tiredness and blisters. Usefully, it also stops the screwdriver rolling off a table or workbench.

Other aspects of the Wera ratcheting screwdriver underline its quality. The shaft is stainless steel, which is more expensive than other steels but strong and will not rust. A powerful magnet holds bits in place. The ratcheting mechanism has 44 teeth giving an 8-degree pitch, so small turns and therefore fine adjustments are possible.

The six slotted, Phillips, and Torx bits included are carried within the handle. Given the premium price, we’re a little surprised more aren’t supplied though bit sets are widely available and not expensive.

Best speed: Craftsman SpeedDrive Ratcheting Screwdriver

CRAFTSMAN

SEE IT

Specs

  • Length: 11.3 inches
  • Handle Material: Bi-material plastic
  • Bits Provided: 14
  • Bit Storage: Onboard

Pros

  • Patented SpeedDrive for rapid working
  • Positive locking bit holder
  • Bi-material handle textured for better grip

Cons

  • One bit stays in the screwdriver
  • A few people found bits hard to remove

Craftsman has been supplying tools in the US since 1927, and the company’s reputation has always been one of providing great value for money. This ratcheting screwdriver costs very little money and, along with the features found on many rivals, has a patented SpeedDrive mechanism that is claimed to be twice as fast as alternatives. For those who work with a screwdriver in production or repair environments, this can be a major benefit.

Another interesting feature was the locking bit holder that grips small slots in the Craftsman double-ended bits to prevent them from coming loose. Whether this is any more secure than detent ball bearings or a strong magnet is a matter of debate. A few people thought it a little too effective and found bits difficult to remove.

A combination of 14 double-ended bits is provided in slotted, Phillips, square, and Torx formats. Twelve can be stored in the soft-grip, textured handle, but one must stay in the shaft. At 11.3 inches, the Craftsman ratcheting screwdriver is quite long. A lot of that length is the handle, and while that does allow good torque, the shaft is relatively short, so it doesn’t offer particularly good reach.

Best kit: Makita B-50289 47 Pc. Ratchet and Bit Set

Makita

SEE IT

Specs

  • Length: 6.25 inches
  • Handle Material: Rubberized Plastic
  • Bits Provided: 46
  • Bit Storage: Case

Pros

  • Good variety of bits, sockets, and a quick-change adapter
  • Textured, rubberized handle provides excellent grip
  • Storage case gives easy access

Cons

  • Handle may not suit small hands
  • A few reports of mechanism breakages

For those who work on a wide variety of different devices, Makita’s 47-piece ratchet and bit set may well be the answer, especially given the very reasonable price. There are 38 screwdriver bits in slotted, Phillips, square, hex, and Torx formats, plus seven sockets ranging from 3/16-inch to 7/16-inch. There is also a quick-change adapter that can accept all of those items and allows them to be used in drills/drivers and impact drivers.

The ratcheting screwdriver itself has a steel shaft with a magnetic bit holder that will take bit lengths of up to 1- inch. The handle is a chunky item made of rubberized plastic with raised pimples. There’s also a lanyard/hanging hole that some might find useful. The handle does provide good grip, but is quite bulky and might be difficult for those with small hands.

The case is well made with everything laid out for easy access though a few people thought the bits could be awkward to remove.

Best T-handle: Williams WRST4 Ratcheting Screwdriver

Williams

SEE IT

Specs

  • Length: 2, 3-7/8, and 7-7/8 inches
  • Handle Material: High-impact plastic
  • Bits Provided: 1
  • Bit Storage: None

Pros

  • Impact-resistant handle applies good leverage
  • Three lengths available to suit different tasks
  • Stainless steel shaft will not rust

Cons

  • Relatively high price
  • Only one bit included

Williams Industrial Tools is another long-standing company, having been around for over 140 years. As the name suggests, the focus is on heavy-duty equipment for tough working environments. In the case of their ratcheting screwdriver, this means a handle made from impact-resistant plastic, a highly durable mechanism, and a shaft made from stainless steel, which won’t rust and has no need of a finish that might chip off over time.

T-handles offer good ergonomics, and as the bulk of the length is shaft, they can provide good reach in awkward places. They also make it easier to generate leverage than standard handles. The Williams ratcheting screwdriver is available in three lengths from a stubby 2-inch model, through 3-7/8-inch to 7-7/8-inch. Only one Phillips bit is included, and while others are readily available, a few more might have been expected for the price.

Best budget: Amazon Basics 12-in-1 Magnetic Ratchet Screwdriver

Amazon

SEE IT

Specs

  • Length: 9.3 inches
  • Handle Material: Non-slip plastic
  • Bits Provided: 12
  • Bit Storage: Onboard

Pros

  • Competitive specification for less money than most rivals
  • Corrosion-resistant chrome vanadium shaft
  • Single bits rather than double-ended

Cons

  • Ratchet mechanism occasionally jams
  • Magnetism can be weak

The Amazon ratcheting screwdriver might be called Basic, but it is anything but in many ways. The shaft is made of chrome vanadium steel which is a popular choice for making tools as it is strong, and corrosion resistant. It uses a common forward, reverse or fixed mechanism, and the plastic handle has enough grip to provide a confident hold. The base is free-spinning so fingers can be used to turn the handle while pressure is applied to the rear.

There are 12 single bits, which some people prefer to the double-ended type. They are slotted, Phillips, Torx, and hex. All of them can be stored within the handle. The shaft tip is magnetic to hold them in place, though some owners felt the strength was rather weak. The ratchet mechanism itself also came in for occasional criticism with a few owners experiencing jams or breakages.

What to consider when shopping for the best ratcheting screwdrivers

All the ratcheting screwdrivers we looked at have a similar mechanism, but there are a number of individual features that are likely to have an impact on your choice. The following section explains them in depth.

Operation & comfort

The benefit of a ratcheting screwdriver is that the mechanism allows force to be applied in one direction (either forward or reverse) but spins freely in the other. This allows screws or nuts to be tightened or loosened without breaking contact. The result is increased driving speed. Additionally, using a ratcheting screwdriver for long periods is often less tiring. Some have a spin cap that allows the main body to be turned with the fingers while the palm applies pressure. Most ratcheting screwdrivers have forward, reverse, and a central lock position where they act like a fixed screwdriver.

Handles are often made of a soft-grip or rubberized plastic that not only makes them more comfortable to work with but may also increase the torque (twisting force) that can be applied. T-handle ratchet screwdrivers have the same kind of mechanism, but some people prefer that style of grip. It also provides additional leverage.

Shape & reach

A quick check of the images of the different models in our top six will reveal that bodies have a number of different shapes. Some of this is to provide comfort or increase torque, but personal preference is equally important. If you don’t like the shape, you’ll struggle to use it effectively, whatever the supposed benefits.

Reach is another important area. Sometimes screws are buried deep within a device and a long shank is needed. At other times space is limited, so a ‘stubby’ ratcheting screwdriver will be required. Many people will end up with several to cope with all situations.

Bits & bit storage

We looked at several dozen different ratcheting screwdrivers when researching this article, and all of them take universal 1/4” bits. Some also take hex sockets, and there are adapters that allow other sizes to be used. The devices you work on will dictate how important each of these is.

There are also many styles of bit. Typically slotted, Phillips, and Torx (also called star) will be provided, but others may be included. While they can always be bought as extras, it’s useful to have the ones you need most supplied with the screwdriver.

Many ratcheting screwdrivers store bits within the screwdriver body. This provides convenient access and means they take up less space in your toolbox. Larger sets usually come in a storage case. It’s worth checking the quality of this because it can be frustrating if it breaks, and another way of keeping the bits together has to be found.

FAQs

Q: Do ratcheting screwdrivers take ordinary screwdriver bits?

Yes, all the ratcheting screwdrivers we found take the ordinary (also called universal) 1/4” bit. It’s also possible for them to take sockets.

Q: Are ratcheting screwdrivers magnetic?

Some ratcheting screwdrivers are magnetic. Others have detents—small indentations inside the shaft. A sprung ball bearing in the screwdriver bit fits into the detent when inserted and stops it dropping out.

Q: Is a ratcheting screwdriver worth it?

A ratcheting screwdriver is definitely worth it if you regularly work with screws because it enables you to tighten and loosen them more quickly and with less effort than a standard screwdriver.

Q: How much do ratcheting screwdrivers cost?

Our recommendations cost between $13.27 and $41.07.

Final thoughts on choosing the best ratcheting screwdrivers for you

Although all ratcheting screwdrivers work in basically the same way, construction quality and materials vary. Brand reputation had a bearing on our choices because some manufacturers are known for supplying premium tools, while others are recognized for their value for money. We also looked at the number and variety of bits provided; for convenience, it’s nice to have either onboard bit holders or a storage case. We believe that there is something in our selection above that can make the job easier for everyone.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best ratcheting screwdrivers in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best light bulb security cameras of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-light-bulb-security-cameras/ Sat, 18 Nov 2023 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=589102
Four examples of the best light bulb security cameras on a white background
Tony Ware

Protect your home or office with one of these compact and discreet security cameras.

The post The best light bulb security cameras of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four examples of the best light bulb security cameras on a white background
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Galayou 360 Light Bulb Security Camera over plain background Galayou 360 Light Bulb Security Camera
SEE IT

With its wealth of functions and excellent affordability, this should be your first choice when shopping for the best light bulb security camera.

Best for monitoring LaView 4 MP Bulb Security Camera and smartphone on a white background LaView 4 MP Bulb Security Camera
SEE IT

With 4 megapixels, solid detection and motion-tracking, Starlight color night vision, and Alexa support, it has the clarity of image and connectivity that you require even up to 30 feet.

Best value two RakeBlue Light Bulb Cameras over a white background RakeBlue Light Bulb Camera
SEE IT

While it’s not 2K, the 1080p resolution should be enough for most applications, and the color night vision and two-way audio come in handy.

You value the safety and security of your home and/or business, so it never hurts to take precautions—and light bulb security cameras can help. These ingenious devices are the size and shape of a traditional light bulb and can be easily installed anywhere you have a light socket. They’re compact, discreet, and—best of all—extremely affordable. While they may look like a light fixture at first glance, they’re actually fully equipped cameras with infrared motion detection that can capture high-quality video. They also offer several other benefits, such as wide visibility, WiFi connectivity, two-way audio, and more. And, thanks to the clever design, they don’t require any additional mounting brackets or wires, making setup no muss and no fuss. If you’re in the market for peace of mind but don’t want to lay out a lot of cash, these best light bulb security cameras should definitely be on your radar.

How we chose the best light bulb security cameras

How do you go about selecting the best of the best when it comes to light bulb security cameras? The most important element that we considered was security. How well does the product fulfill its obligation of protecting you, the resident or businessperson? After ascertaining that, we looked at a variety of additional factors to choose the best light bulb security cameras. These included WiFi connectivity, range of visibility, use-case, and more. Next, we compared the many on the market by looking at both consumer responses and reviews from our industry peers. Lastly, we cross-referenced these points to elements such as price and quality, arriving at our final list.

The best light bulb security cameras: Reviews & Recommendations

The PopSci writers and editors have experience covering wireless security cameras and other home security accessories. We’ve used that experience to narrow down the options. Now all you have to do is pick the one that suits your needs, screw it into a light socket that you already have, and pair it to an app to let you help protect your property in seconds.

Best overall: Galayou 360 Light Bulb Security Camera

Galayou

SEE IT

Specs

  • Picture resolution: 2K
  • WiFi: 2.4GHz
  • Storage: TF card and cloud (subscription required)

Pros

  • Color night vision
  • Two-way audio
  • Voice control via Alexa and Google Assistant

Cons

  • No 5GHz support
  • Not waterproof

You’d be hard-pressed to find a better, all-around deal for the best light bulb security camera than this offering from Galayou. This company knows security cameras, with a variety of well-reviewed products in its catalog.

We highly recommend the 360 Light Bulb Security Camera for a number of reasons. First, it has a stellar picture, with 2K Ultra resolution. This kind of clarity means you can easily make out faces and license plate numbers. This also extends to when it’s dark, with color night vision on board for clear viewing when the sun goes down. Security functions include motion tracking–detection plus following—as well as a siren warning and 360 viewing thanks to the 355-degree pan and 65-degree tilt range.

You control the Galayou 360 Light Bulb Security Camera with a smartphone app. It also supports connectivity to Alexa and Google Assistant for voice control. The included two-way audio means you can even use it as an intercom.

Lack of 5GHz WiFi connectivity may be a deal-breaker for some, and it’s not waterproof, meaning you’ll need to be careful when setting it up for outdoor use. However, with its wealth of functions and excellent affordability, this should be your first choice when shopping for the best light bulb security camera.

Best value: RakeBlue Light Bulb Camera

RakeBlue

SEE IT

Specs

  • Picture resolution: 1080p
  • WiFi: 2.4GHz/5GHz
  • Storage: Cloud (subscription required)

Pros

  • Color night vision
  • Includes two camera units
  • 18 months free cloud storage

Cons

  • No card storage

If value for money is a driving factor in your choice for the best light bulb security camera, look no further than this two-pack from RakeBlue. For the same price as some single-camera products, you can get two cameras and expand the range of your security.

In terms of features, these cameras have motion detection and tracking with 350-degree pan and 90-degree tilt, effectively removing blind spots. While it’s not 2K, the 1080p resolution should be enough for most applications, and the color night vision can come in handy. The two-way audio allows you to speak with people remotely. As with most light bulb security cameras, you interface with the camera via a smartphone app.

While you’re restricted to cloud storage (there’s no card support), RakeBlue does offer a year and a half of free cloud subscription. You’ll have to pay after that, so factor that into your total cost.

Best budget: GuFamily Light Bulb Security Camera

GuFamily

SEE IT

Specs

  • Picture resolution: 2K
  • WiFi: 2.4GHz/5GHz
  • Storage: TF card and cloud (subscription required)

Pros

  • Support of up to 16 simultaneous app users
  • IR-cut filter for better night vision
  • Includes AC adapter base

Cons

  • Not waterproof

Sometimes, the cheapest option is the best option. If that’s the situation you find yourself in, GuFamily’s Light Bulb Security Camera offers plenty of functionality at an extremely affordable price.

With 2K resolution and 360-degree coverage, you’ll be able to see clearly and comprehensively. There’s also IR-cut for clear night vision, although vertical panning stops a little short at 52 degrees. When you’re unable to check the camera feed via the smartphone app, it’s good to know there are motion detection and app alerts. Additionally, GuFamily’s camera utilizes a human filtering function to minimize false alarms. WiFi connectivity is also good with both 2.4GHz and 5GHz options on hand. Additional bonuses include up to 16 simultaneous app users and an AC adapter base for indoor use.

Best outdoor: Symynelec Light Bulb Security Camera Outdoor

Symynelec

SEE IT

Specs

  • Picture resolution: 2K
  • WiFi: 2.4GHz
  • Storage: TF card

Pros

  • Waterproof
  • View up to 9 cameras and 20 users
  • Voice control via Alexa and Google Assistant

Cons

  • Pricier than some other cameras

While most other cameras on this list advertise indoor and outdoor use, they are not waterproof, meaning you’ll need to use them in a covered area. Not Symynelec’s Light Bulb Security Camera Outdoor. Thanks to its waterproofing, it’s rated for outdoor use in a variety of weathers.

Other than waterproofing, it features a number of standard and attractive options. It records images at 2K, making it easy to recognize small details like faces, numbers, and letters. The smartphone app is fairly comprehensive as well, supporting up to nine cameras with access for 20 people, making it a good solution for large yards and businesses. There’s even Alexa and Google support.

While it may be pricier than some other cameras, the waterproofing will ensure that the camera won’t stop working outdoors when you need it. If you have a lot of land to cover—farms and other agriculture-related businesses, take note—this is the camera for you.

Best for monitoring: LaView 4 MP Bulb Security Camera

LaView

SEE IT

Specs

  • Picture resolution: 4 MP
  • WiFi: 2.4GHz
  • Storage: MicroSD card and cloud (subscription required)

Pros

  • High resolution for a light bulb camera
  • AI to filter our false alerts
  • Voice control via Alexa

Cons

  • No 5GHz support

Light bulb security cameras are meant to provide security monitoring at affordable prices. Because they’re easy on the wallet, you don’t expect them to have high resolution like a wired camera. However, if you prefer something with a clearer picture, LaView’s 4 MP Bulb Security Camera is the way to go.

With four megapixels, it has the clarity of image that you require even up to 30 feet. Along with this, you get solid detection and motion-tracking at up to 17 feet, plus an AI algorithm that filters out false reports. The range is 355 degrees and not a full 360, although there is Starlight color night vision for peace of mind even when it’s dark. It also plays well with Alexa for hands-free voice operation.

This 2.4GHz camera is our choice for when monitoring is your top priority.

Things to consider when choosing light bulb security cameras

Compared to some other home security devices, light bulb cameras aren’t too complicated. They all mount the same way—in a standard E27-size socket—meaning there isn’t too much to worry about when choosing the best light bulb security cameras. However, there are a couple of things to keep in mind.

Where you plan to use the camera is important. Most can be used indoors or outdoors, but not all are waterproof. If your chosen location is outside but not in a covered location, you’ll want to go with waterproofing. You’ll also need to decide how clear you want the picture. Most are either 1080 or 2K. Regarding WiFi, most support 2.4GHz, but only some are also compatible with 5GHz. Keep that in mind if that’s important to you.

The remaining options will largely depend on the area that you want to monitor. Range of viewing and number of supported cameras are two things to consider. Lastly, if Alexa compatibility is a deal-breaker, ensure it offers that.

FAQs

Q: Are light bulb security cameras worth it?

In short, yes. A light bulb security camera is an affordable way to effectively monitor and ultimately protect an area, such as a front porch or room in your house. WiFi light bulb cameras are the way to go if you need to keep an eye on something and don’t want to bother with wires and installation.

Q: Do light bulb security cameras work when the light is off?

Light bulb security cameras are all equipped with some kind of night vision, enabling them to function even when there’s little or no ambient light. They have their own LEDs, meaning they can create light to properly record.

Q: Do you need WiFi for a light bulb camera?

WiFi is required to properly set up a light bulb camera, as it pairs to your smartphone via an app wirelessly. Most require 2.4GHz frequencies, but some can also handle 5GHz. Additionally, many are able to save video to the cloud, although this requires an additional subscription. Some may not function properly without WiFi.

Q: What are the disadvantages of light bulb cameras?

Light bulb cameras generally have a more limited field of view compared to larger, wired cameras. The quality of light may also be poor, as they have to rely on a limited set of on-board LEDs. They also may require WiFi to operate properly.

Final thoughts on buying the best light bulb security cameras

Light bulb security cameras are an elegant solution to a casual security problem. You want to keep an eye on an area of your home or office but don’t relish spending a lot of money on the camera itself or installation. By keeping a few variables in mind—indoor or out, supported WiFi frequency band, and picture resolution—you can find the best light bulb security camera to meet your needs. Extras, such as Alexa compatibility and number of people allowed for simultaneous viewing, are the icing on the cake.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best light bulb security cameras of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best air purifiers for allergies in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-air-purifiers-allergies/ Fri, 17 Nov 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=588863
Four choices for the best air purifiers for allergies on a plain background
Amanda Reed

Tear up over airborne allergens? There are air purifiers that can help with that, and our selection is nothing to sneeze at.

The post The best air purifiers for allergies in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four choices for the best air purifiers for allergies on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A Mila air purifier next to guitars right by a doorway Mila Air Purifier for Large Room | Big Sneeze
SEE IT

Choose from seven filters dedicated to tackling one problem.

Best for pets A Bissell air320 air purifier on a plain background BISSELL air320 Smart Air Purifier
SEE IT

An option that’s as powerful as it is stylish.

Best budget A Levoit Core 300 Air purifier in a sunny corner Levoit Core 300
SEE IT

You’ll want to put this budget-friendly pick in every room.

If you suffer from allergies, an air purifier can be your saving grace. There are already so many things that affect the air quality of your home, like smoke. Pollen, dust, and other indoor particulate matter are just the icing on the cake of things that make you sneeze or put your air purifier into overdrive. Puffy eyes and sniffly noses can leave you saying “gesundheit,” and you can only bless yourself so many times before you start to believe that maybe you’ve been cursed. There’s also only so much allergy medicine you can take before you start hallucinating and get a visit from the Hat Man. Life doesn’t have to be sneezy, runny, hoarse, and itchy, however. The best air purifiers for allergies eliminate pet dander, airborne allergens, and pathogens, letting you breathe easily without the help of medication.

How we chose the best air purifiers for allergies

All of us on the PopSci gear desk live in highly polluted cities (New York, D.C., and Pittsburgh, specifically) and own pets whom we adore dearly. We love where we live and the animals we call our fur children, who we treat just like real children. But one thing we don’t love: When the pollen count skyrockets, our pets decide to release more dander than usual, and existence feels like a hazy, miserable, (hay) fever dream.

We’ve written about air purifiers before and even delved into those that take mold out of the air. We considered factors like HEPA filtration, efficiency, smart-home features, design, and room coverage. Air purifiers work best when they’re out of sight and out of mind. You’re already worried about what’s in the air—you don’t want to worry about how well your air purifier is removing the gunk out of it.

The best air purifiers for allergies: Reviews & Recommendations

You want your Air Quality Index (AQI) like how The Youths are choosing the rise of their jeans: low. One of our choices will let you drop it* (*the amount of dust, pet dander, and pollen chilling out in your home) like it’s hot. You may have outgrown trends from the early 2000s, but you’ll never tire of retiring from your allergy era.

Best overall: Mila Air Purifier for Large Room | Big Sneeze

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 12 x 12 x 15 inches
  • Weight: 12 lbs.
  • Coverage area: 920 square feet

Pros

  • Easy to set up
  • Clean look
  • Lots of customization

Cons

  • Expensive

Instead of offering one filter that does everything OK, the Mila lets you choose from seven filters, each aimed at solving a particular need. We’re a fan of the Big Sneeze, which is made to fight allergy triggers like pollen, dander, and dust. It has a HEPA 13 filter with a powerful clean air delivery rate (CADR) of 416 cubic feet per hour. That gives you fully circulated air in a 920-square-foot room every 30 minutes.

The unit also has eight environmental sensors, including CO2 and humidity sensors. It’s literally as quiet as a library, thanks to its 24-decibel output. It’s also super sensitive: the air purifier kicked into high gear when I sprayed an aerosol air freshener in the room.

Mila’s app is where this connected smart-home device shines, however. Available for Android and iOS, the app gives you more preset modes like Bubble Boy (which keeps the AQI as low as possible, no matter the setting), sleep, white noise, energy save, Turndown Service, and child lock. We also love the app’s included local pollen forecasts from the National Allergy Bureau to stay in the know of elevated allergen levels. The air purifier is also incredibly stylish. Its cube shape gives “technologically advanced fancy marshmallow” compared to “bleak, unaesthetic cylinder” like many others on the market. The Mila is expensive, but you get lots of perks and flexibility.

Dyson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 7.7 x 4.3 x 4.01 inches
  • Weight: 7.9 lbs.
  • Coverage area: Up to 999 square feet

Pros

  • Does double duty
  • App provides detailed air quality reports
  • Sleek

Cons

  • Expensive

The Dyson Pure Cool Link excels at both purifying the air and providing a satisfying breeze. Its filtration system works quickly to clean a large area of all airborne allergens, including pollen, bacteria, and both human and pet dander. Expect all contaminants to be filtered out down to 0.3 microns. An activated carbon layer filters out paint fumes, smoke from tobacco and cooking, and nasty odors. Using the MyDyson app (available on Google Play and App Store) you can get real-time insights on air quality with detailed metrics.

You can even sync it up to an Amazon Alexa device and operate it using voice controls. Its fan is almost as powerful, with 10 different speeds, and automatic shut-off in the event that it’s knocked over. It also oscillates, and its bladeless design makes it safe for smaller humans and furry friends alike. The only downside here is almost ubiquitous with all other Dyson products: the cost. 

Best for pets: BISSELL air320 Smart Air Purifier

Bissell

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 8.3 x 14.7 x 25 inches
  • Weight: 18.25 lbs.
  • Coverage area: Up to 1,582 square feet

Pros

  • Commercial-grade
  • Pet-specific filter
  • Stylish

Cons

  • Heavy
  • Difficult to move

Don’t lets its pretty exterior fool you; this pet dander-demolishing air purifier means business. It has three levels of filtration: A pre-filter, an activated carbon filter (good for getting rid of pet smells), and a HEPA 13 filter. H13 and H14-level filters are considered hospital-grade, meaning you’re getting the purest air possible. The Pet Pro filter specifically captures 99.97% of .3 microns and is smaller, and its added Zeolite layer is better for capturing and controlling pet odors compared to traditional carbon filters. You only need to change the filter every six months, and doing so is incredibly easy.

We also love that it is whisper-quiet, takes very little energy to run, and cleans the air fast. It is a beautiful air filter, but it’s heavy and hard to move from room to room. Consider parking this air purifier in one place.

Best with UV light: InvisiClean Aura II Air Purifier

InvisiClean

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 12.34 x 6.25 x 17.75 inches
  • Weight: 8.9 lbs
  • Coverage area: Up to 1,094 square feet

Pros

  • Four fan speeds
  • Quiet
  • CARB compliant

Cons

  • No auto-sensing

The four fan speeds, whisper-quiet operation, and CARB compliance make this air purifier an especially good pick for allergy sufferers who are looking for something with UV light. In this case, a UV-C light neutralizes any airborne pathogens that the filter doesn’t catch. The California Air Resources Board requires purifiers to produce .050 parts per million of ozone or less, so any device with this certification keeps you safe from unsafe gas levels.

Best smart: Coway Airmega 250S

Coway

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 8.3 x 18.5 x 19.7 inches
  • Weight: 20.5 lbs.
  • Coverage area: Up to 930 square feet

Pros

  • Stylish
  • Easy-to-monitor LED lights
  • Pulls even the small particles out of the air

Cons

  • Noisy on higher fan speeds
  • Expensive

This retro-inspired air purifier packs some seriously advanced tech. The touch panel at the top is easy to read and use. Plus, it’s not crowded with unnecessary settings: you just get an on/off button, and switches that control fan speed and different operational modes. Speaking of turning on, a long LED light flashes one of four colors for an instant read on air quality. If the light is blue, your air is so fresh and so clean. If it’s red, you might want to turn (the air purifier) up.

It can cycle 930 square feet of air in 30 minutes and can clean smaller rooms even faster than that. A multi-layered filtration system gets rid of mold, dust, pet dander, food smells, allergens, and even viruses—talk about a multi-hyphenate. Changing the filter is easy: simply open it up and slide a new one in. Practically everything with this air purifier, from its touch panel to the Coway IoCare app (available for Android and iOS devices), is user-friendly, which justifies its high price and occasional noisiness when running at high speeds.

Best budget: Levoit Core 300

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 8.7 x 8.7 x 16.25 inches
  • Weight: 7.48 lbs.
  • Coverage area: 219 square feet

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Inconspicuous
  • Incredibly quiet

Cons

  • Have to pay more for a WiFi-enabled model
  • Small coverage area compared to others on this list

This sub-$100 air purifier packs a punch well beyond its price. It’s incredibly quiet, easy to use, and lightweight for moving around the house. I’ve sneezed far less after running it in my living room and bedroom for the past two years. Its touch panel comes with three airflow presets (I, II, III), a quiet mode, a timer, a child lock, and a “lights off” button that turns off the panel lights without shutting down the air purifier. Each filter lasts for six months, and they come in a two-pack, so you only need to order them once a year. I’ve purchased this air purifier twice and would buy it again for every room in my apartment. I’ve used the general filter that comes with it and have had no problems, but the toxin absorber filter (sold separately) is a perfect match for mold catching. If you’re looking to pay extra for a WiFi-enabled model, it’s your lucky day.

What to consider when buying the best air purifiers for allergies

Looking at nature should make you cry because you’re moved by its astounding beauty, not because you’ve been ambushed by pollen. It’s also awful when you go inside to get some respite from that mulberry tree tackling your olfactory receptors, and you’re somehow still sneezing. Here’s what you should know when bringing home air purifiers for allergies:

Maintenance

Air purifiers generally require very little maintenance. If you have a pet, you’ll need to vacuum any excess hair stuck outside the filter. You’ll have to change the filter itself every six months. Most air purifiers will alert you when it’s time to change your filter, giving you the perfect opportunity to set up autoship so that they come to your door without having to think.

Filtration

HEPA stands for “high-efficiency particulate air.” They remove at least 99.97% of dust, pollen, mold, and bacteria down to .3 microns. Make sure your filter is a HEPA 13 or HEPA 14 for maximum filter power. Additionally, some models are compatible with filters that tackle specific problems, like pet dander or fumes.

Efficiency and coverage

Look at the clean air delivery rate (CADR) of the model you’re considering. Per Energy Star, the higher the CADR, the larger the area it can purify. If you want to put an air purifier in one small room, you can get away with something with a lower CADR. However, if you live in a home or have a large room you want to purify, you’ll need a higher CADR. You can use an air purifier with a lower CADR in a large room, but it will take longer to fully filter the air. Also, if you have a high ceiling, you’ll need an air purifier with a higher CADR.

Tech

Smart air purifiers give you convenience and advanced metrics, but sometimes you gotta keep it simple, sunshine. Air purifiers with apps give you more specific numbers on the air quality in your home. If you just want something that filters the air—no bells, no whistles, just a simple air purifier that’s like a regular cup of coffee—look for a model that at least has controls for airflow, a timer, and a sleep mode.

Design

You worked hard to make your house a home. Don’t let your air purifier ruin the vibes you have cultivated over many months (and even years in some instances). However, don’t choose an air purifier just because it’s a pretty face. Make sure it works just as hard as those that look more utilitarian.

FAQs

Q: Do air purifiers really help with allergies?

Yes. A 2022 study suggests that a portable HEPA air purifier with appropriate CADR can significantly reduce pet dander, dust mites, particulate matter, and other allergens from indoor air.

Q: What is better for allergies: a humidifier or an air purifier?

Humidifiers help relieve allergy symptoms, but an air purifier removes allergens from the air and completely cure symptoms.

Q: Should I sleep with the air purifier on?

Yes. Leaving an air purifier on for an extended period of time helps increase its effectiveness. Plus, some people enjoy the white noise an air purifier makes. If the noise and the lights bother you, consider an air purifier with a designated sleep mode that quiets things down and dims all lights.

Q: Do air purifiers work with windows open?

Yes, but it will operate less effectively. New pollutants come in from outside air and slow down the time it takes for an air purifier to cleanse the air in the room.

Q: How often should I change my air purifier filter?

It depends on the model you own. Some advertise a never-change filter that lasts up to five years. Others require a filter change every six months.

Q: Where should I place an air purifier?

You don’t want to keep an air purifier hidden in a corner or camouflaged by some furniture. Put it by a doorway, window, or any other place that has good airflow. For maximum efficacy, keep an air purifier in each room or move it around. Stick it near a particular pollutant that’s bothering you, like the litter box. It should also be 3-5 feet off the ground if it’s not tower-styled.

Final thoughts on the best air purifiers for allergies

There’s no need to cry over spilled pollen, loose dust, and floating dander with an air purifier made specifically for allergies. Make sure you choose one that’s appropriately sized for your home, and let the device take care of the rest. HEPA 13 or HEPA 14 filters will give you the airborne purity you desire, and special add-ons like carbon filters can tackle odors and other pain points in your home. You’ll see clearly after using one of the best air purifiers for allergies.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best air purifiers for allergies in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Save up to 50% on DeWalt power tools, batteries, and kits during Amazon’s early Black Friday sale https://www.popsci.com/gear/dewalt-tool-deals-amazon-early-black-friday-2023/ Fri, 17 Nov 2023 15:30:56 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=590234
DeWalt tools arranged on a white background. The pattern includes circular saws and impact drivers.
Stan Horaczek

You won't find better prices than these on DeWalt tools for the rest of the year.

The post Save up to 50% on DeWalt power tools, batteries, and kits during Amazon’s early Black Friday sale appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
DeWalt tools arranged on a white background. The pattern includes circular saws and impact drivers.
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Amazon’s Black Friday sale is already in full swing, and you can save huge amounts on DeWalt tools before the turkey even hits the table (though we’d recommend a different type of tool for carving it). The sale touches on just about every corner of the DeWalt tool world, from huge socket sets to replacement batteries and bread-and-butter power tools. Here are some of the stand-out deals if you’re ready to retool the storage shed arsenal. These tend to sell out quickly, though, so don’t wait if you see something you want.

DEWALT 20V MAX Drill And Grinder Kit, Power Tool Set, 2 Batteries and Charger Included $269 (was $349)

DeWalt

SEE IT

Buying tools individually is fine, but bundling them together can really save you some cash. This kit includes a powerful drill, a burly grinder, and a pair of batteries to keep them running until the job is done. You also get a carrying bag to bring them to and from the worksite.

DEWALT Mechanics Tool Set, SAE and Metric, 1/2, 1/4, 3/8 Drive Sizes, 192-Piece $154 (was $277)

DeWalt

SEE IT

With 192 pieces, this is like a sturdy stocking already stuffed with other gifts. This set includes all the familiar sizes of sockets that you could need. You also get three ratchets, a full run of hex keys, and extenders for reaching tough spots. This is one of the best tool gifts you can give and it’s heavily discounted, so snatch it up quick—don’t screw it up so you can screw more in.

DeWalt battery deals

DeWalt tool deals

The post Save up to 50% on DeWalt power tools, batteries, and kits during Amazon’s early Black Friday sale appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best hammer drills for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-hammer-drills/ Thu, 16 Nov 2023 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=589076
Four examples of the best hammer drills against a white background
Tony Ware

When the going gets tough, reach for a tough hammer drill to punch through masonry and concrete and make the job a whole lot easier.

The post The best hammer drills for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four examples of the best hammer drills against a white background
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best splurge DeWalt 20V MAX SDS Rotary Hammer Drill Kit over white background DeWalt 20V MAX SDS Rotary Hammer Drill Kit
SEE IT

The most impressive cordless model we’ve come across, this prosumer model should appeal to DIY enthusiasts taking on substantial remodeling jobs, and contractors looking for lightweight and versatility.

Best overall red Milwaukee 2804-20 M18 FUEL 1/2 in. Hammer Drill over gradient background Milwaukee 2804-20 M18 FUEL 1/2 in. Hammer Drill
SEE IT

It delivers the kind of performance and reliability that makes it a good investment for both keen amateurs and professionals.

Best budget red Skil 7.5-Amp 1/2-Inch Corded Hammer Drill over white background Skil 7.5-Amp 1/2-Inch Corded Hammer Drill
SEE IT

An ideal choice for the occasional user—it has all the necessary functions and is perfectly adequate for hanging pictures on a brick wall or putting up shelves in a cinder block garage.

Anyone who has ever tried hanging a shelf on a masonry wall will appreciate the benefits of a good hammer drill. They are a great addition to any DIY toolkit. At the entry-level, they are as easy to use as a standard drill driver but have the performance necessary to make light work of drilling holes in tough materials. For more challenging jobs we turn to rotary hammers. These powerful tools are not only capable of making holes large enough for pipework and electrical conduit but can also be fitted with chisels for light demolition duties. In this article, we explain all the key features to help you find the right tool for the task and offer recommendations for the best hammer drills for both DIY and professional users.

How we chose the best hammer drills

There are hundreds of electric drills available, and sometimes it can be difficult to tell what the important differences are. We wanted to focus on the distinct benefits of each type, while still offering as wide a choice as possible. I own a couple of these tools myself (not to mention many others), having remodeled two of our homes. So I know my way around saws and sanders and grinders, and as a team, we know drills and drivers. To supplement my experience, we researched all the leading manufacturers to ensure we were up-to-date with current technology.

Performance was obviously a key aspect while making selections, but we also looked at power source, ease of use, weight, and any useful extras. Brand reputation played a part because hammer drills are often used in harsh conditions, and reliability and durability are vital. Adding to that, we checked buyer feedback for a sense of how each one coped in real-world use.

The best hammer drills: Reviews & Recommendations

Each of the following is what we believe to be the best hammer drill currently available in its category and something we’d be proud to have in our storage shed. The wide range of models provided should mean there’s something for everyone, and the detailed descriptions will help potential buyers go beyond power drills and focus on the right tool for their needs.

Best overall: Milwaukee 2804-20 M18 FUEL 1/2 in. Hammer Drill

Milwaukee

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power Source: Cordless 18V
  • Chuck Size: 1/2”
  • Maximum Speed: 2,000 rpm
  • BPM: 32,000

Pros

  • Claimed to be the most powerful hammer drill in its class
  • Compact and lightweight making it easy to handle
  • Redlink technology maintains performance under load and maximizes battery life

Cons

  • Battery and charger cost extra
  • Premium price tag does not include a case

Milwaukee is one of the world’s leading power tool brands with a reputation for high quality, and durability. Their compact hammer drill takes our top spot for its all-around appeal. It delivers the kind of performance and reliability that makes it a good investment for both keen amateurs and professionals.

Milwaukee claims the 2804-20 cordless hammer drill is the most powerful in its class. For standard drilling operations, it offers 2,000 rpm, and its 100 ft.lbs. of torque on tap are sufficient to drive substantial augers and hole saws when drilling wood. Switching to hammer action provides 32,000 BPM for efficient drilling in masonry and concrete.

The Powerstate brushless motor combines with Redlink battery management to maximize power delivery and run time between charges. It also has overload protection to prevent damage when the drill is pushed to its limits. A drill of this power needs a high-capacity battery, and a 5Ah unit is recommended. However, as is common with cordless tools, neither this nor the charger are included. If a spare is added it will more or less double the initial price. Given that this is already a premium tool we would have expected a case but one is not provided.

Best budget: Skil 7.5-Amp 1/2-Inch Corded Hammer Drill

Skil

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power Source: Corded
  • Chuck Size: 1/2”
  • Maximum Speed: 3,000 rpm
  • BPM: 48,000

Pros

  • A good choice for the DIYer at a very competitive price
  • Has soft grip handle and two-finger trigger for comfort
  • Useful depth gauge included

Cons

  • Keyed chuck is less convenient than keyless
  • While normally reliable motor burnouts are not unknown

The Skill 7.5 amp corded hammer drill is an ideal choice for the occasional user. It isn’t big on features but has all the necessary functions, and is perfectly adequate for hanging pictures on a brick wall or putting up shelves in a cinder block garage.

The 1/2-inch chuck means it will take large drill bits, and with a maximum speed of 3,000 rpm, it will outperform most drill drivers. Skil gives an impact per minute (ipm) rate rather than the more common BPM but it means the same. In this case, it’s a surprising 48,000.

The two-finger trigger and soft-grip handle are nice touches that add a little comfort. A trigger lock means it doesn’t need to be held in all the time. There’s also a useful depth gauge. The power cord is only 6 feet which means you’re going to be using an extension cord most of the time, but that’s true of most corded power tools. It’s a shame they decided to save a few cents with a keyed chuck rather than keyless. Those keys are all too easy to misplace which can be very frustrating.

Best splurge: DeWalt 20V MAX SDS Rotary Hammer Drill Kit

DeWalt

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power Source: Cordless 20V
  • Chuck Size: 1” SDS Plus
  • Maximum Speed: 1,050 rpm
  • BPM: 4,600

Pros

  • Powerful cordless drilling, hammer drilling, and chipping
  • Vibration control for increased user comfort
  • Includes two high-capacity 5Ah batteries, charger and case

Cons

  • It’s hard to fault but it is a lot of money
  • No drill or chisel bits included

The DeWalt SDS rotary hammer drill is the most impressive cordless drill we came across during our research. It’s what is often called a prosumer model, appealing to DIY enthusiasts taking on substantial remodeling jobs, and contractors looking for lightweight and versatility. This drill set has drill, hammer drill, and hammer-only functions.

It is fitted with a 1-inch SDS Max chuck and runs at a maximum speed of 1,050 rpm. BPM is 4,600, and each blow comes with an impact force of 2.1 joules (1.5 ft.lbs.). Heavy hammering like that causes a lot of vibration, which soon becomes tiring. DeWalt employ Shock Active Vibration Control to dramatically reduce user discomfort, and extend working time.  

The DeWalt SDS rotary hammer comes with a charger and two high-capacity 5Ah batteries so there can always be a spare available to reduce downtime. Each has a useful 3-stage LED giving charge status. There’s a depth rod, and the whole kit comes in a durable plastic case. For professional users, the DeWalt SDS rotary hammer can be paired with DeWalt’s onboard extractor thus complying with OSHA Table 1 standards for protection against respirable crystalline silica.

Best corded: Bosch 11255VSR Bulldog Xtreme SDS-Plus Rotary Hammer

Bosch

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power Source: Corded
  • Chuck Size: 1” SDS Plus
  • Maximum Speed: 1,300 rpm
  • BPM: 5,800

Pros

  • A robust tool at a competitive price from a market leader
  • Ergonomic handle and modest weight aid working at all angles
  • Automatic clutch helps prevent wrist injuries

Cons

  • Requires periodic maintenance
  • No vibration suppression

You can tell by the appearance that the Bosch Bulldog Xtreme is made for serious work. The slender design allows you to lean into the tool when necessary, applying maximum pressure. Not that much effort will usually be required. Performance figures are impressive for a tool in this price range with a maximum speed of 1,300 rpm, 5,800 BPM, and impact energy of 2.0 ft.lbs.

The variable trigger allows slow starting, reducing the chances of the drill bit wandering. It also allows accurate positioning when chiseling. The large ‘D’ handle has plenty of room for a gloved hand and includes a metal plate at the front that flips down to create a useful hanging hook. There’s a depth rod, and Bosch Pro-Guard dust extraction can be added for those who need to comply with OSHA regulations.

An automatic clutch is fitted to the SDS Plus chuck, which is a great safety feature. If the bit jams the drive is disconnected thus preventing wrist injury. There isn’t any vibration control so although the Bosch Bulldog Extreme is only 6.7 pounds it can get tiring after a while. As with all brush motors, the brushes will eventually wear, and need replacing though the job is fairly straightforward.

Best DIY demolition: Eneacro 1-1/4 Inch SDS-Plus Rotary Hammer Drill

Eneacro

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power Source: Corded
  • Chuck Size: 1-1/4” SDS Plus
  • Maximum Speed: 820 rpm
  • BPM: 4,200

Pros

  • Kit includes drill and chisel bits, spare brushes, grease, wrench, and case
  • Exhaust protects motor from excess heat
  • Anti-vibration system and safety clutch

Cons

  • It’s heavy
  • Occasional breakdowns suggest inconsistent quality control

The Eneacro SDS Plus rotary hammer is remarkable both in terms of what you get for the money, and the performance it delivers. In addition to the drill itself the kit includes 3 drill bits, 2 chisel bits, grease, spare brushes for the motor, and a wrench. To keep everything organized, there’s a tough plastic case.

A top speed of 820 rpm isn’t as fast as some, but the 4,200 BPM is delivered with a powerful impact force of 5.5 ft.lbs. There’s an anti-vibration system and a soft grip handle for operator comfort. There’s also a safety clutch that disengages the drive if the bit jams to prevent injury. An exhaust helps stop the motor from overheating, and the base is designed to prevent dust from getting in. We’re a little surprised there isn’t a depth gauge, but it’s a minor gripe on an otherwise very good tool.

There’s really only one thing that prevents us from recommending the Eneacro rotary hammer for professional use, and that’s the weight. At 12.58 pounds it is heavy for a tool that is going to be used all day. DIYers can usually take a break, but contractors can’t afford to.

Best heavy-duty: Bosch 1-9/16-Inch SDS-Max Combination Rotary Hammer

Bosch

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power Source: Corded
  • Chuck Size: 1-9/16” SDS Max
  • Maximum Speed: 340 rpm
  • BPM: 2,750

Pros

  • Variable speed dial for consistent control
  • Vario-Lock mechanism provides optimum chisel angle
  • Service minder brushes indicate when maintenance is required

Cons

  • No drill-only option
  • Heavy, and no vibration control

The Bosch SDS Max rotary hammer is a heavy-duty tool that, according to the manufacturer, is aimed at concrete contractors and professional remodelers. Its focus is underlined by the fact that there’s no standard drill function. It is either hammer drill or hammer-only.

Maximum speed is a relatively slow 340 rpm, but when you are driving very large drill bits control is more important. Most hammer drills offer variable speed triggers that demand you keep your fingers steady. The big Bosch has a stepped speed dial instead so concentration can stay at the business end. BPM is 2,750 delivered with a class-leading 6.1 ft.lbs. of impact energy.

In addition to mode selection the Bosch SDS Max rotary hammer has a Vario-Lock mechanism that allows chisel bits to be fixed in one of 12 positions so users have the optimum working angle without having to contort hands and arms. Service minder brushes give a clear visual indication of when they need to be changed, taking the guesswork out of a vital maintenance operation.

What to consider before buying a hammer drill

When detailing each of our best hammer drill picks, we’ve highlighted performance specifications and key features. In the following section we look at exactly what each of these means, and the impact they can have on your choice.

Types of hammer drill

The term ‘hammer drill’ can cover a varied range of tools, so they are usually divided into two groups: standard hammer drills, and rotary hammers.

Standard hammer drills are the first step up from an ordinary drill/driver adding a hammer action to the drill function so that in combination with a masonry bit they can drill holes in tough materials like brick, concrete, paving, and stone.

Rotary hammers usually have three functions: drill, hammer drill, and hammer only (some heavy-duty tools don’t offer a drill-only option). Rotary hammers accept much larger drill bits, and as a result, are capable of making much larger and deeper holes. When switched to the hammer-only function and fitted with chisel bits, they can be used to strip tile and undertake light demolition tasks.

Demolition hammers are heavy-duty tools that are sometimes confused with hammer drills but they have no drilling function at all, and so fall outside the scope of this article.

Chuck

There are two types of chuck used in these tools.

Standard hammer drills have a three-jaw chuck, the same as those found in drill/drivers. It is usually tightened by hand, though some use a key.

Rotary hammers use SDS chucks. SDS stands for Slotted Drive Shaft, a system that interlocks the drill or chisel bit with a spring-loaded collar on the tool to prevent them from slipping under heavy load. There are three shaft types: SDS, SDS Plus, and SDS Max. The first two have a 10mm shaft, but the slots are slightly different. SDS bits will usually fit SDS Plus drills, but not the other way around. SDS Max has an 18mm shaft and therefore can take larger diameter and longer drill bits.

Although it’s not a precise measure, generally speaking, the larger the chuck diameter, the more powerful the tool.

Performance

Rotational speed is an important factor in any kind of power drill. Whatever the material, a faster speed usually means the bit cuts more quickly. This is equally true of hammer drills whether the hammer action is engaged or not.

BPM stands for blows per minute and is the impact speed of the hammer action. A faster BMP might be seen as delivering more destructive force but the figure can be deceptive. Standard hammer drills often have very high BPM but the energy behind each impact is limited. Rotary hammers have lower BPM but actually deliver more force (impact energy) with each blow. Impact energy figures are often unavailable for standard hammer drills but are usually provided for rotary hammers either in joules or ft.lbs. For those buying a tool for demolition work as well as drilling impact energy is a good way to compare performance.

Torque is the twisting force. The international standard is Newton-meters (Nm), but in the US, it’s usually given as inch-pounds (in.lbs.) or foot-pounds (ft.lbs.). There are 12 inch-pounds to the foot-pound. Torque is important when turning screws or bolts (drill/drivers and impact wrenches tend to have high torque figures) but is not a major factor when drilling holes, and irrelevant when chiseling.

Additional Features

  • Hammer drills create a lot of force so handling them can be challenging. In tough materials, the drill can sometimes jam momentarily sending a sharp reaction through the tool. This can cause painful wrist injuries. An auxiliary handle is fitted to provide a second grip, and should always be used.
  • When drilling large, deep holes, having a sliding depth gauge can be very convenient, and many hammer drills have them fitted.
  • Cordless hammer drills often have LED work lights that make it easier to see what you’re doing in poor light or dusty conditions.
  • It’s nice to have a case to protect your hammer drill, and have somewhere handy to store drill and chisel bits. Some manufacturers include them, some don’t.
  • Some of the best hammer drills have dust extraction systems available that fit right on the tool. These can be very efficient but do cost extra.

Note: Working with masonry, concrete, etc., can cause sharp fragments to be ejected and create a lot of dust. Always put on protective eyewear or a face shield, as well as some kind of dust mask.

FAQs

Q: Do I need special drill bits for a hammer drill?

Yes. Ordinary drill bits are not designed for tough materials like brick or concrete. They won’t make a hole, and the impact power of the hammer drill could easily break them. For non-SDS hammer drills, you should choose round-shanked, carbide-tipped masonry bits. SDS drills have different chucks to standard hammer drills. It’s important to get the right bit for the particular SDS type or they won’t fit.

Q: Can a hammer drill break masonry and concrete?

Lightweight hammer drills are designed for efficient drilling in masonry and concrete, but not actual breaking or demolition. You need to look for what is usually called a rotary hammer, or SDS rotary hammer. Importantly these have a hammer-only function, and accept chisel bits used to break masonry and concrete.

Q: What is the expected life of a hammer drill?

The expected life of a hammer drill will depend on how much it is used, the work environment, and how well it is maintained. Generally speaking, it could be 5 to 10 years, but a tool used in a dusty jobsite environment day after day might wear out more quickly.

Final thoughts on the best hammer drills

The hammer drill market is very competitive which is good news because we get a host of excellent tools to choose from. The Milwaukee 2804-20 that takes our top spot is a superb all-rounder that will suit both keen amateurs and pro users. The corded Skil is light, easy to use, and ideal for DIYers on a tight budget. At the other end of the scale the Bosch SDS Max delivers remarkable performance though weight, and the lack of an ordinary drill function might limit it to contractors and site workers.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best hammer drills for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best wired security cameras of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-wired-security-cameras/ Wed, 15 Nov 2023 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=586328
Four of the best wired security systems are sliced together against a white background.
Abby Ferguson

Today’s wired security cameras are capable, versatile, convenient, and comprehensive.

The post The best wired security cameras of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four of the best wired security systems are sliced together against a white background.
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Wired security cameras is a somewhat vague, catch-all term that covers a number of types of security cameras. Often, they’re referred to as PoE security cameras, which stands for “power over Ethernet” and means that the cameras are connected by Ethernet lines for both power and for enabling the captured video footage to be downloaded. However, these cameras are also part of a system: In this case, it is an NVR, or “network video recorder,” system since the video is stored locally on a server in your house. You may also come across an older type of security camera system, called a DVR, or “digital video recorder system, which relies on coaxial cables instead of Ethernet lines. Many of these cameras are also referred to as IP cameras, which stands for “Internet Protocol,” which means they can send data over the internet, although many of these cameras simply send their video over a Local-Area Network (or LAN) instead of online. Regardless of going IP, POE, or DVR, the best wired security cameras are now significantly easier for consumers to install than they have been in the past. 

How we chose the best wired security cameras 

I’ve written about many types of different cameras, including security cameras, for a number of publications over the years, including PCMag.com, Consumer Reports, The New York Times, Popular Photography, Popular Science, Tom’s Guide, and Gearbrain. I brought my expertise in this area to help discover the best wired security cameras. I also looked at critical reviews, user recommendations, and did a lot of research to narrow down our list to find the best models.

To find the best ones, I carefully considered a number of factors, including specific features such as video resolution, video frame rates, night vision capability, and audio, as well as more expansive qualities, like ease of use, versatility, and smart-home compatibility.

The best wired security cameras: Reviews & Recommendations

Historically, wired security camera systems require you to hire a professional to install the systems. And even today, you might consider hiring a professional, since the security cameras need to be connected via Ethernet lines, which can be a bit challenging to install. You’ll find a variety of wired security cameras on this list, which should also accommodate a wide range of budgets and needs, from inexpensive models that cost as little as $40 to more feature-packed models and bundles that can cost $1,400 or more. One of our wired security camera picks should give you a steady eye on your driveway, backyard, or any room in your home and can help complement and strengthen a home security system.

Best overall: Lorex 4K with 4TB Wired NVR System with Nocturnal 4 Smart IP Bullet Cameras

Lorex

SEE IT

Specs

  • Video resolution: 4K resolution at 30 fps
  • Field of view: 110.4 degrees to 45 degrees (optical zoom-lens field-of-view range)
  • Power: PoE
  • Night vision: Yes
  • Size: 10.8 x 3.7 x 3.7 inches (camera)

Pros

  • A rugged four-camera system designed to withstand all weather conditions
  • Each camera includes an optical zoom lens
  • Excellent in low light
  • Color night vision
  • Comes with a very large 4TB hard drive for local storage 

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Some consumers may need professionals to install

Although this bundle is expensive, it’s worth the price: For starters, it features four 8-megapixel rugged-and-waterproof cameras that can capture high-quality 4K resolution in low-light conditions. It also comes with advanced color night-vision capabilities to further enhance low-light video footage. Each camera comes with a 4x optical zoom lens and a very durable camera exterior (IP67 rated), which ensures protection against harsh weather conditions. The Lorex system also includes advanced people-counting analytics and heat mapping capabilities. This system also includes a large 4TB security-grade hard drive, which is designed for advanced processing and 24/7 recording capabilities.

Specs

  • Video resolution: 4K resolution video at 25 fps (both models)
  • Field of view ( E1 Outdoor): 94 to 50 degrees (horizontal) and 53 to 30 degrees (vertical)
  • Field of view (RLC-823): 105 to 31 degrees (horizontal) and 55 to 17 degrees (vertical)
  • Power: PoE
  • Night vision: Yes (both models)
  • Size: 4.6 x 4.6 x 3.3 inches (E1 Outdoor); 7.91 x 8.58 x 8.58 inches (RLC-823A)

Pros

  • Very good price for two 360-degree cameras
  • Each camera includes an optical zoom lens
  • Comes with smart detection and auto-tracking features
  • Both models include color night vision

Cons

  • Both cameras have a frame rate of just 25 frames per second for 4K video

This pair of 360-degree cameras offers a lot of value for the money. Not only do both cameras come with the ability to pan and tilt nearly 355 degrees horizontally, but each camera has an optical zoom lens that allows you to more clearly focus on the scene. Each also has 4K video resolution, to capture video footage with clearer details, which is especially important if you’re using it as an outdoor security camera. Each also comes with color night vision, two-way audio, and more.

Best with dome-type POE camera: Annke H800 8MP PoE Security Camera System

Annke

SEE IT

Specs

  • Video resolution: 4K resolution at 15 fps 
  • Field of view: 123 degrees
  • Power: PoE
  • Night vision: Yes
  • Size: 6.1 x 6.0 x 5.6 inches

Pros

  • Easy to set up
  • Both models include color night vision
  • Comes with large 2TB hard drive for local storage

Cons

  • Frame rate is only 15 frames per second
  • Lens is fixed, with no optical zoom

This wired security camera system bundle from Annke offers a lot of value for the money: It gives you four PoE dome cameras, which are designed to provide extra protection from the weather and the elements as well as intruders trying to tamper with the camera units. It captures video in 4K but uses H.265+ compression, which allows you to record longer videos and consume less bandwidth without losing 4K quality. The included NVR comes with a 2TB hard drive for storage but can be expanded to 10TBs. However, the camera lenses lack optical zooms, and the 4K video footage is captured at only 15 frames per second, which is lower than other systems. 

Best smart: Swann’s 8-Channel/4-Camera Home Security Camera System

Swann’s

SEE IT

Specs

  • Video resolution: 4K resolution (frame rate not listed) 
  • Field of view: 93 degrees
  • Power: PoE
  • Night vision: Yes
  • Size: 3.94 x 3.94 x 3.94 inches

Pros

  • Easy to set up
  • Both models include color night vision
  • Offers smart detection and other smart features
  • Comes with large 2TB hard drive for local storage

Cons

  • Lens is fixed, with no optical zoom
  • Frame rate not listed and may be less than 30 fps

There’s a lot to like about this four-camera 4K wired security camera system from Swann. The camera units capture video at 4K resolution video, which includes color night vision capability for better quality video in very low-light settings. The system is also easy to use and easy to use. What makes it smart is that it comes with face recognition, human and vehicle detection (via heat detection), as well as alerts and notifications to your phone via the Swamm Security app. The system comes with a pre-installed 2TB hard drive. However, the lens on the camera is fixed and lacks optical zoom, which makes it a bit less versatile than other systems. Also, the frame rate for the 4K video is not listed, which means it may be less than 30 frames per second.

Best budget: EZVIZ C3N

EZVIZ

SEE IT

Specs

  • Video resolution: 1080p resolution at 30 fps
  • Field of view: 104 degrees
  • Power: wired
  • Night vision: Yes
  • Size: 2.83 x 2.83 x 5.91 inches

Pros

  • Inexpensive
  • Easy to set up
  • Offers the option of either Wi-Fi or wired connection
  • Works with Amazon Alexa
  • Can store video clips on cloud or microSD memory card

Cons

  • Not exclusively a wired security camera system
  • System isn’t as robust as true wired PoE security systems

This very inexpensive security camera offers the option of using either an Ethernet connection or a WiFi connection. So, if you’ve never had a security camera system, you can get a feel for how both a wired and wireless security camera functions. It shoots at 1080p resolution and gives you the option of storing video clips in the cloud, starting at $3.99 a month

What to consider when buying the best wired security cameras

Most security cameras, as well as security camera systems, can be broken down into two main groups: Wireless security cameras, which as the name implies, generally connect to your home wireless network in order to store the video footage it records, as well as enabling other functions; and wired security cameras, which are connected via cables for power, storing video footage, and accessing the Internet.  

Although wired security camera systems offer some of the same features available with wireless systems, they’re a little more complicated to install, since you’ll need to run Ethernet cables to provide both power and connectivity. However, there are other features and capabilities that they do share with WiFi models:

Installation: DIY or professional

Before you buy into a wired security camera system, be sure to do some research to see if you can do it yourself, or if you’ll need to spend extra money to have a professional install the system.

Video resolution

An important factor when buying a security camera since the higher the resolution, the more detailed the video footage can be. So, as far as video resolution goes, you’ll want to make sure that you buy a system that at least can capture 1080p-resolution video. Of course, you’ll find many recent models that include features that capture 2K or 4K resolution. Be sure to also check that the cameras can catch the video at a frame rate (frames per second) that you need: 30 frames per second will provide you with smoother, less jittery video than lower frame rates (25 fps or 15 fps).

Angle of view

Another important technical specification is the angle of view, which indicates how wide or how narrow the lens is on the security camera. The higher the number, the wider the view. The lower the number, the greater the telephoto effect.  

Video recording options

A network video recorder will include a number of important options that you’ll want to check. See if you need an NVR that uses cloud storage to store video clips, or if you only need your video stored on-premise or using a local drive. There are other features to check as well, including the ability to set alerts, remote access, the ability to search video clips using artificial intelligence tools, and more.

Specific features you find important

Most wired security camera systems include some of the latest features that might be important to you, such as night vision, the ability to capture 360-degree coverage of a scene, mobile app access, and more. However, you’ll need to research and compare the features with other comparable models or systems to see if they fit your specific needs.

FAQs

Q: What are the advantages of a wired security camera system?

One reason you might choose a wired security camera system is if you don’t have a good home wireless signal coming from your home WiFi network. Since wired security cameras connect via Ethernet cables, the signal is always consistent and reliable. Another benefit is that, in the long run, you can save money: Most PoE cameras store video locally, onto an NVR’s hard drive or SSD, which means you don’t need to spend extra money on cloud storage. 

Q: What kind of Ethernet cables are used to connect PoE security cameras?

You can use either Cat 5E or Cat 6 cables for your PoE security cameras. Either of these types of cables will power the wired security cameras and allow you to download video from the individual cameras to your hard drive or SSD. 

Q: How many cameras can be used with an NVR wired camera security system?

Most NVR systems allow you to connect as many as 8 or 16 PoE cameras to your system via Ethernet cables, depending on the model. There are some models that may be able to handle more, but it’s important to remember that the NVR needs to power each PoE camera via Ethernet cables. So, the more cameras you have in your system, the more power the NVR needs.

Final thoughts on the best wired security cameras

In theory, criminals can hack into almost any type of wireless or wired security camera system. However, wired home security cameras are more difficult to compromise since they don’t need to be connected to the internet. Wired systems can simply use a local-area network to power the cameras and download video. But, there are many wired systems that offer WiFi features, too. Make sure you choose a wired security camera with plenty of built-in safety and privacy features. You want peace of mind for your home; you want to feel safe installing security cameras, too.   

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best wired security cameras of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best smart ovens and air fryers are at their lowest prices of the year before Black Friday at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/amazon-smart-oven-air-fryer-early-black-friday-deal-2023/ Wed, 15 Nov 2023 16:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=589704
A pattern of breville smart oven pros on a white background
Stan Horaczek

Save up to 70 percent on high-end cookers from Breville, Whall, and Ninja.

The post The best smart ovens and air fryers are at their lowest prices of the year before Black Friday at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A pattern of breville smart oven pros on a white background
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Whether you’re a certified gourmet or you struggle not to burn your Hot Pockets, a smart oven can seriously upgrade your kitchen situation. Right now, the Breville Smart Ovens are at their cheapest prices of the year. That means you can save money and have this baby all set up before Thanksgiving. Your leftovers will thank you.

Breville Smart Oven Air Fryer Pro $319 (was $449)

Breville

SEE IT

This is our pick for the best smart oven and for good reason. It can air fry, bake, broil, and do pretty much anything else you could want out of a single kitchen appliance. It has plenty of room inside, so you could even cook a small turkey if you wanted. It’s one of the best kitchen appliances we’ve ever tested.

If you don’t need the top-of-the-line Pro model (though we really like it), you can get other Breville Smart Ovens even cheaper.

WHALL Toaster Oven Air Fryer, Max XL Large 30-Quart Smart Oven $139 (was $569)

Whall

SEE IT

If you’re looking for a pro-grade smart oven/air fryer, you can’t beat a more than 70 percent discount on this Whall model. It can accommodate up to a seven-pound chicken and it has 11 different cooking modes to choose from. This is a wild deal on a great oven.

More smart oven and air fryer deals from Amazon

The post The best smart ovens and air fryers are at their lowest prices of the year before Black Friday at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best flashlights in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-flashlights/ Tue, 14 Nov 2023 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=587899
Four of the best flashlights on a plain background
Amanda Reed

Don’t get caught out in the dark without a flashlight that illuminates the way.

The post The best flashlights in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four of the best flashlights on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Fenix PD36R Tactical Flashlight, box, and batteries Fenix PD36R 1600 Lumen USB Rechargeable LED Tactical Flashlight
SEE IT

Rugged enough for outdoor use but still delivering ample brightness and surprisingly easy to handle, with a compact size of just 5.3 inches long and about an inch in diameter.

Best for worksites A green and black Greenworks 24V Cordless LED Flashlight outside at night on a table Greenworks 24V Cordless High-Intensity LED Flashlight Kit
SEE IT

Powered by a rechargeable lithium-ion battery that provides up to 23 hours of light on a single charge and ergonomically designed, so it’s comfortable and convenient on a worksite no matter how long the job.

Brightest black Olight Warrior X Pro Tactical Flashlight Olight Warrior X Pro Tactical Flashlight
SEE IT

A worthy choice if you’re looking for the brightest flashlights you can buy and are willing to pay for them.

Descending into a dark basement to flip a breaker or finding the keys you dropped in your car is a lot easier with the help of a flashlight. That little light in your smartphone isn’t bright enough, and you can save your phone’s battery for making phone calls, texting friends, and updating your Instagram. Gone are the days of large clunky flashlights with weak incandescent bulbs. Today’s models come with rechargeable batteries and bright LED lights capable of illuminating objects hundreds of feet away. Unlike the flashlights of yesteryear, modern flashlights are small enough to fit in your pocket and weigh next to nothing. The best flashlights will illuminate your search so you can choose the model that will light up the darkness when you need it.

How we chose the best flashlights

As an avid camper and one who lives in a rural area prone to power outages, I find myself traipsing around the dark quite often, so I know a thing or two about flashlights. I considered a few important criteria in researching more than a dozen flashlights for this article. Brightness, of course, is key.

However, I didn’t just consider flashlights with exceptional brightness. While a 1,000-plus lumen output is great when searching for a missing person or pet, it’s too bright for close-quarters use inside a house or tent. With that in mind, I chose models that offered multiple modes that would allow them to be used both indoors and outdoors. 

They should be able to endure a fair amount of abuse, so I chose models with rugged anodized aluminum construction and waterproof ratings. For rechargeable models that come equipped with batteries, I chose those with at least 3,000 mAh (milliamp per hour) batteries that can last for many hours on moderate light settings. While cost was not a major factor, I did include lights for those budget-conscious users, as well as expensive high-end models. 

The best flashlights: Reviews & Recommendations

For many people, your smartphone is the only flashlight you might think you need. But you should probably conserve phone battery if you’re in the kind of situation where you really need to use a flashlight (and you don’t want to drop that expensive phone trying to fish it out of your pocket in the dark, cracking the screen). From late-night dog walks to trips to the basement breaker when the electricity goes out, a flashlight can keep you seeing clearly. One of our choices should rescue you from stumbling over your own feet.

Best overall: Fenix PD36R 1600 Lumen USB Rechargeable LED Tactical Flashlight

Fenix

SEE IT

Specs

  • Max lumens: 1,600
  • Dimensions: 5.33 inches in diameter and 1.04 inches long
  • Weight: 3 ounces

Pros

  • Ample 1,600 lumens of brightness
  • Rugged IP68 rating
  • Long run time

Cons

  • Expensive
  • May be overkill for some

Sure, the PD36 is one of the pricier flashlights on the market, but if you’re serious about having a good flashlight, it’s worth it. The PD36’s runtime is nothing short of phenomenal. Expect more than four days’ worth of battery life on a single charge at the light’s lowest setting, which is still a very usable 30 lumens. That means you can get hours and hours out of this flashlight before needing to charge it. We also like the fact that the flashlight is rechargeable via USB-C, which can add five hours of battery life to the flashlight with just 10 minutes of charge time.

There’s also a broad range of modes with the flashlight, ranging from its energy-saving 30-lumen mode all the way up to a headlight-like 1,600 lumens, which is bright enough to light up objects more than 900 feet away. While using the PD36R at max brightness will drain the battery fairly quickly, you can still get three hours at that level. 

The flashlight is also rugged enough for outdoor use, thanks to an IP68 rating that allows it to withstand being submerged in up to 6.5 feet of water for 30 minutes without suffering damage. Despite its ample brightness, it is still surprisingly easy to handle, with a compact size of just 5.3 inches long and about an inch in diameter.

Best for worksites: Greenworks 24V Cordless High-Intensity LED Flashlight Kit

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Specs

  • Max lumens: 200
  • Dimensions: ‎3.21 inches by 2.61 inches by 4.17 inches
  • Weight: 15.6 ounces

Pros

  • Provides up to 23 hours of power
  • Pivoting head adjusts to where you need light
  • Energy efficient
  • Ergonomically designed

Cons

  • Doesn’t provide bright light
  • Not waterproof

Low light is handy when fixing a tire or checking a fusebox—just enough to illuminate what you need across a wide field without being blinding. Greenworks’ Cordless High-Intensity LED Flashlight Kit provides up to 200 lumens of light when needed. The 24-volt flashlight is powered by a rechargeable lithium-ion battery that provides up to 23 hours of light on a single charge. It’s also ergonomically designed, so it’s comfortable to hold when you’re on a worksite. On your off hours, this flashlight is also great for hiking.

Brightest: Olight Warrior X Pro Tactical Flashlight

Olight

SEE IT

Specs

  • Max lumens: 2,100
  • Dimensions: 1.5 inches in diameter by 5.9 inches long
  • Weight: 8.4 ounces

Pros

  • Can project up to 500 meters
  • Compact size and lightweight make it suitable for camping
  • Rugged waterproof construction

Cons

  • Minimum brightness of 300 lumens is high
  • Too bright for everyday use

With its 2,100-lumen output and ability to throw a beam 500 meters away, the Olight is probably overkill for most people not part of a search-and-rescue team. That said, the Warrior is a worthy choice if you’re looking for the brightest flashlights you can buy and are willing to pay for them. 

Despite that extraordinary brightness, the Olight manages to stay surprisingly compact. It measures just 1.5 inches in diameter at the business end and a hair under 6 inches long with a weight of fewer than 9 ounces. That small size, coupled with an IP68 rating, makes the Olight Warrior a worthy companion for hunting trips or backwoods camping adventures. 

Just keep in mind that all that brightness significantly strains the Warrior’s 5,000-mAh rechargeable battery. Don’t expect to get more than a couple of hours at 2,100 lumens. With a minimum brightness of 300 lumens, the Warrior is simply too bright for applications that require dimmer lighting, such as illuminating the inside of a tent or the area under a car hood. Regardless, keep this flashlight topped up with the best power banks.

Best EDC: Wuben Tactical EDC Flashlight

Wuben

SEE IT

Specs

  • Max lumens: 1,200
  • Dimensions: 1.7 inches in diameter by 6.9 inches long
    Weight: 1.7 ounces

Pros

  • Compact size suitable for carrying in a pocket
  • Anodized aluminum construction
  • Fast USB-C charging

Cons

  • Uses smaller capacity batteries than other flashlights
  • Easy to misplace

For a flashlight to qualify as an EDC (everyday-carry flashlight), it’s got to be compact enough to fit into a pocket comfortably. Measuring less than 5 inches long and just an inch in diameter, Wuben’s EDC option fits the mold. And for those whose pockets are occupied, it also comes with a lanyard and pocket clip.

Some EDC flashlights are compact but don’t produce enough brightness to make them worth carrying. Wuben has no problems in this department, producing an impressive 1,200 lumens despite its small size. It comes with five light modes, including four light levels, along with a strobe and SOS mode. We also like the USB-C charging port on this flashlight, which allows it to charge from zero to full power in less than an hour. A handy indicator lets you know when the battery drops below 15 percent. 

A flashlight banging around in a pants pocket or backpack all day long every day should be sturdy, and this one is, with its anodized aircraft-grade aluminum body and waterproof construction. 

Best pen: Streamlight Stylus Pro Pen Light

Streamlight

SEE IT

Specs

  • Max lumens: 100
  • Dimensions: 0.6 inches in diameter by 5.3 inches long
  • Weight: 1.7 ounces

Pros

  • Compact size suitable for carrying in a pocket
  • Durable aluminum construction
  • Multiple color options

Cons

  • Expensive for a penlight
  • Not super high-power

Pen flashlights are built for convenience with a small profile that makes them easy to slide into a pants pocket or even a breast pocket on a button-down shirt. Though this design makes them convenient to carry, these flashlights usually put out wimpy brightness. That’s not the case with the Streamlight Stylus Pro. Despite having a diameter of about 1/2 inch and a total length of 5.3 inches—about the size of a marker—it produces 100 lumens. 

This small light is also surprisingly tough, thanks to its anodized aluminum housing and unbreakable polycarbonate lens. This construction makes the flashlight water-resistant and capable of absorbing impacts of up to 2 meters without taking damage. It also has a convenient tail cap switch that makes it easy to operate while pointing the flashlight at the subject. The Stylus Pro gets a respectable eight hours of battery life from its 2 AAA batteries and comes in six color options.

Best headlamp: BioLite HeadLamp 325

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Specs

  • Max lumens: ‎325 Lumen
  • Dimensions: ‎2.05 x 1.97 x 8.27 inches
  • Weight: 1.7 ounces

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Sits flat and is stable on the head
  • Charges via microUSB
  • Material is moisture-wicking

Cons

  • Hard to open the charger

If heavy headlamps make night hikes a headache, consider the BioLite HeadLamp 325, a lightweight light in the dark. It only weighs 1.7 ounces and doesn’t bounce around while running or doing a cartwheel. The headlamp charges via microUSB—an incredibly common charger you likely already have around the house. A rear reflective strip alerts those behind you that you’re there, and an articulating front bezel allows you to angle the light where you need it with just one hand. 

We recently took it on a trip to Arizona and were pleased with how its moisture-wicking fabric kept our forehead comfortable during nighttime jaunts to the bathroom or campfire. Plus, it laid flat to our heads—something we can’t say with other headlamps we’ve tried.

We named its beefier cousin, the BioLite HeadLamp 800 Pro, as the best headlamp for hiking. If you’re more of a casual wanderer or just need something to illuminate the way to take out the trash, the HeadLamp 325 packs a powerful, portable punch.

Best budget: ThruNite Archer LED Flashlight

ThruNite

SEE IT

Specs

  • Max lumens: 500
  • Dimensions: 1.7 inches in diameter by 6.9 inches long
  • Weight: 1.7 ounces

Pros

  • More affordable than high-end tactical flashlights
  • Waterproof construction
  • Enough brightness for most needs

Cons

  • Does not use a rechargeable battery
  • Not ideal for professional use

When assessing flashlights, we tend to get hung up on lumens and battery life. The fact is most people don’t need a flashlight that approaches car headlight levels of brightness. The ThruNite Archer’s 500 lumens are enough to cast a beam of light the length of a football field or light up a small room, more than enough for most people’s needs. Three light levels, along with firefly mode and strobe, add versatility. And while you won’t be able to go off-grid for weeks and weeks with this flashlight, its max runtime of 15 days on two AA batteries suits most applications. 

In terms of construction, it’s compact at less than 7 inches long and 1.7 inches in diameter and weighs just 1.7 ounces. It’s also waterproof up to one meter and ruggedly constructed of anodized steel to resist impacts. Most importantly, the Archer is a quarter of the cost of other tactical flashlights, making it a great option for those looking for a more affordable option.

What to consider when buying the best flashlights

Here is what you should know before buying the best flashlights:

Brightness

Lumens measure how bright a flashlight is. The higher the number of lumens, the brighter the flashlight will be, although the shape of the reflector and lens will determine just how far that light will be cast. Flashlight brightness usually ranges from around 100 lumens for small penlights up to 2,000 or more lumens for the brightest flashlights. As few as 200 lumens is plenty of light for illuminating the dark space under a kitchen sink or even a fuse box, but you’ll need a minimum of 1,000 lumens if you want to illuminate large open spaces such as a campsite. 

Battery life

Whether your flashlight is rechargeable or takes disposable batteries, it won’t stay lit forever. At some point, you’ll need to recharge it or load new batteries. Battery capacity is measured in milliamp hours (mAh). A good mAh for batteries is 3,000, which is enough to keep the light running all night long. Some rechargeable batteries offer 5,000 mAh, which is ideal for higher-lumen flashlights that use more power.

Size

Flashlights come in a variety of sizes, but most measure around 6 inches long and 2 inches in diameter. Smaller EDC (every day carry) flashlights are smaller, allowing the user to wear them on their person throughout the day. These flashlights are typically more compact than a standard tactical flashlight.

Weather protection

Since flashlights are often used outdoors, they need to have some protection from the elements. Flashlights come with an Ingress Protection (IP) rating, which indicates how impervious they are to dust and water. The IP rating is typically followed by two numbers, one that indicates its ability to resist water and the other its ability to resist dust. An IP rating of 68 indicates the flashlight is impervious to dust and can be submerged in water.

FAQs

Q: What brand of flashlight is best?

With a line of flashlights that are constructed from durable anodized aluminum and high-lumen output, Fenix makes some of the best flashlights you can buy. The company’s products range from basic flashlights to high-performance tactical models.

Q: What is the brightest LED flashlight available?

The brightest flashlight you can buy is the Imalent M18, which produces up to 100,000 lumens, which is enough to illuminate objects up to 1,350 meters away.

Q: What is the highest-rated flashlight?

One of the highest-rated flashlights you can buy is the Fenix PD36R, which produces 1,600 lumens and has a 5000mAh rechargeable battery that will last up to 100 hours.

Q: How bright is a 2,500-lumen flashlight?

A 2,500-lumen flashlight is very bright and capable of casting a beam several hundred meters long depending on the shape of the reflector and lens. This amount of brightness is more than enough to suit any outdoor application.

Q: What flashlights do the military use?

The military uses mainly tactical flashlights that produce a lot of lumens and have anodized aluminum construction that’s waterproof and resistant to impacts. Many military flashlights also have a red-light option, which creates visibility while allowing the operator to maintain their night vision.

Q: How many lumens should a good flashlight have?

The average flashlight puts out about 100 lumens, which is suitable mainly for in-home use. A tactical flashlight designed to improve visibility at night for hiking or search and rescue should produce 1,000 lumens.

Final thoughts on the best flashlights

Given the broad price differences in flashlights, it’s important to consider how you plan to use the light before shopping for one. If you need one to use around the house in the event of a power outage or popped breaker, then an affordable model that produces a few 100 lumens is adequate. Those planning to use a flashlight to illuminate the outdoors at night for camping, hiking, or hunting, should consider investing in a more expensive flashlight with an IP86 weather rating and at least a 1,000-lumen output.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best flashlights in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best generators for homes in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-generators-for-homes/ Tue, 14 Nov 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=588882
Best generators for home sliced up images header
Tony Ware

Whether for emergency backup or simply providing a bit of extra power around the house, these generators deliver the juice.

The post The best generators for homes in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best generators for home sliced up images header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Generac 7228 18kW Guardian whole house generator Generac 7228 18kW Guardian
SEE IT

Plenty of power for virtually any home but, thanks to the switch, can be set up to turn on instantly upon losing utility power.

Best solar Jackery Explorer 2000 Plus Solar Generator Jackery Explorer 2000 Plus Solar Generator
SEE IT

A great pick for a versatile power source you can use it for backup around the house or bring it along in the RV.

Best dual-fuel DuroMax XP 13000HX Dual Fuel Portable Generator on a plain background DuroMax XP 13000HX Dual-Fuel Portable Generator
SEE IT

Particularly handy in emergencies when you’re not sure whether you’ll have easy access to gas alone.

A home generator can fall anywhere between useful and downright essential for any number of reasons. Maybe you live someplace plagued by frequent winter storms and their resulting blackouts, and you need to be able to keep the lights on and the fridge running in a pinch. Or maybe you rely on lifesaving medical equipment like a CPAP machine and can’t run the risk of having it cut out. Maybe you live in a hot region that experiences utility brownouts in the summer, and you need to be able to keep the AC going. Or perhaps you simply want a mobile power source around the house to use with tools and whatnot. Whatever the case, you’ll find the best generators for homes below to suit a variety of purposes. 

How we chose the best generators for homes

As an unrepentant gear junkie and general tech obsessive, I’ve had a chance to use a lot of generators—big to small. What’s more, having spent some 40 years living in the windy, rainy Pacific Northwest, I’ve had to wield said generators under various conditions, from short power blinks to weeklong outages, so I know what constitutes a reliable backup power source. Equipped with this experience, I have spent over a decade reviewing generators and other gear for outlets like Popular Science, Popular Mechanics, the Daily Beast, Thrillist, and more. If I arrived at split decisions for a particular category, I looked to input from my fellow experts, as well as reviews from real-world buyers to break the tie. 

The best generators for homes: Reviews & Recommendations

These generators span a variety of formats, budgets, intentions, and power needs. Some are fairly portable, others can be moved with a bit more effort, and others still are more or less designed to stand in one place. Regardless, each was chosen for delivering reliable performance and rates among the best generators for homes in 2024.

Best overall: Generac 7228 18kW Guardian

Generac

SEE IT

Specs

  • Wattage: 18,000 watts
  • Power source: Gas
  • Weight: 420 lbs.

Pros

  • Very high wattage
  • Effortless power switch
  • Smart controls

Cons

  • Not moveable 

You can’t beat the Generac Guardian if you’re looking for dependable, whole-home backup power. While this line is available in a range of sizes and packages, I’m recommending the 7228 18kW with transfer switch specifically as it not only provides plenty of power for virtually any home but, thanks to the switch, can be set up to turn on instantly upon losing utility power. 

This isn’t the kind of generator you wheel around or carry. It’s a big, very heavy unit intended to be installed and left to sit in place, waiting to do what it does. Generac generators are famously reliable, and this particular model’s 18,000W output will easily power an entire house, from lights to kitchen appliances (including the refrigerator) to various electronics like your TV and wifi router. 

What’s more, its ability to link to WiFi allows you to monitor its operation via an app, which lets you to switch it on and off and keep an eye on usage and fuel levels from the comfort of inside your home. By pretty much every metric, this is a truly outstanding generator. 

Best dual-fuel: DuroMax XP 13000HX Dual-Fuel Portable Generator

Nick Hilden

SEE IT

Specs

  • Wattage: 13,000 peak/10,500 running on gas – 12,350 peak/9,975 running on propane
  • Power source: Gas and propane
  • Weight: 240 lbs

Pros

  • Dual fuel versatility
  • Very high power output
  • Helpful data display

Cons

  • Fairly heavy

Dual-fuel generators are particularly handy in emergencies when you’re not sure whether you’ll have easy access to gas alone, but some people simply prefer them because running on propane is a bit quieter and better for the environment. No matter why you want it, the DuroMax XP 13000HX will provide the dual-fuel convenience and reliability you seek. 

Effortless to start and operate, it provides a solid 10,500W (gas)/9,975W (propane) output, which is enough to power most homes or at least all the essentials. A data display presents various useful information about hours of operation, voltage, and more, and a CO2 safety switch cuts it off if carbon monoxide levels become toxic. A 50 amp outlet ensures that it can deliver on the heaviest of home power demands. And it also has a set of sturdy wheels and handles, which make it easy to move around. 

Best portable: Honda EU2200i Companion Portable Generator

Honda

SEE IT

Specs

  • Wattage: 2,200 peak/1,800 running
  • Power source: Gas
  • Weight: 46.5 lbs

Pros

  • Highly portable
  • Rugged durability
  • Very quiet

Cons

  • Only moderate power output

Sometimes, you’re not looking to electrify the entire house, just a few power tools, appliances, and other odds and ends. Accordingly, you want a smaller generator that can easily move into place. The Honda EU2200i Companion was our pick for the best portable generator, which maintains that status here.

While its modest 1,800W output is only intended for small- to medium-sized power tasks, it really shines in terms of its great all-around design. Compact and easy to carry, durably built for years of operation, and whisper-quiet by generator standards, it’s perfect for random power needs around the home and yard.

Best portable power station: Goal Zero Yeti PRO 4000

Goal Zero

SEE IT

Specs

  • Wattage: 7,200 peak / 3,600 running 
  • Power source: Solar or wall outlet
  • Weight: 115.7 lbs

Pros

  • Great electrical performance
  • Plenty of ports
  • Expandable

Cons

  • Only moderate power output

If you’re looking for a near-silent alternative to gas generators, the Goal Zero Yeti PRO 4000 is a big, reliable block of power that is among the industry’s highest-capacity portable power stations to date. Its 3,993Wh capacity and 3,600W output will keep a full-sized fridge going for over two days or will keep a smattering of small tools and devices going for many days on end. What’s more, it charges significantly faster than many of Goal Zero’s previous power boxes, charging from a wall socket in about 2.5 hours or from a 3,000W solar array in about two.

It’s also expandable, stacking on top of add-on batteries that can attain a massive 20kWh capacity and can be integrated into the wider Goal Zero ecosystem, allowing you to tack on a transfer switch and other useful tools. More portable (and much quieter) than a gas generator, it’s also great for camping.

Best solar: Jackery Explorer 2000 Plus Solar Generator

Nick Hilden

SEE IT

Specs

  • Wattage: 6,000 peak / 3,000 running
  • Power source: Solar or wall outlet
  • Weight: 140.36 lbs

Pros

  • Great electrical performance
  • Portable
  • Expandable

Cons

  • Deploying solar panels takes a bit of trial and error

If you’re looking for a full solar array, Jackery has pretty much nailed it with the Explorer 2000 Plus. While you can get the Explorer 2000 by itself, I recommend the full package, which comes with two of the company’s 200W solar panels, a 2000Wh expansion battery, and a manual transfer switch. All told, this is everything you need for a powerful solar setup.

The electrical performance is great, with its total 4000Wh capacity and 3,000W output being more than enough for most essential home needs or RVs. And once its solar panels are deployed, it will provide a steady, sustainable source of electricity for as long as the sun shines. It’s a great pick for a versatile power source you can use for backup around the house or bring along in the RV.

Best budget: Wen DF475T Dual-Fuel Generator

Wen

SEE IT

Specs

  • Wattage: 4,750 peak / 3,500 running
  • Power source: Gas or propane
  • Weight: 105.8 lbs.

Pros

  • Affordable dual fuel
  • Decent output
  • Somewhat portable

Cons

  • Not whole-house capable

Wen did something great by designing a dual-fuel generator with reasonable performance that doesn’t break the bank. While its 3,500W output isn’t quite enough to power a whole home like larger, pricier generators, that’s still a good number for the price and is more than capable of keeping a fridge, lights, and other essentials up and running. It’s also somewhat portable, and long-time Wen owners report that the quality is reliable. In other words, the Wen DF475T delivers an outstanding bang for your buck.

What to consider when shopping for the best generators for homes

A home generator is not only a big investment in terms of cost, but you need to be sure that it will deliver on your needs when the situation arises—especially in the event of an emergency. Accordingly, there are a few things you should keep in mind when choosing a generator. 

Power output

The first and arguably most important consideration involves how much power a generator produces. With a home generator, you’re typically looking for something capable of powering either your entire house or at least the most essential appliances and electronics. Check a generator’s “running” or “rated” wattage to determine how much it can produce at any given time. The “peak” or “surge” wattage reflects how much it can bump up temporarily to accommodate a boost of draw, such as when starting an appliance. Numbers vary based on your home’s power usage, but generally speaking, you need a generator that will produce at least 7,500-10,000W to power an entire home. With a smaller 3,000+W generator, however, you’ll still be able to keep the fridge going along with a few other musts. 

Fuel type and capacity

Nearly all generators run on either gas or solar power, with dual fuels adding propane. Gas is usually the most convenient and reliable, but it pollutes more and runs the loudest. Propane drops the volume and emissions slightly. And solar generators can be charged either via solar panels or by plugging them into a wall socket. They’re the most sustainable option, but they tend to produce lower wattage and can only charge with adequate sunshine.

Fuel capacity involves how much gas, propane, or electricity it can store. More capacity translates into longer operation, but it also makes the generator heavier. If you plan on more or less leaving your home generator in place, however, weight isn’t as important as capacity. 

Starting type

The classic recoil pull cord is included with pretty much all gas or dual fuel generators, and while it is reliable, it does require a lot of physical effort. Luckily, these days, most generators also include an electric starter that will fire up at the press of a button. A few brands offer remote starters, which can be used via Bluetooth or WiFi from inside your home. Solar generators typically turn on with a button. 

Operating noise

Gas generators tend to be pretty loud. While that might not be a concern during a home emergency, if you are worried about breaking the peace, you might want to consider either using a dual fuel with propane or a near-silent solar generator. But when it comes to powering your entire house, wattage will usually out-prioritize noise. 

Plugs

If you’re simply looking to power a few power tools and devices, most generators will offer the outlets to do it. But for powering a house, you need a generator with heftier output options. Most mid to large generators come with 20 amp and 30 amp rated plugs, which will suffice for basic household needs. If you’re really looking for max power, however, go with a model equipped with a 50 amp plug.

FAQs

Q: What are the cons of a whole-house generator?

The main two downsides are cost and noise. Whole house generators tend to be pricey and—because of their higher wattage—loud. The only way around this is to get a small, quieter, cheaper unit, but then it wouldn’t offer the capability to power your entire house. 

Q: How long can a home generator run continuously?

A generator’s continuous runtime is limited to how much fuel it can hold. Typically, home generators have the capacity to operate for between 6-20 hours between fill-ups, depending on electrical demands. Always switch the generator off while refilling the tank, and allow it to cool before pouring in the gas. 

Q: Can a generator operate in the rain or snow?

Running a generator while wet can result in damage or injury by electrocution. Either position your generator out of the weather or protect it with a cover. 

Q: What happens if I overload a generator?

Overloading is an easy way to damage either the generator or the electronic equipment it’s powering. Usually, if a generator is overworked, it will get noticeably loud, straining to keep up. If this occurs, switch some things off and prioritize the essentials. 

Final thoughts on the best home generators

When it comes to choosing a home generator, bigger isn’t necessarily better, but it’s not a bad idea to get something that will over-deliver beyond your needs. That way, no matter what happens with the utility power, your home’s comfort and safety will be assured. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best generators for homes in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best gifts for DIYers https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-gifts-for-diyers/ Tue, 14 Nov 2023 15:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=589179
A top row of red Craftman cordless drills, a second row of screwdrivers by Klein Tools, a third row of circular saws by DeWalt, and a fourth row of the Ryobi Multi Tool.

Treat the person in your life who has a way with tools.

The post The best gifts for DIYers appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A top row of red Craftman cordless drills, a second row of screwdrivers by Klein Tools, a third row of circular saws by DeWalt, and a fourth row of the Ryobi Multi Tool.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best cordless drill A yellow and black DeWalt Cordless Drill and Driver in front of a DeWalt bag and next to a battery charger. DEWALT 20V Cordless Drill
SEE IT

This powerful drill can reach speeds of up 1,500 rpm and features an LED light for added visibility.

Best pressure washer A green and black pressure washer by Greenworks with a black cord, water bottle, and hose in the foreground. Greenworks Electric Pressure Washer
SEE IT

This tool can not only wash the outside of your house, but is great for washing your car, driveway, and patio.

Best stackable toolboxes A stack of three black tool storage cases with orange clasps and handles stacked on a black wheeled cart. beyond by BLACK+DECKER Stackable Storage System
SEE IT

This ingenious storage system helps DIYers organize their tools, protect them from theft, and easily transport them.

DIY is more popular than ever, with 73 percent of millennials identifying as do-it-yourselfers, according to the market research firm The Farnsworth Group. Whether your favorite DIYer is into home renovation, woodworking, or tinkering with their car, you can show your appreciation for their handiwork by rounding out their tool set with some new models. Or give them the gift of bins and boxes to help them organize all those tools (and the storage shed). These are the best gifts for DIYers our writers have used this year.

Best cordless drill: DEWALT 20V Max Cordless Drill

DEWALT

SEE IT

This cordless drill is rugged and powerful enough to be worthy of a pro job site while remaining affordable enough for a gift for a DIYer. Powered by a 20-volt battery, DEWALT’s cordless drill can reach speeds of up to 1,500 rpm, making it fast enough to handle jobs that require a lot of fasteners. A slower speed option with a max of 450 rpm adds versatility and maximizes the drill’s torque output. 

At 8-1/2 inches long and weighing 3.6 pounds, this is one of the bulkier drills on the market, but DEWALT makes up for that with an ergonomic handle that makes it comfortable to hold for longer jobs. DEWALT’s drill has other useful features, including a ratcheting chuck that makes it easy to secure bits by hand and an LED light with a 20-second delay for added visibility. — Tony Carrick

Best cordless drill-driver set: CRAFTSMAN V20 Cordless Drill Combo Kit

CRAFTSMAN

SEE IT

If you want to fill out a DIYers entire power tool library in one fell swoop, you should start with CRAFTSMAN’s V20 Cordless Drill Combo Kit. This drill set comes with all the essentials, plus a carrying case and impact driver. The star of the show is its powerful 20-volt drill, which can rotate at speeds of up to 3,400 rotations per minute. An impact driver may look like a drill, but it wraps around a screw or lag bolt to rotate them and is best suited for heavy-duty tasks. This isn’t the type of tool DIYers are likely to have in their garage already, and while you may be unfamiliar with it, its applications will become apparent as projects arise. Both of CRAFTSMAN’s tools have an LED light, which will help in dark areas—think attics or nooks and crannies in a basement or garage. — Brandt Ranj

Best power drill: Craftsman CMCD710C2 Power Drill

Brandt Ranj

SEE IT

We could tell the quality of Craftsman’s CMCD710C2 from the moment we took it out of its packaging, and our expectations were exceeded the first time we used it for a project. It drove screws through plaster and a wooden beam during a TV wall-mounting project like a hot knife running through butter. 

This was the most powerful power drill we tested, but it was also the heaviest. Despite its increased power, it made roughly the same amount of noise as other drills we tested—if not a little less. There’s no technical downside to using this power drill beyond its weight, but you should also consider its price. The CMCD710C2 is expensive, though it does come with a battery and charger. If you want to gift the DIYer in your life the absolute best performance from a power drill and to be safe in knowing they’ll never need to upgrade again, this is the one to get. — Brandt Ranj

Best mechanics tool set: DEWALT Mechanics Tool Set

DEWALT

SEE IT

If you never want to buy a socket set ever again, then this is a good place to start. The sturdy carrying case includes three 72-tooth ratchets, more than 150 sockets, and a full run of hex keys. Made of steel and hand-stamped for easy identification, this set is designed to endure. It’s great for people who enjoy tinkering around with their vehicles. — Stan Horaczek and Jen McCaffery

Best power tool kit: BOSCH Power Tools Combo Kit

BOSCH

SEE IT

If someone in your life is just getting started with DIY projects, a basic tool combo set like this one from Bosch is a great place to get started. The 12-volt set features a compact yet powerful 3/8-inch drill/driver that operates at a range of speeds up to 1,300 rpm, a lightweight reciprocating saw, a bright worklight that lasts for three hours on a single charge, two batteries, and a charger. And they all fit back nicely into the included bag. — Jen McCaffery

Best multi-tool: Ryobi 18V Multi Tool

RYOBI

SEE IT

While it’s easy to get excited about a garage full of tools, sometimes it’s helpful to have some options that are capable of performing more than one function well. Ryobi’s 18-volt Multi-Tool is a great tool for DIYers working with various materials. Capable of up to 20,000 OPM (oscillations per minute), this tool comes with plunge cut and flush cut blades and can be used to cut metal, wood, plastic, and drywall. At 1.5 pounds, it’s relatively lightweight, and it vibrates less than comparable models. The Multi-Tool also comes with a sanding pad to help your DIYer put the finishing touches on their projects. — Jen McCaffery

Best screwdriver set: Klein Tools 80031 Screwdriver Set

KLEIN TOOLS

SEE IT

Tools don’t get much more basic than the humble screwdriver. This five-piece set from Klein Tools, which has been making tools since 1857, includes the most commonly used types: two Phillips head, two slotted, and one square-tipped screwdriver. The shanks are chrome-plated, and the tips are cut for precision. And the handles are cushioned for an easier grip. — Jen McCaffery

Best impact driver: Milwaukee M18 Fuel Hex Hydraulic Driver Kit

MILWAUKEE

SEE IT

Technology sets the Milwaukee M18 Fuel impact driver apart from the rest. Its hydraulic drive sustains torque better than other impact drivers, allowing it to drive faster and with more power. With so much torque, impact drivers always risk stripping out a screw head. The Milwaukee M18 solves this problem by featuring a self-tapping screw mode that helps to start the screw without stripping it out. With its four drive modes, the user can tailor the speed of this driver to suit any job. We also like the small profile of this driver. At less than 5 inches long, this driver is compact enough to fit into tight spaces, and it’s one of the quieter models on the market. Its hydraulic drive technology eliminates the metal-on-metal contact that makes other impact drivers scream like a jackhammer. — Tony Carrick

Best angle grinder: DEWALT 4-1/2” Angle Grinder

DEWALT

SEE IT

DEWALT’s 4-½-inch angle grinder is a tough, high-quality tool aimed at those who need consistent, trouble-free performance. The 11-amp motor is the most powerful in its class, with a speed of 11,000 rpm. With the correct wheel fitted, this angle grinder will cut concrete or steel with equal ease. Although fairly slender, the tool is 12 inches long and relatively heavy, so it isn’t as maneuverable as some. It’s more a professional tool than one for the average DIY user, but keen home auto restorers and anyone taking on major remodeling could well find it worth the investment.  — Bob Beacham

Best jigsaw: CRAFTSMAN V20 Cordless Jig Saw

CRAFTSMAN

SEE IT

A jigsaw allows users to cut curved lines, circles, and other shapes into a range of materials, including wood, metal, plastic, laminate, and more. This 20-volt model from Craftsman operates at speeds from zero to 2,500 spm (strokes per minute). It comes with three orbital settings that let the user control the aggressiveness of the cut and works with both T and U shank blades. Its beveled shoe also allows the user to cut at 45-degree angles. Plus, it features a contoured handle for a more comfortable grip. — Jen McCaffery

Best chainsaw: ​​Worx Nitro 40V Chainsaw

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Worx offers a number of very versatile tools in its Nitro series, and the chainsaw is no exception. The 16-inch bar is ideal for most typical users who don’t need to go chopping through Middle Earth-style forests. A pair of sturdy grips give both hands a comfortable place to rest and lots of control over the tool. During our testing, we chopped through tons of 3- to 4-inch sticks and some larger, full-grown trees.

With two powerful batteries installed, it quickly gets up to speed, and we barely had any issues with kicking or getting stuck. Installing and adjusting the chain is simple, and it self-lubricates as users run it, so it doesn’t require much in the way of maintenance. We spent several hours cutting away with this tool and ran into almost no issues, which is exactly what we’re looking for.  — Stan Horaczek

Best circular saw: DEWALT DCS573B Flexvolt Advantage 20V Circular Saw

DEWALT

SEE IT

The DEWALT circular saw offers numerous user-friendly features that suit both professionals and amateurs who are prepared to invest in quality. This powerful 20V cordless model runs at 5,500 rpm, providing faster cutting than many rivals. The brushless motor maximizes battery life. Thanks to the Flexvolt Advantage system, this saw can also use DEWALT’s high-capacity 60V batteries, which the manufacturer claims can result in a 77-percent power increase. An LED light makes it easier to see cut lines and improves accuracy in low-light conditions. An electric brake stops the blade quickly, so it’s safe to put the saw down after a cut. A rafter hook, favored by framers and other carpentry trades, is also included. — Bob Beacham

Best random orbital sander: beyond by BLACK+DECKER Random Orbit Sander

BLACK+DECKER

SEE IT

For those people who want to strip old furniture before repainting, sand lumber, or perhaps ease a sticking door, the Black+Decker could be the ideal tool. This random orbital sander may not be especially powerful, but it will get the job done. The fixed speed doesn’t give it great versatility, but it is fast enough for ripping through old paint or varnish and good for sanding store-bought softwoods. Weight is under 3 pounds, and rubberized areas make it easy to use at different angles. It comes with three sanding disks of different grits, which won’t last very long but will get the new user started, and acclimate them to how each type cuts if this is their first sander. — Bob Beacham

Best heat gun: DEWALT Heat Gun Kit

DEWALT

SEE IT

A heat gun is a versatile tool that can help with a range of DIY and pro tasks, from thawing frozen pipes and removing tiles to repairing electrical equipment. This compact model from DEWALT comes with an LCD display that allows users to adjust the temperature within 50-degree increments. It also features built-in overload protection, and hang ring for storage, a cord protector, and a kickstand for stability. The heat gun comes with a range of attachments to fine-tune work, including a cone nozzle and fishtail surface nozzle. At 2.3 pounds, this tool is lightweight, and the handle is ergonomically designed for more comfortable use. Note that the battery and charger have to be ordered separately. — Jen McCaffery

Best smart tape measure: LEXIVON 2 in 1 Digital Laser Tape Measure

LEXIVON

SEE IT

Smart DIYers subscribe to the maxim, “Measure twice, cut once.” Lexivon’s 2-in-1 Digital Laser Tape Measure allows them to do just that. This device combines a traditional 16-foot tape measure with a laser that measures out to 130 feet. It features an LCD screen that displays measurements and is accurate up to 1/16th of an inch. Powered by two AA batteries, this tool also allows users to make stud center markings and comes with a rubberized case and belt clip. — Jen McCaffery

Best laser level: DEWALT Line Laser

DEWALT

SEE IT

DEWALT is known for constructing well-designed, durable tools; this laser level is no exception. Like many other options, it offers both horizontal and vertical leveling. What sets this model apart is the durable construction that ensures you won’t be buying another one should it happen to take a tumble or spend time out in the rain. That’s because DEWALT protects this level with an over-molded housing that can endure drops from heights of up to a meter. It also has an IP54 rating, which means it will withstand being splashed with water. 

In addition to being ruggedly built, this laser level is also easy to use, thanks to its self-leveling capability and a versatile mounting system that’s compatible with a tripod. Its 100-foot range is ample distance for most indoor and outdoor applications. — Bob Beacham

Best work table: WORX WX051 Pegasus Folding Work Table & Sawhorse

WORX

SEE IT

With all these tools, a DIYer also needs a reliable workspace. This folding work table from WORX that converts into a sawhorse fits the bill. Made of durable ABS plastic with steel reinforcements, it supports up to 300 pounds as a work table and up to 1,000 pounds at a workhorse. Yet at just 25 pounds, this work table is relatively lightweight and easy to store. It features two integrated clamps and a lower shelf that’s great for storing power tools. If your DIYer needs more workspace, these tables can also attach together to expand the work surface. — Jen McCaffery

Best work light: Craftsman LED Portable Work Light Bundle

CRAFTSMAN

SEE IT

DIYers also need dependable lights that can illuminate dark corners when fixing things around the house or under the hood. This Craftsman work light features an LED light that provides up to 2,000 lumens of light. At just three pounds, this cheery red light is easily transportable, and it has a 5-foot power cord. The head rotates 360 degrees, so DIYers can point it in whatever direction they need light. It’s also rated IP65, so it’s safe to use in wet locations. And when the project is completed, this lamp is also great for camping, fishing, and hiking.

Best work gloves: Ironclad General Utility Work Gloves

IRONCLAD

SEE IT

Reliable safety protection is essential for DIY projects. These classic work gloves from Ironclad are made of synthetic lever and feature thermoplastic protection on the fingers to protect the knuckles from impact and abrasion. The gloves have a hook-and-loop closure for a secure fit and even include a terrycloth sweat wipe at the back of the thumb. When the job is completed, these gloves are also machine-washable. 

Best toolbox: DEWALT Tough System

DEWALT

SEE IT

The DEWALT Tool Box is a medium-sized hand-carry case that’s a great choice for home use or on a busy job site. This toolbox comes with a deep storage compartment that is large enough to fit a drill, saw, or a cordless tool battery and a charger. Sitting on top of this compartment is a removable tray where users can store hand tools, like screwdrivers, wrenches, or a hammer. 

This box is made with durable structural foam that protects against impact damage, cuts, slices, dust, and water. Made with metal locking brackets and awarded an IP65 water- and dust-resistance rating, this is an excellent option for DIYers and pros alike. — Tim Dale

Best stackable toolboxes: beyond by BLACK+DECKER Stackable Storage System

BLACK+DECKER

SEE IT

Tools can get heavy and disorganized, especially when a DIYer needs everything from a cordless drill, hammer, tape measure, and nails to complete a job. BLACK+DECKER provides an ingenious solution with its stackable storage system. The three-piece set features a rolling tote with rubber wheels designed for power tools, a deep toolbox for hand tools, and a small organizer toolbox divided into compartments. The stackable set is designed with lockable latches, and DIYers can roll the whole set together to a job or easily remove one of the toolboxes. This unit can also double as storage, so DIYers can also set the boxes against the wall in the garage and use them there. — Jen McCaffery

Best cordless vac: DEWALT 20V MAX Hand Vacuum

DEWALT

SEE IT

When it comes time to clean up, an easy-to-use vac is indispensable. This hand vacuum from DEWALT is designed with 20 volts of power, making it capable of removing debris and removing water. This versatile wet-dry vac comes with a half-gallon tank, a utility nozzle for targeting messes, and an extendable rubber hose. Powered by a DEWALT battery pack, this cordless vacuum is easy to transport and lightweight at 4.5 pounds. It also features a washable HEPA filter that traps more than 99 percent of dust.

Best shop vac: Bissell MultiClean Wet Dry Vac

BISSELL

SEE IT

There’s the fun of working on a DIY project … and then there’s the cleanup. If they’d appreciate a wet-dry shop vacuum that handles anything, the Bissell MultiClean vac covers all the bases. This versatile cleaning tool comes with a variety of features and functions, including a blowing function for clearing leaves or blowing up inflatables, a wet suction tool, and a toolkit of different brushes for vacuuming various surfaces and crevices. The tank is on wheels for easy movement while vacuuming, and its balanced body keeps it from tipping over when it’s pulled. This machine is sleek and easy to use for both small at-home messes and bigger shop cleanups. — Amanda Reed

Best leaf blower: DEWALT Cordless XR Leaf Blower

DEWALT

SEE IT

DEWALT’s cordless leaf blower offers an excellent combination of both power—courtesy of its 20V motor—and cost. This battery-powered model can push out air at up to 125 miles per hour, covering an area of 450 cubic feet per minute. A flat concentrator nozzle helps blow away heavier debris. At 5.4 pounds, this leaf blower is lightweight, and it’s designed with an ergonomic handle and also quieter than most at about 68 decibels. It is worth noting, however, that the battery generally only lasts from 15 to 20 minutes per charge — David King and Jen McCaffery

Best log splitter: Fiskars IsoCore 36-Inch Maul

FISKARS

SEE IT

This manual log splitter is built to last with a forged, heat-treated steel head with a rust-resistant coating. Plus, the sculpted, soft-grip handle fits the contour of your hand and promises to transfer two times less shock and vibration than wood handles. The wedge-shaped maul head is specifically designed for, and highly efficient at, splitting—significantly better than the thin, relatively lightweight head of an axe. At only 7.43 pounds and requiring almost no storage space, this tool punches well above its weight. — Mark Wolfe

Best pressure washer: GreenWorks Pressure Washer

GREENWORKS

SEE IT

Does your resident DIYer start to turn green when they notice the outside of the house needs a good wash? They’ll appreciate the range of the Greenworks Electric Pressure Washer. The pressure hose can extend up to 20 feet, and the 35-foot power cord is safe to use with exterior outlets. It also comes with two nozzle tips, a soap applicator, and an attachable detergent bottle for added convenience at clean-up time. This GreenWorks pressure washer blasts at an impressive 1,600 PSI to dislodge dirt and get your house looking primo once again. This pressure washer is also great for cleaning your car, fence, patio, and more. — Jeremy Helligar and Jen McCaffery

The post The best gifts for DIYers appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best outdoor motion sensor lights in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-outdoor-motion-sensor-lights/ Mon, 13 Nov 2023 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=586281
Four of the best outdoor motion sensor lights are sliced together against a white background.
Abby Ferguson

Security is worth every penny you pay for it. So is convenience.

The post The best outdoor motion sensor lights in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four of the best outdoor motion sensor lights are sliced together against a white background.
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall white LEONLITE LED Motion Sensor Flood Light on a white background LEONLITE LED Motion Sensor Flood Light
SEE IT

Easy to install with good waterproofing at a really strong price point, you can get all you need from the LEONLITE LED Motion Sensor Flood Light.

Best value HMCITY Solar Lights Outdoor LED on a white background HMCITY Solar Lights Outdoor LED
SEE IT

A solar-powered model at a super reasonable price, these lights don’t offer must customization in terms of where they points but do offer great detection within 26 feet.

Best smart Philips Hue Outdoor Motion Sensor and box on a white background Philips Hue Outdoor Motion Sensor
SEE IT

This smart device-compatible motion sensor can interface with Alexa, Google, or Apple HomeKit, giving you tons of customizability and control to existing light fixtures.

Nothing lights your way better than a motion sensor light. Plus, these lights are huge deterrents for home dangers. Coming home to a dark driveway or path to the front door can be sad and somewhat dangerous, with it easy to miss a step and take a tumble. Plus, not only will prowlers or burglars be put off by motion sensor lights, but local wildlife will be less likely to stick around if their movements are met with a bright flash of light. If the area around your domicile can get easily dark, you will want an outdoor motion sensor light. There are tons of them on the market, so which one should you choose? Don’t worry; like the gentle glow of your new light, we’re here to guide you on the best outdoor motion sensor lights.

How we chose the best outdoor motion sensor lights

We’ve looked at a wide variety of reviews from real-world users, as well as in-the-field experts. We consulted colleagues and friends who have used these brands around their own homes. We then took the general consensus and distilled it down into categories to give you a better sense of what might be a good choice for your personal use. The difference in quality between any of our choices is quite small. So, if there are particular features you’re looking for, it may be the best choice not to go for our “best overall” model. Instead, look for something more specific to your needs, like a smart sensor or one with a camera. All of them equally can be considered the best outdoor motion sensor lights.

The best outdoor motion sensor lights: Reviews & Recommendations

There are a wide variety of motion sensor lights on the market, making it hard to sort through. Which brands are reliable? What ones produce a strong and consistent glow? Which have cool smart features or cameras that increase security even further? We’ve researched from the lawn to the landings so we can let you know and lead you to the best outdoor motion sensor lights.

Best overall: LEONLITE LED Motion Sensor Flood Light

LEONLITE

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 8.07 inches long x 7.48 inches wide by 5.9 inches high
  • Range: 70 feet
  • Detection angle: 180 degrees
  • Watts: 20

Pros

  • Strong range
  • Reasonable price
  • IP65 waterproofing
  • 50,000-hour lifespan
  • Easy installation

Cons

  • Lights can block sensor if not properly adjusted
  • Look doesn’t really blend with most homes
  • Gasket seals are lowest-quality part

Offering a lot of features and easy installation at a low price, the LEONLITE LED Motion Sensor Flood Light is appropriate for a lot of situations, even if its styling leaves something to be desired. One of the nicest features is the ability to adjust the motion sensor’s range out to about 70 feet. However, if your area of worry is closer, you can slide a dial to shorten that range. That way, your neighbor’s dog cavorting in the backyard won’t set it off. There are additional modes, including just turning the light on all the time, and having it automatically come on at night and turn off during the day.

Being an LED light, the low-wattage bulbs produce just as much light without using as much energy as traditional bulbs. If you’re purchasing your motion sensor light with the intention of lowering your power consumption, the LEONLITE LED is a good choice. Even if you live in an area with a lot of rain or other inclement weather, the light’s IP65 waterproofing and solid aluminum construction can hold up to a lot of punishment from the elements. The fixture has a lifespan of 50,000 hours, meaning you’ll be using it for years to come.

The main drawback of the LEONLITE LED is its rather industrial styling. It’s not a particularly fashionable light. It comes in black and white, but as of writing, the black model is more expensive than the white one. The included gaskets, which seal the bulbs in their casings, are a bit weak, so don’t screw too tight when installing. You can find replacement parts made of sturdier metal at any hardware store if needed. Speaking of installing, the LEONLITE LED installs very easily. Just make sure you adjust the lamps so that they don’t cover any of the spots you want to be monitored with the motion sensor.

For its reasonable price and many features, the LEONLITE LED Motion Sensor Flood Light is our best overall outdoor motion sensor light.

Best smart: Philips Hue Outdoor Motion Sensor

Philips Hue

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 2.5 inches long by 3 inches wide by 3 inches high
  • Range: 39 feet
  • Detection angle: 160 degree horizontal / 80 degree vertical
  • Watts: n/a

Pros

  • Can integrate existing fixtures if you use specialized bulbs
  • Small and unobtrusive
  • Smart features allow you to control lights from your phone or smart device
  • Can change the color of the Philips Hue bulbs
  • Lots of other smart light devices that can work alongside it

Cons

  • Expensive to fully kit out
  • Specialized bulb are expensive to replace
  • Smaller range than dedicated motion detection lights

If you’re into connecting your home’s electronic devices to a smart hub like Amazon’s Alexa, Google’s Google Assistant, or Apple’s HomeKit, Philips—a longtime trusted name in home electronics (and smart light bulbs)—has an excellent line of bulbs, fixtures and, most importantly, a motion sensor.

This Philips Hue motion sensor doesn’t include any built-in lighting. But you can purchase compatible lighting devices or special Philips Hue bulbs to connect your existing fixtures to your motion sensor and your smart-home network. However, this all requires the additional purchase of a Hue Bridge. So make sure you buy everything you need if you’re going to go smart, or you might end up with a useless device.

Once you connect and set up your network of smart bulbs and motion detector(s), you’re going to have more options than you ever expected. You can change the color of your bulbs, creating ambient light or different lighting for different functions. That includes softer light when you arrive home at night and stronger light when you’re asleep to deter animals and criminals. You can use a phone app to adjust your settings, or turn your lights on or off at any time.

The motion detector device is easy to install and doesn’t have to be anywhere near the light fixture that it’s connected to. It offers tons of flexibility in terms of the area of coverage. It’s also small enough and innocuous enough that it doesn’t drastically change the look of your home area. It may even be hard to spot unless you’re quite close to it. This can be good or bad. Your home won’t have an eyesore on it, but criminals may not sit it and decide that it’s not worth trying to case your place (though the lights turning on as they get close hopefully will do the trick).

Choosing the Philips Hue means you’re going to have more options than ever before, but it also requires wading into an expensive and extensive world of smart devices. If you’re already a smart home devotee, it makes sense to have your motion sensor work with it, but if you’re not, think long and hard before committing. However, once you decide to go smart, the Philips Hue Outdoor Sensor is the best smart outdoor motion sensor (once you add a) light.

Best LED: LEPOWER LED Security Light

LEPOWER

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 14.05 inches long x 5.38 inches wide x 8.24 inches high
  • Range: 72 feet
  • Detection Angle: 180 degrees 
  • Watts: 38

Pros

  • Each of the three lights is independently adjustable
  • IP65 Waterproof
  • Light time adjustable from 10 seconds to 10 minutes
  • Relatively easy to install
  • Very bright

Cons

  • No overnight feature
  • No solar power
  • Larger power consumption than our best overall

If you’re looking for brightness, our best LED outdoor motion sensor light is the LEPOWER LED Security Light. This large, three-part motion sensor light has a range of up to 72 feet, though it works better within 24 at a height of 7.5 to 10 feet.  Like our best overall model, it’s IP65 Waterproof and aluminum, but the lights are built-in with a different style of bulb that is not replaceable. It uses almost twice the power of our best overall, but you get that power in the light. This thing is BRIGHT, maybe too bright if you’re close to your neighbors. That strength makes this perfect for larger-lot homes and garages.

You’re not going to get an overnight feature, meaning you can’t use it dusk-to-dawn, but you can set the duration of the motion sensor light from 10 seconds all the way to 10 minutes, or simply turn it on. Each of the three lights is independently adjustable, as is the motion sensor unit. You can either bend all three of the light areas to focus on one spot, or widen them out to cover the most area possible. This unit is relatively easy to install, no more so than expected with an outdoor light fixture.

While it doesn’t have all the features of some of our higher-rated units, the LEPOWER LED Security Light lives up to the POWER in its name, making it the best LES outdoor motion sensor light.

Best solar-powered: Sunforce Triple Head Solar Motion Light

Sunforce

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 12.9 inches long x 6.7 inches wide x 9 inches high
  • Range: 30 feet
  • Detection Angle: 180 degrees
  • Watts: 1.8 

Pros

  • No wiring or power needed
  • Solar powered
  • Small and compact
  • Three adjustable light panels
  • Includes rechargeable batteries

Cons

  • Low light output and short maximum duration
  • Short range
  • Needs direct sunlight to fully charge

If you want an outdoor motion sensor light that doesn’t require you to wire it into your home’s electrical system, you want a solar-powered light. The best we found is the Sunforce Triple Head Solar Motion Light. It’s a relatively small three-panel flood light with an attached solar-powered panel that can be mounted separately, up to 15 feet away, in order to gather the maximum amount of light during the day.

These are all excellent and convenient features, but this light does come with some drawbacks. It’s simply not as powerful as other models due to it running not on electricity but on batteries that are recharged with the solar panel. (The batteries are included, which is nice.) The range is much lower than other models, less than half, and the maximum time the light will stay on is lower too. Therefore, this model is better for tighter lots or convenience rather than crime deterrence. However, the price is reasonable, so you can also simply set up more than one of the Sunforce Triple Head Solar Motion Light.

While there are some drawbacks, there are also a lot of benefits to the Sunforce Triple Head Solar Motion Light, making it the best solar-powered outdoor motion sensor light on the market.

Best with camera: Ring Floodlight Cam Wired Pro

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 12.82 inches long x 7.77 inches wide x 8.5 inches high
  • Range: 30 feet
  • Detection Angle: 270 lights, 140 degrees camera
  • Watts: Not listed

Pros

  • Tons of features
  • Camera can follow motion
  • Wide motion sensor range for lights
  • Connectivity to Alexa
  • HD images

Cons

  • No compatibility with Google Assistant or Apple HomeKit
  • Relatively short range
  • expensive

If you want to step your security up, you’ll want to pair a camera with your lights, so when they’re triggered, you can know what happened to cause it. If you use Alexa in your smart home, the best option is Amazon-owned company Ring’s Floodlight Cam Wired Pro, a good light paired with an incredible security camera. 

As a light, the Ring Floodlight Cam Wired Pro isn’t quite as powerful as a dedicated outdoor motion sensor light. The lights only have a range of about 30 feet, though the camera can see and follow motion beyond that in daylight. However, the motion sensor itself has a great radius, more than 180 degrees, which is better than many other models.

The camera is excellent. It outputs 1080p HD video, which is really clear. The camera can identify if motion is human, animal, or mechanical and be set to only record in the event of the kind of motion you’re interested in. Integrating with Alexa, you can have the camera trigger other smart devices, like locks or alarms. Night videos are clearer in black and white than in color. All the footage is available on the Ring app.

However, you must subscribe to the Ring’s service to use all these features. Multiple plans determine how much footage you can store for later viewing, starting at $3 a month. There’s also a built-in alarm, which means if your camera catches a prowler or robber about to attempt to enter your home, you can hopefully scare them away.

While it costs a pretty penny both initially and over time, the Ring Floodlight Cam Wired Pro offers an incredible amount of features that can really add to your peace of mind, or simply help you monitor what’s happening around you. That makes it the best outdoor motion sensor light with a camera. You can learn even more in our full review.

Best value: HMCITY Solar Lights Outdoor LED

HMCITY

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 3.23 inches long x 6.06 inches wide x 4.02 inches high
  • Range: 26 feet
  • Detection Angle: 120 degrees
  • Watts: 4.5

Pros

  • IP65 Waterproof
  • Solar Powered
  • Two-pack
  • Excellent price

Cons

  • Short range
  • Limited detection angle

Our best value proposition for outdoor motion sensor lights is a double deal: you get two for one price. The HMCITY Solar Lights Outdoor LED are two wide-angled light panels that are self-contained and solar-powered. You can install them anywhere because you do not need wires (we’re big fans of on a deck, maybe one with some nice furniture). The housing contains the solar cells, though, so make sure wherever you place them gets adequate sunlight during the day. There’s even a dusk-to-dawn mode that turns the lights on all night.

The HMCITY Solar Lights are better as ambient and night-use home lights than they are as security lights, but they can do the job. You can either set the lights to be off until they sense motion or to have low light until they sense motion and then get brighter. The lights themselves have a wide angle that they cast: 270 degrees. Even though the light itself isn’t powerful, it fills an area well.

Some of the drawbacks of the HMCITY Solar Lights are standard to solar-powered lights. They simply don’t produce as much light as wired lights can, and they tend to have sensors that can’t detect quite as far out. The HMCITY Solar Lights have a maximum range of 26 feet for detection, so it’s better on a smaller lot. They do have standard IP65 waterproofing, though the casing itself can collect a bit of moisture on the top, so it may be better to install it under an eave if possible.

The price is excellent, with two lights retailing for around $30 without a sale or coupon. For that price, the HMCITY Solar Lights Outdoor LED gives you a convenient and useful package to add ambient light to your backyard, convenient light to approach to your door, or deter criminals and wildlife from getting near your property. That’s what makes it the best-value outdoor motion sensor light.

Best budget: Beams Wireless Battery Operated Powered Motion Sensing Spotlight

Beams

SEE IT

Specs

  • Dimensions: 6.5 inches long x 3.5 inches wide x 4.42 inches high
  • Range: 30 feet
  • Detection Angle: 120 degrees
  • Watts: Not listed

Pros

  • Excellent price
  • No wired connection needed
  • Small and easy to install

Cons

  • Batteries need replacing every year
  • Low light output
  • Narrow angle of motion sensing

If you don’t need a lot of light and don’t want to worry about wires, Beams offers a battery-powered motion-sensing spotlight that does a good job for a small price. At only $20, the Beams Wireless Battery Operated Powered Motion Sensing Spotlight can be installed anywhere, no need to worry about patching into your house’s electrical system. Instead, the Beams Spotlight runs on 3 D-cell batteries (not included). You’ll get about a year of use out of each set.

The light’s motion sensor is a bit limited, which is typical of battery-powered motion sensor lights, offering only 120 degrees. The range is surprisingly strong, besting our best value model by 4 feet. The spotlight is quite small, meaning it’s excellent for side doors, pet areas, or as a supplemental light when the main light is turned off.

The weatherproofing is about the same as other models, hitting IPX6, though it doesn’t have a rating for contact or dustproofing. The aesthetic is actually a bit nicer than more powerful models, with it blending in better than the large multi-panel floodlights.

While there are not a lot of options with the Beams Wireless Battery Operated Powered Motion Sensing Spotlight, and some of its benefits (small size, install anywhere) come with drawbacks (weaker light, need for batteries), the $20 price and overall good performance makes it the best budget outdoor motion sensor light.

What to consider when choosing outdoor motion sensor lights

The first thing you should consider is the range and angle that you’ll need for your property—and your property only! It’ll be highly annoying for your neighbors if they can easily trip your motion sensor lights from their yard or, even worse, from their home! So, if you live on tighter lots, a shorter range might actually be better, while if you live on a large piece of property, you’ll want something that extends a long way out.

You’ll also need to consider the angle of detection for the motion detector. If you’re putting your lights flush against a wall of your home and want detection on all sides, you’re going to want 180 degrees, while if you’re affixing it in a corner, you may not need to worry so much about having such a wide angle.

You’ll want to consider the power source. Some of these lights are solar powered and store up their batteries during the day so that they may be used at night, but that also requires they be placed on the side of your house that gets a lot of sunshine to be most effective.

Lastly, consider any additional accessories or features you want alongside your lights. Do you want a camera? Do you want smart home features that let you control the lights from your phone or with your voice from a connected device? Not every light is going to feature those.

FAQs

Q: What is the best motion sensor light for outside?

Every light from our list is in some way the “best,” but our overall favorite light was the LEONLITE LED Motion Sensor Flood Light.

Q: What is the disadvantage of outdoor motion sensor lights?

The biggest disadvantage is these lights are made to throw a lot of light quickly, which can be annoying to neighbors if they get tripped late at night (either by a late-arriving member of your household, a pet or other animal, or anyone else). You can inadvertently create conflict when installing one of these, so consult with your neighbor on the side where you plan to place it, and if possible, adjust the way the light is pointed so as to put the least possible light pollution into your neighbor’s property. Also, keep in mind that motion sensor lights are not going to be warm and inviting like a porch light. They click on and off in a pretty aggressive way, even when you are the person who triggers them. They can actually be quite stressful to encounter, even when you’re expecting them.

Q: What is the lifespan of a motion sensor light?

A good motion sensor with built-in lights should last 10-15 years. If you use a separate smart sensor to make your existing fixtures motion sensor lights, you’ll simply have to replace the bulbs when they burn out.

Q: How many lumens should a motion sensor light be?

Individual motion sensor lights should be between 300 and 700 lumens for soft, porch-like light. Floodlights should be 1000 or more.

Q: Are motion sensor lights a good idea?

In terms of being used as a practical light, motion sensor lights have the ability to save you money and conserve energy compared to an always-on porch light. They are also known deterrents for criminals and wildlife, and when paired with a camera, can get you a sense of what happened in the event of an accident or incident at night. In this regard, they’re a smart purchase.

Q: How does a motion sensor light work?

Motion sensors use passive infrared sensors, which monitor any infrared energy changes, turning on an associated electrical switch when they are engaged. The electrical switch is attached to the light, which then illuminates. Infrared sensors can be tripped by any individual, animal, or object that has a heat signature at a certain level but can be interfered with if you have a heat vent or other heat source near the sensor. 

Final thoughts on the best outdoor motion sensor lights

You should probably get an outdoor motion sensor light if you’re considering them. You’ll feel more secure, they’ll give convenient, energy-saving light, and you might even have a lower power bill. Which of our recommended units you buy will depend entirely on your needs, but all can confidently be called the best outdoor motion sensor lights.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best outdoor motion sensor lights in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best air purifiers for mold in 2024 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-air-purifiers-for-mold/ Mon, 13 Nov 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=587941
Home photo
Amanda Reed

Breathe easy knowing that any one of these air purifiers will tackle mold and other flying microscopic nasties.

The post The best air purifiers for mold in 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Home photo
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A black PuroAir HEPA 14 air purifier on a plain background PuroAir HEPA 14 Air Purifier
SEE IT

A H14 hospital-grade filter helps filter 99.99% of microscopic nasties.

Best splurge A Dyson Purifier Big and Quiet on a plain background Dyson Purifier Big+Quiet
SEE IT

This big boi leaves little debris in the air and can recreate the feeling of a natural breeze indoors.

Best budget A Levoit Core 300 Air Purifier on a blue and white background Levoit Core 300
SEE IT

A sub-$100 choice that punches above its price.

If you’re trying to prevent mold from messing with your lungs, there are air purifiers that are made just for that. Mold has been around for millions of years, and it’s not a stretch to say it’s already in your home or the buildings you enter. You find mold in places that encounter a lot of contact with water, like roofs, windows, and pipes. Mold can also be found on paper products, cardboard, ceiling tiles, wood products, dust, paints, wallpaper, insulation, drywall, carpet, fabric, and upholstery. Although that’s an overwhelming number of possible things that can become moldy, you can take quick action. It’s easy to remove on non-porous surfaces and food—a simple wipe down or journey to the trash can fix that. However, it’s hard to remove in the air, which is not the best news since mold can cause respiratory issues or a skin rash. However, the best air purifiers for mold let you breathe easy, no longer worrying about the air in your home.

How we chose the best air purifiers for mold

We’ve written about air purifiers before, so we took what we knew about them and went a bit further with testing. We weren’t looking at its ability to prevent mold, since that’s what dehumidifiers are for. We looked for features like HEPA filtration and the percentage of micro-sized particles it can trap. In order to find the best air purifiers for mold, we also looked at critical reviews and user recommendations and conducted first-hand research.

The best air purifiers for mold: Reviews & Recommendations

When it comes to AQI (the Air Quality Index), it’s like the game of Limbo: How low can you go? Keeping particulates out of our body is the goal of these selections, as mold is only good in blue cheese, penicillin, and tempeh—and that’s only if you’re not allergic or intolerant to any of them. Leave the fuzziness to those old raspberries in your fridge, not your lungs (OK, clear out the raspberries, too).

Best overall: PuroAir HEPA 14 Air Purifier

PuroAir

SEE IT

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 1,115 square feet
  • Dimensions: 8.5 x 8.5 x 14.25 inches
  • App connectivity: No
  • Weight: 8 lbs.

Pros

  • Detects air quality in home
  • Powerful H14 HEPA filter
  • Science-backed

Cons

  • Replacement filters are expensive

The PuroAir HEPA 14 Air Purifier covers a massive 1,115 square feet and includes a powerful HEPA 14 air filter, which is ten times more powerful than HEPA 13. What you get is a hospital-grade air purifier under $200 that removes 99.99% of fine particles down to .1 microns in size. Mold? Sorry, you won’t find any here. It’s third-party lab tested and certified, meaning you’re getting a scientifically-developed air purifier from scientists and virologists at Harvard, MIT, Johns Hopkins, and Oxford universities that are backed up by other scientists.

A smart particle sensor monitors air quality and increases power if polluted air is detected. A flat, touch-controlled panel includes settings for timer, fan speed, a sleep mode that turns off all lights on the unit, filter replacement indicator, and child lock. It’s incredibly quiet even when running at its highest speed, and they’re incredibly intuitive to use. The replacement filters are a little expensive, but we think it’s a price worth paying.

Best smart: MILA Air Purifier with Overreactor filter

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 560 square feet
  • Dimensions: 12 x 12 x 15 inches
  • App connectivity: Yes
  • Weight: 12 lbs.

Pros

  • Easy to set up
  • Clean look
  • Lots of customization

Cons

  • Expensive

If you’re looking for an air purifier that is a bit more customizable, consider the Mila. Instead of offering one filter that does everything OK, the Mila gives you seven filters, each aimed at solving a particular need. We’re a fan of the Overreactor, which eliminates food odors, formaldehyde from furniture and flooring, and almost 98 percent of nine types of volatile organic compounds (VOCs). Plus, the integrated hospital-grade HEPA 14 filter with modified granular carbon gives new meaning to “fresh air.”

The unit also has eight environmental sensors, including CO2 and humidity sensors, which are important for mold prevention. It’s literally as quiet as a library, thanks to its 24-decibel output. It’s also super sensitive: the air purifier kicked into high gear when I sprayed an aerosol air freshener in the room.

Mila’s app is where this connected smart-home device shines, however. Available for Android and iOS, the app gives you more preset modes like Bubble Boy (which keeps the AQI as low as possible, no matter the setting), sleep, white noise, energy save, Turndown Service, and child lock. The air purifier is also incredibly stylish. Its cube shape gives “technologically advanced fancy marshmallow” compared to “bleak, unaesthetic cylinder” like many others on the market. The Mila is expensive, but you get lots of perks and flexibility.

Best for large rooms: Shark HP302 NeverChange Air Purifier MAX

Shark

SEE IT

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 1,400 square feet
  • Dimensions: 13.2 x 13.2 x 22.5 inches
  • App connectivity: No
  • Weight: 12.27 lbs.

Pros

  • Checks air quality
  • Four levels of filtration
  • Built-in odor neutralizer

Cons

  • Large compared to other air purifiers

If you want to keep mold out of the air but want something that can cover a wide area, or you want to purify multiple rooms at once, the Shark HP302 NeverChange Air Purifier MAX has the largest square footage of coverage out of all the air purifiers we tested. A five-year HEPA filter means you don’t have to worry about reordering one shortly after purchasing. The filter itself can trap 99.98% of particles of all sizes, and debris defense protection prevents build-up fox maximum performance. We especially love its included odor neutralizer that releases a fresh scent in your home. It’s something we’ve seen implemented in the company’s Stratos Cordless Vacuum; we loved how it performed with the vacuum, and we’re happy it’s in this air purifier.

Clean Sense IQ constantly adjusts power based on air quality throughout your home, which you can see when tapping the Air Info symbol on the touch panel. Speaking of, if you’re not in the mood for auto mode, the touch panel includes settings for timer, brightness control, and fan speed. It’s taller compared to other air purifiers, but it’s a small price to pay for never having to change the filter.

Best splurge: Dyson Purifier Big+Quiet Extra Large

Dyson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Recommended room size: Over 1,000 square feet
  • Dimensions: 30.47 x 23.37 x 17.32 inches
  • App connectivity: Yes
  • Weight: 26.2 lbs.

Pros

  • Remote control included
  • Pre-programmed turn-off
  • Quiet at full power
  • Wheels to easily move around

Cons

  • Expensive

This extra-large air purifier from Dyson resembles a dish antenna, but don’t let its unconventional shape fool you. This large format device means business. It projects air over 32 feet, easily purifies large spaces, and has adjustable airflow. If you’d like to conjure a spring wind in the comfort of your own home, consider this a breath of fresh air thanks to Breeze Mode, which brings the outdoor breeze feeling inside. The H13 filter can last up to 5 years, and a hygienic replacement mechanism lets you replace it in one click, relatively germ-free. The purifier itself is acoustically engineered to operate quietly, even when it’s working to the max.

It comes with a remote—hello, convenience—and can also be controlled using the MyDyson app (available for Android and iOS). Do Not Disturb mode purifies the air while using the quietest settings and dims the display so you can get the darkest environment for the best sleep. It’s pricey, but being able to emulate fresh air in your own home is priceless. Scooting around your silly-shaped air purifier on its included hidden wheels? That is some Smart House tech I can get behind.

Best budget: Levoit Core 300

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 219 square feet
  • Dimensions: 8.7 x 8.7 x 16.25 inches
  • App connectivity: No
  • Weight: 7.48 lbs.

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Inconspicuous
  • Incredibly quiet

Cons

  • Have to pay more for WiFi-enabled model

This sub-$100 air purifier packs a punch well beyond its price. It’s incredibly quiet, easy to use, and lightweight for moving around the house. Its touch panel comes with three airflow presets (I, II, III), a quiet mode, a timer, a child lock, and a “lights off” button that turns off the panel lights without shutting down the air purifier. Each filter lasts for six months, and they come in a two-pack so you only need to order them once a year. I’ve purchased this air purifier twice and would buy it again for every room in my apartment. I’ve used the general filter that comes with it and have had no problems, but the toxin absorber filter (sold separately) is a perfect match for mold catching. If you’re looking to pay extra for a WiFi-enabled model, it’s your lucky day.

What to consider when buying the best air purifiers for mold

Mold exposure can lead to a stuffy nose, sore throat, coughing or wheezing, burning eyes, or rash. People with asthma or who are allergic to mold may have severe reactions like shortness of breath or chest tightness. Immunocompromised people and people with chronic lung disease may get lung infections from mold. With all this considered, it’s important to find an air purifier that works. Here’s what features you should consider before hitting “add to cart”:

Size of space

Most air purifiers are designed to clean the air in a single room. Because of this, many models include a Clean Air Delivery Rate (CADR) to show how fast it can purify the air in the room. The higher the CADR, the larger area an air purifier is able to clean. Generally, you should look for an air purifier with a CADR of 2/3 the square footage of a space. If you’re looking to put an air purifier in a 100-square-foot room, you’ll need a minimum CADR of 65, per Energy Star.

HEPA

HEPA stands for “high-efficiency particulate air” and has been used since World War II. That’s pretty neat. If you’re looking for a filter specifically for mold, look for H13 or H14 HEPA filters. They’re the highest tier of filtration and are considered medical or hospital grade.

Additionally, if you don’t want to think about filter speed or changing settings as air quality changes, consider an air purifier with sensors that increase the amount of air filtered for you. A higher fan speed for a longer time increases the amount of clean air in your home.

Mold prevention

The best air purifiers for mold only filter out spores already in the air. The CDC recommends keeping humidity levels no higher than 50% in your home to prevent mold. An air conditioner or dehumidifier can help, and you can buy a humidity meter to monitor levels in your home. Fix any roof, wall, or plumbing leaks, and add mold inhibitors to paint or use a mold-inhibiting primer before painting. You should also dry out your home 24-28 hours after a flood and remove or replace carpets and upholstery that have been soaked and cannot be dried right away.

Bathrooms and basements often harbor the most mold since they get moist easily when not built properly. Surface mold growth, like on the tile or in the caulk, is easy to clean. Use a mold-killing cleaner or remove the caulk and replace it with the highest quality caulking you can find. However, removing mold growing behind the shower is a job for a contractor, unless you are the handyperson in your home.

Should you test your home for mold? The CDC says no since the health effects of mold are different in everyone. Good mold sampling is often expensive, and there are no set standards for acceptable kinds and qualities of mold in homes. Color also isn’t an indication of mold danger. Save your money to remove any mold in your home and keep it at bay.

So, should you be constantly vigilant of mold? According to the CDC, probably not. There is a little mold everywhere. Molds that may be toxigenic—a.k.a., they produce toxins, specifically mycotoxins—are as hazardous as the common molds in your home. There are few reports that toxigenic molds in homes can cause pulmonary hemorrhage or memory loss. A link between the two has not been proven, and these reports are rare.

If you have asthma, are allergic to mold, are immune-compromised, or have chronic lung disease, talk to your doctor about what you can do to protect yourself against mold.

Smart capabilities

Some air purifiers can be controlled via an app that gives you deeper insights into the air in your home. Some have internal sensors that detect the air quality in your home and adjust the filter speed accordingly. However, these features can hike up the price.

If you get annoyed with air purifiers beeping when the air quality is poor, look for something that lets you turn the signal off, or consider a model that is beep-free. You already can’t stand when you set the fire alarm off while you’re cooking. You don’t need any more unnecessary beeping in your life.

FAQs

Q: Where is the best place to position an air purifier?

If your air purifier is in a corner or behind a piece of furniture, you should move it. You should stick your air purifier near a particular pollutant that’s bothering you. It should also be 3-5 feet off the ground if it’s not tower-styled. Brownie points for putting it by places with good airflow, like doorways and windows. Moving your air purifier from place to place also helps with efficacy.

Q: Will an air purifier affect my plants?

Purified air is just as good for plants as it is for humans. They’ll be fine unless your model expels ozone. Your plants should be safe and sound in the presence of an air purifier otherwise.

Q: Should I sleep with the air purifier on?

There’s no reason not to sleep with the air purifier on. Many models come with an overnight mode to help you sleep—unless the white noise of an air purifier is up your alley. Regardless, creating an overall healthy home environment is something you won’t lose rest over.

Final thoughts on the best air purifiers for mold

You can stop mold on surfaces with a quick wipe of a powerful cleaner. Mold in the air is a different story. When looking for an air purifier made specifically for getting rid of this particular allergen, ensure it comes with a hospital-grade H14 HEPA filter to get all the lung irritants out of the air. Keep in mind the size of your space to maximize its efficacy and fun add-on features like app control. You can breathe easily, knowing that your lungs will be relatively mold-free with the right pick.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best air purifiers for mold in 2024 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best beard trimmers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-beard-trimmer/ Tue, 23 Nov 2021 21:43:37 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-beard-trimmer/
man standing in front of lake with a big beard and a beanie
Jakob Owens via Unsplash

Don’t take too many risks when it comes to trimming your whiskers. Take our advice on shopping for the best beard trimmer—and browse a few top picks.

The post The best beard trimmers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
man standing in front of lake with a big beard and a beanie
Jakob Owens via Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best with a ceramic blade Andis 63700 BGRC Hair Clippers Andis 63700 BGRC Hair Clipper with Detachable Blade
SEE IT

This ultra-precise ceramic blade won’t upset even the most sensitive skin.

Best for shaping Braun BT7240 Braun Beard Detail Trimmer
SEE IT

This affordable pick offers 49 settings to give you control to create sharp lines, edges, and shapes.

Best battery life Home photo Beard Trimmer by Bevel
SEE IT

Never worry about running out of charge mid-shave with this pick from Bevel—the battery lasts up to six hours.

Your beard, or lack thereof, can say a lot about your style and sensibilities. A perfectly twirled mustache conveys an element of whimsy, whereas a full beard suggests a sense of rugged adventure. Neat, trim facial hair showcases thoughtfulness and precision, but a little stubble can make you appear cool and casual. Your facial hair is totally customizable, but it takes a steady hand and solid set of beard products to get the look you want and send the right message. A great trimmer is the centerpiece of any man’s facial hair toolkit. The best beard trimmers makes it easy to balance uneven sides, avoid painful razor burn, and ensure you’re happy with what you see in the mirror.

The best beard trimmers: Reviews & Recommendations

Best with a ceramic blade: Andis 63700 BGRC Hair Clippers

Amazon

SEE IT

The Andis 63700 BGRC hair clippers are made with beautiful ceramic blades that sculpt a great beard on the most sensitive skin. But these blades aren’t for everyone. They require some extra attention, which means oiling them in between uses. This may add some steps to your grooming routine, but it’s a small price to pay for a superior shave. At 2,900 strokes-per-minute, the motor is strong and steady. The trimmer is compatible with any Andis CeramicEdge or UltraEdge blade, which means over 20 options. While this trimmer comes corded, you can also go cordless if you purchase the BGR+ battery pack and charger.

Best for shaping: Braun All-in-One Style Kit Series 9 9440

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

The Braun All-in-One Style Kit Series 9 9440 has a dedicated precision dial that can support 40 different length settings in 0.5-millimeter steps for beards up to 20 millimeters long. It has a long-lasting battery that can stay fully powered for over 100 minutes at a time and is equipped with auto-sensing technology that adjusts the power of the motor to fit the thickness of your beard, making it one of the best beard trimmers for shaping. The head is rinseable, so you won’t have to deal with a big mess.

Best cordless: Wahl Professional Magic Clip

Amazon

SEE IT

The Magic Clip from Wahl is one of the best cordless beard trimmers. It has a lithium-ion battery that can run for up to 90 minutes on a single charge. It includes a taper level for fading and blending as well as zero-overlap. The build quality is beautiful and easy to maneuver without sacrificing precision—you’ll feel like you’ve brought the barbershop into your home.

Best battery life: Beard Trimmer by Bevel

This sleek trimmer from Bevel can last a whopping six hours without being recharged, meaning you can take it on vacation without needing to worry about lugging a plug around. With an ergonomic shape, 360-degree non-slip handling, and an antimicrobial blade to keep your shave clean, this pick is both durable and reliable enough to depend on for everything from a full shave to a trim.

Best wet or dry: Philips Norelco Multigroom 5000

Amazon

SEE IT

The Philips Norelco Multigroom 5000 is perfect for those looking for a little versatility in their trimming options. As the best wet or dry beard trimmer it can be used on wet or dry hair with up to 70 minutes of cordless use, self-sharpening blades, and 17 precision length settings ranging from 0.5 to 20 millimeters. You’ll soon see the Philips is one of our favorite beard trimmer brands, so we also suggest you check out more of their products to find what’s right for you.

Most luxurious: Philips Norelco MG7791

Amazon

SEE IT

While this trimmer does not include the elusive low battery indicator, it does have pretty much anything you could ever want when it comes to facial hair care. Plus, the lithium-ion battery can last for up to six hours, so you might not need that light anyway. This Norelco MG7791 comes with 29 pieces inside its grooming kit, including a detail trimmer, rotary nose and ear trimmer, body shaver, comb, and trimming scissors. The head is fully washable, and the blades are dual-cut for increased sharpness and precision.

Best budget: Philips Norelco Multigroomer All-in-One Trimmer Series 7000

Philips Norelco

SEE IT

There are plenty of options for the best beard trimmers under $50 that we love (we’ve even listed one here), though we always recommend saving up just a little more to make sure you are investing in a product that will last. If you aren’t keen to wait, never fear; there are some high-performing budget models out there. Just pay special attention to the features you want and ensure the trimmer you’re eyeing can support your facial hair dreams. Models under $50 are typically not as long-lasting, have fewer length options, and little-to-no bonus features. When looking for a budget-friendly trimmer, check out the Philips Norelco Multigroom. It can take a while to collect a full charge, but it is equipped with tempered steel blades and thirteen attachments to keep you looking fresh and clean.

Things to consider when picking the best beard trimmers

There are a few key features to keep in mind while you peruse the shelves (virtually or otherwise) for a new beard trimmer. The trimmer’s overall build quality, blades, battery, and attachments will make a difference when you need to reshape and restore your facial hair. You’ll also want to think about convenience when it comes to travel and general use; do you need something cordless, or would you prefer to worry less about charging? Below we will go into more detail about all the things you’ll want to consider before clicking add to cart, so you can feel confident knowing you’ve made the right choice for your whiskers.

Consider the blade and motor type

One of the most important things to prioritize is blade type. You’ll primarily find trimmers for men with a stainless steel, chromium, or titanium blade for a long-lasting, rust-free trim. You’ll also find some other versions or blade hybrids like carbon steel, ceramic, or titanium-ceramic. Carbon steel is the sharpest but is more susceptible to rust. Titanium-coated carbon steel is going to make the blade more weather-resistant while retaining a stiffness that’s greater for thicker hair. Ceramic blades tend to stay cooler throughout the trimming process. They can also maintain sharpness longer than their steel counterparts, making them ideal for those with sensitive skin. Strength and sharpness are particularly important when it comes to preventing uncomfortable bumps and razor burn; cheaper materials have a tendency to pull at the skin rather than smoothly cut through the hairs, which can result in irritation. Stainless steel is the most common choice, followed by straight-up titanium. Both materials are strong and sharp but can lack the extra strength and support found in the hybrids.

An essential counterpart to the blade is the trimmer’s motor. The motor powers the overall movement of the blade. A strong motor means less pulling and fewer passes to get the cut you want. You also want something that is reliable and won’t degrade over time. Take a look at the listed SPM or strokes-per-minute to compare a motor’s overall power. We’ll dive a little deeper into motor functions when we discuss a trimmer’s cord, but keep in mind that a powerful motor paired with a strong, durable blade will result in a clean, uniform trim.

Think about the length and precision of your beard

Whether you like your facial hair to be full, bushy, and down to your chest or trimmed neatly and close to the face, you’re going to want to make sure the trimmer you get will match your length desires to a tee. Okay, fine, you might want shears for chest-length beards, but if your hair’s shorter than roughly 18 millimeters, a trimmer might just do the trick.

Most of the best trimmers for men come with attachments and settings to help you get closer to that perfect length. Some models will have a built-in dial to adjust the blade’s location in relation to the guard. Some function digitally, meaning that they can store and replicate your desired length settings, display a readout of the length, and make adjustments at 0.1 millimeters. For reference, getting rid of your five o’clock shadow would be roughly 0.2 millimeters of hair growth. Precision trimmers will have additional blades that can be added to the razor head.

You can also look for a trimmer that includes a significant number of fixed-length guide attachments. These can be a bit sturdier than an individual, adjustable guide comb, and often work better for longer beards. Some attachments can even help you achieve specific styles, like a goatee of heavy stubble. So whether you want to maintain the same length every day or you have a deep desire to start shaping a circle beard, multiple fixed-length guide combs and other attachments will get the results you require.

You can go corded or cordless

There are only two options when it comes to trimmer connectivity: corded or cordless. Both are solid, but you should know the pros and cons of each. A corded beard trimmer typically has a more robust and reliable motor. They last longer than their cordless counterparts, but they can also be less convenient. If you go corded, we suggest getting a trimmer with a long enough cable that you won’t find yourself lacking mobility; usually, something around five feet will do. This becomes especially important if you need to travel or trim on the go. A corded trimmer will also never run out of battery. Anyone with a beard (or anyone who knows anyone with a beard) knows how tragic the results can be when the trimmer runs out of battery midway through a session. Yes, you can charge it, but just wait until your reservation starts at 7:00 pm and your trimmer runs out early in your shave at 6:30 pm.

This brings us to our cableless selection. We’ve already touched on the principal con, which is that they can run out of battery. Luckily, if you’re diligent about charging, this shouldn’t be a huge problem. Just make sure you get something with long battery life or a low battery alert. Cordless trimmers are great for portability; they’re typically lightweight, and the chargers themselves are getting smaller and smaller. Many cordless trimmers will carry at least one hour of power on a single charge, so unless you’re doing something particularly intricate, you should make it out without extra whiskers holding on. Returning the trimmer to its charging dock is always a good idea. Make sure you’re never hung out to dry when it comes to shaping your beard.

Do you prefer a wet or a dry shave?

When we talk about a “waterproof” beard trimmer, we don’t necessarily mean doing a blind shave while you take a shower. Although fully submersible trimmers exist, they’re pretty tricky to find and ultimately don’t have much practical use. What we’re really thinking of is the razor head. A washable razor head is great for rinsing all your trimmed hairs down the drain once and for all. Any clippings clogging the blades or spilling out onto the bathroom counter will be a thing of the past. This also means you can shave or trim a wet beard and use gels or lotions on top. It would be a shame to pop out of the shower only to realize your beard needs to be fully dry before a shave, and you need to be on your way to work.

That being said, if you are relatively good at time management and don’t mind a bit of extra work, then a dry-shave-only option might be right for you. There are even some dry shave trimmers that have a built-in vacuum to pick up all the little hairs that you’ve recently snipped off. Keep in mind that if you’re going for something corded with a particularly powerful motor, then you’ll probably end up with a dry-shave-only model. The most popular trimmers, however, are ones that can handle both a wet and dry shave. But remember, you’ll probably need to keep the trimmer out of the shower unless you value waterproof design above all else.

What bonus features are important to you in a beard trimmer?

While the most important things to consider are blade, length and guide comb options, connectivity, and wet shave abilities, we shouldn’t discount the variety of bonus features many modern beard trimmers provide. Should you base your entire purchase on whether or not the brand includes a nose trimmer? Probably not. If the beard trimmers you narrowed it down to fulfill your requirements, might you base your decision on the inclusion of a clippings vacuum? Well, why not? Don’t undervalue a low battery alert light. This little light could be the difference between looking suave and sharp on your next big date or unfortunately under-groomed.

If you’re hoping to tackle some other hairy areas, look for a model that comes with a nose, ear, or eyebrow trimmer to help you achieve your final look. You might also find a grooming kit that comes with detailed blades or a significant range of guide combs. Select higher-end models include self-sharpening blades or a travel lock to prevent the razor from accidentally turning on in your luggage and draining the battery. There are even some trimmers that are equipped with laser guides to help you keep a steady hand. Think about what would make your at-home grooming experience feel like a trip to the salon, or dig deep and go for the bonus features that will significantly decrease any trimmer inconveniences you’re always up against.

Final thoughts on the best beard trimmers

Hopefully, by now, you are raring and ready to go pick out the best beard trimmers for you. Continue to keep in mind your beard goals, including length and shape, while considering your lifestyle. Do you travel frequently, do you prefer to shave post-shower, are you hoping to tackle some pesky nose hairs while you’re at it? Above all, you should feel comfortable and confident whenever you pick up your beard trimmer.

Or, consider an electric shaver if you want to get up close to the skin for a fresher face.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best beard trimmers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best monitors for Mac Mini, tested and reviewed https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-monitors-for-mac-mini/ Sun, 12 Nov 2023 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=585066
The best monitors for Mac Mini
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

The Mac Mini may be Apple's smallest computer but that doesn't mean it should be hooked up to a big, beautiful screen.

The post The best monitors for Mac Mini, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best monitors for Mac Mini
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Apple Studio Display Apple Studio Display
SEE IT

Apple makes the best display for the Mac Mini, but it’s also the priciest.

Best 4K Dell S2722QC is the best budget usb c monitor. Dell S2722QC
SEE IT

Need a high-resolution screen for less? You’ve come to the right place.

Best budget Best Monitors for Macbook Pro ViewSonic VP2756-2K
SEE IT

Pair Apple’s lowest-cost computer with an equally budget-friendly display.

The Mac Mini is Apple’s entry-level, low-cost desktop computer, but that entry-level price means it doesn’t come with a keyboard, mouse, or monitor. You’ll need to hook the Mac Mini up to a display to set up or otherwise use the computer, and you can even connect two to it simultaneously. The two-display setup is less indulgent with the Mac Mini, given its $599 starting price. In many cases, you’ll spend roughly as much (if not more) on a monitor as the computer. The best monitors for Mac Mini will allow you to use this pint-sized machine to its full potential.

How we chose the best monitors for Mac Mini

The Mac Mini can be connected to any monitor without an adapter thanks to its HDMI and Thunderbolt 4 ports. This flexibility means your stream of options is nearly endless, which is why we relied on both hands-on testing and extensive research to determine the best ones to get. We factored in each monitor’s size, resolution, port selection, and price above all else, so you’ll find a screen that fits both your needs and budget.

The best monitors for Mac Mini: Reviews & Recommendations

The Mac Mini is a great machine for many businesses, as well as home users. But it won’t be great until you add a monitor (although if you plan to run it as a home server, you could use a TV or even an iPad during setup). When picking an essential accessory, it’s important to be selective when choosing one. Take stock of how much space you can dedicate to a screen on your desk, or consider hooking up your monitor to an arm to take up less room. Consider the day-to-day tasks you’re going to use the Mac Mini to accomplish since specific tasks like photo and video editing require the highest-resolution monitors with the most accurate color reproduction.

Best overall: Apple Studio Display

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 27-inch
  • Resolution: 5120 x 2880
  • Refresh rate: 60Hz
  • Ports: 1 X Thunderbolt; 3 X USB-C
  • Panel type: IPS

Pros

  • 5K display with fantastic color accuracy
  • Robust-sounding built-in speakers
  • Integrated 12-megapixel webcam with Center Stage support

Cons

  • Cost
  • Middling webcam picture quality

It shouldn’t be shocking that the Apple Studio Display is the best monitor for the Mac Mini, as it was for the MacBook Pro. The company finally released a display matching its computers in aesthetics and performance.

It isn’t as performant as Apple’s premium Pro Display XDR, which costs a whopping $5,000 with a stand, but you do get an excellent-looking 27-inch 5K display for less than a third of that price. Apple first debuted a 5K monitor as part of the iMac, and it’s only recently offered a monitor with this resolution pretty recently. While the first 5K iMac was released in 2015, it’s still rare to find any monitor from any company that’s this high res.

The primary reason to pair the Mac Mini with a monitor designed by Apple is both were designed to work perfectly in sync. We tested this monitor with a MacBook Pro and never had a problem with the machine recognizing the display. There were no unwanted artifacts like flickering or stuttering, either. Surprisingly, the Studio Display’s speakers performed significantly better than we expected, delivering punchy bass, while there was still a lot of detail in the mids and highs.

This isn’t a necessary feature, but you’ll appreciate it if you want a clean desk—some good powered speakers sound better but require space. Similarly, the Studio Display’s aluminum body matches the Mac Mini, which is aesthetically pleasing. When it comes to connectivity, this monitor is equipped with one Thunderbolt 3 port, which must be used to connect the display to the Mac Mini, and three USB-C ports that can be used to hook up accessories. One accessory you won’t necessarily need when using the Mac Mini with an Apple Studio Display is a webcam.

This monitor has a 12MP webcam, which is better than nothing but disappointing given the display’s north-of-$1,000 price. The issue is that Apple opted to sacrifice video quality to support a feature called Center Stage. The Studio Display’s webcam will zoom in and crop its image to keep you in the middle of the frame. It’ll also pan around as you move. This feature is neat, but we’d have preferred a better-looking webcam.

Still, you won’t beat Apple’s Studio Display if you have a Mac Mini and want a monitor that was literally made to be its companion.

Best ultrawide: BenQ PD3420Q

BenQ

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 34-inch
  • Resolution: 3440×1440
  • Refresh rate: 60Hz
  • Ports: 1 X DisplayPort 1.4; 2 X HDMI 2.0; 1 X USB-B; 1 X USB 3.1; 1 X USB-C
  • Panel type: IPS

Pros

  • Calman and Pantone validated
  • Built-in speakers
  • Wide assortment of ports

Cons

  • Large size

If your desk has enough space to accommodate its huge size, BenQ’s PD3420Q is an excellent ultrawide monitor for the Mac Mini. It’s earned the distinction of being Pantone Validated, which means it’s been tested by one of the foremost authorities on color accuracy and found to display a wide range of colors precisely. If you edit photos and videos, this is an essential mark of quality. Similarly, the PD3420Q can reproduce colors on 98% of the sRGB color spectrum. The bottom line is that what you see on this screen will be reflective of what you’ll see on a printed product.

You can connect the Mac Mini to this monitor using either an HDMI or USB-C cable because it has both of those inputs. These video inputs sit alongside this monitor’s USB-A ports, which can be used with accessories. If you choose to connect your computer to this display via USB-C, you can use the HDMI ports to plug in a couple of game consoles. The PD3420Q has a pair of three-watt speakers for stereo sound. Don’t expect much from them, but it’s better than nothing.

There’s no getting around the PD3420Q’s big size, but that’s the point of getting an ultrawide monitor. If you need a big screen for important media work, this Mac Mini monitor is for you.

Best curved: Samsung ViewFinity S65VC

ViewFinity

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 34-inch
  • Resolution: 3440×1440
  • Refresh rate: 100Hz
  • Ports: 1 X HDMI 2.0; 1 X USB-C; 2 X USB-A; 1 X USB-B; 1 X Ethernet
  • Panel type: IPS

Pros

  • Built-in webcam
  • HDR 10 support
  • Ethernet port

Cons

  • May be too big

If you prefer using curved displays with your computer to get a more immersive experience for work or play, Samsung’s ViewFinity S65VC is the ideal Mac Mini monitor. The display’s size may be overwhelming—this is true of all curved displays—but the point is to take up as much of your peripheral vision as possible. If you work with multiple windows simultaneously, the extra space is necessary to work efficiently.

This Mac Mini monitor has the highest refresh rate out of all our recommendations and supports HDR (High Dynamic Range), which is helpful for both gaming and video editing. The display also features a pair of five-watt stereo speakers and a built-in five-megapixel camera. You should expect good-looking HD video from this camera given its size and placement—it protrudes from the top of the screen in its own enclosure rather than having to fit in its bezels. If you believe in a clean desktop and don’t want to clutter up more space with accessories, this all-in-one monitor approach makes a lot of these, and the ideology even extends to its assortment of inputs.

Alongside the typical array of video and USB ports sits an Ethernet jack. If you connect the Mac Mini to this monitor, you can use the display as your networking and accessories hub in a way that isn’t possible with the other monitors we’re recommending. Yes, the Mac Mini has a built-in Ethernet port, but you can organize your cables more easily if they’re all coming from a single point. Add these features to this display’s curved screen, and you get a Mac Mini monitor unlike any other.

Best 4K: Dell S2722QC

Brandt Ranj

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 27-inch
  • Resolution: 3840×2160 (4K)
  • Refresh rate: 60Hz
  • Ports: 2 x HDMI 2.0, 1 x USB Type-C, 2 x USB-A, 1 x headphone jack
  • Panel type: IPS

Pros

  • Sharp display
  • Sturdy Stand
  • Ergonomic

Cons

  • Doesn’t cover as much of the DCI-3 color gamut

Dell’s S2722QC makes the dream of a 4K USB-C-equipped monitor for the Mac Mini a reality for just about everybody. Its price, which fluctuates around $300, is solid and competitive with our budget pick in this category. What we found most surprising about this screen is its overall build quality. It’s made of plastic, but both the display and stand feel sturdy, even when rotating the monitor 90 degrees or adjusting its height.

This monitor’s USB-C port is the star of the show. We tested this monitor with a 13-inch MacBook Pro, but expect the same performance from a Mac Mini connected with a USB-C cable. You can plug the computer into this display over HDMI if you’d prefer. Dell complemented this monitor’s video ports with two USB-A ports and a headphone jack. The USB-A ports come in handy if you want to connect a webcam and external hard drive.

Overall, we were pleased with the performance of Dell’s S2722QC during common tasks like reading articles, streaming video, and participating in digital meetings. The display’s color accuracy was good enough for casual photo editing, but professionals are better off with a display that covers 100% of the sRGB color spectrum. On the other hand, the monitor’s 4K resolution made those photos, videos, and text look sharp.

Our time with the Dell S2722QC shows how much value you should expect from a monitor for the Mac Mini. To get this level of performance from a display in this price range is remarkable and proves the company’s commitment to pushing premium features in less expensive hardware.

Best budget: ViewSonic VP2756-2K

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 27-inch
  • Resolution: 2560 x 1440
  • Refresh rate: 60Hz
  • Ports: 1 X USB-C; 1 X Displayport; 1 X HDMI; 2 X USB 3.0; 1 X USB Type-B
  • Panel type: IPS

Pros

  • Good color accuracy
  • Ergonomic stand
  • Price

Cons

  • So-so design

You can always get a cheaper monitor if you’re willing to compromise on size and specs, but the ViewSonic VG2756-2K is a very reasonable price-conscious mid-tier monitor that delivers what we’d recommend maximizing everyday work and play with a Mac Mini.

The VG2756-2K is a 27-inch, 1440p monitor you can connect to your computer via USB-C. You also have the option to plug it in with an HDMI cable if you’d prefer. The display’s 5ms response time is solid, as are its 350 cd/m² brightness, built-in stereo speakers, fully adjustable stand, and a three-year warranty. Overall, it’s an enticing mid-range productivity monitor.

We were continually impressed by its shockingly accurate color reproduction during our tests. It performed well in this regard right out of the box without having to futz around with settings or change it to a specific mode. That plug-and-play performance is usually outside the purview of monitors in this price range. This makes this monitor a reasonable option for creative work when paired with the Mac Mini.

What to consider when shopping for a monitor for Mac Mini

Several factors should be considered when deciding which monitor for Mac Mini is right for your needs. We’ve addressed the most important ones below, which we kept in mind while testing and researching. We also judged the monitors we chose based on their price, which heavily impacted how we viewed their overall value.

Screen size

Monitors come in a wide assortment of styles, but bigger isn’t necessarily better. The larger the monitor, the more space it’ll take up on your desk. This is also one of the most significant drivers of a monitor’s price. Photo and video editors can take full advantage of the space afforded by a 30+ inch screen, while a writer who uses one app at a time won’t. Additionally, it’s easier to see individual pixels on a larger monitor as it typically has the same resolution as a smaller one.

Screen resolution

While size will have the biggest immediate impact on how you perceive a screen, its resolution will determine its image quality. A basic summation is the higher the resolution, the more pixels you’ll see in a given patch of monitor space.

Screen resolution is defined by both numbers and letters, which can be somewhat confusing. The numbers signify how many horizontal and vertical pixels are present. For example, a resolution of 1920 x 1080 shows 1920 pixels from right to left and 1080 pixels from top to bottom. Resolution numbers are often abbreviated to just show the vertical number—1920 x 1080 is known in this system as 1080p.

Our Mac Mini monitor recommendations fall into the QHD (2560 X 1440), 4K (3840 x 2160), and 5K (5120 × 2880) resolution ranges. Text, images, and videos will look clear on all of these displays, so you won’t have to worry about upgrading your screen any time soon.

Ports

A monitor’s ports (also called inputs) determine which cable is required to connect it to your Mac Mini (or any other gadget, for that matter). All of our recommendations have HDMI ports, but many also feature DisplayPort and USB-C inputs. You can connect the machine to any display because of the Mac Mini’s built-in HDMI and Thunderbolt 4 ports. However, the benefit of using a USB-C connection is that a single cable will carry audio, video, and data, while HDMI only carries the first two. Some of our picks have USB-A ports, which allow you to use them as a hub to connect your computer to additional accessories.

Refresh rate

A monitor’s refresh rate—measured in hertz, shortened to Hz—determines how quickly its display can be updated with new information. Refresh rates are measured in milliseconds, which means this tech spec isn’t important for common tasks but will make a difference if you choose to use your monitor for gaming. Most displays refresh at 60Hz, but it can go much higher.

FAQs

Q: Can I use Mac Mini with any monitor?

Yes. The Mac Mini can be used with any monitor that has a USB-C or HDMI port. It can also be connected to a monitor with a DisplayPort with the correct cable.

Q: Do I really need a 4K monitor?

This depends on how you plan to use your Mac Mini. Photographers and videographers will need a screen with such a high resolution to get their work done, while those with more modest needs won’t.

Q: Does Mac mini support a 4K monitor?

Yes. The Mac Mini can be used with a 4K or 5K monitor with a single cable.

Q: Are curved monitors better?

No. Curved monitors aren’t objectively better than flat panel monitors. Their design allows the screen to take up more of your peripheral vision, which can be helpful depending on how you use your machine.

Q: How long will a Mac mini last?

Apple typically supports the Mac Mini with regular software updates for roughly six years. Your needs may change before then, which could necessitate upgrading earlier.

Q: How much does a monitor for Mac Mini cost?

Our Mac Mini monitor recommendations range in price between $280 and $1,599.

Final thoughts on the best monitors for Mac Mini

The Mac Mini is an excellent entry point into Apple’s computer ecosystem thanks to its low price. The machine is powerful enough to handle demanding tasks like 4K video editing while taking up far less space than a traditional PC tower. It’s small and light enough that you could actually carry it around in a backpack if you have two workstations set up. One of the best parts about monitors for Mac Mini is that you can continue to use the same display even after upgrading your computer. These displays can outlast several computers without having to be replaced, which makes them an excellent value if you switch out your PC often.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best monitors for Mac Mini, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best snow blowers for gravel driveways of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-snow-blowers-for-gravel-driveways/ Fri, 19 Aug 2022 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=463653
Best snow blowers for gravel driveways sliced header
Tony Ware

Cut through the snow, not your driveway.

The post The best snow blowers for gravel driveways of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best snow blowers for gravel driveways sliced header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best Overall Honda Power Equipment HSS928AATD is the best overall snow blower for gravel driveways. Honda Power Equipment HSS724AAWD
SEE IT

With an easy electric start and adjustable auger height, this beast of a blower will carve a path through frozen precipitation in no time.

Best Electric EGO SNT2400 is the best electric snow blower for gravel driveways. EGO SNT2400
SEE IT

More eco-friendly, as well as noise pollution negligible, than gas-powered blowers, this electric option is still highly efficient.

Best for Long Driveways Ariens 30-inch snow blower for long driveways Ariens Deluxe 30-in Two-stage Self-propelled Gas Snow Blower
SEE IT

It can cut a 30-inch path through more than 18 inches of snow, which means fewer passes and shorter clearing times.

You might be avoiding snow blowers for gravel driveways because you’ve heard they’ll kick up rocks and damage your property. At the same time, shoveling out your entire driveway probably sounds like a horrid chore. The answer is a two-stage or three-stage snow blower, capable of skimming across the top of your driveway, removing the majority of snow while leaving your driveway intact. If you feel like picking the right machine for the job has you between a bunch of rocks and a hard place, we’ve made it easier with our list of the best snow blowers for gravel driveways.

How we selected the best snow blowers for gravel driveways

Selecting the best snow blowers for gravel driveways is a bit different than choosing the best snow blowers to use in a general sense. The main issue is that you cannot safely use a 1-stage snow blower on gravel driveways because they have no way to prevent rocks from making it out through the chute. Wheels and treads are another worthwhile consideration. In any event, we had to go beyond the top-rated snow blowers and look at each machine to make sure it would remove your snow and not the ground, without having to resort to snow shovels. We considered critical reviews and user impressions to help us narrow down our list to the best snow blowers for gravel driveways.

The best snow blowers for gravel driveways: Reviews & Recommendations

The following 2-stage and 3-stage snow blowers are all adequate choices for gravel driveways. While the typical choice is going to be a gas-powered 2-stage snow blower, we’ve also got some variety for you. Within this list, you’ll be able to find anything you would want from the category, from heavy-duty snow blowers to the best electric snow blower. In the end, all of the following choices will make for a good snow blower for gravel driveway clearing.

Best overall: Honda 660780 Two Stage Snow Blower

Honda

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This heavy-duty snow blower by Honda has the power to get big jobs done.

Specs

  • Stages: 2-stage
  • Size: Fits in 60 x 44 x 30 inches pre-assembly
  • Weight: 220 pounds

Pros

  • Easy electric start
  • Adjustable auger height
  • Clears 24-inches wide
  • Expert assembly available

Cons

  • Very heavy
  • Expensive

The top of our list belongs to Honda Power Equipment for its sheer power. This beast of a machine can handle 1,500 pounds of snow a minute, with a 24-inch wide clearing opening. Keeping on your gravel driveway should be relatively easy with the tank-like treads on the back two wheels. Be sure to install skid shoes on the bottom of the front section to give your snow blower some lift, but also be aware that the height of the Honda Power Equipment’s auger (the part that gets rid of the snow) is adjustable.

You can also take advantage of the offered expert assembly, which will be especially useful since the Honda Power Equipment snow blower weighs over 220 pounds. The weight, alongside the hefty cost, is going to turn some heads, but the overall efficacy of the Honda Power Equipment and advanced height adjustment earns it its slot at the top of the best snow blowers for gravel driveways.

Best electric: EGO SNT2400

EGO Power+

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The EGO SNT2400 is one of the few fully electric stage-2 snow blowers that can compete with a gas-powered snow blower.

Specs

  • Stages: 2-stages
  • Size: 49 x 26 x 45 inches
  • Weight: 154.7 pounds

Pros

  • Much quieter than gas-powered models
  • Headlights
  • Eco friendly
  • Expert assembly available

Cons

  • No provided batteries/charger

Our best electric snow blower for gravel driveways comes in the form of the EGO SNT2400. This product really outshines its gas-powered competitors in that it isn’t churning out noxious fumes into the air while also staying quiet in the mornings to not wake up the kids and neighbors.

The EGO SNT2400 uses arc lithium batteries to deliver the power of gas without all of the environmental downsides. The batteries also give you the chance for a completely electric but also cordless snow blower-for-gravel-driveways experience.

Unfortunately, the EGO SNT2400 does not come with the batteries and charger. This does, however, give you some choice and flexibility in what you’re getting, as well as save you some money if you’re an electric fan that already has the needed batteries for other EGO Outdoor Power Equipment. For this model, EGO recommends using two of the 56V ARC Lithium batteries, with the 7.5 Ah model being able to clear an 18-car driveway in a single charge.

Best 3-stage: CRAFTSMAN SB650 28-in Three-stage Self-propelled Gas Snow Blower

Craftsman

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The extra turbo mode kicks when when you have to chop through super-heavy snow or ice.

Specs

  • Stages: 3-stage
  • Size: 53 x 28 x 43 inches
  • Weight: 283 pounds

Pros

  • Extra power when you need it
  • Extremely burly wheels
  • Self-propulsion
  • 357cc engine
  • Six forward speeds and two reverse speeds

Cons

  • Heavy
  • Expensive

When things get rough, such as when you get refrozen snow regularly, it becomes time for a 3-stage snow blower. These hardy snow blowers have an accelerator that pushes through into the heaviest and wettest of snows, giving you the power to get the job done. This 357cc model is one of the most powerful currently available.

It cuts a 28-inch swath through the accumulated snow up to 18-inches hight. That means you can wait until the storm is over (most of the time) and then quickly clear the driveway all in one shot instead of having to do multiple passes. The self-propulsion system offers six forward speeds and two reverse speeds. You’ll need that help from the self-propulsion system since this blower weighs in at a very hefty 283 pounds.

It can throw snow for up to 30 feet and the versatile blade design makes it right at home on paved surfaces or un-paved surfaces. That’s great if you’re clearing a big property with mixed terrain.

If you typically just get fluffy snow that blows around in the wind, then this model might be overkill. But, if you get heavy, icy snow that tends to choke your regular blower, than this is absolutely worth the upgrade.

Best for long driveways: Ariens Deluxe 30-in Two-stage Self-propelled Gas Snow Blower

Ariens

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: You want two things when clearing a long driveway: a wide clearing area and self-propulsion. This has both.

Specs

  • Stages: 2-stage
  • Size: 58 x 32 x 45
  • Weight: 275 pounds

Pros

  • Super-wide 30-inch clearing area
  • Powerful engine
  • Long throw
  • Self-propulsion
  • Push-button electric start

Cons

  • Heavy
  • Expensive

When you have a long driveway, you want to clear as much snow as possible with each pass. This powerful snow mover cuts a 30-inch wide path through the accumulation. That drastically cuts down on how long it takes to cover a large area. It’s also capable of chewing through up to 18 inches of snow, so no need to go out and do multiple sessions.

This machine offers variable-speed self-propulsion, which is all-but-mandatory since it weighs a very hefty 275 pounds. Still, it’s relatively easy to maneuver thanks to the powerful self-drive mechanism and burly back tires. The auger can throw snow up to 50 feet, so it’s good for wide driveways as well. Plus, the chute rotates up to 200 degrees so you can be surgical when it comes to placing the blown snow. This is a beast of a machine, but if you have a long driveway, it can drastically decrease time spent clearing snow.

Best budget: PowerSmart Snow Blower 212cc

PowerSmart

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: PowerSmart has provided us with a fully powered 2-stage snow blower for under $800.

Specs

  • Stages: 2-stage
  • Size: 32.3 x 24.8 x 22 inches
  • Weight: 143 pounds

Pros

  • Great power for the price
  • Relatively lightweight
  • Expert assembly available

Cons

  • Jiggly chute

Finally, we have a 2-stage snow blower from PowerSmart. Despite its relatively affordable price, the PowerSmart is tough enough to get through difficult storms thanks to a clearing height of up to 21 inches at full 2-foot width. It uses a 212cc standard gas engine with a corded electric start.

What the PowerSmart lacks in premium features, such as headlights or heated handles, it makes up for by being a solid unit that won’t break the bank. You’ll also notice that sticking to the essentials gives makes the PowerSmart comparatively lightweight at only 143 pounds. Where most units are considerably heavier than me, there’s a lot of comfort in working with a machine in the slippery snow that is more comparable in weight.

The PowerSmart features a 180-degree rotatable chute. While, in theory, this rotation should be under your control, consumer reports mention that the chute can have a mind of its own from time to time and change its aim. This is particularly noticeable in bumpy terrain. Still, you should be able to get it back under control quickly if you are attentive.

Things to consider before buying snow blowers for gravel driveways

While the number of stages is the most important thing to consider when buying a snow blower for gravel driveways compared to one for other use cases, there are other important things to consider before buying such a large, complicated piece of equipment. Then chuck on your best heated gloves and your best heated jacket and get to work.

Stages

At its most simple, we can describe the stage amount as the number of steps and parts used to chuck snow elsewhere. The most important distinction for users wanting to blow snow off the tops of gravel driveways is separating 1-stage and higher-stage snow blowers.

A 1-stage snow blower, also known as a “snow thrower,” has a more open build and no shielding to protect the ground. The result is snow—and gravel—thrown everywhere. These 1-stage snow blowers are not suitable snow blowers for gravel driveways.

The 2-stage and 3-stage snow blowers, meanwhile, are made for gravel driveways. A large part of this is the addition in most models of skid shoes, which force the machine slightly off the ground. The result is a skimming-off-the-top effect, leaving just a thin layer of snow atop your undisturbed gravel. The main bonus of a 3-stage over a 2-stage is the addition of an accelerator that can help with harder, refrozen snow.

Please note that other terminology works for these products, as well. For example, 2-stage, dual-stage, and two-stage all work interchangeably. When looking for the best snow blowers for gravel driveways avoid snow throwers, 1-stage snow blowers, single-stage snow blowers, and one-stage snow blowers.

Expert assembly options

Regardless of how handy you are, a bit of help putting together a several-hundred-pound machine can be quite useful. This assembly can also ensure that the skid shoes—the part of the snow blower that raises the machine up to not eat your gravel—are attached properly. As a bonus, the cost of getting expert assembly is typically quite cheap. For example, the EGO SNT2400 has an expert assembly option that adds less than 5% to the overall cost of the machine. That being said, be sure to discuss the details with the service provider, as there is usually a clause that allows for an updated estimate based on the complexity of the machine.

Size & weight

Picturing your heavy-duty snow blower tossing snow out of your path sounds great as the season approaches, but will you be happy with a large and ultra-heavy machine sitting in your garage all year? Be careful and imagine setting a box with the weight and dimensions of your new product in your shed for a full year. Are you going to be using it enough during the viable season to make it worth having it from spring to fall as well or is it going to be weighing you down more than the full utility that it provides? The heaviest snow blowers can weigh nearly 300 pounds. Once weights get up above 150 pounds or so, you want to make sure to have self-propulsion. Also, heavier models benefit from reverse gears to help you go backwards without doing a World’s Strongest Man event.

FAQs

Q: How much does a snow blower for gravel driveways cost?

A snow blower for gravel driveways can cost anywhere from below $800 to over $3,000. More complex models and, oftentimes, 3-stage snow blowers are likely to cost more than the rest. It is really important to evaluate how often you are really going to be using a snow blower when buying one for gravel driveways due to their high cost. Alternatively, consider budget models like the PowerSmart Snow Blower 212cc, which can pay for themselves after just a dozen or so uses.

Q: Can any snow blower be used on gravel driveways?

Any snow blower that doesn’t lift the snow from the surface directly can be used on gravel driveways. One-stage snow blowers take the snow from the surface and, in one step (or “stage”) directly displace it. In the case of gravel driveways, 1-stage snow blowers will also remove gravel on the surface as well. As a result, 1-stage snow blowers should not be used for gravel driveways.

Q: Two-stage vs three-stage snow blowers: what’s better for gravel?

The 2-stage vs 3-stage snow blowers, unlike the 1-stage snow blowers discussed in the question above, are both suitable for gravel. Instead, the debate on getting a 2-stage vs 3-stage snow blower comes down to how much power you need. Typical consumers will be fine with a two-stage snow blower, but some might appreciate the third stage (acceleration) that can be found in 3-stage snow blowers such as the Cub Cadet 3X 28.”

Final thoughts on the best snow blowers for gravel driveways

Getting the best snow blowers for gravel driveways is easy once you’ve figured out the need to have a 2-stage or 3-stage snow blower at a minimum. The snow blowers presented on this list should appeal to anyone wishing to get something to make the winter more bearable, with the Honda 660780 Two Stage Snow Blower being a particularly strong choice.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best snow blowers for gravel driveways of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best sublimation printers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-sublimation-printers/ Fri, 10 Nov 2023 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=587770
Four of the best sublimation printers are sliced together against a white background.
Abby Ferguson

You might be surprised at the variety of sublimation printers that are available and what you can use them for.

The post The best sublimation printers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four of the best sublimation printers are sliced together against a white background.
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Sawgrass SG500 sublimation printer over a white background Sawgrass SG500
SEE IT

The Sawgrass SG500 offers a high resolution and is ready to print sublimation right out of the box.

Best inkjet black Epson EcoTank ET-2720 with ink containers Epson EcoTank ET-2720
SEE IT

This Epson EcoTank printer is easy to convert into a sublimation printer.

Best budget The white Canon Selphy CP1500 sublimation printer is placed against a white background with a gray gradient. Canon Selphy CP1500
SEE IT

This budget printer is also portable so you can print sublimated photos on the go.

Sublimation printing allows you to print photos and artwork using special inks to transfer to items like T-shirts, mugs, canvases, and more. But gone are the days of sublimation printers being primarily for high-end production businesses. More companies are now producing these special devices for general consumer use, making the art of dye sublimation more approachable. Should one of those not fit the bill, most inkjet printers can also be converted to the sublimation process. The best sublimation printers are a great way to create custom products in your home or office without paying a third party to handle them. 

How we chose the best sublimation printers

For this selection of the best sublimation printers, we chose current models from some of the major brands that produce these types of printers. Those meeting most users’ needs earned the top spots on our list.  We researched and selected models that included the broadest spectrum of features and capabilities, such as connectivity options, print speed, ink capacity and price, printer footprint, maximum print size, and more.

The best sublimation printers: Reviews & Recommendations

While you can convert most inkjet printers to sublimation printers, more companies have started to offer dedication sublimation options for creators. Converting an inkjet printer has benefits, but for most, buying a sublimation printer ready to run right out of the box is the preferable choice. Just add laptop (and your own brand/creativity, naturally). We’ve included out-of-the-box dye-sub devices in this guide, though with a few traditional inkjets thrown in as well. 

Best overall: Sawgrass SG500

Sawgrass

SEE IT

Specs

  • Maximum resolution: 4800 x 1200 dpi
  • Maximum print size: 8.5 x 14 inches
  • Weight: ‎32.8 pounds
  • Dimensions: 15.75 x 17.25 x 8.5 inches
  • Type: Purpose-built sublimation printer

Pros

  • Comes with a set of Sublijet UHD sublimation inks
  • WiFi connectivity
  • 2-year product warranty and In-house support

Cons

  • Somewhat pricey
  • Ink is expensive

Sawgrass is well known for its sublimation printers, with the SG500 sitting at the entry point of its lineup. It offers a high resolution for detailed prints and produces accurate, vibrant colors. You can print on media up to 8.5 by 14 inches and use it to create and apply custom graphics to a wide variety of items, including mugs, coasters, phone cases, apparel, and more.

The Sawgrass SG500 fits easily onto the top of a desk thanks to its small size. But, it’s still a powerful dye-sublimation printer that can be used on many projects, whether you’re a hobbyist or you own a small business or kiosk operation. It offers WiFi connectivity for wireless printing, so you don’t have to stay tethered to your desk. 

Since this is a purpose-built sublimation printer, you won’t need to worry about converting anything to get started. Set up is easy, as is printing. It comes with Sawgrass Print Manager, a software utility that automatically adjusts the ink output to ensure optimal quality while also reducing wasted ink. That’s ideal since ink for this printer is expensive, which is one of the main downsides. It also doesn’t hold very much, so if you print frequently, you’ll be refilling ink a lot.

Best for photos: DNP DS620A

DNP

SEE IT

Specs

  • Maximum resolution: 300 x 300 dpi
  • Maximum print size: 6 x 8 inches
  • Weight: 26.4 pounds.
  • Dimensions: ‎10.8 x 14.4 x 6.7 inches
  • Type: Purpose-built sublimation printer

Pros

  • Excellent performance and very fast
  • Prints high-quality photos
  • Offers several different print sizes
  • You can print either glossy or matte finish

Cons

  • Pricey
  • Not for transfers

The DS620A printer is ideal for event and wedding photographers and content creators who want to quickly produce many quality photos to hand out at an event. What’s also nice about this printer is that, unlike cheaper purpose-built sublimation printers, it can print in three different sizes: 4 x 6 inches, 5 x 7 inches, and 6 x 8 inches. 

The DNP DS620A is very fast, too. The company says it can print 400 prints per hour. You can also place a watermark on the back of all your images and use the same media to produce either glossy or matte photos. It features a standby mode to lower costs by making the most efficient use of energy. The printer also provides advanced status information from the driver, enabling you to check on remaining media, media format, printer status, printer life counter, color control data, firmware version, and serial number.

It’s important to point out that this is strictly a photo printer. It is not meant for transfer purposes, so you won’t be able to print photos to transfer to mugs, shirts, etc. But this is an excellent choice if you want to produce high-quality and durable photos for clients. 

Best for beginners: Epson SureColor F170

Epson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Maximum resolution: 1440 x 720 dpi
  • Maximum print size: 8.5 x 14 inches
  • Weight: 27.7 pounds
  • Dimensions: 14.8 x 19.8 x 7.4 inches
  • Type: Purpose-built sublimation printer

Pros

  • Affordable inks
  • Easy to get started and use
  • Works with a wide range of blanks
  • Excellent print quality

Cons

  • Can’t print larger than 8.5 x 14 inches

Epson makes some of the best home office printers, all-in-one printers, and even photo printers. So it should come as no surprise that it also makes an excellent sublimation printer. The SureColor SC-F170 is ready to produce dye-sub prints right out of the box. It features a 150-feet auto-feed tray to keep you from loading media constantly. And the large ink tanks mean you won’t need to refill as often, saving you money and reducing the plastic you use. 


This printer for sublimation offers a 144 x 720 dpi resolution and produces vibrant, detailed prints. You’ll be able to transfer your prints to a variety of blanks, from mugs and metal panels to mousepads, shirts, and more. It connects via USB, Ethernet, or integrated wireless, giving you plenty of options. It is easy to set up and easy to use, getting you printing faster with less fuss.

Best inkjet: Epson EcoTank ET-2720 

Epson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Maximum resolution: 5760 x 1440 dpi
  • Maximum print size: 8.5 x 14 inches
  • Weight: 8.8 pounds
  • Dimensions: 13.7 x 14.8 x 8.7 inches
  • Type: All-in-one inkjet printer

Pros

  • Easy to convert to a dye-sub printer
  • Ink tanks can hold months’ worth of ink
  • Easy to set up
  • Has both wireless and hands-free voice-activated printing capabilities
  • Includes built-in scanner

Cons

  • Requires conversion, which voids your warranty

If you’d prefer to convert an inkjet printer for dye-sub printing, the Epson EcoTank ET-2720 is a great choice. The printer itself is affordable, saving you money in upfront costs. Its large tanks hold a lot of ink, so you won’t have to refill as often. And the 5760 x 1440 dpi resolution will produce detailed prints for transferring.

Converting the printer is as simple as adding sublimation ink, so you don’t need to be a tech guru to get started. As an all-in-one, it features a built-in scanner, allowing you to use it for more than just printing. It offers plenty of connectivity options as well, making it easy to print from anywhere. Finally, the relatively small footprint won’t take up much room on a desk. Just keep in mind that using sublimation ink will void the warranty of the printer. If it breaks, you’ll be left dealing with repairs or replacement on your own.

Best budget: Canon Selphy CP1500

Canon

SEE IT

Specs

  • Maximum resolution: 300 x 300 dpi
  • Maximum print size: 4 x 6 inches
  • Weight: 1.9 pounds
  • Dimensions: 7.2 x 2.3 x 5.2 inches
  • Type: Portable photo dye-sublimation printer

Pros:

  • Inexpensive
  • Easy to use
  • Portable
  • Can print on four media sizes, including small stickers
  • Can print directly from SD memory card (via memory card slot)

Cons:

  • Not for heat transfers 
  • Not very versatile

There’s a lot to like about the Canon Selphy CP1500 dye-sub photo printer, provided that you’re okay with being limited to printing only 4 x 6-inch photos. Also, Canon didn’t make this printer for what transfers, so you won’t be able to create images for mugs, shirts, and so on. But if you just want a compact, portable, affordable printer for quality and durable photos, the CP1500 is a great choice.

Beyond being a great budget option, the Selphy CP1500 is also the best portable dye-sub printer. It will fit in any small office or anywhere else in the home and is easy to tuck away or take with you on the go. There are also several options when you want to connect with the printer. You can connect to it via a USB port for a wired connection, print directly from an SD card or USB flash drive, or print wirelessly via WiFi. You can even print from your smartphone or tablet through the SELPHY Layout app, Canon’s PRINT app, Apple AirPrint (for Apple devices), or Mopria (for Android devices).

An AC adapter powers the printer. It also supports the Canon NB-CP2LH battery, allowing up to 54 prints on a single charge. The Selphy CP1500 also sports a small 3.2-inch LCD, which allows you to preview any images you’d like to print directly from your memory card or thumb drive.

What to consider when buying the best sublimation printers

For many of you, it’s quite possible that you’ve never even heard of sublimation (or dye-sublimation) printers before. You might be wondering: How does a dye-sublimation printer work, and how does it differ from the process inkjet printers use to create images and prints? Essentially, during the printing process, heat is applied to the layers of solid ink, which causes them to sublimate, which means it skips the liquid form and goes directly to the gaseous state. Then, once the ink hits the paper or other material, it transitions back to a solid, producing the image. The printer then finishes by applying a clear protective coating to prevent smudging. 

What will you be using the printer for? 

Sublimation printing is used for two main types of processes: Printing photos or printing images and graphics for transfer. Some printers can do both, but some are only intended for one or the other. So, when you buy a sublimation printer, you’ll want to be clear on what you’ll be using it for. The media type that works in the printer will determine what you can use it for. 

Sublimation technology is especially common in compact, portable photo printers. That is partly because sublimation photo prints are more durable than standard inkjet prints due to this heating process. They come out of the printer totally dry and won’t smudge if touched too soon. They are also more resistant to fading. You can also find larger devices that use this method of printing, but those can get rather pricey.

Many creatives and small business owners use sublimation printers in order to transfer images or designs onto fabric or a range of hard materials, such as mugs or metal sheets. To do this kind of dye-sublimation printing, you first create a graphic or photo and produce a dye-sub print (which is printed in reverse) onto transfer paper. Once the ink is dry on the transfer paper, the photo or graphic can be transferred onto an object by heating it. Heat is applied to the ink, at which point it’s vaporized and transferred to an object. 

Type of printer

If you’re interested in placing your photos or graphics on customized gifts, like baseball hats, cell phone cases, mugs, or t-shirts, you have two options. First, you can convert an inkjet printer to a dye-sublimation printer. This process is as simple as adding sublimation ink instead of the ink that comes with your printer when buying a new device. You should be aware, however, that when you decide to convert your printer to the sublimation process, you will no longer be able to use it as an inkjet printer. It also voids your printer’s warranty since you are not using ink intended for the printer. Also, not all inkjets can be converted. So, be sure to do some research to find out if your model can be converted. 

Your other option is to buy a purpose-built sublimation printer. These are becoming more common, with more brands offering consumer-level devices suitable for home or office settings.  

Print size

Before purchasing a printer, you’ll want to consider what size you will be printing. Some printers can only print up to four by six inches, while others can print up to 13 inches wide. If you are primarily creating small graphics to put on mugs and other promotional items, a smaller printer will save you money and still work well for your needs. But if you want the ability to create large graphics, focus on printers that support larger print sizes. 

What other equipment and supplies will I need on hand? 

If you are purchasing a sublimation printer in order to transfer images to objects or other materials, you will also need a heat press. Heat presses come in different forms, with some specifically built for mugs, hats, or other oddly shaped objects. You’ll also need to invest in sublimation paper, ink, heat-resistant tape, and blanks to transfer your images onto. Be sure to factor all these costs into your budget when choosing a printer. 

FAQs

Q: Can any printer do sublimation printing?

No. There are specific models by a few printer manufacturers, such as Epson and Canon, that claim their printers can be converted to produce sublimation prints. For more information on specific models, go to those printer manufacturers’ websites.

Q: How long do sublimation prints last?

Done correctly with quality materials, sublimation prints can last a lifetime. This, of course, depends on the material you are transferring to as well, however. And the quality of inks you use will determine how resistant to fading the print is.

Q: Can I use a dye-sublimation print and transfer it to any fabric or mug?

No. You can only print on a shirt that’s been made out of synthetic fiber, such as polyester fabric, or fabrics with a polymer coating. As for mugs, you’ll need to buy a special type of mug—one that has a glazed ceramic surface with a special coating that allows the surface of the mug to preserve the sublimated ink. These are called sublimation blanks, as they are made specifically for this process.

Q: What is a good brand of sublimation ink?

Hiipoo is one of the most popular sublimation ink brands available. Sawgrass, the maker of our top printer pick, also makes excellent sublimation ink, as does Epson. 

Q: Is it better to buy a sublimation printer or convert one?

Whether it is better to buy or convert comes down to your budget, experience level, and personal preference. Purpose-built sublimation printers are typically more expensive than the inkjet printer you would buy to convert, so the conversion process can save you some money. Converting a brand-new printer is as easy as adding sublimation ink, but converting a used printer is a more involved process. You’ll also want to keep in mind that using sublimation ink in an inkjet printer does void the warranty, which may be less than ideal for some, especially when buying a new printer.

Final thoughts on the best sublimation printers

Sublimation printers can be a fun way to either create durable, long-lasting photos or to transfer images and designs to all sorts of objects and materials. There are a range of sublimation printers out there for all experience levels, project types, and budgets. You can even convert inkjet printers, adding even more options. No matter what, be sure to consider what type of images you want to print and how you will be using those images in order to choose the best printer for your needs. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best sublimation printers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best desk fans of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-desk-fans/ Mon, 26 Sep 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=472551
Best desktop fans sliced header
Tony Ware

These compact machines can keep you cool or at least circulate some fresh air as you work.

The post The best desk fans of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best desktop fans sliced header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall white and gold Vornado Pivot Personal Air Circulator Fan on a wooden table Vornado Pivot Personal Air Circulator Fan
SEE IT

Style, power, and brand reputation align in this highly rated small fan!

Best whisper-quiet white Kovhzcu Air Circulator Fan over gradient background Rechargeable Small Oscillating Desk Fan
SEE IT

With a max sound of 25 dB, this desk fan offers great value for your money, at a fair price point.

Best budget Gaiatop USB Desk Fan on a white background Gaiatop USB Desk Fan
SEE IT

For under $15, you can get a three-speed USB plug-in desk fan with overwhelmingly positive reviews.

Desk fans offer a convenient way to take control of the climate around your workspace. When it’s hot and stuffy, focusing on work is near impossible. You don’t want to be a sweaty mess on those Zoom calls and you certainly don’t want a loud, disruptive, and distracting window A/C sputtering in the background—an absolute work-from-home nightmare. Desk fans are a great way to offset hot summer months without breaking the bank with cooling bills. And if you don’t have A/C at all, small desk fans should be mandatory in every household! While desktop fans don’t actually cool the air like air conditioning, they help circulate airflow around the room to create a wind chill effect, helping your body cool itself. The best desk fans are quiet, powerful, compact, and budget-friendly, so we rounded up some of the best options available to keep you comfortable.

How we picked the best desk fans

Choosing the right desk fan for your setup really depends on your own needs and personal tastes. For this list, we picked some models that work for just about anyone and others geared toward specific users. All of the entries on this list, however, promise reliable build quality, solid airflow, generally quiet operation, and compact sizing. We relied on a mixture of personal experience, peer suggestions, user impressions, editorial reviews, and spec comparisons to choose models from reputable brands. 

Related: Best fans

The best desk fans: Reviews & Recommendations

A small, compact desk fan does not need to be expensive to be effective. You can find solid and simple designs for under $20, but more stylish designs will have a higher price tag. More speed settings and stronger power will also up the price, but you should really never be paying more than $100 for even the best desk fans.

Best overall: Vornado Pivot Personal Air Circulator Fan

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Style, power, and brand reputation align in this highly rated small fan! It’s got three speeds, clocks in at under 2 pounds, and has a sleek, modern design. 

Specs 

  • Product Dimensions: 5.1″D x 5.7″W x 6″H
  • Item Weight: 1.7 lbs
  • Number of Speeds: 3

Pros

  • Budget-friendly
  • Stylish
  • Great brand reputation
  • 3-speed, multi-directional airflow

Cons

  • Highest setting is noisy
  • Can be difficult to clean

Designed with a cool, aviation-inspired look, the Vornado Pivot looks expensive without breaking the bank. Standing at only 6 inches tall, it’s a great choice for a desk or nightstand that produces concentrated airflow without overpowering the space. It features three speeds, multi-directional airflow, and several colors to suit your vibe. Reviewers love that it’s durable, not too loud (especially the lowest setting), and can “blow 11ft across my bedroom, even on medium.” Note that it can be a bit hard to clean, and the highest setting is definitely the noisiest if you’re trying to take a video call or are a light sleeper.

Best retro: Vornado VFAN Vintage Whole Room Air Circulator Fan

Vornado

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With a green and gold painted finish, this retro-inspired desk fan offers a groovy vibe with your cooler air. It’s got three speeds, lots of positive reviews, and a full-action pivot head for multi-directional airflow.

Specs

  • Product Dimensions: 13.8 Inches (H) x 11.8 Inches (W) x 8.1 Inches (D)
  • Item Weight: 7.9 pounds
  • Number of Speeds: 3

Pros

  • 3 speeds
  • Pivot head for multi-directional airflow
  • Tough, sturdy, well-built
  • Lots of 5-star online reviews
  • Vintage feel

Cons

  • Cleaning the inside can be challenging
  • Pricier than other options
  • Vintage look (not actually vintage)

A vintage feel with the benefits of modern technology, this green-and-gold painted fan is strong yet compact enough to fit on your desk. With Vortex technology for whole-room circulation, three speeds to suit your preference, and a strong brand reputation, this desk fan is the perfect choice for anyone who has a more retro design style. It’s made from durable metal with no assembly required—just plug it in! Note that this is a retro feel, not an actual vintage fan. 

Best compact: Vornado 133 Compact Air Circulator Fan

Vornado

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With over 5,000 positive Amazon reviews, apartment dwellers and space savers will love this mini, 2-pound desk fan with two speeds and deep-pitched blades. 

Specs

  • Product Dimensions: 7.4 x 5.9 x 8.7 inches
  • Item Weight: 2.1 pounds
  • Battery Required: No

Pros

  • Lightweight (2 lbs)
  • Mini, compact, space-saving
  • Sturdy
  • Moves air up to 25 feet
  • Budget-friendly 

Cons

  • Noisy
  • Only 2 speeds

The 133 Compact Air Circulator features Vornado’s features deep-pitched blades, two speeds, and an inlet guide code with an enclosed air duct that moves air about 25 feet around the room. That’s pretty good for a fan that’s only 2 pounds! It comes with an adjustable tilt head so you can direct air right on your face during hot months; however, it only moves up and down (not sideways). Reviewers like that this mini desk fan is sturdy, compact, and budget-friendly at under $40. It’s a “good little fan” that’s pretty decent for home office use or a child’s room. Note that some found it to be noisy when on the higher speed. This isn’t ideal for light sleepers or noise-sensitive folks. 

Best whisper-quiet: Kovhzcu Air Circulator Fan

Amazon

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With a max sound of 25 dB, this rechargeable oscillating desk fan offers great value for your money, at a fair price point.

Specs

  • Product Dimensions: 8″D x 8″W x 11″H
  • Material: Plastic
  • Noise Level: 25 dB

Pros

  • 4 Speeds
  • 45 dB – whisper quiet
  • Fairly priced
  • Compact yet durable
  • Rechargable 

Cons

  • Some don’t see enough difference between levels 2 & 3

With four wind speeds (normal wind, natural wind, sleep wind, baby wind) for a customizable experience, this whisper-quiet desk fan is only 45 dB when running. It features an intelligent oscillating fan with turbine technology for more concentrated blowing. While the high-performance DC motor makes for a powerful fan, the low noise output is perfect for light sleepers, video calls, and those who are easily irritated by noise. Reviewers absolutely rave about this little fan—many note that they love the LED function, how quiet it is, and that it’s small enough to be compact while large enough that it’s not flimsy. It’s also fairly priced at under $50!

Best budget: Gaiatop USB Desk Fan

Gaiatop

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: For under $15, you can get a three-speed, quality, USB plug-in desk fan that’s got over 11,000 positive reviews to back it up.

Specs

  • Product Dimensions: 3.07″D x 4.57″W x 5.43″H
  • Item Weight: 8 oz.
  • Number of Speeds: 3

Pros

  • Super inexpensive
  • Over 11,000 positive Amazon reviews
  • 3 speeds
  • Powerful yet compact
  • Anti-slip base

Cons

  • Not the most stylish
  • Included 3-foot cords are short

For a simple and straightforward desk fan that won’t break the bank but will deliver powerful circulation, look no further than the Gaiatop compact desk fan. For under $15, you get a small but strong fan with three speeds, USB plug-in, and one button for simple controlling. The anti-slip rubber pad base helps to reduce noise and prevent scratching your table or desk surface. Note that the three-foot cord can be a bit short for plugging into some outlets, depending on how your desk is situated. One reviewer had trouble fitting other plugs into the tiny fan’s USB outlet, so make note of this when purchasing. 

What to look for when choosing the best desk fans

Size

Your tabletop desk fan should be compact enough that it won’t be taking up your entire workspace! We’d recommend considering size first and foremost when shopping for your desk fan—around 6- to 8-inches high is a good starting point.

Weight

You don’t want some big, heavy, chunk to lug around from desk to desk or around your house. Look for a lightweight design that’s easy to move.

Noise

Noise for fans can be measured in decibels. You’ll want around 40-50 dB for quiet, discreet noise levels.

Speeds

We prefer fans that have at least 3 speeds, so you can customize your experience and noise level depending on your preferences.

FAQs

Q: Does a desk fan cool the air?

Desk fans don’t cool the air like an air conditioner but, rather, circulate air around the room. Fans create a wind chill effect and increase “the maximum amount of evaporation possible in a given environment,” which means sweat will evaporate off your skin quicker and help cool your body.

Q: Are bladeless fans better?

Bladeless fans are generally safer, especially if you have children (there’s less risk of cutting yourself on the blades). They tend to be stronger, as well, but also more expensive. If budget is the main concern, bladeless fans might not be the better option for you.

Q: Is it cheaper to have fans or air conditioning?

Fans are cheaper than air conditioning. However, they do two separate things. Fans circulate air around a room, while air conditioning actually cools the air. If running the fan feels sufficient, it will definitely be cheaper overall. But if it’s unbearably hot, you will only be able to actually cool the air by using the AC.

Final thoughts about the best desk fans

Stop sweating through work meetings, long nights writing, or brainstorming sessions at your desk. Keep cool in higher temps with these compact, affordable, and convenient desk fans that’ll make you feel comfortable and cool without spending a ton on AC bills!

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best desk fans of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best snow blowers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-snow-blower/ Fri, 25 Feb 2022 15:59:49 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/story/uncategorized/best-snow-blower/
Best snow blowers header sliced
Tony Ware

Snow piling up? Dig in here so you can dig out in a hurry with a snow blower to clear your driveway in no time.

The post The best snow blowers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best snow blowers header sliced
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The PowerSmart Two Stage Snow Blower is the best two-stage PowerSmart PSSAM24 Snow Blower
SEE IT

A reliable and heavy-duty pick to handle serious winter conditions.

Best electric Snow Joe SJ623E Electric Single Stage Snow Thrower Snow Joe Electric Blower
SEE IT

Skip the hassle of maintenance and choose sustainably with this electric, yet high-powered option.

Best budget Home photo Greenworks 13 Amp 20-inch Corded Snow Thrower
SEE IT

Save your money while still clearing snow effectively.

When the weather is nice, a snow blower sounds like a luxury. When there’s a foot of snow covering your driveway and you have to be at work soon, you’ll be truly glad you invested in some mechanical help for clearing all that pesky white stuff. While your small walkway or porch might only need a quick shovel (as long as you do it safely), in some places the task of hauling snow over your shoulder can be nothing short of back-breaking (or heart-killing). With the right snow blower, you can clear your driveway, street, or sidewalk in a matter of minutes without much more effort than pressing a button or pulling a cord. However, picking the right one can feel a little overwhelming. Luckily, we’re here to take the guesswork out of snow removal.

How we chose the best snow blowers

When selecting the best snow blowers to make winter storms a whole lot more bearable, we reviewed each unit’s cost, power source, reviews, and displacement to select only the best products. We considered over 40 products and 10 brands to ultimately narrow it down to this list of the best six. Our final range includes blowers designed for different climates—as those who only need to clear a few inches won’t need the same kind of power as those who get hit with more serious snowfall. Whether you’re on a budget or want a high-end option with plenty of bells and whistles, we’ve included a product pick for you.

The best snow blowers: Reviews & Recommendations

Snow blowers aren’t just for locations with frequent blizzards. These machines can assist in clearing everything from a dusting to a blizzard. It all depends on what you need and how much you want to spend.

Best overall: PowerSmart PSSAM24 Snow Blower

Why it made the cut: This powerful two-stage pick offers chute control, multiple speed settings, and a four-cycle engine to get through any storm.

Specs

  • Power source: Gas
  • Engine displacement: 212 cubic centimeters
  • Throw distance: 40 feet

Pros

  • Steel auger cuts through snow
  • 8 total speeds
  • Non-slip treaded tires

Cons

  • Heavier design

This snow blower is a reliable, durable, and powerful machine equipped to clear most snowfalls. The gas-powered, two-stage blower beats electric and one-stage models when it comes to forcing, and the steel auger slices through even heavy or icy snow buildup to provide a 24-inch wide, 20-inch deep clearing capacity. The PowerSmart has an energetic 212cc engine, 13-inch-height tires to dig deep into terrain, 180 degrees of chute control (with a 40-foot throw), and eight total speeds (six forward, two reverse), giving you a range of options to choose from when clearing your unique driveway, sidewalk, or street.

Best gas-powered: Ariens Deluxe 30-inch Two-Stage Snow Blower

Lowes

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This gas-powered pick can cut through even the most abominable snow buildup with snow blows of up to 50 feet.

Specs

  • Power source: Gas
  • Engine displacement: 306 cubic centimeters
  • Throw distance: 50 feet

Pros

  • Dual belts for more power
  • Auto-turn steering
  • All steel frame for durability

Cons

  • If not maintained well the steel can rust

Save yourself the hassle of making pass after pass after pass with this powerful Ariens snow blower. Capable of clearing a 30-inch-wide path and cutting through 21 inches of piled-up snow, this two-stage snow blower will make quick work of even the most sprawling driveways. Auto-turn steering also means no tricky levers or triggers to manipulate—just press the electric push button and start carving. The dual belt system also allows your engine to output more power where it matters, so clearing even heavy snowfall can be a breeze.

Best full-sized electric: EGO Power+ SNT2112 21-Inch 56-Volt Lithium-Ion Cordless Snow Blower

EGO

SEE IT

Specs

  • Power source: Battery
  • Throw distance: 40 feet

Pros

  • Strong steel auger
  • Comes with extra batteries
  • Quieter than many gas-powered models
  • Low vibration
  • Extremely easy to start

Cons

  • Not self-propelled

Electric snow blowers used to be wimpy machines that could barely handle a dusting. That’s no longer true and EGO’s powerful snow moving machine is proof. It comes with a pair of batteries and a dual-outlet charger so you can keep them both ready to go for when the snow falls. It’s electric, so it starts very quickly and easily with no cord to pull. Once it’s running, it’s noticeably quieter than its gas-powered pals.

Up front, a steel auger chops through snow and ice with aplomb. It measures 21 inches wide, which is wide enough to make quick work of a full-sized driveway, but still nimble enough to clear narrow walkways and other paths. Two charged batteries provide enough power to clear a 12-car driveway of eight inches of snow. If you want a simple, effective way to move snow without a ton of maintenance or effort, this is a great option. It’s not self-propelled, so you’ll have to push it, but the auger is so good at its job that it won’t be a heavy lift.

Best compact electric: Snow Joe SJ627E Electric Walk-Behind Snow Blower

Amazon

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Simply charge up and get snow blowing with this eco-friendly-meets-affordable pick, which clears an impressive amount of snow despite its lightweight and compact design.

Specs

  • Power source: Corded electric
  • Engine displacement: 840 lbs/min
  • Throw distance: 25 feet

Pros

  • Affordable
  • Sustainable
  • Lightweight design

Cons

  • Not suited for large driveways

Powered with a rechargeable 100-volt, 5.0 Ah lithium-ion battery, this electric snow blower can clear a path that’s 22 inches wide and 13 inches high. This model comes with a battery and charger, but you can add an additional battery (sold separately) if thirty minutes of run time isn’t enough. And with dual 5-Watt LED lights, you’ll be able to see where you’re going even when the sun is down. Unlike gas models, the Snow Joe requires no maintenance, so your snow blower won’t malfunction if it goes untouched for months in the garage. Despite its more compact size, this pick can also move 840 pounds of snow per minute, making it a workhorse worthy of a try.

rounded option.

Best compact: Ariens 18S 18-in Single-stage Push with Auger Assistance Gas Snow Blower

Ariens

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: There aren’t many compact gas-powered snow blowers out there, but this is a very solid option.

Specs

  • Power source: Gas
  • Engine displacement: 99cc
  • Throw distance: 10 feet

Pros

  • One of just a few gas-powered compact models
  • Clever blade design gets all the way to the driveway
  • Easy to start with one or two pulls
  • High-visibility color

Cons

  • Heavier than electric models
  • Max snow clearing height of six inches so not for heavy storms

You won’t find many gas-powered compact snow blowers out there anymore with so many electric models to choose from. But, if you’re keeping a snow clearing machine at a camp or area with inconsistent access to electricity, then a petrol-powered machine may be the way to go. This 18-inch wide machine has a 99cc engine inside and a 12-inch intake height. It’s only meant to clear six inches of a snow at a time, so you’ll have to go out and clear regularly if you get a storm with more accumulation than that. But, this machine starts easily, runs relatively quietly (at least compared to other gas-powered blowers), and maneuvers deftly. Its clever auger blade design allows it to get all the way down to the bare driveway without leaving scrapes or marks or getting damaged if it hits an errant rock.

The chute turns a full 210 degrees, so you can throw snow wherever you want it as you move along. That comes in handy if you have a driveway with a lot of vehicles or picky neighbors who don’t allow your snow to touch their precious lawn.

Best two-stage: Briggs & Stratton Dual-Stage Snow Blower

Briggs & Stratton

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This high-quality option has a powerful motor and two-stage design to tackle the heaviest snowfalls.

Specs:

  • Power source: Gas
  • Engine displacement: 208 cubic centimeters
  • Throw distance: Up to 40 feet

Pros

  • Easy electric push start
  • Heated hand grips
  • Non-slip treaded tires

Cons

  • Heavier design

This powerful gas two-stage snow blower can easily tackle snowfalls that are up to 20 inches and move 208 cubic cm of snow, making it one of the best machines to clear areas hit with serious snowfall. While considerably more expensive than the other options in the article, this gas snow blower will cut through just about anything you put in its way and you give total control over where it ends up. The dual-trigger steering also allows you to cut tight turns and clear snow precisely, which ultimately makes for a faster process overall.

Best budget: Greenworks 13 Amp 20-inch Corded Snow Thrower

Amazon

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Snowblowers tend to be quite the investment, but you don’t have to spend a ton to save time clearing drifts—this Greenworks pick has quite the power, despite its more compact size and affordable pricing.

Specs:

  • Power source: Corded electric
  • Clearing depth: 10 inches
  • Throw distance: 20 feet

Pros

  • Affordable pick
  • Lightweight design
  • Easy electric start

Cons

  • Requires extension cord

If you live somewhere that only sees light, sporadic snowfall, there’s absolutely no reason to shell out big money on a snow blower with features you don’t need. This Greenworks electric snow blower will clear a path that’s 20 inches wide and 10 inches deep. Since it’s AC-powered, you’ll never run out of juice as long as you can reach an outlet. Convenient to store and easy to start, this is a great snow thrower if you don’t want to spend too much money. It’s also a great model to buy for any elderly people you may help care for since it’s light enough to handle without too much effort.

What to consider when buying the best snow blowers

They say that every snowflake is unique, and snow blowers are no different. Depending on your individual needs, you may want a fairly no-frills device or the latest technology. Check out these five things to consider before buying the best snow blower, and then let the snowfall where it may. And while you’re outfitting yourself to tackle those drifts, check out our roundups of the best snow bootsheated socks, heated insolesheated vests, and winter hats to help you get the job done more comfortably (and when you get back inside, grab your heated slippers).

For long driveways and big clean-ups, power your snow blower with gas

Generally speaking, gas-powered snow blowers tend to be more powerful than even the best electric models. So, if you have to clean up a long driveway or city block, you’ll probably want your snow blower to run on gas.

Gas models do have their downsides: for example, you’ll need to change the oil from time to time and make sure that you’re using the right type of gasoline. Other upkeep will include changing or cleaning the filters as needed and occasionally replacing a burnt-out spark plug. However, when the inches start piling up, the maintenance a gas-powered snow blower requires will be more than worth it.

For convenience and ease of use, there’s no beating an electric snow blower

In addition to being more environmentally friendly than their gas-powered counterparts, electric snow blowers are easier to use and require less upkeep. Depending on the model, all you’ll need to do is plug them in (or charge the battery) and you’ll be ready to go.

Unfortunately, electric snow blowers tend to be less powerful than gas-powered ones, so if you have a huge amount of snow to clear, you might find yourself making multiple passes or cursing when the battery runs out. “Less powerful” doesn’t mean “not powerful,” though, and a well-made electric model might be exactly what you’re looking for provided the conditions you’ll be using it in aren’t terribly inclement. There are truly burly electric models on the market, but expect to fork over a pretty penny for them. Some cost $2,000 and up.

A two-stage snow blower is the best choice for clearing large areas and really deep snow

If you live in an area that gets pummeled with snow, a one-stage snow blower just isn’t going to cut it. The difference between a one-stage and two-stage snow blower comes down to how much heavy lifting the “auger” (the part that sucks up the snow) is being asked to do—and in a one-stage model, it’s being asked to do everything.

Put simply, in a one-stage model, the auger sucks up the snow and spits it out, while in a two-stage model, the auger only has to suck it up while another part (the “impeller”) is responsible for blowing it somewhere else. If you’re looking to clear more than 8 inches of snow, a two-stage model is the only type that will get the job done. Electric models are all one-stage, so if you live in a place that gets lots of snow, a gas-powered, two-stage model is a must.

The best snow blowers will come with a few bells and whistles

Not all snow blowers are built equally and picking one with some extra features can save you a lot of time and frustration. For example, if you can’t wait for the sun to come out to clear a path to your car, you’ll definitely want to consider a snow blower with a built-in light. Want more control over where the snow you throw lands? Some models come equipped with remote chute control, so you don’t make another mess cleaning up the first one.

FAQs

Q: How long should a snow blower last?

Depending on the brand, style, use time, how they’re stored, and how well you care for the machine, snow blowers can last between 10-30 years. This means that, in order to get more winters out of your snow blower, you will need to give it some love and care in the off-season with some maintenance. This includes draining the gas, replacing sparkplugs, oiling the wheels, and cleaning it. A basic parts inspection every 20 hours of use is a good rule of thumb to follow.

Q: Do you need hearing protection when using a snow blower?

You don’t need to wear hearing protection when using a snow blower, but you should, as they can be loud. For example, gas snow blowers can reach up to 85 decibels. Eight hours of exposure to that decibel level is considered safe. However, at 100 decibels, the safe exposure time drops to 15 minutes. Although snow on the ground isn’t permanent, hearing loss is. If you’re looking for hearing protection that you can use year-round, check out our best earplugs for concerts. You can rock them under your hat when you’re outside using your brand new snow blower, and rock out with them when seeing your favorite band in town.

Q: Do snow blowers work on heavy snow?

It depends on the kind of snow blower you buy. Single-stage and two-stage blowers can handle up to a foot of snow. Three-stage snow blowers can handle 16 inches. Two- and three-stage snow blowers also remove a wider swath of snow in a pass compared to single-stage snow blowers. If you get frequent, heavy snows, a two- or three-stage snow blower is worth the investment since it will be easier—and less time-consuming—to clear your driveway.

Final thoughts on the best snow blowers

The best snow blowers vary widely in price, power, and performance. Depending on your needs, features like LED lighting and remote chute control can be extremely helpful or totally superfluous. Bottom line: the best snow blower is the one that’s suited to your area’s weather conditions and the amount of area you’ll need to clear. Think gas-powered and two-stage models for blizzard-prone climates, and smaller electric units for more fair-weather locales.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best snow blowers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>